A# IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) A f/. ^ 1.0 I.I 1.25 |45|28 |2.5 1^ 12.2 11^ ■- I. lyuu llli& U |||||L6_ Photographic Sciences Corporation 33 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, NY. HS80 (716) 873-4503 \ •N? N> V 4- ■A U -€0^ o^ CIHM/ICMH Microfiche Series. CIHM/ICIVIH Collection de microfiches. Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions / institut Canadian de microreproductions historiques # Technical and Bibliographic Notet/Notas technique* et bibliographiques The Institute has attempted to obtain the best original copy available for filming. Features of this copy which may be bibliographically unique, which may alter any of the images in the reproduction, or which may significantly change the usual method of filming, are checked below. Q Coloured covers/ Couverture de couleur I I Covers damaged/ D D D D D D Couverture endommagAe Covers restored and/or laminated/ Couverture restaur^ et/ou pelliculAe □ Cover title missing/ Letit itre de couverture manque □ Coloured maps/ Cartes giographiques en couleur Coloured inic (i.e. other than blue cr black)/ Encre de couleur (i.e. autre que bleue ou noirel I I Coloured plates and/or illustrations/ Planches et/ou illustrations en couleur Bound with other material/ Relii avec d'autres documents Tight binding may cause shadows or distortion along interior margin/ La re liure serrie peut causer de I'ombre ou de la distorsioR le long de la marge intdrieure Blank leaves added during restoration may appear within the text. Whenever possible, these have been omitted from filming/ II se peut que certaines pages blanches ajout^es lors d'une restauration apparaissent dans le texte. mais, lorsque cela 6tait possible, ces pages n'ont pas iti filmies. Additional comments:/ Commentaires suppldmentaires: L'institut a microfilm^ le meilleur exemplaire qu'il lui a Atd possible de se procurer. Les details de cet exemplaire qui sont peut-Atre uniques du point de vue bibliographique, qui peuvent modifier une image reproduite, ou qui peuvent exiger une modification dans la mithode normale de filmage sont indiquto ci-dessous. |~~| Coloured pages/ D Pages de couleur Pages damaged/ Pages endommagies □ Pages restored and/or laminated/ Pages restauries et/ou pelliculdea Pages discoloured, stained or foxed/ Pages dicolories, tacheties ou piqu( Th to Th po of fil Or be th sU ot fir si( or Pages dicolories, tacheties ou piquies Pages detached/ Pages d^tach^es Showthrough/ Transparence Quality of prir Qualiti inigale de I'impression Includes supplementary materii Comprend du materiel supplimentaire Only edition available/ Seule Edition disponible I I Pages detached/ rri Showthrough/ n~| Quality of print varies/ I I Includes supplementary material/ r~1 Only edition available/ Th sh Tl wl Ml dif en be rig rec m( Pages wholly or partially obscured by errata slips, tissues, etc., have been ref limed to ensure the best possible image/ Les pages totalement ou partiellement obscurcies par un feuillet d'errata, une pelure, etc., ont 6ti film^es & nouveau de facon d obtenir la meilleure image possible. This item is filmed at the reduction ratio checked below/ Ce document est filmi au taux de reduction indiqui ci-dessous. 10X 14X 18X 22X 26X 30X •y 12X 16X 20X 24X 28X 32X e fttails 8 du modifier r une Image The copy filmed here has been reproduced thanks to the generosity of: National Library of Canada The Innages appearing here are the best quality possible considering the condition and legibility of the original copy and in keeping with the filming contract specifications. Original copies in printed paper covers are filmed beginning with the front cover and ending on the last page with a printed or illustrated impres- sion, or the back cover when appropriate. All other original copies are filmed beginning on the first page with a printed or illustrated impres- sion, and ending on the last page with a printed or illustrated impression. L'exemplaire filmd fut reproduit grAce d la g6n6rosit6 de: Bibliothdque nationale du Canada Les images suivantes ont 6t6 reproduites avec le plus grand soin, compte tenu de la condition et de la nettetd de Texempiaire film6, et en conformity avec les conditions du contrat de filmage. Les exemplaires originaux dont la couverture en papier est imprim^e sont filmto en commenpant par le premier plat et en terminant soit par la dernidre page qui comporte une empreinte d'impression ou d'illustration, soit par le second plat, selon le cas. Tous les autres exemplaires originaux sont fiimis en commenqant par la premidre page qui comporte une empreinte d'impression ou d'illustration et en terminant par la dernidre page qui comporte une telle empreinte. The last recorded frame on each microfiche shall contain the symbol ^^> (meaning "CON- TINUIlD"), or the symbol V (meaning "END"), whichever applies. Un des symboles suivants apparattra sur la dernidre image de cheque microfiche, selon le cas: le symbole — ► signifie "A SUIVRE", le symboie V signifie "FIN". IVIaps, plates, charts, etc., may be filmed at different reduction ratios. Those too large to be entirely included in one exposure are filmed beginning in the upper left hand corner, left to right and top to bottom, as many frames as required. The following diagrams illustrate the method: Les cartes, planches, tableaux, etc.. peuvent dtre filmds d des taux de reduction diffdrents. Lorsque le document est trop grand pour dtre reproduit en un seul cliche, 11 est film6 d partir de I'angle supdrieur gauche, de gauche d droite. et de haut en bas. en prenant le nombre d'images ndcessaire. Les diagrammes suivants illustrent la mdthode. irrata to pelure, n d D 32X 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 e CI T?P »^*^**^**f^^*4^*^*^^*i^**^*1^ilf****^*************lf*******^**^ PEELIMINARY REPORT ON THE GEOLOGY OF NEW BRUNSWICK, &■ TOOETHIR WITK A SPECIAL REPORT ON THE DISTRIBUTION OF THE "QUEBEC GKGUP" IN THE PROVINCE. BY HENRY YOULE HIND, M.A., F.R.G.S. (i^ATE rnorEssoR of chemistry and geology in the university of trinity colleqe, iorokto.) Aiilhop of " Narrative of the Canadinn Exploring Expeditions in Rupert's Land," " Explorations in the Interior of the Labrador Peninsula," &c. &c. &c. FREDERICTON. G. B. FENETY, PRINTER TO THE QUEKN'S MOST EXCELLENT MAJESTY. 1865. ^^********^^*******^*^***^**^**% >- W PRELIMINARY REPORT ON TUK GEOLOGY OF NEW BRUNSWICK, TOQBTUER WITH A SPECIAL REPORT ON THE DISTRIBUTION OF THE ^'QUEBEC GROUP" IN THE PROVINCE, BY HENRY yOULE HIND, M.A., F.R.G.S. (LATK professor op OHEMISTRT and SltOLOGY IN Tm UNIVERSITY OP TRINITY COLLEGE, TORONTO.) Author of " Narrative of the Canadian Exploring Expeditions in Rupert's Land,'' " Explorations in the Interior of the Labrador Peninsula," &c. &c. Sic. FREDERICTON. Q. B. FBNETY, PRINTBR TO THE QUBKN'S MOST BXCELLINT MAJESTY. 1865. i/K JFVtdericton, Januarj/ 16M, 1865. Sib, , l! I have the honor to present " A preliminary Beport on the Geology of Kew BrunBwiok," including a Special Report (Chapters VIII. k IX.) on the probable distribution of the " Quebec Oroup" within its limits, accord- ing to initmotioai which I had .the honor tb reo*Biva ttotn Hii Excellency the Administrator of the Oovernment on the 9th July 1864. With a view to avoid unnecessary recapitulation, I have so arranged the Reports, that the description of the 'Quebec Group' occupy their proper places in a general outline of the Geology of the Province. In the IntroduQto]^ Chap^r I have given a bripf and concise summary of the results of the season's woi*k. ' ' The following Maps accompany the written descriptions : — I. — A General Geological Map of the Province, showing the probable limits of Formations. n. — A Plan of the exposed Antimony Veins in Prince "William Parish, on the prop^ty of the BniiiBW;icl| Antiniony' GpmpaBy. \ in. — A Plan of the Letite Copper Mine, (Wheal Louisiana,) showing the structure of the Rocks in the Mascaben Peninsula. IV. — A Plan of the Yemon Copper Mines, showing the structure of the Rocks on that part of the Coast of the Bay of Fundy. V. — Section of the Carboniferous Outlier in the Valley of the Tobique. I have the honor to be, ., ; ,, ,, , i ; ' if-4i:' ill ! ' Your obedient sATvant, HENRY Y. HIND. w The Hod. S. L. Tillky, PFOviBoial Seeretory. AreJ CONTENTS. ^ 15. )logy :.)ott jcord- llency 3d the proptr Imtkodcotobt Chapter, ini) Page iz. nary of \\ )robable i rarish, wing the re of the obique. HIND. CHAPTER I. Lbadino Gbographioal Features of the Province. Early Political importance of the *< Highlands" of New Branawiok'— Political importance of a Name^-Origin of the name 'Acadia'— The Height of Land, or Highlands of ;■', Now BrunBwiok-~£leTation of the Highlandi^— Bine Movatain, view f^m— A night on Blue It|ouptaia-~>Seotion from Miramiohi Lake to the Restigouche.— Mr. Sandford Fleming's Section'— Section on the Royal Road, one hundred mjUes— Subordinate Slouirtain Range»'H9action fVom the Mouth of Qooee Creek to Snaaez "Vale — Coast Section aereaa the Baain occupied by the Carboniferous Rooks'— Major Robinson's SurreyT— The Rivers of New Brunswick— The Saint John — Origin of name— Rise of— The Grand Falls — Height and descent of — General character of — The Restigenche — Enrly notice of'^Mr. Richardson's Description of, to the Mouth of the Patapedia — ^The Coast Lipe— Bay of Chalours— Misoou Island— The White Whale— The Walrus- Bay of Fundy— The Tides— Depth of the Bay— The Cumberland Basin and Bay Yerte Peninsula— Change of Coast Line. ..--..-.•...... 19 •?0 CHAPTER II. GiOLOoicAL Sketch of the Province. Komenelature — Necessity for a uniform nomenclature- Nomenclature adopted by Sir W. E. Logan— The' 6edioa6ntary Rooks of New ]^nswiok— Economic materials they cootaiii— The Central GraNitR BsiT— The ago of the G t aite^Its character- Localities where it la seea^On the Nipiaiguii— At GulqnaO 'k.uk .-, — Long Lake Port- age — On the South West Mkamidii — Does not occur in the form of a continuous broad belt ; but in sermral narrow belt»— The Granite on the Saint John, occurs also ut narrow belt»— Oat tJie Vroniier.— Length aad breadth of the Granite axis-— Its im- portanoA — Geographical and Geological features eompared->The Southern Granite Belt— Its mode of occurrence in the Southern Range — On the Magaguadavio-^Breadth <^ Uie Granite in tiie Northern Belt — OooPii ib Elgin Parish — Origin of the Granite — It is probably an altered Sedimentary Bock-— Pt'ofessor Hunt's Tiews — Upper and Middl* Silurian Seriee~-^The Carbetaiferott't Series. - M.isnfy 80 ' CHAPTER III. The CARBONifERous Series. Area occupied by this Series— Possible extent of the true Cod Measures— Distribution of the Series in New Brunswick— The Central Area-^The Tobique Outlier— The Bay of Fundy — On the Restigouohe and Bay of Chaleurs — Details of the Eastern Coal Field — The Lower Carboniferous— The Bon A yen tube Formation — Its Distribution ir. OOMTSNT0. — The Copper Ores of Bathunt — Origin of — Dependonoo of their exiatonoe on the vegetable matter in the Sandatonoi — Section near Bathunt — Paucity of life in the Bonaventure formation — Absence of Coal— 'Improbability of finding extensive deponita of Copper in this Rook — The presence of the Metal depends upon the presence of organic matter — General origin of similar deposits — The Tobiqub Outlier — Des« oription of the Rocks on the Tobique — The Plaster Cliffs — Succession of Rocks in the Tobique Valley — Economic Materials in — The Limestones of the Tobique com' pared with others in the Province — Comparison between tho Tobique Rocks and those of Albert County — Woodstock Conglomerate — Analysis of. 64 K CHAPTER IV. Tub Carboniferous Sbries— (Continued.) The Central Triangular Area — Dr. Gesner's views— Dr. Robb's views— Mr. Henwood'ii opinions — Personal examinations — Dana and Dawson's subdivision of Carboniferous Rocks — Section in New Brandon — Lower and Middle Formation'— Synopsis of the Plora of the Carboniferous Rocks of New Brunswick — The Flora of the Upper, Mid- dle and Lower Rocks of the Series — Productive Coal Measures on Grand Lake — Probability of Coal being found in New Brunswick — Grand Lake Coal — Quantity raised — Section of Rocks from Oromooto Creek toward the Douglas Hills-^True Coal Measures in the Valley of Salmon River~-On the Riohibueto— True Coal Measures probably extend from Grand Lake to tho Gulf — The Valleys of the Kennebeooasis and Petitcodiao — Seetion in Albert County and Westmorland — Section north of Nor- ton Station — Review of what is known respecting the (Carboniferous Rocks of New Brunswick — Value of Gypsum and Limestone — Bituminous Shales — Life and Climate during the Carboniferous Period. - - . . » 69 CHAPTER V. The origin of Albertite. — The Albert Shales. Geological age of the Albert Shales*— They lie at the base of the Carboniferous Series — Disturbances in Albert County — Anticlinal and Synclinal axes — ^Faults — Section from Albert Mine to Cape Demoiselle— At Taylor's Mill Site — At the Big Cape — ' On the Tramway — At Hillsborough Village — Bituminous Shales — Albkrt Shales — Area over which they are found — Anticlinal ates in Albert and King's Counties — The Albert Mine — Character of tho Mine — Observations in the Mine— Faultfl and Disturbances — An Overlap — Dr. Robb's and Professor Taylor's views — Dr. C. T. Jackson's views in 1850 and in 1851 — Reasons why opinions were discordant— ^PrO' feasor Taylor's comparisons — Professor Bailey's views in 1864— Origin of Albertite — Albertite formerly a liquid — Crushed Albertite — Two periods of injection— Professor Hunt's views with regard to Bitumens — Albertite an inspissated Petroleum — Locali- ties where Albertite is found — It comes originally from underlying Devonian Rooks •—United States Commmissioner of Agriculture on Albertite — Albert Shales — A source of coal oil — Importance of the Albert Shales — Gas regenerating furnaces — • Petroleum Springs in Albert and Westmorland — Conclusions with reference to Albertite — Composition of this substance. .*»-...--.. -.86 Doe on the ' life in the live depocitii pretence of LIER — DeB- of Rooks in [>biq[ue oom* Rocks and . . . 54 . Henwood'ii larboniferoua nopsis of the Upper, Mid- rand Lake — • al — Quantity g — Tree Coal oal Measures [ennebecoasis north of Nor- locks of New » and Climate . . - 69 na ■ rous Series — ■ nits — Section Big Cape — tKRT Shales ng's Connties Mine-^Faults 8— Dr. C. T. !ordant-*-Pro- f Albertite — m— Professor eum — Locali- Tonian Rocks t Shales — A g furnaces — ■ reference to ... 85 CUNTKNTS. -.-^»- .....M-.,^.... „. .,- CHAPTBR VI. Thb Devonian Sbrieb. The Vnlley of the Restigoucho — Upper Silurian and Devonian Rocka— Area occupied by tliu Devonian Rooks in this Valley — Devonian Rocks on the Bay of Fundy — Age of the Rooks — Extent of tho Basin — The Devonian Rooks of Saint John-^The Flora of the Devonian Rooks — The richness of this Series in Mineral Weolth'^Iron Ores—' Copper Ores-^Origin of Petroleum-^Source of the Albertite-^^ource of the Bitumi- nous or Albert Shales— The Vernon Copper Mines-^Origin of Metalliferous Veins —Segregated Veins — Gash Veins — True Veins — Origin of True Veins— Lead Ores Argentiferous Galena — Erroneous impreasions which prevail with respect to the per- centage of Silver in Argentiferous Galena— Dasoription of tho Vernon Mines near tho Mouth of Goose Creek'— Description of the Rooks on the Coast— Granite Boulders — The Mugaguadavio to Roix Station — Upper Falls of tho Magaguadavio to the Lower Fulls — Characteristic Strata belonging to the Quebec Group— Gnkisb ; AlfORTHO< SITE8 ; DioRiTEs ; Epidositks ; MioA Rock ; Mica Sohists ; Aroillitxs ; Dial* LAOE Rook ; Hornblende Rook, with Garnets ; Magnetic Iron in Dolobite ; Copper Pyrites ; Ophiolitrs, (Serpentines) ; Steatites ; Ciilorites ; Mao- NESITEB : DoiiOMITES 1 LIMESTONES ; DEPOSITS of SiLIGA 14B CHAPTER IX. I The Quebec Gboup — (Continued.) Metalliferous Deposits in the Quebec Group of New Brunswick — Iron, Manganese, Copper, Antimony, Nickel, Lead, Zinc, Gold, Silver — Origin of the metallic deposits in this Group — Professor Sterry Hunt's Views — The Woodstock Iron Ores — Description of the Ores — Chemical Composition — Properties of the Iron — The Woodstock Iron Works — Opening for capital and enterprise in the working of these Iron Ores — ' ,,,, , Their extensive distribution — Their development on the east side of the Saint John — ' On the Becoaguimio — Their associations with limestones for fluxing, fuel for smelting, labour, and their occurrence in a fino agricultural country — -Their occurrence on the Shiktehawk — Three undulations on the east side of the Saint John have brought the ores to the surfaee — Vast importance of these ores — Native silver in a jasper boulder on the Shiktehawk — Mamoanese and Copper Ores — On the Niplsigoit, Tatta- gouche, Campbell Rivers, Bull's Creek — Saint John — Professor Hunt's views respect- ing the origin of Copper in the deposits of the Quebec Group-^ANTIMONY Ores — ' The ores of Prince William Parish — Characters of the Dislocations— The Pits — Probable extent and richness of the ore — Niokel — Copper — ProduoUon and uses of Antimony — Lead Ores — Zinc Ores — Sequence of the strata in Canada — Island op Orleans Series — Phillipsburo Series. 160 CHAPTER X. Surface Qeologt. General absence of thick deposits of Boulder Drift in the Province— Local origin of the Bouldenh— Absence of Laurentian Boulders — In Gaape — Innnmerable multitude of Boulders south of the Granitic Belt — General absence on the northern side — Boulders near Fredericton — Origin and course of these Boulders — The country of Boulders— The Labrador Peninsula — Agents in the distribution of the Boulders— Glacial Ice — ■ UON'IKNTH. VII. fjpigiguit— Ore at the •or ()re« on rcK, on the — AtJtck- e— FolcU of tor — Upper tell River — tell KiTcr — Ite^Oranito Little South Boulders — .0 the Lower ; AnorthO' ITIS ; DiAL' DoliOBITE ; iTES ; MaQ' , . . 14a ■•"»• 1 L- '> ~l r..aM nese, Copper, posits in this -Description odstock Iron ron Ores — ■ 3aint John— 'or smelting, rence on the brought the taper boulder jiguit, Tatta- riewB respect- ONY Ores — • -The Pits— ion and uses ,da — Island - - 160 origin of the multitude of ie — Boulders if Boulders — Glacial Ice — Striations — General direotiuu in this Province — Common over the entire Province^ Glacial work — Lake George — Bear Lake — West of Orontooto Lake; down the Maga- guadavic — Remarkable formation of the western extremity of the Goal Meaaures— > Oromooto Lake Escarpment — Table of Glacial StrioD in New Bmnswiok— ProgroMi of a Glacier — Thickness of the glaeial roaas onoe covering the Province — Agaaaii on the thickness of the ico during the Qlaoial Period — Dr. Dawson's views — Probable elevation of the Continent during the Glacial Period — Glacial Lakes — Esoarpmenta— Dr. Rink's experience in Greenland — Conditions under whioh Glaciers are formed— Zones of Moistures — Glaeial Zones — Notice of Agasais's theory of an Ice Cap- Glacial phenomena may be common to all geologic ages — Difference between Sea Coast escarpments and Qlacial escarpments — Action of Glaeial Rivers — Phenomena of GUoial Rivers in Greenland — Glacial Rivers excavate roekaand form escarpments^ Escarpments may be formed at any level — A glacial moss cuts its way into a slope, forming an escarpment continually increasing in elevation — The valley of Lake Ontario excavated by Glaoicrs — Glaeial Strias show only the last record of the moving mass — Lake Basins and many escarpments show the work they have done— ^ Renddelling of Glacial work — Lake Basins — Origin of certain Lakes in New Bruns- wick — Valley of the Saint John near Fredericton — Beaches and Tereaoes — Marine Terraces — On the Bay of Fundy — Post Pliocene Marine deposits — Modern elevations and depressions on the coast — Extenuive upthrow west of the Saint John — Glacial Lake Terraces — Contour Lines at the Mouth of the Nerepis — Terraces opposite Qagetown — Contour Lines and Terraces near Fredericton — Alluvial Terraoei* — Boulder Clay in the bed of the Saint John — Sections of the alluvium on the Banka of the Saint John near Fredericton — Table of Drift Islands which have escaped denudation — Terraces of Lake Superior, &c. — Origin of— The Grand Falls of Saint John — Origin of— A Valley of erosion — The Tidal Falls at the mouth of the Saint John— Probably a valley of erosion — Early account of the " Falls" — " Horsebacks" — Action uf Rivers on their banks — Influence of the motion of the Earth. 182 CHA['TER XI. EcoMOHio Materials in thb Drift. Boo Iron Ore or Limonite — Its formation — Its distribution — Importance of the Ore in Canada — The St. Maurice Forges — Wad or Boa Manganese — Principal Ores of— Its use in the Arts — Its use as a material for separating Gold from Quarts Sand, or Clays— Its use in the separation of Silver — Shell Marl — Kaolin for Pottery — Clats for Bricks and Pottery — Moulding Sand — Blub Phosphate of Iron — Gold— Its distribution in Auriferous Drift in Canada — In Glacial Drift — Mode of washing the Drift — The Hydraulic procesft — The Hydraulic process in California — Experiments on the River du Loup in Canada — Distribution of Gold in the Drift of New Brunswick — I. On the Upper Upsalquitch — II. The Nipisiguit — III. Campbell River and Long Lake — IV. The Serpentine — V. Blue Mountain Brook — VI. The Little South West Miramichi — VII. Springfield — VIII. Between Hopewell and Golden Mountain — IX. Dutch Valley Road — Conclusions— Miscellaneous Mate- rials not in the Drift — Plumbago or Graphite — Dolomites — Origin of— Hydrau- lic Limestones — Composition of — Properties of — Grindstones — Probable Indian Relics on the Atlantic Coast — Professor Chadbourne's Account — Account in Sewall'a Ancient Dominions — Mr. C. 11. Hitchcock's Descriptidn — Mr, Morse's Account. - - 213 • • fl vni. CONTENTS. Hi III 'Y i \i CHAPTER XII. THE AGRICULTURAL CAPABILITIES OF CERTAIN DISTRICTS. KOTBS ON THE CLIMATE. Importance of Limestone — Limestone Rocks produce good Soils — Progress of Settlement in the Laurentian Region of Canada is on the CrjTBtalline Limestones — In New Bruns- wick the presence of a fine Hardwood Forest indica^as the proximity of Limestone — Area of first class Land in the Province — Aids to Agriculture — Manures — Lime — Quantity manufactured in New Brunswick — In Maine — Gypsum — Some Localities where Limestone is found in the Province — Some Localities where Qypsum is found in the Province — Trap debris — Phosphate of Lime — Fish Manures — Its manufacture in France — In Newfoundland — Professor Hunt's descriptions — Manufacture at Gaspe — Value of the Fish Manure manufactured at Gaspe — Importance of the ;nanufacturo of Fish Manure en the Gulf Coast. Notes on the Climate of New Brunswick. — The character of the Winter Season — Comparative Table, showing the mean opening of Rivers, Canals, and Harbours, from St. John to the Straits of Mackinaw — Dur ttion of Navigation on the St. Lawrence, compared with the St. John — Table showing the mean Winter temperature of St. John, Quebec, and Montreal — Table of Annual means of Temperature, &c., at St. John, by G. Murdock — Table of Monthly and Seasonal means of Temperature it St. John, by G. Murdock — Tabl« of mean results at Toronto — Table of minimum and maximum temperatures at Fredericton, by the Rev. Dr. Brooke — Comparative Table, showing the difference between some points in the Climates of St. John and Fredericton, by the late Dr. Robb — Table showing the mean annual temperature of St. John, Freder- icton, Quebec, Montreal, and Toronto. Conclusion. — The advantages of a systematic Geological Survey. APPENDIX. I. — Obiqin of the Names of certain Rivers and Places in New Brunswick, together with Micmao and Milicete names for some common things. II. — Names of Places and Rivers derived from the Abenaquis Language. III. — Enumeration of the Mammiferous Animals ascertained to exist in or on the Coasts of New Brunswick. IV. — Enumeration of the Birds of New Brunswick, with a notice of those which winter in the Province. V. — Enumeration of the Fishes of New Brunswick. VI. — Fossiliferous Marine Clays of Maine and the St. Lawrence compared. VII. — Table showing the Value of the Imports and Exports, being the Produce and Manufacture of the Colony, of Minerals, Ores, and Metals, manufactured and unmanufactured, during the years 1861, 1862, and 1863. VIII —Mining Licences — Rules and Regulations. iNTRODUCTOliY CHAfTilR. Settlement Sfew Bruns- limestone — )8 — Lhne — B Locslities lun is found nanufaoture ire at Gaspe manufacture »r Season — rbours, from t. Lawrence, I of St. John, St. John, by St. John, by ad maximum ble, showing edericton, by Fohn, Freder- Bpunswick, INOS. aage. in or on the ■ those which Produce and manufactured The Geology of New Brunswick has formed the subject oif four Reportd by the late Dr. Abraham Qesner, written during the years 1839 to 1842 in- clusive, twenty three years having elapsed since the date of Dr. Gesner'a last official contribution to our knowledge respecting the Mineral resources of the Province. In 1849 the late Dr. Tlobb contributed an admirable resume of known facts connected with the Geology of New Brunswick to Professor Johnston, who was engaged by the Government during the same year to report on the Soils of the Province, dnd their capabilities for agricultural purposes. Dr. Robb's communication was accompanied by an excellent Geological Map, compiled, us he himself states, from the Reports of Dr. Gesner, Dr. Jackson's Reports on the Geology of Maine, Sir Charles Lyell's Travels in North America, and his own personal observations and enquiries. In 1851 Dr. Robb, in conjunction with Professor Taylor, prepared a Report on the *' Asphaltum Mine at Hillsborough," which all subsequent experience during the past thirteen years has shown to be a correct exposition, as far as it goes, of the Geology of the Albert Mine. Dr. Dawson, of M'Gill College, Montreal, in conjunction with Sir Charles Lyell, has established the true age of the Albert Shales, and in his 'Acadian Geology ' a portion of Albert County is especially noticed, and some of the rock formations on the coast of the Bay of Fundy. Dr. Dawson has subsequently written some very valuable papers on " The F'ora of the Carboniferous Period in Nova Scotia," and " The Flora of the Devonian Period in North Eastern America," in which important references are made to New Brunswick rocks. In August 1863, Mr. G. F. Matthew of Saint John, published in the Cana- dian Naturalist and Geologist, a most creditable and able Paper, entitled " Observations on the Geology of Saint John County, N. B." ; and in 1864, Professor Bailey, of the University of New Brunswick, communicated to His Excellency the Lieutenant Governor, a very interesting and well written " Report on the Mines and Minerals of Ne\^ Brunswick." The same gen- tleman has also published in the Canadian Naturalist and Geologist for April 1864, a Paper entitled " Notes on the Geology and Botany of New Bruns- wick,*'* with a Map of the country on the course of the rivers between the mouth of the Tobique and the mouth of the Nepisiguit. These contributions to the Geological bibliography of New Brunswick, have been frequently referred to in the following pages, together with others which are enumerated either in notes of reference or in a list of works con- sulted, given at the ciose of the introductory Chapter. "■ " ^ *■ ■— ■ ■■ I I.I . - I II ■ ■ III III — I I.- I— ^M— ^f^i^ ^^^bA^A^ * Rend before the Nnlural History Society of New Biunswick 13th February 1S64. I1 X. INTRODUCTORY CHAPTER. I H 1 i a r In May 1864, after an interview with Sir W. E. Logan, the Director of the Geological Survey of Canada, I addressed a letter to that eminent Geologist, soliciting his co-operation and that of Professor Hunt and Mr. Billings, in relation to the rocks and fossils of New Brunswick, partly with reference to my contemplated preliminary explorations, and partly in antici- pation of any future action that the Government of Kew Brunswick might be disposed to take with regard to a complete Geological Survey of the Province. The answer of Sir W. E. Logan, together with my comniunication to him, are appended,* and no words from my pen are necessary to show the vast advantage which must result to New Brunswick, from having the opinion of Sir William Logan and his associates on the rocks of the Province ; bnt I should not do justice to my own feelings if I were to permit this public opportunity to escape me of expressing a grateful sense, as far as I am con- cerned, of the disinterested kindness of Sir William Logan, and the gentle* men of the Canadian Geological Stirvey, or to record my admiration of a zeal for Science alone which induces those gentlemen to undertake a laborious task, for which they ask no other recompense than that which Science herself can give. In the preparation of my preliminary Repcrt, I have frequently hhd occasion to scrutinize the labours of the late Br. Robb ; and here I venture to express, not only a very high opinion of the value of the work he has left behind him, but a stron* appreciation of his trustworthy observations, and of his scrupulously conscientious record of facts. Throngh the kindness of his brother, Mt. Charles Robb, of Montreal, I have been permitted to peruse his manuscript notes on the geology of certain portions of the Province. Although many of these were made thirteen to sixteen years ago, and long prior to the important discoveries of the past decade, yet they manifest views, especially in relation to the once vexed question of the nature of Albertite, which he would probably long since have successfully developed, had the Almighty been pleased to have prolonged his life. It now remjEtins for me to state in general terms the results of the season's operations. DISTRICTS VISITED. I commenced my explorations on the 15th June, at Dalhousie ; proceeding thence to Campbelltown on the Restigouche, and having engaged Indians there, ascended that river to the mouth of the Upsalquitch, which was tra- versed to its source, then crossed over to the Nepisiguit, and continued on down stream to Bathurst. After spending a few days in the vicinity of Bathurst, I travelled across the country to Chatham, and thence to Fredericton. In a letter addressed to the Provincial Secretary, I communicated some of the results of the exploration up the Upsalquitch and down the Nepisiguit, * Vide Lettprn T, and 11. at fhe close of thi» Chapter. INTAODUOIORY CHAPTER. xi. rector of eminent and Mr. irtly with in antici- ck might ey of the >n to him, 17 che vast e opinion ice; but I his public I am con- the gentle- ration of a idertake a ihat which lently b^ B I venttire he has left ations, and kindness of d to peruse Province. >, and long manifest nature of developed, le season's )roceeding ;ed Indians ch was tra- ntinued on )lled across cated some Nepisiguit, suggesting at the same time a further exploration of the Quebec Group of rocks which I had ascertained to have a breadth in the district examined of from thirty six to forty miles.* His Excellency the Administrator of the Government in Council, was pleased to give instructions that the suggested sections across the Quebec Group should be made without delay. From Fredorioton I proceeded to Prince William, thence to Woodstock, and via the Shiktehawk and Bouth West Miramichi, to Boiestown. I then started via Woodstock for the Tobique, and having procured Indians and canoes, ascended that river as far as the mouth of the Gulquac, made a portage of twenty miles to Tobique Lake, explored the undesoribed And unmapped Gulquac and Millpagos Lakes, and then portaged to Long Lake. Leaving the canoe at the head of that fine sneet of water, I took two Indians and made a portage of eight miles through forests innocent of lum- bermen or indeed of "white men" of any description, to the Little South West Miramichi Lake, and descended the river issuing from that lake until I came to sedimentary rocks in place. Returning to Tobique Lake, I went with " shoed " canoes down Campbell Biver, ascended the Serpentine as far as practicable, the water being un- usually low, and returned to the Nictor or Forks of the Tobique via the right hand branch of the river. An ascent was then made up the Little Tobique for a few miles, and subsequently the main river was descended as far as Blue Mountain. Again, taking two Indians, and leaving the canoes in charge of a third,! made a traverse to the summit of Blue Mountain 1650 feet above the sea. The object of this traverse was to ascertain the southern limits here of the Carboniferous Outlier, which has converted the valley of the Tobique into a fertile ^.nd beautiful region, capable of sustaining an agricultural population of one hundred thousand souls. Slowly descending the Tobique to its mouth, I then leisurely ascended the Saint John, in canoe, as far as Little Falls, or within ten miles of the Canadian boundary line. From Little Falls I proceeded to Quebec, thence to Montreal, where an opportunity pf again examining the rocks of the Quebec Group in the Geological Museum was embraced. After remaining a week in Canada, I took the steamer from Quebec to Shediac, and from Shediac proceeded to Fredericton. In October I visited King's County, making a section across Norton and Springfield, also, subsequently across Albert County, and from Hopewell Corners returned via Golden Mountain to Sussex Vale, and then proceeded to the Vernon Copper Mines, near the mouth of Goose Creek, on the Bay of Fundy. Ketuming thence to Fredericton, I spent two days in making up my notes, and then started a second time for the Prince William Anti- mony deposits, where I made a careful examination of the rocks and mapped the courses of the exposed veins, determining their relation and origin. I then crossed the country through the Harvey Settlement to Dumbarton * Vide Lettcra III. and IV. at the close of this Chapter. xn. INTRODUCTOBV OHAPTER. ^' r i iW' :i Station, on the New Brunswick and Canada Railway, and from this place proceeded to Roix Station, and made a section across the country to Saint George. After visiting the Upper Falls of the Magaguadavic, and making a section to the Lower Falls, I proceeded to the Letite Copper Mines, to which special attention was paid, and the prohahle origin of the Copper deposits in the Muscabin peninsula discovered, and the probable age of the rocks on Frye's Island ; returning to Fredericton via Saint John. My last exploration, except iu the immediate neighbourhood of Fredericton, was made in November, when the Vernon Mines on the Boy of Fundy were visited a second time, and four days spent on the coast, in an endeavour to trace the origin of the'Copper deposits in that promising belt of rocks. This I found to be in certoin copper-bearing intrusive traps which have a wide, and pro- bably a very important distribution on that part of the coast. In this general outline of journeys through the Province, every County of which I have visited except Kent, the lateral excursions from the main routes are not included. The results of the season's work may be thus briefly expressed. 1. The Quebec Group, which is the great metalliferous formation of North America, has the following approximate breadths in the subjoined localities : — 1. Five miles from Bathurst, 2. From Ramsay's Brook, southeasterly, 3. From near Nictor Lake, " 4. From the Tobique, " .'). From the Meduxnekeag, " 6. On the New Brunswick and Canada Railroad, Time has not permitted me to obtain the necessary data, to determine the approximate breadth of this group in tlie southwestern part of Queen's, Sunbury, or King's County, nor even in the south part of Charlotte County, but of its presence there, valuable evidence is not wanting. I have paid particular attention to the circumstances under which the Albertite in Albert County has originated, and venture to hope that I have succeeded in showing, — 1st. That Albertite is an inspissated Petroleum. 2nd. That it has originated from underlying Devonian Rocks probably of the same age as those yielding the vast stores of Petroleum in Canada and the United States. 3rd. That there is much probability that this valuable material will be found along the summits of two anticlinal axes (Ridges), one, extend- ing from near Apohaqui Station, through the valley of Sussex Vale, to the County of Westmorland, on a general course N. 80° E., for a dis- tance of fifty miles ; the other anticlinal having a course nearly north- east, (magnetic), (N. 48" E.) from a few miles west of Shepody Moun- tain, through the Albert Mine, to and beyond the Petitcodiac River. 20 Miles. 36 44 43 38 24 INTRODUCTORY OHAPTFR. XIU. kiB place to Saint making lines, to Copper jre of the My last ton, was re visited trace the B I found and pro- y County the main [nation of subjoined iles. u ermine the f Queen's, ;te County, wliich the that I have jrobably of in Canada hal will be Ine, extend- lex Vale, to p., for a dis- early north- Lody Moun- tdiac River. Along the eastern anticlinal the valuable bituminous shales which yield from sixty to ninety gallons of crude oil o the ton occur in great force. The ascertained existence of the true Coal Measures within the limits of the Province, near and probably east of Grand Lake, is highly important, and a reasonable expectation may now be entertained that workable beds of coal will be found in the areas indicated in the Chapter on the Carboniferous Series. ''f The view formerly entertained with reference to the granitic belt passing throoigh the Province from the frontier of Maine to the Bay of Cbaleurs, a distance of one hundred and fifty miles, must be greatly modified. Instead of its being one broad belt, as represented on the Map constructed by the late Dr. Robb, it consists of a series of very narrow belts, (at least ten in nurnber on the Miramichi,) with schists and metalliferous slates between them. The granite belts are of Devonian age, and it is, probably, not an intrusive rock, but consists of highly altered sedimentary strata, which have been brought to the surface by a series of anticlinal folds, with strata belonging to the Quebec Group on their flanks, and between the numerous narrow belts of which the entire formation is composed. The same remark appllv^s to much of the granite in Charlotte, King's and Saint John Counties. Thay are probably sedimentary rocks, highly meta- morphosed, but bearing an intimate relation to the less metamorphosed or altered rocks on their flanks. The copper-bearing Series of Saint George and the Vernon Mines are both important, though of very different geological ages. I have shown in the case of the Saint George Mines, that the probable origin of the copper is a hornblendic schist ; but do not wish to be understood to say that the trap rocks of the series are not also copper-bearing. In the Vernon Mines, the copper-bearing traps, which are there intrusive, are the source of the metal, and they extend far beyond the limits of the area examined. The antimony deposits of Prince William, on the property of the Bruns- wick Antimony Company, and on a series of Leases held by Mr. Hibbard, of Saint George, and gentlemen associated with him, are valuable ; and a rather lengthy description of these deposits, their origin and probable extent, will appear, fully warranted by their prospective value to the Province. The iron ores of Woodstock have been found to come up on the north side of the main granitic axis, in at least three different belts, extending over thirty miles, and probably, with intermediate breaks, as far as the Bay of Cbaleurs. On the Beccaguimec and the Shiktehawk, each belt is associ- ated with limestone beds. They are situated in a splendid agricultural and well timbered country. On the south side of the axis they have been recognized coming to the surface in two belts. These ores, like the manganese and copper with which they are more or less associated, are true sediments. The copper deposits of Woodstock belong to the same class, and in view of their origin, I am inclined to think that they will be found commercially valuable. The veins which have been sny* inteoductohy chapter. opened by Mr. Stophena, aud partially opened by Mr. Connell, are segrega- tions of the metal distributed through the country rock, which is apparently of the same age as the copper-bearing sediments of Canada East. Hence there is a probability that valuable beds will be discovered. I'he gold which I have found to exist in the drift over a large portion of the northern Counties, and to a less extent in Saint John and King's Counties, will speak for itself. Too little, however, is yet known of the rocks of the Quebec Group in this Province to warrant the expression of an opinion as to its origin. A comparison with other countries where the same rocks occur, and are known to be auriferous, might apparently form the basis of reason* able conjecture ; but gold has been found in quartz veins penetrating both Upper and Lower Silurian Hocks in Canada, and these rocks overiap one another from the Bay of Chaleurs to the Maine fioundavy, and far beyond towards the Atlantic Ocean. Although gold has been found in the drift derived from these rocks, it has not yet, to my knowledge, been discovered in quartz veins penetrating them. I have much pleasure in expressing my obligations to many gentlemen for their courteous assistance and attention. Among others, to the Hon. John McMillan, of Campbelltown ; Mr. Dugald Stewart, and Mr. Barberie, of Dalhousie ; Mr. Busteed, of Bourdo ; Mr. Byers, of the Albert Mine ; Mr. Baldwin, of Bathurst; the Hon. Charles Connell, and Dr. Connell, of Woodstock ; Mr. Stephens, of Woodstock ; Mr. Woodward, of Saint John ; Mr. M'Lellan, of Hopewell Corners ; Mr. Frye, of Saint George ; the gen- tlemen in the Crown Land Office ; Mr. Wilkinson, of the Board of Works ; Mr. Sauford Fleming, C. E.; Mr. Burpee, C. E.; Mr. Murdock, &c., &c. To Dr. Brooke, of Fredericton, I am much indebted for an excellent series of Meteorological observations, which he has continued uninterrupt- edly for a period of seventeen years. No. I. From Professor lliud to Sir William Logan. (Copy) Montreal, May 80 tbe Hon. •. Barberie, bert Mine; iConnell, of Jaint John ; the gen- of Works; &c., &c. excellent ininterrupt- >1 mh, 1864. nment of New ig the present Brunswick arc value, I should er specimens I ~ ogioal Survey, ktrations.^ [examination of information of ixpenses would be attached to the transmioBion of the speeimena, provided they become the property of the Canadian Geological Survey. There can be no doubt that it would be a matter of groat importance to New Brunswick if a complete set of specimens, illustrating the rocks of the Province, were submitted to your inspection and judgment, and I venture to hope that it would also be of advantage to the Museum of the Qeological Survey of Canada to possess the specimens for the sake of comparison and study. I am, very truly, yours, (Signed) HENRY Y. HIND. Sir W. E. Logan, &c. &c. ice. No. n. From Sir William Logan to Professor Hind. (Copy) Montreal, Mth Mat/, 1864. My Dear Sir,'— In reply to your letter of this morning, I beg to say that we should be happy to receive a full collection of New Brunswick specimens, iDcIuding minerals, rocks, and fossils, the expenses on the transmission of which, if the collection were per- manently lodged in our Museum, we would willingly defray. The possession of such a collection would enable us to institute a comparison between the Qeology of Canada and that of her sistor ColoQy, and in some degree to make available our ascertamed results in forwarding your investigations and promoting the development of her mineral resources. The rocks of New Brunswick are only an extension in part of those of Canada, with the addition of the coal formation, and from the descriptions of Robb, Bailey, Hitchcock, and others, as well as a limited personal examination by myself, it appears to me probable that the Quebec Group, which is so important in the Eastern Townships of Canada, for its economic minerals, will be found to have a considerable deveIo[iiuent in New Brunswick. The rocks of this Group, I need not inform you, yield, in Canada, ores of Iron, Chro- mium, Lead, Antimony, Copper, Nickel, Silver, and Gold, with soapstone, potstone, hones, marbles, serpentines, cement stones, building stones, and roofing slates. They are a con- tinuation of the gold-bearing series of Georgia, Carolina, and Virginia, and come up through Maryland, Pennsylvania, New Jersey, New York, and Vermont, into Canada, passing thence into Newfoundland. By undulatioBS they are repeated in New Brunswick on each side of a Granitic axis, which stretches from Deer Island on the coast of Maine, to Bathurst on the Bay Chaleur, and finally present themselves on the Atlantic Coast of Nova Scotia. It is of course very important to the interests of these Colonies that the limits of the Group should be traced out in them, as much in detail as possible. In making serviceable in the investigation the experience and practice we have acquired on the Canadian Survey, we should be only carrying out a suggestion which has already been placed before the respective Governments of these Colonies, by the adoption of which the labour of the investigation would be shortened and the cost cheapened, while a unity of design would be given to the whole subject, rendering the results, both economic and Bcientifi.c, intelligible to the world with much less study than would otherwise be required. I am, my dear Sir, very truly, yours, (Signed) W. E. LOGAN. Professor Henry Youle Hind, Quebec. No.ni. From Professor Hind to the Hon. the Provincial Secretary. Fredericton, July 9 suggest that formation, in M«ta11ifeh>U8 r developed in ince in a very accomplished IroUp in NeW Y. HIND. LIST OP AUTHORS REPHRRED TO. :jiiuiioat7. .UJlari'l 1// :i d. ID Jufy, 1864. consideration liohs across the Idth and extent land report the TILLEY. I DAWsoif, Da. J. W. ■ U 1. " Synopais of the FtoM of the GavbtoniftfOM Period ia NoriL Sooti*/' Canadian Natura'.idt, Vol. viii. 1868. 2. " On the Flora of the Devonian Period in North Eastern America." American Journal of Science, May 1868. 3. '* Acadian Geology." '(>;t/.it'! 4. " Supplementary Chapter to Acadian Qeology." Matthew, G. P. v;) ,f,v,i«:fifffft''^x*'>Nf " Observations on the Geology of Saint John County." — Can. Nat. Aug. 1868. Gesner, a. 1.." Reports on the Geological Survey of the Provhie^ of N*W'B*ttBswiofc," 1889 to 1842, inolusive. 2. " Proceedings of the Geological Society of London." LooAN, Sir Wm. E. 1. " Geology of Canada." 2. " Descriptive Catalogue of a Collection of the Economic MittisralB of Canada," sent to the London Inter natiouol Exhibition. Hunt, T. Stbrry. ' 1. " Geology of Canada." 2. " Descriptive Catalogue, &c." 8. " Notes on the History of Petroleum or Rock Oil." BlLLINQS, E. Geology of Canada. Hull. " Coal Fields of Great Britain." Poole, H. — Superintendent of the Fraser Mine, N. S. " Notes on the Coal Field of Pictou."— Can. Nat. & Geo. Vol. v. Hitchcock, C H. " Geology of Maine." Vol. i. & ii. 1862 & 8.— (First and Second Annual Report upon the Natural History and Geology of the State of Maine.) RoBB, Dr. 1. " Report on Agriculture." — Journal House of Assembly, 1861. 2. " Professor Johnston's Report on the Agriculture of N. B." 8. *' Map (Geological) of the Province." Bailey, Professor. 1. " Report on the Mines and Minerals of New Brunswick." 2. '* Notes on the Geology and Botany of New Brunswick." BiasBY. " Journals of the Geological Society." 3 xviii. LIST or AUTHORS REFBRRRD TO. Fkrbkl. " AmeriMn Journal of Sflicnco, Januarj, 1861." ^ Ramsay. " On the Olaoial Origin of Lakes in Europe." NUROOCK. " Hints on Meteorologj."— Agrioultural Report, 1868. OwiN, Captain. " Surrey of the River Satnt John." Rbijitions of the Jesuits, from 1011 to 1672. Keefir, T. C. " Notes on Anchor loe." — (Canadian Journal, May, 1862. Blue Book — Boundary Commission. Journals of the House of Assembly. . Febland, J. B. a. '< Histoire du Canada." Dana, J. D. « Manual of Geology." Reports on " Albert Coal " or the " Albert Mines," by yarions Authors. Peroival, Gesner, Jackson, Robb, Taylor, Hayes, &c. &c. Major Robinson's Surveys. Royal Road Surreys. ■iUi -^gg, .la ■ •.'iy Jt-' .'it; . ' .:il;ii i.'H <• PRELIMINARY REPORT. h'i'/ >Wf •^»/n La ,^~U!- CHAPTER I. LKADINO GEOGRAPHICAL FEATUBES Of THE PROVINCE. fe*rly Political importance of the " Highlandii" of New Brunswick—- Political importanco of a Name^^Origin of the name ' Acadia ''*^The Height of Land, or Highlands of N«w Brunswiok^^EIevation of the Highland»'— Blue Mountain, view iVoui>*-A night on Blue Mountain-*— Section frota Mirumiohi Lake to the Restigouehe-^Mr. 8kindford Flenung'a Section — Section on the Royal Road, one hundred miles— Subordinate Mountain Ranges-^Seotion front the Mouth of Goose Greek to Sussex Vale'— Coast Section across the Basin occupied by the Carboniferous Rocks-— M^jor Robinson's Survey — Tho Rivers of New Brunswick — The Saiftt John — Origin of name>— Rise 6f— The Grand Falls— Height and descent of — General character of — The Restigouohe — Early notice of'^-'Mr. Richardson's Description of, to the Mouth of the Patapedia— Tho Coast Line-^Bay of Chaleure-^Miscou Island'—The White Whale— The Walrus- Bay of Fundy— The Tides— Depth of the Bay— The Cumberland Basin and Bay Verte Peninsular-Change of Coast Line. - 1, :-;.u .■ v.u l^he geographical features of a country are greatly dependent upon its geological structure. This is especially noticed in New Brunswick, where the mountain ranges lie almost altogether within the limits of the disturbed and ancient sedimentary rocks ; the elevated plateaus and gently undulating plains distinguishing nearly the entire area of the comparatively undiBt^rbed strata of the coal field., For this reason it may be proper to glance briefly at some of the leading geographical features of the Province, limiting tho observations made to the chief mountain ranges, the rivers, and the coast line. The introduction of a few historical notices may, in the judgment of many, enhance the interest which prominent physical peculiarities generally command. EARLY POLITIOAI. IMPORTANCE OF THE " HIOULANDS" OF MEW BRUNSWICK. The highest continuous mountain range, or " axis of maximum elevation," as it is technically termed, between Canada and this Province, With its con* tinuation into the United States, Once formed a very important subject of enquiry on the pari of the Governments of Great Britain and the United States of America.* * Reporl of the Brilish Coitimi»»ioneri» to Survey the Territory in dispute between Great Britain tiid the United States of America, on the North Castefn Boundary 01 the Unit* Jnited Status — Blue Book, Ib'iO. 20 ORIGIN or TUB NAME "ACADIA.' I .«' In the Report of the Royal GommiHsionora appointed to invontigato and report upon the respective claims of Canada and New Brunswick to the Territory ceded to Qreat Britain by the Treaty of Washington,* the follow- ing remarkable passage occurs, which, by the way, has recently received additional strength from the disputes relating to the Straits of San Juan. — " The want of good maps, and correct information as to the topographical and physical character of the country, have been the principal cause of the constantly-recurring disputes which liave ^ow fbr more than half a century occurred in this part of North America* and rendered necessary Commission after Commission for inquiry and research." PUIilTIOAL IMPORTANCK OF A NAME. It appeur^, however, far more singular, that a mere name, whose origin is still disputed, should have been instrumental in leading to the wars between liingland and France which terminated in the conquest of Canada. ' ••'The misunderstandings which arose in the construction of this expression, " all AoADiE, according to its ancient limits," — ended in the war of 1766, and the annexation of all the possessions of France in North America to the British Empire. t The interest in the word ' Acadity has been recently revived under very difierent circumstanced to those which first drew the attention of the entire civilized world to its origin and meaning, and which gave rise to intermina- ble controversies, and finally led to sanguinary wars. The Province of New Brunswick having formerly been wholly or in part included within the ' ancient limits of Acadie,' a glance at the origin of this word may not be out of place in a geographical sketch of the country it once in part represented. ou ^il aiox^ In 1608, the Sieur de Monts received letters patent, in which the worn " AoADiE," or "Cadie," is first used as the name of the country. His grant is from the ••' 40me degr^ de latitude jusqn'a 46me," the 40th degree of latitude to the 46th,t thus including that part of New Brunswick which lies sonth of a line drawn between Fredericton and Bay Verte in the County of 'Westmoriand. '''"-'■' ' .- - " -' • ■! ■•./ ^ -.u m- .r^ ._ .- . •. -i-iH,^., ,; The Boundary (commission consider the origin of the word '* Aca^io '*' to bo as follows : — " The obscurity which has been thrown in past times over the territorial extent of Aoadie, that country of which De Monts received letters patent in 1603, was occasioned by not attending to the Indian origin of the name, and to the repeated transfer of the name to other parts of the country to which the first settlers afterwards removed. Even before the appointment of De la Roche, in 1598, as Lieutenant-General of the country, including those parts adjacent to the Bay of Fundy, the Bay into which the Saint Croix ♦ Blue Book, 1851, page 94. t Report of Commissioners on North Eastern Boundary. X Pastes Chronologicjues, quoted in Report of Commissioners on North Eastern Boundary, 1840. Ill rOAMBft rOUTXOAL lUVOftYANCB. rigln is between reseion, >f 1756, a to tho ier very 10 eDtiro t^irmiua- r in part in of thia auntry it he word lis grant egree of hich lies ounty of badio" to ft"' • ' '• Lerritonat I patent in liaroe, and to which Ut of De ling those int Croix omptiei itaolf was known by the Indians of the Moriseet tribe, which still inhabits Now Brunswick, by iks name Peskadumqaodiab, from Peskadam^ Fish, and Qnodiab, the name of a tiaii refiombling the Ood.* "Tho French, according to th( ir usual ciiatom, abbroviated tho Indian name, which we sometime^, in the old records, read Quadiae and ' Oadie/ and at length we find it taking the general deaignation of ' Aeadie.' "The English race have turned the original Indian name into Passama- quoddy, and the Indians of the district have long been by them familiarly called Qooddy Indians, as by the French they liuve been called Lea Acadiena." That the word " Cadib," was at one time coninu>nly used, may be inferred from its occurrence in the Relations of the Jesuits for 1671. — " Qui habitent les costes de Cadio et de la Nouvelle Angleterre." ' " ^^"i ' J " n Dr. Dawson, in his "Acadian GBOLooy," gives a rathui dmerent version of the oriein of this historic name : — , , " The aboriginal Micmacs of Nova Sootia, being of a practical turn of mind, were iu tbe habit of bestowing on places the names of tho usefol articles which could be found in thera, affixing to such terms the word Acadio, denoting the local abundance of the particular ol^ects to which the names referred. The early French settlers appear to have supposed this common termination to be tbe proper name of the country, and applied it as tho general designation of tbe region now constitutii^ tl^je|;i^^oyi^oe«.pt Nova Bcotia, New Briinswiok, and Prince Edward Islani". , ^i , .,;f ,f ; (. ,,| M 10 rOBMSB LIMITS Or lOADIA. The Jesnit Father, Hieresme Lallemont, writing from Quebec in 1669^ says " Acadia is that part of New France which faoes the sea, and whielj extends from New England to Qaspe, or more correctly to the entrance of the great Rivtr Saint Lawrence. This extent of country, which is fnlly 800 leagues, has but one name and one language."— ^e^a^ns dea Jemiia, 1659. In a Map by Coronelli, dated 1689, published at Paris, the Peninsula south- east of the Bay of Fundy is called '* Aoadie," whilst tho country north of tho Bay of Fundy and watered by tho Saint John River, is named " Eteche- mins," after the Indian tribe whose hunting grounds formerly extended over that part of the Province. Under the French these were frequently separate governments. By tho Treaty of St. Germain in 1632, " Canada and Acadia were restored to France." By the Treaty of Breda in 1667, France was left with all her old possessions, as well as by the Treaty of Ryswick in 1697. The consequence of these frequent mutations was, that the French possessions east, west, and south of the Saint John, were occa- sionally placed under one and Hie same jurisdiction, which for the time went by the name of " Aeadie." iT, 1940.'' ,a'- * The Proviocial name of tbi» fish is " PcUock,'' and it atiU conliaues to irequent that Bay. I 28 TUB UraULAKDS OF MBW BRUNSWICK. In 1702 war broke out again, eubaequently to which came the Peace of Utrecht, in 1718, when France ceded to England for ever her rights, to *' all Acadie, according to its ancient limits." The misunderatandingB which now arose in the construction of this expression, ended in the war of 1766, and the annexation of all the possessions of France in Korth Ameripu to the British Enjpire.* ^ ,.jy v>v(j titjHf^l'if hhdfa'ff \il ' The Abbe Ferland in his " Cours D'Histoire du Canada," states that the origin of this word is unknown, and he enumerates several compot^nd words, being the names of places, of which it forms a part, such as T^acftdiei.^^u- benacadie, Chykabenakdie.t . .Krak.-)]. TUE height Ot LAND OR UIQHLANDS OF NKVT BRt'NSWICK.P'^^ JiirfT '■ .l"\'oi 'I' , . ^ ■ -!>o ft.ti ."i. i"'" The height of land or '^ axis of maximum elevation," which formed so long the subject of dispute between the United States and Great Britain, and subsequently between Canada and Kew Brunswick, may be said to commence within the limits of the Province at the base of Mirs Ilill, aii isolated twin-mountain situated close to the boundary line in the State of Maine, and about five miles from the River Saint John, in the County of Ca^eton. This conspicuous elevation rises 1660 feet above the sea, and! it forms one in a range of numerous peaks which stretch in a northeastefly direction to the Bay of Chaleurs. This height of land is the south branch of two great chains of highlands which come from the head waters of the Connecticut River. The northern branch lies altogether within the limits of Canada, and was formerly claimed by New Brunswick as its legitimate boundary. The southern branch, springing from the same source, traverses the State of Maine, and entering New Brunswick at Mars Hill,]; pursues the course towards the Bay of Chaleurs already a^lverted to. These were the highlands formerly' claimed by Canada as the southern boundary of that Province,§ The limits of the two Provinces ultimately agreed upon, do not require any particular dee> cription ; they may be stated to form a line dividing the disputed territory between the highlands into two nearly equal parts. , BLKVATION OF THE HIOHLANDSi' f»kl &rij to if\i The average breadth of these Highlands is about forty miles ; the elevation of the most prominent peaks and notable points in this rugged region are given below. No Map of New Brunswick yet compiled can afford a correct idea of the geography of the southeastern portion of this Highland Belt. Innumerable lakes, with their connecting rivers, separated by high but narrow hill ranges, occur in the blank space on the Provincial Map, fr9m • Blue Book, 1840. '^r - ! i > ; t " Cours D'Histoire dn Canada," par J. B. A. Ferland, pr«lre.— Professor d'Histoire h V University Laval. Premiere partio 1534-166.3.— Quebec, Augustin Coxi, 1801. } Latitude 45.50, longitude 68° nearly. ^ The area of the territory in dispute between Canada and N. Brunswick was about 10,900 square milet< ELEVATIOKS OF PROMINENT PSAK8. 2S eace o( to " ttU i which )f 1766, eri^a to that the d words, lie, Shu- >■ f.i\ , ormed so t Britain, )e said to B Hill, all te State of County of sea, and it rtheastetly [ highlands le northern !tly claimed rn branch, nd entering the Bay of rly claimed mits of the rticular defi- ed territory ■ ■ 1 the elevation Id region are lord a correct Ighland Belt, [by high but il Map, from lire & V Universit* the head waters of the South "West Miramichi to the Nipisiguit. The sources of some of the most important rivers in the Province are not Imd down on this comparatively unexplored region, and there are very many lakes, still haunted by the beaver, seldom visited except by Indians, where oven the adventurous lumberman h&3 not yet penetrated, which cover a large area about the head waters of the different branches of the Miramichi, and the tributaries to the Tobique and Nipisiguit. As far, however, as the river courses have been laid down in this wild region, they are accurately delineated in Mr. Wilkinson's Provincial Map ; and this Report will Airnish the continuation of several important streams into the unmapped wilderness, about the hdad waters of the Gulqu.'c, the right hand branch of the Tobique, and the Little South West Miramic li. •'• J-* ELEVATIONS OF PBOMINENT PEAKS IN THE HIGHLANDS. Names orMountaiim or Elevated FiateauR. Locality. 1. Man Hill, ... -r 2. Blue Mountain, ... 8. Bald Mountain, ... ... 4. NiotauXiake, ... 5. Bald Mountain, ... 6. Three miles northeast of Nictau Lake, 7. Ridgo between Tobique and Nipisiguit, 8. Forks of the Tobique, 9. Mountfun on a branch of the Nipisiguit, 10. A mile northeast from last station, ...'-i 11. Two miles from last station, , , , ^..^ . . i ..,[ i 12. High peak near same station, ' ,., ^ ... 13. YaTlej in a dividing ridge between the Upsalquitch and Nipisiguit waters, 14. One mile and a half from last station, 15. Three miles from last station but one, 16. Ramsay Portage, 17. Ramsay Gamp, 18. Mountain two miles east of Ramsay Camp, 19. Five miles from Ramsay Camp, east, ... 20. Seventeen miles east of Ramsay Camp on the Upsalquitch, ..'. ... . 21. North side of Blue MounUins, ../•>!'«';:. 22. Near Big Hole Brook, 23. Range of Hills on Middle River, 24. Mountain i mile west of Upsalquitch Lake, 1 25. Brook running into the Nipisiguit (Portage Brook), 1 26. Conioal Hill, near Upsalquitch Lake, . . . [27. Squaws Cap, Boundary Line — 5 miles from the St. John River. Tbbique Riter. East of Blue Mountain. Source of East Branch of Tobique. Near Nictau Lake. Nipisiguit Lakes. Nipisiguit. i( Upsalquitch and Nipisi- guit. (( On the Upsalquitch. (( (( Blue Mountains. Middle River, r •,• Upsalquitch Lake. Portage Brook. Upsalquitch Lake. Upsalquitch — mouth of Height ill feet above the tea. •■*■ fiftfj 1650 1641 2240 (?) 772 2496 1670 2Q92 , 550 1718 2048 2145 2213 1608 n 1882 2045 271 841 1048 1483 1218 1064.UUUUOJ.. 1707 W34, 2186 2000 *■(• lo,900 »nuave mil««' Numerous other altitudes in the " Highlands " between Mars Hill and the Bay of iChaleurs may be found in the Report of the Commissionors on the North Eastern [Boundary . , A8CBNT OF BLUE MOUNTAIN. ?^; (;■;; oiiT .^uTA^IiV or tUQVi KANDft I)f OTHBft FARTS OV TBI VMVlXQt, uiiO'-l mr NuDM of JAoumains <|r E;^y«ted ^|»ti«»u«. 2§: 29. SQ. 31. 32. dS; 34. 85. 36. 87. 88. 39. rr-^ ().;■),.»( liOCBlity. ) :■'. ' Ball Moose Hill; Ohameook, ..; Th? Sugar loaf, ... .,^ uvt'i'fi Plateau above Frederjioton,^ •«*, •n i^lJt (it H'ead of ReBtigou'che; \ .:. '. OiM»UookLake^, SboL moQ River, Monument head of SaibtGhjht, ffi''"' ' Clkepnedoook/ Lakes, (foot of ) Nerepis, (source of) Didgewash, (source of) Dalbousie Hill, Springfield. ■.•' ' ^ Near Saints Andrenm. Campbeltown. Fre4eriBtoa. .«. ... ... ii\'i-'U I>uif ffSMd ■ .'-. *•# ••• ••■ ' I.' •»« '«*•)'' . «••' .1! ■'ITTT ^ ■ "•■ ' ''••■ ••• •■• ••• ' ' Hef^ht in ttSet «boyei the 'MIL I, 'GesBeri 580 'V, 730 -1088 "'^' ''•:*• bcmadirf Gommls: . 120© 529jl.R.gur. 589 880' it juoc'i 750 iti i.f. Mt ASOENT OF BLUE- MOUNTAIN. On the ISth August, apcomp&med by some Indianfi, I aseended' Blue Mountain on the Tobiquq* rejaphiog the summit just in time to witness the setting of the sun^ The soene was one of. rare beauty^ and tWalqyi, being cloudless during the short- summer night, the moon near her full, dawn slowly breaking into daylight without mist or cloud on the mountain tops, the most fJAiYourable opportunities were offered and gladlgr embr^ed to see this part of the Highlands of New Brunswick under oondt.tion» seldom enioyed. ,.'.r , ■ .■■.•.li/.u v vii!i>;,i-iu . The firsii impression produced on glancing at this extraordinary seene^, was a sens& of extreme isolation in the midst of tiie vast wilderness: of forest which lay like: a troubled sea far beneath our feet. The detached jj^reAks of many mountains seemed to occupy but a: WM>fll pai1> of the wide eispanse open to view, while the remote ranges, in tfaemBelves extensive aad.f(>rmi- dable barriers^ were reduced to rugged lities bounding comparative!;)!^ 'small parts of the distant horizon. Such were the Salmon River. Mountains, the Twin Mountains on the Gulquao, JMDooseiMountain^ and Mans Hill, far to the southwest; as well as the bold' dividing ridge betwieen' Long Lake and a Lake at the head of theLittlie South West Miraraichi; and Bald Mountain to the northeaat^ Minor peaks andi ridges limiting thia broad valley of the; Tobique, served but to give an irregular chMtaeter to the^igrextt plain they diversified., The clearings of the pioneer settleiro on theToblquiBt looked Hke white specks in a vast ocean of dark green^ The contrast between tlwbltie out- lines of t))je mountain ran^^^s to t)ie west after the sun had' di]pped behind them, and the golden tints swiftly gliding up the sides of ranges lying to the east, was singularly imposing ; the peaks of all those 8nffieien% elevated to catch his last receding rays being simultaneously lit up, and then passing into comparative gloom one by one. Ill VIEW FEOM DLUB MOUNTAIN. 25 It in . Gesoer. |l|.iiIO-.> -Hi loJr tiicxir. nded Blue witness the J sky being fall; dawn latain tops, rj^ied to see |on» seldom uary seene', esaiof ftorest yd OCfW^ ®^ ideeatp*^^® ■ftpd ft-^ ^^^ ^, Tobique, ... 420 Branch of Two Brooks, 616 8 N. Station 11} milos, ;. 085 Hi Cedar Brook, ... 770 15 Sisson Brook, (Tobique waters,) 844 Id Mountain Ridge, 23 miles north, 1177 28 Salmon River, 920 24} Height of land between Salmon River and Grand River, 1115 28^ Rostigoucb*, ... 435 45 The levels obtained by Sanford Fleming, Esquire, Chief Engineer ot the Inter-Colonial Railway, are considerably lower between the Restigouche and Two Brooks, in the Tobique Valley.* They are as follow : — Between Restigouche and Grand River, 750 feet. Between Grand River and Salmon River, 1080 " *'^' Between Salmon River and Two Brooks, 840 " The following Section on the Royal Road between Pickard's Mills on the Saint John to the Grand Falls,t one hundred miles in length, extends from the Carboniferous Rocks, which are distinguished by gentle undulations, across the central granitic belt, passes the head waters of the fertile valleys of the Beccaguimic, Munquart, and Shiktehawk, to the Tobique ; thence through a line country to Grand Falls. These two sections, compared with the one which follows across the Carboniferous Rocks, will show how sub- ordinate are geographical features to geological structure in the surface outline of an extensive region. SECTION FROM FICKARD'S MILLS TO THE ORAND FALLS. Pickard's Mills, Saint John, Plateau north of NashWaaksis, Dividing Ridge between Naehwaaksis and Tay Creek, Tay Creek, Height of land between Branch of Nashwaak and Tay Creek, Branch of Nashwaak, Hill north of Nashwaak, Summit between Shiktehawk and Nashwaak, Sources of Beccaguimic, Nashwaak, and Miramichi, Shiktehawk, Summit between Shiktehawk and Monquart, Monquart, Summit between Monquart and Trout Brook, Trout Brook, x^o* ••• ••• ••• •<• «•• ••• Tobique, Summit between Tobique and Little Salmon River, Little Salmon River, Summit between Little Salmon River and Fall River, Fall River, Height above Distance. the Sea. 6 416 15} 960 17} 750 25 1138 27 640 33} 1266 41} 1550 42 to 48 1450 to 1550 56} 760 60 1660 62} 1000 66 1540 68 1060 71 J 500 74} 316 85 1000 90 366 96} 680 100 400 * I am indebted to Mr. Fleming for the above altitudes. t I am indebted to the kindness of John Willtinson, Eiiqfuire, C E , for .the above Pectioa SECTIONS ACROSS THE UNDISTURBED COUNTRY. 27 jtn 53 II 10 G 8'N. lU 15 19 23 241 28i 45 r o^ the iche and feet. (« Us on tbe jnda from dulationa, ile ralleys ve; thence pared with v how snh- ,hc surface SUBORDINATE MOUNTAIN RANQES. These ore two in number, situated in the southern part of the Province, and stretching in a northeast by east direction through the Counties of Charlotte, King's, and Saint John, to Albert and "Westmorland. They will be more particularly described in noticing the Geology of these Counties. iN'one of the peaks attain such altitudes as some of those in the Highlands, but the plateau on which they are situated in Saint John County is elevated, so that they do not present such striking outlines as the bolder ranges in the northern part of the Province. A rough section was made in November of the present year from the coast of the Bay of Fundy to Sussex Vale, with an aneroid barometer. The altitudes are subjoined, but they must be regarded as only approximate. Barometrical Section from the mouth of Goose Creek to Sussex Vale. , ' Height in feet , above the Sea. Mouth of Goose Creek, ... ... Two miles from Goose Creek, ... ... 950 Five miles from do. 1045 Shepody Road, 1088 The Chapel on the road to Sussex Vale, 1140 Altitude of hill range east of last station, (estimated,) ... 1340 Sussex Vale, ... 68 The hills west of the Chapel may be 100 feet higher, and from this point the descent to the valley of the Kennebeccasis is gradual. THE BASIN OCCUPIED Bt THE CARBONIFEROUS ROCKS. The level character of many portions of this area is remarkable, and in striking contrast with the disturbed portions of the Province which have been briefly described. Commencing at Bay Verte in the County of "Westmorland, the elevation of the Carboniferous strata above the sea, on the line of Major Robinson's Railway Survey, is 109 feet ; the utmost elevation the country attains be- tween this point and Shediac (always on the surveyed line) is 185 feet ; there is then a very gradual descent to the Cocagne River, but immediately after passing this stream, the country is broken, rising, before reaching Buctouche River, to 227 feet ; near Coal Branch it is 269 feet, and between Harley Road and the Richibucto River the country is nearly level at an elevation of 170 feet above the sea, for a distance of ten miles, and one mile of that distance is absolutely level. There then succeeds a low dome shaped rise and fall from 78 to 277 and 71 feet. Extensive level spruce barrens succeed, Avhich are 21 miles across, terminating at the South West Miramichi, the elevations of these barrens not exceeding 80 feet above the sea. Between the S. W. and N. "W. Miramichi, the dividing ridge is 225 feet above the ocean, and in the valley of the N. "W. Miramichi another level tract of coun- try occurs for thirty miles, the land rising only from 150 feet to 215 feet in El i lU -■* THE mVEBS OF NEW BMNSmCK. ■""n'' .fa tS^hSn";' "the Big Wver." ,„,„ 4,^, f,„™ lortook, «nd Its 8 gn ^^^j ^„jj„,, „f the K-'^.r^i^BaieFrancaUe, '''rC o Fu»dy-- fo™-'^. tSrS^urn Eoche Lieutenant- as the iJay 01 ^ oDDointment of the bieur u« •Rtviebe de la aide's tedS^o^ve^^*' Saint John b, '^^^^^'Z. U a <.no^ tion from HaUhurton i Ilo™ ^_^ a;,c„vered on A^J™^ ^,,„',hat " n'thfreS o sS John the BaptUt. ^^I'J^^ZTl'^^^^^' visited l-.a KivVBi • *„„aptothe "Iron Mines on theR^^er^^ai^___ _____ __ ^.^^^ SOURCBS OF THE SAINT JOHK. 29 the yed vies B to t of laave 3ntVie Awol- 89 from ancaise, e letters vitena'^^' B BE i^*- J present admirable reference lint John ^ is stated June, the a\80 that .'Escatbot, de Monts the Saint the '*Iron |n the same Ltenceanathe Leniniosl height l-.k. I « nf fiv« mil**" Ince oi »i ii» lo from It"^"' Ley ed line pas"** record there is a brief description of the dangers encountered in passing the tidal falls which form so curions and distingnishing a feature at the mouth of this river. In 1662 Father Gabriel Druillettes voyaged to its source ; and in 1659 the commerce or system of barter which existed between the Indians of the Saint John River and those of " Rigibouctou," is considered worthy of being mentioned in a letter by Father Lallemant on the Missions of Acadia. The Indian name of the Saint John, as given on a Map by Father Coro- nelli, published in 1689, is Ouygondi, and the country through which it flows is represented as belonging to the Etechemins nation.'*' Dr. Dawson has Ouangonda, evidently of the same origin, and he names a fine Coniferous tree found in the Devonian Sandstone at Saint John, " Dadoxylon Ouangon- dianum." ^ SOURCXS or THE SAINT JOHN. The Saint John (South Branch) rises in the State of Maine (Lat. 46.2), 115 mile's west of Woodstock, or more accurately, due west of the old Meductic Fort, a few miles below that town. It flows in a northeasterly direction through Maine to beyond the 47th parallel, and forms the boun- dary line between Maine and New Brunswick from the mouth of the Saint Francis to the Monument, three miles above the Grand Falls. After passing that point its course lies wholly within the Province. The head of the south branch of the Saint John is 2,158 feet above the ocean. The source of the southwest branch, where the Monument is placed under the treaty of Washington on the boundary between Canada and Maine, is 1808 feet, and its northwest branch (in Canada) comes from au elevation of 2,358. This great river, with a course exceeding 400 miles, does not fall much more than the waters flowing into the Tobique or Nipi- siguit, from the ridge (2,092 feet) which divides the valleys of those com- paratively small rivers in the highlands of New Brunswick.f Saint John Lake, on the south branch, is 1,075 feet above the ocean, and where the river first enters the Province, at the mouth of the Saint Francis, its waters are not more than 606 feet above high tide.J: At the mouth of the Madawaska the general course of the river begins to trend towards the southeast, which is its course to the Grand Falls, 125 miles by the river from Fredericton, after which its waters flow almost due south for about 75 miles, until they again arrive at the same degree of latitude as that from which they started, a journey of more than 300 miles. This course, expressed in very general terms, may be described geologically as follows : — From its source to the mouth of the Saint Francis it runs with the strike jof the rocks, and from the mouth of the Saint Francis to the old Meductic [Fort it runs diagonally across the strike of the rocks. * Blue Book— North American Boundary.— London, 1840. tTlie Boundary Commissioners give th»'. height of the extreme source sf the Saint John River above Liake AVoolastaqutguam (Saint John Lake), as only l,3l5 feet, but this measurement appears to be on |llie Portage road between the waters of the Penobscot and the Saint John, and not at ths true source ••jf the river or any one of its branches. } Boundary Commission. IP— ^ 1 . t w ,,«tUI)E OF THEJ^lUNIiJALI^ ====^^T^^h Boundary line between Maine rnAm ^^^,,,i„g the THE OBAND FAI.W. ^^^ tades thronghout the """""y- .,, ^^„„t relation to the »ea level , y effort ««> n>ade to 'l;*«.™^:,tTbet«een the roeuta -tta.°jd bJ 'h« exUt» a very """?'* Sed and thoee taken in '""""I *;„„„« of the „eter, as I'^f;**" ^tdv^' a section of the """"^^Vnew Brunswick, Hno.' on a Map '■^"X |„„„dary heWecn Maine and Sew B dae north line '°™'"8*rit7„f the United Stales Govern^^^^^^ ^^^^^^ published under the authouty o ^^^„t_ *™^" ' ** „kes the sum- .boveFredericton, as follows:-^ .k„,e tie .id. .. Cb.p.1 B«, l" 8 , • *♦!,» foot of tbe Grand* alls, aDo>« <4 u Height ofthe ha.- •«*«^7;°.,,M., ... .•• - ' ...46 6 Sa'f'O-gh »»«"' *""""''' -• .. ... ...298 9 , Wof«.eRiv«S-Joh.l,..he.iae«C^.P»"^" .Thetoflke-'S'"""''"'""' ., .„,, WiM 296 feet 9 inebM-' ^ ,, „ „„„a Falls is 1251 m'les, ana ^"®' -r:;:_.„,.„„,ion. ,.= „„«,.(«.••»'=»'«'•• i.4T r.s2 15.101 8.54 5 U.68 9.25 9.43 |l2.'26) 8.8 I 12.11 1 2\.12J 43 I2d 221 55 221) 168 144 315 105 The Commissioners say, in discussiog their observations, " The difference between the two inferences above stated, viz., the greatest > 'i;ht of tide at Chapel Bar in the Bay of Fundy, 81.65 feet,* and at Bathur6«, in the Bay of Chaleurs, 6.9 feet, is 74.75 feet ; and the same calculated by barometrical measurement, amounts to 77 feet, showing a total difference of little more than two feet between the two results." It is, however, remarkable, that Mr. Graham ascertained the upper basin of the Grand Falls to bo 419 feet above tide (probably the tide in Fassama- ([uoddy Bay) ; the lower Basin to be 803 feet ; consequently, the height of the Falls with the descent in the gorge, to be 116 feet; the Commissioners giving the total height of Falls and descent in gorge at 119 feet, in round numbers, a difference which unequal stages of water would readily account for. The real explanation of this discrepancy has been afforded me by a gentle- man occupying a position which entitles him to implicit confidence; Tho levels taken between Fredericton and the Grand Falls are not accurate. The summit of the Grand Falls is really more than 400 feet (419), ascertained by levelling from Passamaquoddy Bay ; and the fall between the foot of the Grand Falls and Fredericton is 298 feet, instead of 177, and the fall per mile two feet four inches, instead of one foot five inches. The true altitude of the upper Basin of the Grand Falls being 419 feet. The levels taken on the Royal Eoad correspond with this estimate. After taking the leap of 74 feet, the waters of the Saint John rush through a deep semicircular and very narrow gorge, one mile in length, to the lower Basin, which lies nearly due south of the upper Basin, and in the course which the river would have taken had it continued on uninterruptedly. The distance between the upper and lower Basin is only half a mile on the chord of the arc formed by the gorge. A deep ravine indicates the former valley of the river at a time when its waters flowed at a much higher level than at present. No less than five terraces mark its successive subsidences after the ancient valley in which it flowed was filled up, and partially re- excavated. The probable origin of the Falls will be discussed in a subse- quent chapter. THE SAINT JOHN BELOW THE GRAND FALLS. Between Fredericton and Chapel Bar, soundings indicate a minimum depth of seven feet during the ordinary summer level ; the maximum above Fredericton being 23 feet. At Chapel Bar, the head of tide, there was ten inches of water, with a circuitous channel,! when the river was surveyed, which was at a time when the waters were eighteen inches or two feet below their summer level. * The CommtBiiioners regarded Chapel Bar, J'rom iltpotilion, being about 90 miles up and distant from the mouth of the KiverSaint John, to be equivalent to Cumberland Basin, in respect of the height of tide, which is based on the American Ephemeris foi- 1839, and appears to be excessive. t Report of Commissioner for Exploring the River Saint John. Sept. 1838. — Appendix to Journals of Assembly. 82 THE RESTItiOUCIIB Oil BROAD RIVER. r \\< ill f \'if' It The Ban of the Saint John are not permaneut, shifting from time to time, the greatest change taking place in spring ; and floating ice is considered to be an important agent in producing them. Near Burgojne's Feny tho depth is 60 feet, and at the foot of Long's Island 2^ feet. Tho following Table shows the breadth of the Saint John at difterent places, the measurements being taken at low water : — At FrederictoQ, ... } mile. Cliff's Bar, 700 feet. Nacawic, 476 " Meductic, 550 Eel River, 550 Griffith's Island, 780 Presque Isle, 560 '• Riviere des Chutes, 420 ** Viewed as a whole, the River Saint John, from the Grand Falls to the Sea, presents peculiarities which will be more appropriately def^^.nbed in the Chapter on the '* Surface Geology" of the Province; the remarkable tidal FalLa at its mouth, with the great depths above and below chi>m, toge- ther with the probable cause which has excavated these profound fissures, can then be fully discussed. « <( THE BESTiaOUCHE. . ^"^ )r!c\'> hnoH I...''.i The " Restgouch" Indians are mentioned by Father Barthelemy Vimont in the Relations of 1642. — •' You will see by the letts • addressed to us from Miscou by the R. pere Richard, that wo were not mistaken. He says in his letter that the people of the Bay of Chaleur, who are called * Restgouch,' and others who live still further off, &c. &C."''' The Restigouche (Broad River) drains upwards of 2,000 square miles in Canada and New Brunswick. One of its afiluents, the Waganeis, rises within ten miles of the Saint J ohn, and is reached by a portagii) from the Grand River. Where Major Robinson'^ central line of Railroad crossed it, not far from the dividing nidge which separates it from Grand River, it is only 435 feet above the sea, and 45 miles from the Tobique. The historical associations of the Restigouche are very interesting. Near the ancient Petit Rochelle, at the head of tide, a decisive battle was fought between the French under Bourdo And the English under Byron, in July 1760. And on the very pleasant farm of Mr. Busteed, many cannon balls are continually found, relics of Petit Rochelle, of the old French forts, and of the battle which took place there. In 1858 Mr. Richardson, one of the officers of the Geological Survey of Canada, examined the Restigouche from its mouth to the junction of the Patapedia, which forms the boundary line between Canada and New Bruns- wick. His description, which contains some points of interest, is given below. * Relation de la Nouvelle France en TAnnee, 1613. 8ei Thl »'ock,f * mI THE KESTIQOUCHE. me, dto a to the ibed in ,ark»ble m, toge- y Vimpnt jo uB from ays in hi» estgoncb,' miles in ,n8is, ri*®^ from tbe ad oroBsed i River, it ing. l^ea'^ was fought on, in Jwiy annon haiif* ;li forts, and il Survey of .ction of the Sievr Bruns- 3flt, is g^"'*" TOE RXSTiaOUOIIB RlVm TO TUB MOUTH OF THB FATAFEPIA. ' About eight miles below the Matapedia the Rentigouche meotfi the tUle, and there are about two miles more to the fcead of the Bay Ohaleur. For Hoveral miloa above tho Bay the River is from a mile to half a mile wide, and it is thickly set with low islands forming good meadow land. Abovo this, to the Matapedia, the breadth becomes contracted to less than half A mile, and in some places a considerable current prevails. From tho Mata- pedia to the Petapedia the distance in a straight lino is a little over twenty one miles, in a bearing about 8. 66 W ; but following the windings of the River, the distance given by the boundary Commissioners is thirty seven miles. About seven miles above the Matapedia, at a great bend to the right, a large tributary joins on the New Brunswick side. It is called the Upsalquitch, and is five chains wide at the mouth. About six miles higher up a tributary not more than ten feet across, called the Brandy Brook, joins on the Canada side, and while tho distance by water from the Matapedia is thus thirteen miles, it is only six and a half miles over land. Abovo this, several other conspicuous bends occur ; the bow at Cross Point, which is th^most remarkable, is thirty one miles above the Matapedia by the River. in this curve, the distance by water is two miles, while across the land it appears to be not much over a hundred yards. As far up as Brandy Brook the hills stand somewhat back fvam the River, and rise with gently sloping sides, well covered with soil to the height of from 300 to 500 feet. Within a short distance of this both sides of the River are settled, but farther up the hills come close upon the River, and often rise up abruptly to heights of from 400 to 600 feet. It is thus only on flats at intervals of several miles, that sites can be obtained for settlement on its banks. The sides of the hills in this partteppear to be thinly covered with soil, hut farther back the land is said to be capable of cultivation.' Above the Patapedia the Restigouche is wholly within the Province of New Brunswick. At its mouth the Patapedia is six chains wide, including a small island dividing it into two channels ; but above this, the breadth does not exceed about fifty yards. The upper country drained by this river is described as being valuable as an agricultural region, but little is known of it some distance from the banks of the river; and of its geology, above the Patapedia, we are still entirely without reliable information. The Nipisiguit, Upsalquitch, Miramichi, Tobique, &c., will be noticed in the geological description of the country, to avoid repetition. THE COAST LINE. Seawards, New Brunswick is bounded by the Bay op Chalexjrs, the GuLt OF Saint Lawrence, and the Bay os Fundy. The Bay op Chaleubs, or the "Sea of Fish,"* is reported to be without rock, reef, or shoal. It is twenty five miles wide from Cape Despair to * Mi'.-mac— Eik-c-tuan Ne-niaa-i-hi— llie "Sen of Fish." 5 i! |i ( 1 ' 84 TIIU WHITE WHALE— TIIK WALllUB. T-.^--L.J| MtRcou Island, and noventy-fivo mileH do^p to the mouth of tho RoHti^ouche. The northern boundary of the Province followH tho south coast of this mag* nificent Bay, and continues up the liostigouche as fur as the Mistouche or Patapedia River. Miscou Island was once celebrated ns tho chief seat of tho Jesuit Missions on this part of the Gulf coast, comprehending the Indians of Gaspe, Mira* michi, and Nipisiguit.* At the mouth of tl)o last named river they had a station in 1645. In 1C47 a chapel was built by them near whero Bathurnt now stands, and constant communication wns hold with Miscou Island, or, us it was then called, " He de Suinl Louis." \ The " Restgouch " Indians are mentioned in tho relation of 1643 as being converted by tho Missionaries of Miscou. It is worthy of note that the wbito whale which ut one time was common in the Bay of Chaleurs, and then deserted it for many years, is beginning to return again, and during the month of June of the present year (1864), I saw some hundreds of these remarkable animals sporting in the brackish waters opposite Dalhousie, near tho mouth of the liestigouche. The white whale {Beluga borealis) is found from fourteen to twenty two feet in length. It yields from 100 to 120 gallons of oil, which possesse^ho valuable property of retaining perfect fluidity at temperatures below zero, and is therefore very valuable for lighthouse purposes. Leather has been manufactured from its skin, which commands a sale at eight shillings the pound. The whito whale (erroneously called the white porpoise), is caught in strong fish-pounds, at and near the mouth of the river Quelle, a tributary of the Lower Saint Lawrence, at the Isle au Coudres, and at Point de Cariole on the north shore of tho river. In the fall of the year they assemble, and migrate in » body to their winter quarters in the Gulf or Arctic Sea. They live from April to October in the brackish water of the Lower St. Lawrence, and then proceed slowly down the estuary, accustoming themselves to tho salt water. Mr. Tetu, of Quelle, who has been very successful in capturing the white whale, and in bringing its oil and leather into notice, informed me that he has seen the Saint Lawrence ' white with them ;' and he has observed them passing towards the Gulf all day long over a space twelve miles broad. The Walrus too, was once common on the coast of Miscou Island, and were slain in great numbers by the French about the middle of the 17th century, probably by the employees of the "Royal Company of Miscou." The late Mr. Perley notices an interesting geological fact in connection with the bones of the Walrus on Miscou Island. " On visiting the echouage," he says, " or place where the Walrus were formerly slain in such numbers, a little to the westward of Point Miscou, it was found that the ancient beach is now nearly a quarter of a mile from the sea ; a long strip of sand plain, covered with coarse grass and a great abundance of cranberries, at this time ■I ■I * Spelt by the Jesuits " Nepegigouit," signi Tying '' troubled or rough waters." f Rel»tion.« il»« .rnsuits, 16."rt. %■■ TUB DAY or FINOY. iche. mag- Uo ov omroon ining to 1864), 1 brftckwli cuty two ie8Be#the i\ow xero, . bas been ,Ulng8 tbe \b caugbt I tributary Ae Cariole mUe, and Bea. They I^awrence, jlves to the capturing , informed and be bas aco twelve Island, and of tbe ITtb (of MiBCOU." [nection with ecbouage," [cb numbers, Lcient beach ff sand plain, V at tbis time intervenes betwoon the present Bua-bcach and tbe former strand. This ntrip of recent forniation is called the Grande Plaine; and the curving shore in its front is called by the iishormen Jj'Aiiee a Grande Plaine. On examining the ancient shore, noar the outer edge of a bolt of small spruce and fir trees, the bones of the Walrus which had formerly been slain there, were found im- bedded in the snnd in largo quantities, and in good preservation, some of the skeletons being quite complete."* The nhores on tlie Gulf coast are generally low, and thie indentations at Ihe mouths of rivers wide, penetrating, in the form of narrow bays, mai miles into the interior. This results from the soft character of the area- naceous deposits belonging to the carboniferous rocks, which form very nearly the whole of the Gulf coast of New Brunswick. THE BAY OF FUNDY. This remarkoble body of water, originally called "Baie des Francais," and also" Mer de I'Acudie," exhibits various phenomena especially inter- esting in a geological point of view. The wonderful tides, so ably described by Dr. DawBon,t have been noticed by most travellers in New Brunswick and Nova Scotia with very different impressionH, and some discordant enu- merations of "facts." Some time since, the Fredericton Athenj^um pub- lished a paper drawing attention to several absurd statements relating to the tides of the Bay of Fundy, which were thought to be projudical to the interests of the Province. These statements have appeared in works of acknowledged authority, and in some instances by writers of eminence. Sir John Herschel, in his "Outlines of Astronomy," paragraph 766, says, "At Annapolis, for in- stance, in the Bay of Fundy, it is said to rise 120 feet ;" and Mr. P. H. Gosse, in his delightful volume "The Ocean," does not qualify the assertion with " it is said," but tells us that " the spring tides sometimes rise to the aston- ishing elevation of 120 feet." — (Introduction to " The Ocean.") By the permission of Captain Shortland, K. N., the Officer in charge of the Coast Survey, I have been favoured with the following facts relating to the Tides in this remarkable Bay : — * Tteport on llie Sea and Rivet Fivlieries of New Brunswick. t " The tide-wave that swecpa to tlie northeast along the Atlantic coast of tlie United States, entering the funnel-like mouth of the Buy of Ftiiidy, becomes compressed and elevated as the sides of the Bay gradually approach each other, until in the narrower parts Ihe water runs at the rate of six or seven miles per hour, and the vertical rise of the tide amounts to 60 feet or more. In Cobequid and Chivg- necto Buys, these tides, to an unaccustomed spectator, have rather the aspect of some rare convulsion (it nature than an ordinary daily phenomenon. At low tide wide flats of brown mud are seen to extend lor miles, as if the sea had altOji^ethcr retired from its bed ; and the distant channel appears as a mere stripe of muddy water. At the commencement of flood, a slight ripple in seen to break over tbe edge of the flnts. It rushes swiftly forward, and covering the lower flats almost instantaneously, gains rapidly on the higher swells of mud, which appear as if they were being dissolved in the turbid waters. At the Name time the torrents of red water enter all the channels, creeks and estuaries; surging, whirling and foaming, and often having in its front a white breaking wave, or " bore," which runs steadily forward, meeting and swallowing up the remains of the ebb still breaking down the channels. The mud flats are soon covered, and then, as the stranger sees the water gaining with noiseless and steady rapidity on the steep sides of banks and clifls, a sense of insecurity creeps over biro, as if no limit could be set to the advancing deluge. In a little time, however, be sees that the fiat "hitherto shalt thou come, and no I'lirther," has been issued to the great Bay tide ; its retreat commences, and the waters rush back as rupidiy u» they I'niered." — Acadian Geology, pages 20.54. 36 TIDES IN THE DAY OF FDNDY. li' .1 ?(■ <( « Height of Tide. Point Lepreau, ; ... 25 to 21 feet. Saint John, (outside of Ilarbour,) 28 to 22 " Off Emerson's Creek, 31 to 23 " OffQuaco 31 to 21 " Off Cape Enrage, 41 to 32 " Mouth of Petitcodiac, 46 to 36 " OffApple River, Chignrjto Bay, 89 to 29 " Off Cape D'Ore, 41 to 31 " Off Noel River, Cobequid Bay, 53 to 31 Off Black Rock, 36 io 31 Off Port George, 32 to 29 •« Off Brier Island, 22 to 16 " At the extremities of narrow inlets the tides will exceed the maximum of these altitudes by a few feet. The levels taken during the construction of the European and North American Railway huve established the fact, that the level of high tide at Saint John is 10.70 feet above high tide in Shediac Harbour, and the level of the rails on the Shediac wtiarf is 6.70 feet below high water at Saint John. OBIQIN OP THE BAY OP PUNDY. The wildest theories have been advanced to account for the origin of the Bay of Fundy.* Although it is the most extensive Gulf on the eastern Coast of America, it is less than any of the great inland fresh water Lakes of the Saint Lawrence Basin. A straight line between Brier Island in Nova Scotiw and Quoddy Head would pass through the Grand Manan, (formerly Menano ; Relations, 1611,) and with this for its southwestern boundary, the Bay would be nearly as long as Lake Ontario, or about 180 miles. Its width varies from 50 to less than 30 miles, and towards its inner extremity it is divided by the Chignecto Promontory into Chignecto Bay and Bay of Minas, or as it was originally called the Bay of "Mines;" and under this name (Bale des Mines) it is mentioned in the early relations of the Jesuits, and allusions made to the Mines, elsewhere noticed. Although the surface of the Bay of Fundy may approach that of Lake Ontario, its depth is considerably less, and if the southwestern entrance be excepted, the average depth of the Bay of Fundy will not be half that of Lake Ontario (600 feet or 88 fathoms.) The soundings in the Bay of Fundy, which were kindly permitted to be furnished to me, by Capt. Shortland, R. N., show that between Saint John and Digby, the greatest depth recorded is 48 fathoms, between Quaco and Port George 40, and between Martin's Head and Black Rock 29 fathoms. Near the entrance of Chignecto Bay there is 28 fathoms of water, but within the Minas Channel the lead shows 65, and in the Minas Basin 18 fathoms. Between Grand Manan and Brier Island it is 112 fathoms ; but Lake Ontario is 720 feet deep in some places. * See "Reports on the Sea and River Fisheries of New Brunswick," by M. H. Perley, for notice of these theories. -.,...-,,..,,..-■, ...^„_... „,,■ •. v..c.-jo. CIIANQB OF COAST LIKE). 37 t. ( X- u n (( iraura of d North ;h tide at the level int John. jin of the [Q eastern ^ter Lakes „ in Nova (formerly idary, the Its width [xnity it is Bay of inder this ^e Jesuits, tt of Lake itrance he llf that of [of Fundy, ^hortland, recorded Martin's lecto Bay lead shows 1 and Brier ) places. f, for notice of The Bay of Fundy is really nothing more than a shallow valley of denu'- dation, and is a matter of surprise that, considering the tides to which it is subject, its depth should not be greater. It is probable too that a portion of the Arctic current once flowed through the Bay of Fundy, during a pei'iod of submergence of this part of the continent ; yet the current does not appear to have materially effected its depth. The levels on the line of the European and North American Railway, exhibit the singular character of the valley of the Kennebeccasis and its prolongation to Shodiac Harbour. The dividing ridge is attained 97 miles from Saint John, where the altitude is 161 feet above the highest spring tides at Saint John. The summit, VI miles from Saint John, is in the valley of the Kennebeccasis. During the submergence of the country below the level of 170 feet, the current in this valley must have been at times terrific ; we see its effects in the bold escarpments and hills which distinguish the country about Sussex Vale. Borings at Lawlor's Lake showed soft material 100 feet below the present surface, which is 62 feet above high tide. This is, probably, a part of the ancient valley of the Saint John, or a deep indent from the sea. '*• The distance between the extremity of Cumberland Basin and Bay Verte is eleven miles. The highest land on this narrow isthmus is only 17 feet above the level of the highest tides in Cumberland Basin. This is on the Amherst and Bay Verte Eoad, four miles from the first Lock of the pro- posed Canal. Another ridge occurs two miles from Bay Verte, but this is only 14 feet above the high tides of Cumberland Basin, or 36 feet above the highest spring tides in Bay Verte. By the removal of these trifling obstacles the waters of the Bay of Fundy would flow into the Gulf of Saint Lawrence, and Nova Scotia would become an Island. If a ditch were dug to admit of the passage of the waters, they would rapidly widen it to a canal, but when they would cease their work ot erosion and destruction, is a prob- lem not easy to answer with present data. CHANGE OF COAST LINE. There are strong indications of a change in the relations of the coast to the level of the sea, taking place at the present day in the more northern parts of the Bay of Fundy. At the time of my visit to Albert County in the month of October, (1864,) the tides were unusually high, overflowing many dykes in the broad marshes of Shepody River. Several intelligent farmers and residents expressed the opinion that the tides were rising higher than formerly, or what may be really the case, that the land is slowly sinking. The same physical change has been observed on a more extended scale in Nova Scotia, and was noticed some years since by Dr. Dawson ;* submerged forests having been found by him in Cumberland County. Mr. Bell,t in a paper " on recent movements of the Earth's surface," states on the authority * Acadian Geology. t Trunsaotions of tlie Nova Scotinn Institute of Nnturnl Science. ISOH. i ! i'f If 88 SUBSIDENCE OF THE LAND. of Dr. Gilpin, that several hundred acres of dyke land in Annapolis, for- merly in cultivation, are now given up to the sea. In the great Tantamar Marsh, in the County of "Westmorland, at its eastern extremity, large trees of different kinds, collections of shells and bones of fishes appear at difierent depths in the alluvium. On its northern border are patches of forest trees, some of which liave been felled by the woodman's axe, but the stumps are now overflowed by the tides.* Holies of the early French settlers and many traces of the aborigines have been dug up at depths of five and ten feet beneath the surface. At Shediac and Bay Yerte the gravestones of persons killed by the Indians in 1755, are now reached by the tide at high water, which washes the base of old Fort Monc- ton, and rises above its causeway. f Two hundred and fifty years ago, (1612,) the Bay of Chignecto (called Chinictou, also Chignecton by the Jesuits, (1612,) and by Champlain, Bale des Genes,) was celebrated for its marshes or meadows, stretching as far as the eye could see.l At thnt time the Indians of this Bay were said to number from sixty to eighty souls, and to be sedentary on account of the abundance of game. * Gesner. — Proceedings of the Geologiual Society, 1S61. f Ibid. t Relations, 1G13. lexpresslyl ^''as Tavorl ./"Ifthl [^fwisianl ^nd tiierel fonere to tf I ^ Vide I, *e SaskatJ pondon, id •"' I he pJ I J CHAPTER II. GEOLOGICAL SKETCH OF THE PROVINCE. Nomenclature — Necessity for a uniibrm nonienolature— Nomenclature adopted by Sir W. £. Logan — -The Sedimentary Kooks of New Brunswick— Eoonomio materials tboy contain— The GENTRAii Granite BELT-^The age of the Granite — Its character- Localities where it is seen — On the Nipisignit— At Gulquac Lake — Long Lake Port* nge — >0n the South West Miramichi^-Does not occur in the form of a continuous broad belt; but in several narrow belts — The Granite on the Saint John, occurs also in narrow beltS' — On the Frontier — Length and breadth of the Granite axis — Its im- portance—Geographical and Geological features compared — The Southern GranitO Belt — Its mode of occurrence in the Southern Raugc — On tho Magaguadavic — Breadth of the Granite in the Northern Belt— Occurs in Elgin Parish— Origin of the Granite — ^It is probably an altered Sedimentary Rock— Professor Hunt's views^-Upper and Middle Silurian Series — >DeTonian Rocks — The Carboniferous Series. NOMENCLATURE. With a view to assist in preserving uniformity in the geolo/?ical descrip* tions of British North America, I shall strictly adhere to the nomenclaturf* adopted hy the distinguii^hed Chief of the Canadian Geological Survey, Sir "W. E. Logan.* It is not, perhaps, generally known in this Province, that Sir Roderick Murchison, Director General of the Geological Survey of the United Kingdom, himself the discoverer and delineator of several great Rock Systems, (Silurian, &c.) has adopted the Canadian name Laurentian, first given by Sir "William Logan to an ancient series of sedimentary rocks in Canada, to represent rocks of the same age which Sir Roderick Mur- chison has found to exist in the north of Scotland and some of the adjacent Islands.! Mr. Alexander Murray, who is now making a Geological Survey of New- foundland, will doubtless adopt the same nomenclature, and as the forma- tions in Central British America have already been described in general terms according to the same plan,;]; it will result in a few years that a uniform * Thii« practice not only sug$(ests itself as due tn the exponent of British American Geology, but it is Icxpressly re'^ommended by Sir Roderick Murchison, in a letter with which the writer of this Report Iwas favored by that eminent Geologist. t " If this most ancient gneiss required a British name, it might indeed with propriety be termed the [Lewisian System,' seeing that the large island of the Lewis is essentially composed of it, capped here ind there by derivative masses of Cambrian conglomerate; but the term 'Laurentian' having been kiready applied to rocks of this age in North America by our distinguished associate Sir W. Logan, I ^dhere to that name, the more so as it is derived from a very extensive region of a great British Colony." -Proceeding* qflAt Geolotfical Sot.iettf, Nov. 1860. I Vide Geological Map of the country between Lake Superior and the Elbow of the south branch of ke Saskatchewan, by the Author of this Report. " Narrative ol the Canadian Expeditions." Longman, liondon. 1860. Also Blue Book, 1860. And Ur. Hector's Map of the country between Lake Superior nd the Pacilic— Geological Soci^iy's. Journal, Nov ISfil 40 THE ROCK FORMATIONS OP NEW BRUNSWICK. y ':« Bystem of colouring can be given to a Map of British North America, witli intelligible descriptions ; and thus the almost inextricable confusion, to a foreigner at least, which has occurred in the delineations of the Geology of certain States of the American Union, will be avoided. There is no reason whatever, why rocks possessing local peculiarities of structure, composition, fauna or flora, should not receive special names, provided their relation to those great geological divisions of past time, with their well known local subdivisions, which are almost universally accepted, be clearly ascertained and prominently kept in view, in order that a stranger to the geographical position of the part of the country they represent and from which they derive their name, may not bo subjected to the trouble and loss of time which a new nomenclature so often involves. Local designations are, indeed, sometimes absolutely necessary, and wholly unobjectionable if they specify peculiarities. But no one can substantially defend their application and use to such an embarrassing degree as now prevails in the difl'erent geological descriptions of some American States. With reference to the nomenclature which has been adopted for the geo- logical formations of Canada, Sir William Logan says — " In the names used wo have been desirous of availing ourselves as much as possible of those which have been applied to well established groups of strata elsewhere, with a view of at once facilitating comparisons of equivalent masses, and of ren- dering homage to those whose labours have aided us in understanding our own rocks." For the subordinate groups of fossilifei'ous strata the nomen- clature of the State of New York has been adopted, because the investi- gations of the able Geologists who conducted that survey had, in some degree, rendered the nomenclature classic in America; and it is only when a group has not been recognized among the rocks of ITew York, or when a mass there destitute of organic remains is replaced in Canada by one marked by fossils, that a Canadian name is introduced."* .uii.^yt,,.iH CLASSIFICATION OF NEW BRUNSWICK ROCKS. The Sedimentary Rocks of New Brunswick belong to the following Great Divisions : — L Recent and Post Pliocene. itiWlix ♦ * * * ♦ DC 1)1 * » ♦ n. Trtassic? in. Carboniferous. IV. Devonian. Devonian Granite. V. IJpPBR Silurian. VI. Middle Silurian. ' ' ;t Vn. Lower Silurian. Quebec Group. The valuable minerals belonging to each Group are as follow, as far as they are known ; a special description will be given of the mode of occur- ECONOMIC MINKRALS IN NEW BRUNSWICK. 41 ith a yof ison t\on, ,n to \ocaV ained 1 they ,f time if they ,\icat\ou iifferent the geo- jj^es used oi those acre, with nd of reii- tndiug our benoinen- he investi- a^ in BOtae it is oi^^y yf York, or Canadft hy lowing Great as fat as Hlow, vode of occur- rence of each particular mineral, in the Chapter relating to the Group in which it is found : — I. Recent and Post Pliocene. — Manganese ; Bog Iron Ores ; Ochres ; Shell Marl ; Kaolin ; Clays for Pottery and Bricks ; Moulding Sand ; Blue Phosphate of Iron ; Peat ; Gold. II. Teiassic. III. Carboniferous. — Bituminous Coal; Albertite; Petroleum; Bitu- minous Shales ; Limestones; Gvpsum ; Firestonea; Sandstones; Grindstones; Millstones; Conglomerates; Flagstones; Building stones ; Decorative materials ; Sandstones for Glass. JV. Devonian. — Copper ; Roofing Slates ; Plumbago. , V. Upper Silurian. — Limestones; Dolomites; ArgilUtes; Ilonesto.nes; Hydraulic Cement ; Whetstones. VI. Middle Silurian. — ^Lead; Sulphate of Baryta; Limestones; Ochres; . Copper Ores ; Iron Ores. VII. Lower Silurian. — Copper ; Antimony ; Manganese ; Iron Ores ; Lead ; Chromium ; Nickel ; Zinc; Gold; Potstone; Serpentines; Roofing slates ; Marbles. I OUTLINE OF THE DISTRIBUTION OF FORMATIONS. With exception of the rocks belonging to the Recent, Post Pliocene, and Carboniferous Series, the whole of the formations found in New Brunswick have been very touch disturbed, but the direction of the forces which produced the disturbance appears to have been uniform rather than discordant; hence it results that over wide areas the strata are folded and curved with great regularity. This is particularly noticed in the grand belts of the Lower Silurian Series which stretch across the Province from the Saint John to the Bay of Chaleurs, in a northeasterly direction. The general direction of the strike of the rocks in these belts is to the northeast (N. 60 E.), and the dip at a high angle either to the southeast or northwest. These belts occur on both sides of a low range of Granite, stretching from the Atlantic c6ast of Maine to the Bay of Chaleurs, in either two or more broad or in num6roud narrow parallel bands, which have apparently broken through the ancieht Silurian Rocks, and determined in a great measure the subsequent geologidd arrangement of a large part of the Province. ' The whole of this range of Granite would at the first blush seem to be of much more recent date than the rocks through which it has apparently crushed its way. It is our guide to the leading features of the Geology of the Province, and before alluding to those rocks which are clearly Siedi- mentary Strata, it will be advisable to describe the character of the great granitic masses, which have been so instrumental in giving them their present position. It is not necessary to enquire at present whether the thick sheets of Silurian Strata were crushed or squeezed into vast folds before the granite broke through them, it is suflicient for present purposes to consider the relor tion that rock bears to them, and to ascertain in the first place its (geological Age. tmiM 42 RELATION OP THE ORA^aTE TO CARBONIFEROUS ROCKS. ..\ 1-4 THE CENTRAL GRANITE BELT. THK AOB OF THK GRANITE. From near Bathurst, on the Bay of Chaleurs, to the islands in Penobscot Bay, on the Atlantic coast of Maine, a distance in an air line of nearly three hundred miles, there is a series of narrow belts, often joined into one, of so- called Devonian granite ; that is, of granite apparently thrust up through the Lower Silurian strata which once covered the greater part of the vast expanse of country with one uniform sheet, at the close of the Devonian period, or just before the Carboniferous epoch commenced its existence. The age of this granite is known from the simple relation it bears to the red sandstones and conglomerates of the Bonaventure formation near Bath- urst, which lies here at the base of the Carboniferous series, and to the De- vonian rocks of Gaspe ; the nearly horizontal and undisturbed Bonaventure sandstones occupy the depressions and hollows in the granite, filling up every crevice and irregularity just as one may suppose sand, both coarse and fine, to cover with a uniform mantle the bottom of deep lakes, unruffled by streams, tides or winds. It is not to be supposed that the nearly hori- zontal sandstones of the Bonaventure formation, occupy the hollows in the granite with such perfect fidelity and regularity as the sand at the bottom of a deep and tranquil lake, but they preserve that position w^ich they would take if they were deposited in a comparatively tran'^^uil ocean, of which this granite was the floor. In tljie eastern townships of Canada intruding masses of this granite intersect the Devonian strata,* hence its age must be poste- rior to them ; an^ in New Brunswick the base of the Carboniferous overlies it horizontally, filling it^ hollows, and is consequently newer than the granite, hence the exact age of this intrusive rock, if it be intrusive, is abou^ the close of the Devonia]a Period. In the Map prepared by Dr. Robb for Professor Johnston's Report on the Agricultural llesources of New Brunswick, the granite is made to occupy a uniform belt across the, Province. Its true position differs from this deline- atioA, in s€;veral important particulars. According ^o the observations I was enabled to make during the past summer, on the Nepisiguit, the source ot the Little South West Miramichi, the upper waters of the South West Miramichi, and the Saint John River, its aggregate breadth has been over- estimated, and a correct geographical position has not been assigned to it on any Map I have yet seen. I crossed the belt at the Iqcalities above enumerated, and noted the limits of formations with as much precision as the nat^e of the coiintry woul^ permit without special research. + rT'^SH'ftr«f't OBANITE NEAR THE BAT OF CHALEURS. The granite is first seen near the coast on Middle River, about a mile and a half west of the Nepisiguit, and an eighth of a mile from the Harbour. It appears on the Nepisiguit at the Rough Waters, three miles from the mouth ♦ Oeolojty of Canodq, '.;./ ANCIENT O^kAlf fiEfi. ik scot Uree •f 80- ougl^ 5 vast onian ;e. to the Bath- he De- renture , coarse nruffted rly hori- FB in the ottom of ey would riiich this og tnaBsea \)ep08te- iB overliea than the e,x8ahQutj ,ort on the occupy a this deline- jrvfttiona I the source iouthWest been over- [ned to it on ^d the limits intry woul^ it a mile and Larhour. I^ the tnouth bnx of the river. Rough Waters is a classic spot, the river deriving its name from th6se rapids, which iil th6 spHng and fall ire very m&gnificent. Here the Red Sandstones of the Bonaventurs* formation, are Seen lying in nearly horizontal layers upon thie granite, which reveals itself as the floor of one of the earliest Seas belonging to the Carboniferous age. It is surely worth while to pau86 herd for a few minutes drid endeavour to realize what is the true significance of the expression *' the floor of one of the earliest Seas belonging to the Carboniferous age." It means that we are gazing upon rock which formed the bottom of ah ocean whose waves rolled over where we are now supposed to be standing, before any portion of the vast coal field of New Brunswick, Nova Scotia, and Cape Breton, was begun to be elaborated by the wearing down of already existing rocks ; before a single plant had been called into existence, of the countless myriads which lie entombed in the coal deposits of this fourteen thousand feet thick mass of rock, which is called the Eastern Cirboniferous area or coal field of America, as distinguished fi*om the Western area, which occurs in Pennsylvania, Ohio, Missouri, and other western States. If the rocks which have been formed since the ocean first rolled over the granite hear Bathurst wex'e removed throughout the ei.atiern Provinces, and land and sea sujpposed to retain their present level, a considerable portion of New Brunswick, the whole, probably, of Prince Edward Island, and a large part of Novjt Scotia and Cape Breton would be beneath the sea. This ancient bed of ^ forrder ocean can be seen withiil a few miles of Freder- icton, on the road to Woodstock, where the outlying patch of tbe horizontal carboniferous sandstones repose on the gt-anite near the Pokiok River. Some conception of the vast lapse of time involved in these ideas may be formed, wh^n it is considered that in 2)'ova Scotia there are no less than seventy si Jt seatiiS of coal, each with their dirt bed, or bed in which a large portion of the plants forming the coal grew, succeeding one another. Each coail seam and dirt hed indicating a period of repose and the growtli of inter- mitlable forests, ih wltiieh inseets, such as termites, cockroaches and scorpions wandered, dragoh flies, weevils and locupts flew, aiid where numerous riep- tiles, all how extinct, luxuriated in the vast swamps arid estuaries of the carboniferous period. Each coal seam was succeeded by long ages during which the waters covered the land, until in that vast lapse of time a thick- ness of no less than 14,760 feet of deposits was accumulated in Nova Scotia. " *■' "i?' • '^^[V ' ^f'l) i}f«i ion '!"Jn7r Two and a half miles above Pabineau Falls the granite is covered on the north side of the itepisiguit with horizontal sandstones. It occurs here in the form of low domes. On the south' side of the River the Bouaventure rocks come on the banks a short distance above the Pabineau Falls^ which are themselves wholly in the granite, the sandstone flanking them on the south side. The granite is seen again at a point about half a mile above * The "Bonaventurc Formation" is the name given by Sir W.Logan to the base of the Carboniferous Scries as it occurs in Canada. ,*^')i ' ■ 44 DISiniBUIION OF THE OBANITE. Brandy Brook, where also the sandstonoa and conglomerates appear as cWfftt 20 feet high, and on the east side capping a hill some 80 feet in altitude. The Rough Waters, more than two miles long, flow over granite with tho horizontal conglomerates and sandstones filling the hollows between the low domes on each side, so that the breadth of the exposed granite is very small here. At the foot of the Bough Waters there is a felspar dyke containing red crystals of the same mineral. The character of the granite near Bathurst, differs slightly from the same rock on the Saint John. At Rough Waters it consists of white felspar, black mica, and translucent quartz. On the Saint John, the white felspar crystals are generally much larger, the mica less in quantity, and sometimes difficult to discover. The granite was not recognized on the Nepisiguit above the Grand Falls. In a Map accompanying a Paper read by Professor Bailey before the ](7atural History Society of New Brunswick,* and published in the April number of the Canadian Katuralist'f granite is delineated as forming the bed and banks of the river for several milea above the narrows, more than twenty miles from its mouth ; and in his '' Report on the Mines and Minerals of iN^ew Brunswick," it is stated that " Granite ridges appear in situ, and seem to have displaced and been thrust through the other strata. ThiD violent eddies and rapid currents in this portion of the stream make careful obser- vation very difficult."}: I did not recognize any granite in this vicinity, and on reference to my notes, I find the following : — A. quarter of a mile above liTepisiguit Brook greenish silicious schist occurs, with a strike "N. 10 E. Dip 70 W. — 300 yards below Nepisiguit Brook the same green silicious schist, with the same strike as before ; half-mile below the great Bend ferruginous slates, with strike N. 40® E., Dip 75° W., showing disturbance, &c. These rocks will be described under the heading *' Quebec Group," in a subsequent Chapter. The granite probably pursues the course indicated by Professor Bailey, and the ridges of which he speaks may have escaped my observation, not- withstanding that special attention was given to the possible occurrence here of this rock, as represented on the Map constructed by th# late Dr. Robb. QRANITB AT OULQUAC AND LONG LAKE. .'WM The next place where the granite was thought to be in position, but wab not actually seen, is at Gnlquac Lake, the head of Gulquac River, a sheet of water not laid down on the Provincial Map. In this remote lake there are a large number of huge granite boulders, not much worn ; they resemble low domes in the lake, but did not appear to be in place. Since low ridges of a highly metamorphic schist were seen in the northern part of Gulquac Lake, it is probable that the granite is close at hand, and it may therefore be, pro- * 12th February 1864. t Notes on the Geology and Botany ol New Brunswick, by Professor L. W. Bailey— Canadian Naturalist, April 1861. MUHUUOUii UUAMITK BELTS ON TUH MIBAMICHI. 45 Falls- aturat )d and. twenty eralB of id seem violent lity, and tie above 5. to E. BiVicious lat Bend turbance, << in iroup, 1* lailey-CawJ'*" visionally, placed in this vicinity. Large boulders of the same rock were also observed in u northeast direction, on the Portage between Long Lake and a lake forming the source of the Little South West Miramichi, not laid down on the Provincial Map. The bed of a stream flowing into Long Lake from the elevated ridge separating this fine sheet of water from Little South West Miramichi Lake was composed of granite debris. The portage, al* though nine miles long, did not aftbrd any opportunities for observing rocks in position, but large boulders were^very nnmerous, and these almost alto- gether consist of white granite. To the north and south of these localities the sedimentary rocks are seen in place. Hence it is probable that a granite ridge passes through this portage, and is continuous with one near Gulquac Lake. These positions are about eight miles north of the northern boundary assigned by the late Dr. Robb to the supposed " Cambrian " belt which flanks the granite on either side. ON THE MIRAMICHI. On the northwest Branch of the South "West Miramichi, low granite domes Were seen about a mile and a quarter above the forks. They are succeeded by micaceous schists, with granite domes occasionally penetrating through them. Smooth white granite forms the bed of the river about two miles above the narrows on the South West, the channel of the river itself being full of granite boulders. Opposite Mount Alexander, and about three miles northwest of it, the granite has involved large masses and numerous fragments of schist, leading to the idea that it was in a plastic condition when upheaved. The same remark applies to the granite on the Saint John Biver, and elsewhere. At a point between Mount Alexander and thei elevation on the east side of the river, as shown on the Provincial Map, a micaceous schist was observed in position, which continues for some distance. About a mile below Slate Brook, where a quartzose schist w^as observed, white granite again forms the bed of the river, but it is quickly succeeded by ferruginous schist. A ridge of granite containing parallel belts of schist, appears again about 1^ mile below Slate Brook, after which no more granite is seen on this river, (the country being slates, &c.) until Snake Brook is reached ; here there is a belt of granite about 400 yards broad, succeeded by ferruginous slates or schists. The granite appears again half a mile above " The Sisters," where it is succeeded by silicious slates, interpenetrated with . numerous quartz veins. It crops out again, however, a few hundred yards 1 lower down the river, when it is overlaid by a quartzite at the mouth of the [Sisters, with a strike S. 60 E., dip 8.W. angle 80°. Three quarters of a mile [below "the Sisters" the granite appears in the form of low domes, the {uartzites resting upon it with a strike N. 80 E., and a northerly dip at a ligh angle. This is the last anticlinal axis or ridge observed on this river, nth the granite coming up in the centre. It would seem from these observations that the great central granitic axis bnsista of a aeries of parallel ridges penetrating Silurian rucks ; the ridges 46 INVOLVED HASSBS OF QRANITE AND fiClIIST. forming a number of anticlinal axes with the aedimentary rocks on each Bide of them. The breadth of country on this line of section over which the granite was seen in position, is considerably greater than represented in Dr. Robb's Map, from which our ideas of the leading features in the Geology of the Province have been derived hitherto, but it occurs in many narrow, parallel belts or stripes, and not in one uniform mass. URANITE ON THV SAINT JOHN. On the Saint John, a small dome of granite is seen protrudBng through the horizontal strata of the outlier of Carboniferous rooks about one and a half miles east of Tilley's Hotel. West of the outlier it occurs as far as tho Bheogomoc River, two and a half miles from Tilley's, where a micaceous schist or gneiss occurs. The schist contains black mica, it is easily separated by divisional planes at right angles to the strike, which is 8. 70 E. Dip 65*^ S. The laminic of the schist are contovted. At the falls of this river, a little above the bridge, white granite is seen in patches penetrating through and overlying the schist, it can also be seen overlying it a masses farther up the river, and it appears to have come through it in many places, giving to the schist the appearance of holding masses of the granite with sharp edges. About three quarters of a mile above the Sheogomoc, the laminee of the gneiss or schist are beautifully apparent. Granite is again seen forming the bed of a brook a mile and a half from the Sheogomoc, but at Sullivan's Cieek the strike of the micaoeo-arenaceous rock is S. 10 £., dip 87 E. No more granite was seen on this section. Tho character of this rock in many parts of the region described, is very porphyritic, containing as it does large and well defined crystals of felspar ; some of these crystals are an inch and a i^alf long by half an inch in diameter, but few of them are perfect. vol') GRANITE ON THE BOUNDARY LINE. This Belt of granite acquires greater breadth as it approiaches the Gheput- necticook Lakes, forming the Boundary between Maine and New Brunswick, but it is probable that it alternates with several belts of schist or gneiss. On the western sides of tl-Qse lakes, in Maine, which are also called the Eastern Schoodic Lakes, and consist of Cheputnecticook, Grand and North Lake, the granite has been recognized by Mr. C. H. Hitchcock, who 8up>- poses the greater part of the western shores of Cheputnecticook Lake, (called by Hitchcock, Chepedneck Lake,) to be occupied by granite. Bold blufis of White granite were found on the west shore of Grand Lake, but the schists also appeared in place. The east side, however, of Grand Lake, is said to be underlaid by granite, and upon a hill between Grand and North Lakes the junction of the granite with mica schist may be seen.* This range of granite, Mr. Hitchcock suggests, may connect with the granite in Penobscot Bay, on the Atlantic coast. There are many reasons for supposing this conjecture to be correct. * Second Annual Brport upon the Natural Hi«torjr and Geology oTthe State of Maine, 1S63. re th pa niz uci casi h 2a 3rc 4th 5th.i Thei structi the res Jnal Jcribed,! jro<^8 (ered ti »nad« The >ase ofl f" Can^ : V' PARALLEL QROaRAPHICAL AND UEOLOaiCAL FEATURES. 47 the Pr. logy row, ;hthe ahttU as Iho aceouft ^arftted yip ^S" ,aUttle igh and •thet up ^ving to- rp edgefl. ie of tbe •mipg t^® c in mft^y does large incli and a The length of the granite axis in Now Brr.nswick is one hundred and fliyty iivo miles, and its aggregate breadth varies from one to twenty three miles. tk Throughout the larger portion of its development it consists of a series of narrow parallel bands, with gneiss, or schist or Hlates between them, so that a very considerable portion of the country lying within the outer narrow bands, is occupied by altered sedimentary rocks, some of which may be valuable for the metalliferous ores they contain, the indications being both numerous and promising. IMPORTANCE OF THE GRANITE AXIS. 'jy ^ 3rd. The chain of highlands commencing west of Eatahditi ih Maine, passes north of Mars Hill to the head waters of the Tobique, and has a northeasterly course. The range then trends more to the east, until it reaches the Bay of Ohaleurs. 4th. The Atlantic coast of Maine and the parallel coasts of the Bay of Fuudy, have a northeasterly direction ; Minas Ohannel and Basin trending more easterly. 5th. The Atlantic coast of Nova Scotia, from Cape Sable to Margaret's Bay, has a northeasterly course, it then trends more easterly, run- ning parallel to the Saint Lawrence below Bic Island. ' , These are apparently geographical coincidences, but when the geological structure of the country is studied it will be seen at a glance that they are the result of some law operating uniformly over wide areaa. In a succeeding Chapter a great metalliferous belt of rocks will be des* icribed, whicb comes up on each side of the central granite axis. These lro(^8 are called the " Quebec Group," by Sir W. Logan, who first discov- [ered their relations in 1860, and has since described them as they occur in )anada and elsewhere. The Quebec Group consists of an ancient seriies of strata lying near the )a8e of the Lower Silurian System ; they have been brought to the surface In Canada by successive foldings which have caused them to assume the form 48 PARALLEL FOLDS IN TIIK U0CK8 01' TIIK PROVINCE. .'' u of a series of parallel ridges ;* those, coming from Lake Champlnin, follow the general course of the Saint Lawrence to Gaspc, and thence to New- foundland. The granite axis of Now Brunswick has apparently uplifted and broken through the Quebec Group, (which had been previously squeezed into folds nearly parallel to the course of the axis,) and brought it to the surface on cither side of a gently curving lino, from the Bay of Penobscot in Maine, to the Bay of Chaleurs in New Brunswick, roughly parallel to the outcrop of the Quebec Group in Canada. The next upheaval to the south occurs on a similar course, but trending a little more to the east in Charlotte, King's, Queen's, Saint John, and perhaps Albert Counties. lu the first three of which, the Quebec Group has proba- bly been recognized. The last great fold in this direction to be noticed, occurs on the Atlantic coast of Nova Scotia, where the "Gold diggings" are situated in rocks belonging to the Quebec Group. All of these foldings or plications which have aided in producing mountain ranges are, indirectly, the probable result of the gradual cooling of the earth's crust. The ocean beds too, are continually getting heavier by deposits, for which the wear of the coast and the debris brought down by rivers affords the material. That part of the crust of the earth forming the land is continually getting lighter ; hence the beds of the oceans are always sinking as a whole, and the huge cracks which this occasions on the land are in part the origin of the mountain ranges near the coast, where volcanic vents and rents show a connection with that part of the fluid interior not rendered solid by enormous pressure. No volcano is found at a considerable distance from the ocean. f "* The Geological reader will understand that it is the endeavour of the writer to uToid as much as poasible the use of technical terms, which are not supposed to be generally ' understood by the popular reader. Sir William Logan describes the Quebec Group in the following words :— " The Quebec Group would thus appear to be a great deTelopment of strata about the horizon of the ohazy and calciferous formations, wUich were brought to the surface by an overturn anticlinal fold, with a crack and great dislocation running along its summit, by which the group is made to overlap the Hudson River formation." >i< »< * « ^ series of such dislocations traverses eastern North America, from Alabama to Canada. They have been described by Professor Rogers in Pennsylvania and Virginia, and by Mr. Saf- ford in Tennessee. The dislocation in question comes upon the boundary of the Province in the neighbourhood of Laice Ghamplain. From this it proceeds in a gently curving line to Quebec, running nearly parallel with the Philipsburgh and Deschambault anticlinal, and keeping just north of the fortress. It thence skirts the north side of the Island of Orleans, leaving a narrow margin on the Island for the Hudson River shales. From llear the end of the Island it keeps under the waters of the St. Lawrence to within about eighty miles of the extremity of Gaspe, where it again comes upon the land, and appears to leave a narrow strip of the Hudson River or the Utica formation on the east." " On the south side of the line, the Quebec Group seems to be arranged in long narrow synclinal forms, with many overturn dips." — Geohgi/ of Canada. t fpe Ilersrhel and Pann on tlii" siili.ject. PLAITIG anAMIXIi M£Aa ROIX'b STATION. Uow okcn ibltli* ico on iaino, atcrop iding a )erbap» , proba- Mlatitic n rockfl aountain le earth's losits, for ffords the mtinually 3 a whole, B origm of its show a enormouB e ocean.t •iter to aToid be generally ata abo'it the Burface by an t8 Bammlt, by * "A Beriea lanada. Tbey ,d by Mr. Sai- f tbe Province ly curving line ault anticlinal, • tbe Island of SB. From tear in about eighty ippeara to leave in long narrow Now will be tindorstood the oxproBsion which foniia paH of the intro* duotory paragraph in the first Chapter of thii Report, ** The geographical features of a country are greatly dependent upon its geological structure." A tabular compariflon between thcHe parallel geographical and geological characteristics will be sufficiently striking. PAaATJ.KL OEOORAPHICAL AND GEOLOaiCAL rCATURRS. Ist Geographical. 2nd Geological. 3rd Geographical. 4th Geological. 5th Geographicol and Geological. 6th Geographical. 7th Geographical. 8th Geological. The course of the Saint Lawrence. The Quebec group in Canada. The northeasterly course of the Saint John, and the Highlands of New Brunswick. The central series of granite belts, with the Quebec group on each side, stretching from the Atlantic to the Bay of Chaleurs. The narrow granitic mountain ranges with the Que- bec group on their flanks in Charlotte, Sing's and Queen's, &c. The Atlantic coast of Maine and the Bay of Fundy. The Atlantic coast of Nova Scotia. The Quebec group on the Atlantic coast of Nova Scotia. A glance at the Geological Map will show that the great valleys between the anticlinal axes (ridges) just described, are occupied either by the coal formation and its outliers, or by other formations lying in parallel directions to the main ridges. THE SOUTHBRN QRANITE BELT. This belt commences on the Atlantic Coast of the State of Maine, east of Penobscot Bay, and pursues its course in a northeasterly direction until it reaches the Boundary line. At or near the Boundary line it is divided into two subordinate belts or ranges, one of which crosses the Saint John at *' Granite Quarry," and pursues a course towards Butternut Ridge, the limestone of which it has brought to the surface. The other ridge is peen four miles north of Magaguadavic Village, and crosses the Saint John above the City; it was recognized in position on a branch of the Coverdale (Little River), and probably extends to Shepody Mountain. The age of this Belt is the same as the Central Granitic Range, and it has brought up the Quebec Group of rocks on portions of the north side, and probably also on portions of the south side of the axis it represents. On the road from Roix Station to the Village of Saint George, the granite has penetrated the schists in veins and patches, — and sometimes the patches of granite enclose masses of the schist. There is also a difficulty in distin- guishing between the gneiss and the granite, and the impressiob produced at the time was that the gneiss gradually passed into a granite. About ten miles from Magaguadavic Village the white granite was seen to involve pebbles of slate. It is here a very coarse granite, containing much - ;? if':' , t 66 PROBABLE SBDIMENIARY ORIGIN OF THB GRANITE. i,«:.i milky white quartz, and large crystals of white weathering felspar. About three miles farther on the road to\rardB Saint George, the crystals of felspar become pale rose red, and the granite is succeeded by a pale red felspathic schist, with a strike N. 80 E., and a vertical dip. At the Upper Falls of the Magaguadavic the schist has a general strike N. 80° E., and a dip to the north ; it is succeeded by white granite about a mile lower down the road to the Village of Saint George. Here the granite is very coarse, the quartz crystals being very large, though imperfect ; the felspar pale flesh coloured, and weathering white, with a little mica. Three miles farther down the road there is a very coarse granitoid gneiss, with apparent strike N. 70 E., dip S.* The colour of the mass is rose red on fresh surfaces ; it weathers grey. The breadth of this granite belt on the Koix Station road and on the Magaguadavic, appears to be about four miles. On Little River, in Elgin Parish, it is seen with the gneiss resting on it. .yy oaiGIN OF TUK GRANITE. The remarkable manner in which this rock has involved within its mass /fragments of schist; the singular minuteness with which veins of granite ramify through the schist, well seen on the Sheogomoc Kiver ; the parallel- ism of the alternating belts of schist and granite, and the slight disturbance which has occurred during the upheaval, all tend to establish the view entertained by Mr. C. H. Hitchcock, that these granites, as they occur in Maine, have been originally in a plastic state, due to the combined action of vapour of water and a low degree of heat. It is, however, very probable that the views which may be entertained of their origin point to a more precise link in their history than the mere supposition that they were in a plastic state during the time of their upheaval. They are indeed to be regarded more as metamorphosed or altered sedimentary strata than as intrusive rocks. They have probably been altered in position and belong to the class named by Professor Hunt, "Indigenous Rocks," and there are valid reasons for supposing that much of the granites of New Brunswick consist of altered sedimentary strata, changed by metamorphism into plastic felspathic sandstones and granitoid gneiss, then by a further metamorphism, partly into plastic granite and in part retaining traces of the stages of their metamorphism. Near the Magaguadavic, for instance, it was found impos- sible to find the line of demarkation between granite and granitoid gneiss, and between granitoid gneiss and true gneiss, so imperceptible were they blended one with the other. Under these circumstances the granite of the central axis, as Well as of the southern range, instead of being the agent by which the rocks were lifted up, would have only partaken of the general movement which afl'ected the whole ; a movement which we have seen extended from the Saint Lawrence 4* The strike sometimes tppeart to be N. and S , dip W., bot that (tven in tba text ii probably correct. PROFESSOR HUNT S VIEWS. 51 bout lapaf athic itrike lOut a ranite ;; the Three I, with red on on the I Elgin t8 mass granite parallel - ;urbance he view occtir in d action probable o a more were iti a ed to be than aa belong thete are runswick ito plastic (lotphism, s of their nd impos- )id gneise, were they well as of were lifted .ffected the ; Lawrence obably correct. to the Atlantic coast of Nova Scotia, folding the strata in vast waves or undulations, at the close of the J^evouian period.* These grand uplifts must not be confounded with another series of earth- quake movements which occurred during the earlier portion of the carbon- iferous epoch, and which are particularly manifest in the Counties of Albert and Westmorland ; nor must they be associated with the subsequent gigantic movements of the earth's crust, called the Appalachian revolution, which extended from Alabama to Newfoundland. Professor Hunt, of the Canadian Geological Survey, has devoted much attention to this intricate and important subject. His conclusions were advanced some years ago, and more recently embodied in the " Descriptive Catalogue of the Minerals sent by Canada to the International Exhibition for 1862." Subjoined is a valuable extract from that work, as well as one from the '* Geology of Canada."! And in a Chapter on the "Eruptive Rocks," in the Geology of Canada, *' The general absence of granite from among these intrusive masses is a fact worthy of notice. * * * The granitic rocks of Shipton and of Saint Joseph on the Chaudiere, appear to be indujenous masses, belonging to the strata of the Quebec group ; but the higher fossiliferous, formations to the east of the Notre Dame Mountains, are traversed in various places by veins and great masses of intrusive granite, whose characters and distribution have been described on pages 430 and 4C-4. * In describing the altered Devonian slates westward of the Niotauz River, in Nova Scutia, Dr. Dawson hints at a similar change into granite. " The beds of slate, in running against this great dyke of granite, change in strike from southwest to west, near the junction, and become slightly contorted and altered into gneiss, and filled with granite veins, but in some places they retain traces of their fossils to within 200 yards of the granite. The intrusion of this great mass of granite, without material disturbance of the Htrike of the slates, conveys the impression that it has melted quietly through the stratified deposits, or that these have been locally crystallized into granite in situ." — Svpplementary Chapter to Acadian Geology. iJIO iviU h' tiJ f " The results of recent geological investigations in various parts of the world, lead to the conclusion that many rocks, formerly regarded as intrusive or exotic, are really sediments, altered in situ, or indigenous rocks. Such is the case with many granites, syenites, green- stones, amygdaloids, porphyries, and serpentines ; all of which are represented among the altered strata of Canada. These sediments at the time of their metamorphism, were how- ever in such a plastic state, that they were sometimes displaced and forced among the overlying and disrupted strata. It is not improbable that the intrusive granites, which are so abundant among the Devonian rocks to the south and west of the Notre-Dame Moun- tuins, are the equivalents of the feldspathio sandstone and granitoid gneisi of the lower ■Silurian series. It is worthy of note, that intrusive masses are extremely rare in the Lau- reutian system, so far as known, except in one small area in the Counties of Grenville and Argenteuil, where a succession of eruptions of dolerite, syenite, and quartziferous porphyry, occurred before the coitamenccment of the Silurian period. In the same way, the great masses of the Lower Silurian mountains are free from intrusive rocks. To the southeast of them, however, occur the Devonian granites just mentioned, and to the northwest, along the valleys of the St. Lawrence and Lake Champlain, are a series of intrusive dolerites, diorites, and trachytes." — Geology of Canada, page 669. — See also remarks on the satpe subject at the comraenecment of Chap. XX in the same work, by Profepsor Hunt. I mi m\ p, :( ( J " -i:. ' >1 ^ DEDUCTIONS FROM THE PRBSKNCB OF QRAPHITB. > >« " It i8 worthy of note, that the intrusive masses on the two sides of the mountain range are, so far as yet ohserved, entirely distinct in character ; and that eraptive rocks are generally wanting among the Kotre Dame Moun- tains, which consist chiefly of stratified rocks. It is also to be remarked, that the intrusive granites at their eastern base, are not unlike, in mineral- ogieal characters, to the indigenous granites of the mountains ; thus sug- gesting the view that these are possibly the source of the intrusive granites which break through the Devonian strata." PLASTIC CONQLOMIRATES. The former plastic condition of the granites, as shown by the involved masses of schist, calls to mind the remarkable conglomerates in the neigh- bouring State of Maine, described by Mr. C. H. Hitchcock. The peculiarity of these conglomerates consists in the distortion and curvature of the pebbles they enclose. The pebbles appear as if they had been drawn out, curved and pressed together. Mr. Hitchcock considered that not only have the pebbles been elongated, flattened, and curved, since their consolidation into rock ; but also that the elongated pebbles have been changed, by che- mical action and prolonged pressure, into the siliceous laminee of talcose and micaceous schists, while the cement has been converted into mica, the talc of talcose schists, and fel^^par. The locality of this conglomerate is Weston and the north border of Washington County, Maine, close to the New Brnnswiek frontier. In travelling northerly it is first seen above the middle of No. 9, which borders on Grand Lake, one of the Cheputneticook Lakes, through which the boundary line runs. The ^itrike of the conglomerate is N. 8" W. Dip Qb° E. It is argued that the elongation of the pebbles was due to pressure at a time when the rock was in a plastic condition. The presence of graphite is sufficient proof that a great elevation of tem- perature has not accompanied the metamorphism of many sediments. A high temperature would have dissipated the carbon of the graphite. The thin sheets of this material which are found in the red and green slates at Woodstock ; in the altered or metamorphosed rocks at the mouth of Goose Creek, on the Bay of Fundy ; near the City of Saint John, and in the plum- bagnious slates near the mouth of Musquash River, all of which belong to metamorphic rocks, afibrd sufficient proof that these strata have not been sub- jected to any considerable elevation of temperature, sufficient to ozydize the carbon they contain. The intercalation of crystalline sheets between fos- sillflsrous beds, is another proof that heat is not essential in the metamor- phosis of rock masses. On Frye's Island, fossiliferous limestone occurs between felspathic schists, and highly crystalline limestones. The opinions which necessarily associate high temperatures with the occurrence of crys- talline rocks, or of rocks which have undergone metamorphic action, are BOW no longer tenable. UPPER SILURIAN AND DEVONIAN ROCKS. 68 »f the icter -, Aoun- irked, ineral- .8 BUg- ranites avolved J neigb- •uliaarity pebbles i, curved have tbe olidatiou I, by cbe- )f talcoae mica, the border of ntier. In ;h borders wbicb tbe Dip 65° E. essure at a on of tem- taents. A bite. Tbe n Blatee at 1 of GooBe tbe plum- b belong to ot been aub- oxydize tbe )etween foB- le metamor- tone occura Tbe opinions kttce of crya- c action, are OTHER FORMATIONS. Lying to the north and northwest of the Lower Silurian Rocks, brought to the surface by the granite just described, there are immense deposits of Upper Silurian Rocks, much disturbed in places by intrusive traps ; and in other localities, as on the coast of the Bay of Chalear and on the Resti- gouche, interstratified with volcanic rocks. This series covers nearly the whole of the Province to the north of the more ancient rocks. On the coast of the Bay of Fundy there is a great series of Middle and Upper Silurian, and Devonian formations, most of which have been greatly altered by bedded volcanic rocks, and in some instances by intrusive traps. The remaining portion of the Province, covering an area of about 6,500 square miles, is occupied by Lower, Middle, au4 Upper Carboniferous Strata. These sedimentary rocks will now be severally described in detail in the following Chapters. HiimG^^ii >.^'}. .'« m '1 ' !ll' .i u »«-v- Ml I If CHAPTER III. THE CARBONIFEROUS SERIES. rft .'i; Area occupied by this Series — Possible extent of the true Coal Measures — Distribution of rthe Series in New Brunswick — The Central Area — The Tobique Outlier — The Bay . of Fundy — On the Restigouche and Bay of Chaleurs — Details' of the Eastern Coal Field — The Lower Carboniferous — The Bonaventure Formation — Its Distribution — The Copper Ores of Bathurst — Origin of — Dependence of their existence on the Vegetable matter in the Sandstones — Section near Bathurst — Paucity of life in the Bonaventure formation — Absence of Coal — Improbability of finding extensive deposits of Copper in this Rock — The presence of the Metal depends upon the presence of organic matter — General origin of similar deposits — The Tobique Outlier — Des- cription of the Rocks on the Tobique — The Plaster Cliffs — Succession of Rocks in the Tobique Valley — Economic Materials in — The Limestones of the Tobique com- pared with others in the Province — Comparison between the Tobique Rocks and those of Albert County — Woodstock Conglomerate — Analysis of. The Great Eastern Coal Field of America, the details of which are given further on, covers a large portion of New Bru iswick. The Carboniferous area in this Province is estimated to extend over 6,600 square miles, a con- siderable part, however, being occupied by the Lower Carboniferous or unproductive Coal Measures. It will be shown in the sequel that recent examinations of the Flora of this Series show that the Middle Carboniferous or true Coal Measures occupy a larger and far more important area than was formerly supposed, and it is by no means improbable that productive seams of coal may be discovered in certain directions which will be described in the proper place. The several parts of the Province where rocks belonging to the Carbon- iferous Series are known to exist, will now be briefly noticed, as well as a general outline of the Eastern American Coal Field. If attention has been given to the description of the great folds or plica- tions of the strata which were noticed in the last Chapter, and were there stated to have been the chief cause of the highlands, in the northwestern and southeastern part of the Province, it will be inferentially seen that a deep Sinus or Bay, like that drained by the Kennebeccasis, exists in the direction of the valley of Salmon River, and to a less extent along the valley of the South West Miramichi. It is thought probable that these supposed deep valleys, which would be the result of the folding of the strata, may be filled with Lower and Middle Carboniferous rocks, and covered by the upper portion of the Series. The reasons for this assumption will be amplified further ou. , CARBON IFKROITS AREAS IN THE PROVINCE. 55 bion of le Bay :n Coal ibution on tbe ) in ilto deposits taenoe of ;ji— Des- Rocks in [^ue com- ,ock9 anil ire giveu oniferoua 8, a con- iferous or lat recent ,omferou8 than was pive seams icribed in [e Carbon- las well as L or plica- Iwere there rthwestern that a deep le direction Juey of the josed deep [a, may he ' the upper le amplified DIStAlBUTION OF THE OARBONIfEROVS SERIES IN NEW BRUNSWICK. I. The great Central Plateau of triangular form, the apex being at Oro- mocto Lake, the extremities of the base at Batliurst, and the boundary between New Brunswick and Nova Scotia. The termination of this Plateau at Oromocto Lake is very remarkable. It appears to have been cut off ab- ruptly by glacial ice. Tail's Hotel on the Magaguadavic is 280 feet above the sea, resting on Silurian slates. Rising abruptly from the valley of the river like a wall is seen the western edge of the Carboniferous Series, holding Lake Oromocto just within the rim of the narrow belt of Bonaventure rocks which fringe the Coal Measures. Oromocto Lake is 140 feet above Vail's, or 370 feet above the sea, but this west escarpment of the Coal Measures may be 100 feet higher. (See Chapter on Surface Geology for the probable origin of this escarpment.) The central area occupies a shallow basin con- taining probably one or two deep Bays, between the northeast granitic belt running through York, Northumberland, and Gloucester, and the northeast by east granitic belt runing through King's and Queens, in the direction of Butternut Ridge. Its mean elevation is about 450 feet above the sea. Con- nected with the central area is a deep sinus or indentation between the two granitic ranges in King's County, extending as far west as the Saint John. The entire development of the central area occupies part of Gloucester, Northumberland, and York, nearly the whole of Sunbury and Queen's, a large part of King's, and the whole of Westmorland, Kent, and a consider- able portion of Albert County. An outlying patch covers parts of the Parishes of Prince William, Queensbury, and Dumfries. II. The Tobique Outlier, extending from the foot of the Red Rapids to one mile and a half above Blue Mountain, a distance of 26 miles in an air line. The breadth of this Outlier is not knoXvn on the northwest side, but it probably does not exceed in the agregate 10 miles. Its northeastern boundary was ascertained in July last to extend 5J miles up the north Gul- quac, measured in a direct line. The area of the Outlier is probably hot greater than 180 square miles, or 115,000 acres. The mouth of the Gulquac is 420 feet above the sea, which is about the mean elevation of the Outlier. III. The Carboniferous Rocks on the Bay of FundY, not at present form- ing a part of the central area. This Outlier extends from Emerson's Creek to Quaco. IV. Mr. Matthew * describes a small area of Carboniferous Rocks on the east side of Saint John Harbour, in the rear of the plateau at Red Head, terminating in a bold cliff seventy feet high. V. Dr. Gesner mentions an Outlier of the Carboniferous at Point Lepreau. VI. On the Restigouche, there are small outliers at Point la Seine, also at Eel River, Huron Island, northwest of the mouth of Jacquet River, and I in several places between Jacquet River and Bathurst. * Obgervationt on the Geolcgy of Saint John County. r ft m 1^ irli m ff r. 66 THE EASTERN COAL FIELD OF AMERICA. All of theae now separate areas were at one time probably joined together, forming part of the Great Eastern Coal Field of America, which extends from the south shores of Gaspo in Canada, to the northeastern extremity of Breton Island, including part of Nova Scotia, passes under the Gulf of Saint Lawrence, and reappears on the southwestern extremity of Newfoundland. A portion of the bed of the Atlantic is probably composed pf t^e rocks of this Series. i :> ,. n,,, • TUB EASTERN COAL FIELDS OF AMERICA. The following details will afford some idea of the Coal Fields of the Eastern Provinces of British North America — (New Brunswick, Nova Scotia, New- foundland, and Cape Breton Island.) General thickness of the Mocks of the Basin. 1. Upper Coal Series — unproductive, 3,300 feet. 2. Middle Coal Series — productive, 4,000 " 3. Lower Carboniferous or Gypsiferous Series, ... 6,000 *' I. Central Coal Field of Nova Scotia and New Brunswick. Area, 6,800 square miles ; maximum thickness, 14,570 feet ; number of scams of coal, 76 ; aggregate thickness of coal, 45 feet. The principal known Coal Beds are at the Joggins in Nova Scotia — 3J and 1| feet thick. The Grand Lake seam in New Brunswick is 22 inches thick. , tl. Colchester and Hants Coal Field, (N. S.) Area, 200 square miles ; Coal seams, under 18 inches. m. Pictou Coal Field, (N. S.) Area, 350 square miles ; thickness of main Coal seams, 37^ feet and 22^ feet, separated by 157 feet of strata. A pillar of coal 36 feet high was sent to the London International Exhibition. IV. Coal Fields of Richmond and Cape Breton. Area, 350 square miles ; productive measures cover 250 square miles ; thickness 10,000 feet ; contains numerous seams of workable coal, the main seam is 6 feet 9 inches thick. Valuable Coal seams occur also at Lingan and Bridgport, one of which is nine feet in thickness. V. Newfoundland Coal Field. ^ Two small Coal fields exist on this Island. The formation is similar to that of Nova Scotia, and the Lower Carboniferous contain red sandstones, red and green marls and gypsum, like the outlier on the Tobique. The thickest bed of coal is about three feet.* The base of the Carboniferous Series, as developed in Canada and part of New Brunswick, constitutes the Bona venture formation of Sir W. Logan. It consists of Red Sandstones interstratified with beds of a coarse calcareous conglomerate.! In Gaspe the Bonaventure formation attains its greatest * The Coal Fields of Great Britain— by Edward Hull, B. A. ttJeology ofCanada. — - "--- THE ALBERT SHALES. 57 ther, bends ity of Saint Hand, cks of liaatem L New- Bet. nmber of cotia — 3i development ; the thicknesB of the series is there not less than three thousand feet. The only fossils which have been met with in this formation are cer- tain large plants, converted into coal. It thins out in New Brunswick, although it is found at the rim of the basin throughout its entire develop- ment in this Province. But there have existed conditions in the Valley of the Kennebeccasis, which may have altered the character of the Bonaventure rocks there to a great degree. The red sandstones and conglomerates which appear alone in Gaspe and the northern part of the Province, are in Westmorland, Albert and King's Counties, underlaid by a most important mass of bituminous shales whose thickness is probably not less than one thousand feet. These shales have been known in the Province under different designations, such as Caledonia Shales, Bituminous Shales, Albert Shales, Asphaltic Shales, &c. For the sake of uniformity they will be described in this Report as Albert Shales, because it is in these that the Albertite — a name first suggested to Sir Charles Lyell by the late Dr. Robb — of the celebrated Albert mines is chiefly em- braced, although the same material is found in all kinds of rock as injected veins, and will be specially described in a succeeding Chapter. While, there- fore, in Canada the base of the Carboniferous consists of red sandstones and conglomerates, in the southern part of New Brunswick the highly bitumi- nous Albert Shales form the lowest rock of the Series. On the first page of this Chapter, allusion is made to the deep Sinus or Bay forming the valley of the Kennebeccasis, and its eastern prolongation. It is in this Bay that the Albert Shales attain their greatest development. et and 22i was sent lare mil^s *, the main of which 8 similftf to eandstones. jique. The and part of W.Logan. calcareous its greatest THE LOWER CARBONIFEROUS. THE BONAVENTURE FORMATION. r-!r Skirting nearly the entire Carboniferous Series in New Brunswick, the conglomerates and sandstones of this formation may generally be recognized by the marked red colour they impart to the soil which overlies them, as well as by the intensely red aspect of the rock itself. The occurrence of these rocks in the places represented on the geological map constructed by the late Dr. Robb, is in part hypothetical, much of the country where they are supposed to occur having never been examined, and some parts of it rarely visited, even by the lumberman. But from the marked regularity observed in the distribution of the whole series of rocks under consideration, it is probable that the general delineation of their out- crop is correct. This formation was seen at Bathurst, by Sir William Logan, and described by him in the Geology of Canada. Here it reposes, nearly horizontally, upon granite of Devonian Age. The strata contain fossil plants, which about a mile above Bathurst, on the Nepisiguit, have been replaced in part by Sulphuret of Copper, which again has become converted into the Carbo- nate at the surface. This transmutation served as a sufficient foundation 8 .^^?J &9 SECTION Of KOCKS NEAR BATIIURSt. for the formation of the GlouceBter Mining Company about 28 jears since* but, owing to the irregular distribution of the organic remains * and the consequent uncertainty of the operations, the proprietora were induced to abandon the enterprize. The replacement of vegetable matter by ores of copper is by no means uncommon, and it has been described by Dr. Dawson as occurring to a certain exteut iu some of the lower beds on the Joggins Coast in Nova Scotia. f It is also stated by Sir William Logan, to occur in the Spanish Pyrenees, near Marc Auton and Hechos, where it has been successfully worked. A combination of coal and grey sulphuret of copper occupying the forms of vegetable remains, in a regular eighteen inch bed, seem there to crop out all around a considerable mountain. , The minerals have been introduced into the beds by water holding salts of copper in solution, in the form probably of blue vitriol or sulphate of copper. In contact with the carbonaceous matter of the fossil plants, the copper salt was deoxidized and deposited as a sulphuret. ; I' SECTION NEAR DATHUR8T. The following section of the strata occurs at and near the abandoned tnine, on the Nepisiguit :-^ Chocolate-red micaceo-arehaceous shale, with casts of shrinkage a. in. cracks, 80 "White quartzose conglomerate, the thickest part of which is two feet, diminishing in one direction to two inches, in the space of 15 yards. The bottom is very white, and contains quartz pebbles, some of which are an inch in diameter, ... ... ... ... ... 1 "Whitish-red argillo-arenaceous shale, forming a passage to the next bed below, ... 6 "Whitish-red argillo-arenaceous shale in parallel layers ; the bed thins .. out about 30 yards up the stream. It is charged with the remains I of broken plants, some of which are replaced oy vitreous sulphuret of copper, coated with a thin covering of green carbonate. Some ' are in part replaced by the copper ore, and partly converted into coal. Small nodules of the sulphuret of copper also occur, chiefly I in the lower part, and traces of nickel are said to have been found r, in some of them. The greatest thickness of the bed is four feet ; its average, 2 White quartzose conglomerate, similar to that of the summit. This '-V-. does not thin out in the distance examined, about 50 yards, ... 4 Red Sandstone conglomerate with white quartz pebbles ; of which some would weigh three ounces, 6 Bed Shale, ; 6 Red Sandstone conglomerate, with quartz pebbles, some weighing a pound and a half,;|: < 10 59 6 * Geolofy of Cantdt. t Acadian Geology. t Oeolcgy of Canida. HI DISTRIBUTION OF THE BONAVKNTURR ROCKS. C9 8 BmCOf ind the aced to ores of DawBon Joggins occur in baa been f copper nch bed, iing saltH Iphate of ilants, the ibandoned age ft- '"• .. 30 feet, ards. le of aii''! 1 next ... 6 thins aaina uret ome into iefly bund feet ; ... 2 This ^hich 4 6 6 ling a .. 10 59 6 At Rough Waters the strata are seen lying in a nearly horizontal attitude upon the granite, and filling the inequalities of its surface. They extend up this river as far as two miles below the Second Lanumg, where they cover up rocks belonging to the Quebec Group, and on the north side of the river thoy here form cliffs 20 feet high, consisting of brick-red shales and sand- stones resting upon a coarse conglomerate. They come on the river again, (the intervening space being occupied by granite,) a short distance above the Pabineau Falls on the south bank, the opposite side and the bed of the river being granite. At Brandy Brook the sandstones and conglomoratefl are seen in cliffs 20 feet high, and on the east side they appear to form ah. about 80 feet in altitude. The Rough Waters, more than two miles Ions:, flow over granite, but on either side the Bonaveuture formation may be recognized reposing horizontally upon it, and filling all depressions. The breadth of the Bonaventure formation on the road to Chatham, from its northwestern boundary near Bathurst, is about 18 miles, including the Har- bour of Bathurst, and this is probably the broadest portion in the northern part of the Province, assuming that the limestones and gypsum which over- lie the red sandstones and conglomerates are not included in the formation. About 9J miles from Bathurst, there appears to be an outlier or tongue of the Bonaventure Rocks, as shown by the steep cliffs of Little Bass River, and the red character of the soil. Between the Nepisiguit and the South West Miramichi, the Bonaventure formation has not been traced, although it is laid down on the Geological Map of the Province accompanying Professor Johnston's Report, and where a section was made down the South West Mirami hi this summer, the red rocks of the formation were not seen in position, although boulders were numerous. At the foot of the Island above Campbell, the grey sandstones and conglomerates overlying the red rocks have a very slight southerly dip, and rest on the tilted edges of Silurian Shales. That these strata do, how- ever, extend all the way to Bathurst in the form of a narrow belt, is probable, as they are seen in many places between Campbell and the Saint John ; they probably form a narrow belt about two miles broad, but in some places cover a wider area, for on Long's Creek, in the Parish of Kingsclear, they were observed a mile and a half below Essana's Mill, (about four miles from the Saint John), forming a coarse red rock, lying upon Silurian Slates. The pebbles were from six inches downwards in diameter, and the dip is to the south at an angle of 20". (8. 10° E. angle 20 S.) They appear for some miles on the road to Harvey Settlement, which runs across them diagonally. Near the head of Oromocto Lake, when viewed from Magaguadavic Bridge (at Vail's), the bold cliffs of the denuded face of these rocks present a very line appearance. In the Valley of the Kennebeccasis, and probably in other parts of the southeastern portion of the Province, where they are at the surface, the red conglomerates form the hills. It is a strong rock, and has resisted denuding agencies to a much greater extent than the softer sand- stones which overlie it, hence the reaf3ons why it not only marks the limit i i^^ii m m I! m • 'I ■•/!■ i ■'l ''il I 00 FOSSIL REMAINS OF TIIU BONAVBNTURB ROCKS. Ill; of the CarboDiferous Soriee in New Brunswick with singular uniformity, hut whore it is exposed as a musn it forais imposing elevations or steep hluiis. The same remark applies to this conglomerate on the Oaspe Shore, where the salient; parts of the coast are composed of the conglomerate beds, while the re-entering angles correspond to the softer and lens resisting red sand- stones. Hence the zigzag line of thb coast."* It was suggested by Dr. Robb that the chief highlands on the Eenne^ c- qasis, from Milkish to the bluil'. Mount Pisgah in Sussex and Studhoim, and many hillH on the coast of Charlotte County where outliers occur, were formed of this resisting rock. • I.TFE DimiNa THE BONAVENTUBE PERfOn. The prevailing red colour is probably due to per-oxide of iron in the absence of organic remains ; and it has been remarked by Dr. Dawson that the cause of the grey colour of certain sandstones may bo traced to the presence of fossil plants, which have destroyed their original red colouring matter, the per-oxide of iron, just as in modern marshes on the Bay of Fundy, vegetable matter gradually converts the red into the grey mud, by de-oxydizing the red oxide of iron. The period of Geological History embraced by the Bonaventure Forma- tion must have been exceedingly barren in that part of the Continent where the red conglomerates and sandstones were deposited. But a series of strata upwards of 3,000 feet thick, almost destitute of animal or vegetable remains, was the prelude to the wonderful development of life which teamed in the oceans, swamps, and estuaries, of the succeeding age. It is probable, too, that deep secluded bays in the seas of this period, abounded in fish life, and their shores with a great variety and profusion of plants, for the Albert Shales, more than a thousand feet thick, in Hillsborough, which belong to the base of the Lower Carboniferous, are loaded with fish and plant remains, and the red conglomerates and marls surround and overlap them, though their thickness is comparatively insignificant. NO WORKABLE COAL SEAMS IN THESE ROCKS. In the Bonaventure Rocks, the paucity of fossil remains, independently of their lying at the base of the Carboniferous Series, would make any search for workable coal seams highly speculative ; and although small seams from two to four inches thick have been found in various places, such for instance as in the outlier near Campbellton on the Restigouche, and as alleged, in the JJarvey Settlement, (township of Manners-Sutton,) yet in the present state of our knowledge but slight prospects can be held out that remunerative seams will be discovered, or that any other result but disappointment will attend the search for workable coal in the strata of the Bonaventure forma- tion on the rim of the Carboniferous Series in this Province. ( Vide end of Chapter IV.) * Geolosrv of Canada, TilUIK MINKUAL WUALTII. 61 rmity, Bteep whore , while 1 sand- dhoini, ir, were \ in the 8on thivt i to the olouring 3 Bay of mud, by B Forma- ent where 8 of strata ) remains, led in the )ahle, too, h life, and he Albert belong to t remains, m, though endently of y search for IS from two instance as ged, in the resent state jmunerative ntment will ture forma- Vide end of In the deep sinus, now the valley of the Kennebeccasis, other conditions may prevail, and the Lower Carboniferous there yield workable beds, tbougli the probability is against their occurrence ; but it would be premature to express any decided opinion on the subject until the thickness of the forma- tion and its rock characters in that remarkable indent are known. It has been stated on good authority, that there exist not iar from Sussex Yale, two seams of coal, separated by a narrow parting of clay, the aggregate thickness of these seams being twenty inches. In addition to what has been already stated with reference to workable scams of coal in the Lower Carboniferous in America, it may be urged that in Scotland the workable coal deposits belong to the Lower Carboniferous, which there, however, is of considerable thickness, whereas the rocks of the Hame age in the Valley of the Kenuebeccasis and eastwards are compara- tively thin. The coal fields of Russia are considered by Sir R. I. Murchison to belong to the Lower Carboniferous period.* But they form an immense series stretching over a vast extent of country, and the greater part of the beds of coal are contained in the Carboniferous Limestone Series, as in the case of Scotland and Ireland.f At the close of this Chapter a comparison is made between the Rocks of the Tobique Outlier and the Lower Carboniferous in Albert County. It will be there seen that the Albert Shales are supposed to bo older than the lied Conglomerate of the Bonaventure formation, and to be at the very base of the Series. OTHER MINERALS IN THIS FORMATION. With reference to other minerals, the formation appears to be equally barren. Allusion has already been made to the Copper ores near Bnthurst, but as these depend upon the abundance of vegetable matter in the sand- stones to fix the salts of copper coming from much older rocks (the Quebec Group), in a state of solution, it is manifest that when the general absence of the de-oxydizing fossil vegetable is shown, the copper ore will not pro- hch\y be found in quantity sufficient to warrant any large expenditure of capital or skill in search of it, for it will be understood at a glance that springs rich in copper salts might percolate through the sandstones for ages, but not a particle of copper would be arrested as soon as the supply of fossil vegetable matter became exhausted. If layers of vegetable matter, such as seams of impure coal, even three or four inches thick, were to be discovered in these rocks near Bathurst, it would afford some encouragement to trace them towards the locality where the copper ores were found. The clue to the copper ores will be the seams of impure coal — these once found, the metal may be looked for along their outcrop, with some prospect of success. It is very probable that the substitution of a metallic mass for vege- table or animal matter has taken place to an enormous extent in the u H'i t! '!-fi t. * Ru.ssia and the Ural Moiintainii. t Hull — Coal Fields of Americu. '>'! 02 ORIQTN OP THE llATIIUnST COrPKR ORES. t; rockg of this Continent. ProfeBsor Hunt considers that the evidence presented by the copper deposits of the Quebec Group, (from which those of Bathurst originated), appears to show that not only copper, but iron, manganese, nickel, and chrome, which so often accompany copper through- out the ancient Silurian Rocks, were held in solution by the waters from which the sediments of the period were deposited, and that by the agency of organic matters they were reduced to the condition of a sulphuret, and precipitated with the sediments, either in a finely divided state, or more frequently in small nodules or patches, which became interstratified with the rocks of the series.* Hence it would appear, that the Bathurst Copper Ores are a second reproduction of a series of mutations which may be briefly described «<* follows: — The waters in which tlie sediments composing the rocks of thq Quebec Group, underlying or surrounding the Bathurst shales and sandstones of the Bonavonture formation, were deposited, held salts of copper in solution, these were reduced by the vegetable matter con- tained in the ancient ocean and precipitated with the sediment in a solid form, and lay for ages as copper ores. Subsequently by the action of water and air, as the rock was exposed by denudation, n portion of the sulphuret again assumed a soluble form, to be a .second time deoxydized when perco- lating through the organic matter contained in the shales and sandstones of the Bonaventure Rocks. This interesting and instructive subject will be again noticed in considering the origin of the iron ores of Woodstock, and the antimony of Prince William, &c. &c. THE TOniQUE OUTLIER. The red conglomerate and sandstone of the Bonaventure formation cover horizontally the Silurian slates at an Island about nine miles from the mouth of the Tobique, and at the foot of the Red Rapids a fine section is exposed. The conglomerate holds a large number of green slate pebbles, with a less proportion of rounded end sharp pebbles of quartz. Between the Island and Red Rapids there is a protruding mass of this lower rock. The dips show a series of low undulations which continue to the northeastern extremity of the outlier. At the Island where the red rocks are first seen, the strata lie horizontally; at the foot of the Red Rapids the dip is E. N. E. ■< 4° ; half a mile up the stream the dip is W. S. W. at an angle of 5°, and a hundred yards farther on the dip is E. N. E. at about the same angle. There are seams of green shale between the red sandstones and shales or marls just above the head of the first rapid, and near the foot of the second rapid the rock loses its intensely red character and appears of a rusty brown, at times merging into grey. This is probably the limit of the Bonaventure forma- tion, the succeeding rocks being more of the character of grits. These occur at Red Bank, eighteen miles up the river, where the strata are composed of minute angular particles of quartz firmly cemented together and possessing suflacient hardness and grit to make them serviceable as Mill stones. * Geology ol'Ctnadu. 1 ^ MMKSTONK AND UYFSUM OF TIIK tOnHlVK. CO •n, rh- tper be Other layom arc of sufficient finenons to admit of thoir beinpf used as grind* stones, botnj; composed of fine whito quartz grains. Above Three Brooks the bands ot sandstone ^rop out on the bank with a north east dip of threo or four degrees, and approaching the mouth of the Wapskehegan boulders of limestone become numerous. The red sandstone is variegated, and in it are found patches of a higlily calcareous nature. The tine grained conglomerate nf a pinkish colour, which occurs above Red Bank, is the same as that used by the proprietors of the Iron Works at Woodstock, in the construction of the new furnace, but the place where they have obtained their material is some miles further up the liivor. It has a pinkish cast, like some layers of the sandstone associated with it. It occurs in massive beds, and appears to be composed of angular grains of flint or quartz, with a few pebbles of slate. Half a mile below the Wapskehegan, the pink sandstones disappear, and are overlaid by alternating red and green bands. The grcci are hard and calcareous, the red slialy and soft, approaching a red marl '; i composition. m M 1 cover mouth icposed. h a less Island ps show sraity of trata lie 1°; half hundred here are larls just •apid the at times ■e forma- ese occur iposed of )088esBing 11 stones. Q LIMKHTONES. About a third of a mile above the mouth of the same river, silicioui lime- stone appears in heavy bedded layers interstratified with red shales. A limekiln has been constructed at this spot, but is not now in operation. The limestone is pale sea green in colour, weathering dirty white; it o < v'r^ in beds from two to four feet thick, and dips to the east at an angle var 'ng from three to five degrees. On the summit of a hill two hundred yards from the river, and about 120 feet above it, the limestone appeare in heavy beds, and of a purer description than on the river, containing far less silicious matter. The rock is fissured at the surface, the crevices being two feet and less in diameter. The lime in a kiln constructed at the summit of iiio hill, is of good quality. The massive beds are not uniform in colour, being pale sea green streaked with red ; patches of red are also noi unfrequent. The limestone and shale appear to be about 140 feet in thickness. Half a mile above the outcrop of the limestone, a beautiful hard and white sandstone, with green specks in it, apparently succeeds the lim'^stone. It is inter- stratified with an intensely red sandstone, dipping under. o-..h the limestone. This must be a recurrence of the measures before described, the river here making a great bend to the northwest across the stratification. GYPSUM. The celebrated plaster clifts, about 180 feet high, succeed the limestone. They consist of alternating bands of impure gypsum, greenish and red ; red shale, and small seams of fibrous gypsum and amorphous alabaster, which also occurs in small dense masses, sometimes rose tinted, but generally pure white. The green and red varieties exfoliate; the red shales are fissile and underlie the gypsum. A careful measurement of the dip showed that the inclination to the southeast was 11 feet 8 inches in 860 feet of hori- zontal distance, or about 1 in 81^, or equal to a rise of 170 feet in a mile, Vi ,1 S''-i I „u AT THB OXBOW. THE •rOBlQUBATaB»____ 6* __-================^=^^^^^ feet, if tbe incliaation About » m.le ^''"'Vhe^arfaoe ««««»«* ''i„rare four feet » th.ck- t„feceousUmesU.ne J^^"* *«'"""'""!• it" The forms of the or interstratified «* ^»'«»^^„ the most fe-*""" *"J2„e cveros, showing „e,s, »»4 •" r'*l"l r»te those common .nl.mes^o°^„^„g tends, weathered '"rfw^'.^'^^tnences on the under »'*« «' " ,^„ a„d Irag- "^Lerous stalw«'7'Xl^:a the impressions of leaves ^ ^^^^ ^^ The tafee«"» •""tit Uareous '"^'T., "his Itoestone, whioh » lowsh green l»f"»\^!^„uffs, has a bractash «»^^" ^„tity of sulphu- dista^oe »bove the pla te^« jj^„<, ^ """TsulZ^ of magnesia, (Epsom r-'B-^f f S^rTsrxt:^^^^^^ -eu .t.n ■ ment, it equal, the ftno , Land Brook with an easterly Mttlement. . above B"™'i'''r„„k, the heavy bedded Bed sandstone »8»" 'PJ" f „ ^Ue above the brooK, ^^^,„,. dip of 4». And a quarj^r of i„terstraUfied with '^ J^* J„ B„ok fte o,>Ume Umertou^ are ^^ 1°«« ^^f .te rf^r, but to a pa^mg The upper layers «« «J* 4 jft, feet above *» ".' 'ioterstratifled red Umestone layers ««' ^^*d from the I^^STwiA rhammer, imm«- U,eller, being '^^JT^^f ,ed sandstone ; ft «»» '™„, eharaoter of the .hales, they '""^^^^i^r^^and reveals the «» "^"^Xs in tWs neigh- diatelydespelsth.sin»« ^^^ ^^ '"trSinftl .«s oeeurs, the upper layers^ .^.^^^atbelow the O^o^n ° sCs". Opporite an I.l«»a bourhood. Half ft '""'^e varying from 3 ^J ._tV show strata of l.dstor.edipping«e^fXve?eaUed the oxbow, *ej^»k^.^^ situated iu ft I';'^Je*Vn>le-«d, »«* ^^""^f^^^th of «0 yards. Three alternating red, green, p V ^^ „„, a i"^"*" j j^e oonglome- "j tte same colours. It « ^ ^^e red »»f »*°"' " "L „f the strata being east at a very \ EOONOMIO MATERIALS IN THE lOBIQUB OUTLIER. 66 tion mre- PC* o^ )08ed ibick- )f the owing bands. I frag- ile fine rhioh is gain on aumniit 8096 con- indstone, . pale yel- e a short al proper- pf Bulphu- a, (Epsom ural settle- ell (Otella) 11 a»*"""" ;— to a passing jtratified red tamer, imme- iracter of the n this neigh- JB occurs, the osite an Island show strata of ith much shale yards. Three fine conglome- Ip of the strata vetheGulquaC' the pink quartzoze sandstone and conglomerate, before described as occur- ring near Red Bank, again come up, and it is froa^ this locality that the materials for the formation of the Iron Furnace near Woodstock, were obtained. Equally good materials appear to exist nine miles lower down the river. The tine conglomerate occupies the bed of liie river here, and oii the left bank it is seen at an altitude of 40 feet above the water to be capped by alternating white sandstones, red shales and sandstones^ and variegated sandstones, the whole having an altitude of about 100 feet ; the strata here are slightly undulating. Immediately below the Little Gulquac, the red ooBglomerate is seen overlying thick-bedded grey and pink conglomerates, dipping E., showing another low anticlinal axis ; and a short distance higher up the river, red sandstone occurs in horizontal layers, terminating the southwest Carbonife- rous basin in the Tobique valley. This basin is sepaofated by a few hundred yards of Silurian rocks from another but much smaller outlier, which begins about two miles above the North Gulquac, and extends as far as Irving's Brook, at the foot of Blue Mountain, a distance measured in an air line of about six miles. The upper basin contains only the red conglomerates and sandstones ; it is separated on the river from the lower basin by an undula- tion, of which there are three between Red Rapids and Irving's Brook. The following Table shows the order of suoceseion in the Tobique Seriejs of the Lower Carboniferou s Rooks :•— TOBIQUE SECTION. I. Gypsum. II. Bilictons Limestone. III. Red and green calcareous Shales. IV. Variegated calcareous Sandstone. V. White and pink Grits and Sandstones. VI. White Grits. VII. Red Conglomerates and Sandstones; The economic materialst fbund in the above rocksmr® not unimportant ; they contain— 1. Sandstones suitable for building purposes and ibr Grindsloned. 2. Grits well adapted for Millstones. 3. Firestores. 4. Limestones.* 6. Plaster. 7. Ochres' of good quality in the alluvial flats of the Idands. 8. Indications of Manganese in the rocks below. * See tnalyiit of one of theie limettonei on ■ succeeding pige. 9 iVJI xioticea u" These are itof" /rravels rest, a" , ^rhere ^HB UMB8T0«ES OF TB - ,„ear to be all more admit of tto-'^^^^lt^^inouB-.ndtho^e^^ N"*'"',^""!^; staack easUateTOB.wtoW" C«bomfeto««, « _^ fetid odour jhe«» v„it whict are re»"J iintteniat B«lg»' "^„ •„ .,5 not scnaimy on '^:lud River, -d \^:«e. ■^^^iZl^ZX'^^ fe«>8» <»*"- ^"^ ^UU » ta""""; °* it is evident *»* *K^rani«>ai« '» V""^''- diff-- ^t't^ti^ree -if-^rBwi^, x^r^j:::^^^^^^ jnations. . p-.-bUitieB ' ^®, .^.- it will be oftserv , others «»» /f J^ Lot-" Catbon*roa»B_____-^^;;^^ ^_^,^„.. BelectedtiOT^_____ ^ V^mx^m s 99.87 "6.40 0.80 "99.20 82.62 1.25 0.97 14.75 TOBIQUE RQCKB COMPABED WITH THOSE OF ALBERT COUNTY. 67 (pose uine- tttiftil •eport iBt de- se, "wa* South ence of robably where face hy nganese ear Sue- all more silica to 5:ennehec- "Lias," tVale, on hen struck bly bitumi- origin, and In the last Ghapter a Table is given showing the locality of all the kuovrn Limestone deposits in the Province, with some remarks on their peculiarities. COMPARATIVE TABLE SHOWING THE SUCCESSION OF ROCKS IN ALBERT COUNTY AND THE TOBIQUK OUTLIER. "ll V) ' Albert County. Tobique Outlier. I. Grey Sandstones, Grits, ^ Lower Colli JMeasures i & Coarse Ltqht Brown Conglomerate. I^. Grey. Conglomerate. III. Red Sandstones. IV. Gypsum. v. Red^ and Green Marls. VI. Limestone, (Cherty in layers.) I. Gypsum. Salt Springs. j II. LiJ 1 III. Rei imestone, (Cherty in layers). Red and Green Marls. VII. Red, Dark Brown, and Green Conglomeratks, with beds of Sandstone. VIII. Bituminous Shales, or Albert Shales. DEVONIAN ROCKS. IV. Variegated Calcareous Sandstones. V. White Grits, Pink & White Grits, both coarse and fine. VI. Red Conglomerates and Red Sand- stones. LOWER SILURIAN ROCKS. r^ the rocks talline lime- ate th6 wide iifferent for- leport on the Or. Jackson's that the spe- jf the others 82.62 1 25 0.40 1 0'?7 0.80 1 14-7^ 99.20 WOODSTOCK CONGLOMERATB. In the vicinity of the Woodstock Iron Furnaces there is a remarkable out- lier of ferruginous conglomerate, with a strike N. 35 E. and dip 50^ south- westerly, resting unconformably upon the Lower Silurian Slates, which have a strike north and south, and a westerly dip at a high angle, about 200 yards west of the conglomerates. This conglomerate is stated by Mr. C. H. Hitch- cock to occur again at a ferry about nine miles above Woodstock, dipping 25° N.W. Some of the strata are fine-grained, with impressions of rain- drops. A few of the pebbles, according to the same authority, are encased in gypsum, and the conglomerate is considered to be of the same age as the Tobique outlier. Without expressing any opinion as to the age of this rock, the following analysis shows it to have been formed chiefly from the debris of the red ferruginous and mangauesian slates which form the source of the ore of the Woodstock Iron Mines. From information obtained on the spot, it appears probable that a considerable area of this conglomerate occurs in Brighton Parish, from which its age may be determined. Near Woodstock it rests upon the Lower Silurian Slates unconformably, but inclined in the .;,'<4 I 'i fcfc 68 COMPOSITION OF THE WOOBaTOOK OONQLOMBRATE. flame direction ; the underlying slates being tilted at a high angle with a westerly dip, the conglomerate dipping also westerly at an angle of about fifty degrees. Peroxide of Iron, Alumina, Oxide of Manganese, Lime, Magnesia, ... Potash, Soda, Sulphuric acid. Phosphoric acid, Silica, Carbonic acid and water, Metallic Iron, ate Outlier near Wood stock.* ••• ••• ••• .. 7.867 kf» ■•• ••• .. 4.871 • •• ••• ••• .. 1.004 • •« ••• ••• .. 4.046 • •* *•* ••• .. 8.220 • •• •■ ••• .. .214 ■ •• ••• ••• .. .287 • •■ ••• ••• .. 1.070 • •• ■•• ■•• .. .880 • •• «■• »•• .. 71.030 • ■• ■•• ••• .. 6.011 % 100.000 6.600 * This analysis vr^ kindly supplied by Norris i^st, Esq., one of the Proprietors of the Woodstock iton Works. le Woodstock •fto yfi \, A ,ti( .iUV- -,'■ (CHAPTER IV The Centrd Triangula ^,^^ Jior. Of ehe Carbonitl'^rctVv '^' -^ ^^'^^^^ ttX-rSvS"''^-^"- dJe and Lower Rocks of thTQ"" ^''"»«^'«t--Tlie PJoT TTf ^^" '^ *^e ^Probability of CoThl / ®*"«"--P™ductive Coal M«, *^ ^P^«^ Mid- 2i-d->-Se'ctio„7fl; f '^^^^ in New l^mnJ^l^ZTl ^ >' "^^^^ Measu,,, i„ the Y^I^JT ^"^"^''"^ ^««k toward the d" ^"^!,<^''*^-Q«aDtity probably extend froiVi; tT '''^«'^" th« K cJ^^^S ''"'^-'^™« C««' and PetitcodiacJ^ '^ ^"^^ ^ *he Gulf-Th« v „ ^'"* ^«»J Measures ^- S^-ionXwXLl^'^'^^^-^^a-d w!^^^^^ ^ennebeccasr Brunswick~VaIu« nfn '' ^""^^ respectinjr th/pK "*'**" "0'*h of Nor- l«ge districts have nnVjlt-^ occupied by the "fil", ■ °''*S""^«'» berths. In the Ivi^ °°*°P°«™P"''«%extmit? P"">«™l," ^i ;«" left ™„,„rs;:t:ri4\irti?' « wica^^^^^^^^^ to the nvers whioli Ar, • !^f °^ *"® paucity of Pvifl«„ ^"laiion, there are Poi-t W such:': h'ereetthe „^ «'"""" ■"' *' Cwfli etat''*'' ^™" ■" ttoafc River, in the P.J t ^^ "PP" waters o(8b.]^Z^- ° »nyone to uortheast part o?w!n "'^"""^ick, the no'a fc f r,'?^ ^'"'>«'3«- •Ppear to ha ve blflf H"? •■• ^°'- ^° »auy Port o "^ ," v .'""•^' ■«"» •'•o ''"ked. along the ir?"^ "y-, geologic. Sir wZ't""' «■•'»"»»» «"« " Ooal JieUs ;• o?« '""^ """^ S^™" « highly coln^^'/''^ "»' P«»«- which would leS °' J«nons Counties, but I fifrt LI ""^^ ''''"ription of Carboniferon tl '" '"^"^ "■« i had rn^e a 1 ."^ '" ""^ <''"»«'tions «"»«, «d Tt^bS;" - !o ■• LOWER CARBONIFEROUS OR GVPSIFEROUS FORMATION. '•- '' Great thickness of reddish and grey sandstoncd and shales, especially in upper part; conglomerates, especially in lower part; thick beds of lime- stone with marine shells and of gypsum. Thickness, 6000 feet or more. Characteristic Fossils. — Productus, Terebratula, Encrinus, Madrepores, and other marine remains in the limestones ; Coniferous wood, Lepidodendron Poacites or Cordaites, &c., in thin shales and sandstones ; Fishes and scales of ganoid fish very abundant in the lowest beds; Trilobites, Reptiles, &c. * Manual of Geology, by Jnmes D. Dann. Philadelphia: Theodore Bliss & Co., 1863. An adInirab^e wcrU, with which all stuHentg ol Treolngy jhoiild be familiar. 72 COAL MEASURES NEAR BATBURBT. fci ■' i In a recent paper by Dr. Daweon, a more uniform nomenclature has been adopted, and the terms Upper, Middle, and Lowbr Coal Formations, ap- plied to the divisions of the Carboniferous Series. The '* Lower Coal for- mation " is equivalent to the ** Subcarboniferous " of Dana; the '* Middle Coal Formation " is the '* Coal Measure Epoch " of Dana, inclading the marine limestones and the principal coal beds. The '* Upper Coal Forma- tion" is applied to that part of the Series over the productive Coal Measures, but this does not include the Permian of Dana.* All the evidence hitherto obtained with regard to the carboniferous rocks of New Brunswick, tends to show that at and near the rim of the central triangular area, the New Brunswick rocks belong to the Lower Carboniferous formation, and consequently lie below the Productive Coal Measures. Towards the southeast portion of the area, in the neighbourhood of Qrand Lake, the rocks are, according to Dr. Dawson, " on the horizon of the mid- dle coal formation, though tending to the upper." This is an important fact, and with a knowledge of the dip and strike of the rocks, it affords not only a guide as to the direction in which the productive coal measures may be looked for, but it also shows that these productive measures will probably be found within the limits of the Province, the more especially as there is reason to believe in the existence of one or more deep bays or sinuses lying within the triangular area ; and it is thought probable that these bays (re- sembling the Sussex Vale Bay,) may be in part filled with the middle car- boniferous or productive coal measures. The origin of these supposed bays has been noticed on page 59. I shall now proceed to describe what is actually known respecting the Carboniferous Rocks of the Province, and conclude the subject with a few deductions, which may serve to indicate the direction of future enquiry. coal formation on tbb bay ov cbalburs. At Salmon Beach, four miles from the entrance to tlie Harbour of Bath- UTst, red sandstones belonging probably to the Bonaventure Formation, dip to the northeast, and are succeeded five miles farther on by a succession of greenish-grey or drab sandstones, which also dip in the same direction at a low angle. As far as Point Dumai, 12 miles from Cranberry Cape, these rocks can be seen in the cliffs, which vary firom twenty to one hundred feet in altitude, and the thickness of all the beds visible amounts to nearly four hundred feet. In this section there are two seams of coal within 182 feet of one another, the upper one eight inches and the lower six inches thick. The roof of the upper coal seam consists of a dark bluish-grey argillaceous shale, and con- tains an abundance of ferns and other plantB.f These were submitted to Dr. Dawson, who considers them to indicate beds of the lower and probably middle coal formation. The beds include * Synopiit of the Flora orthe Carboniferous Period in Nova Scotia."— Can. Naturalist, vol. viii, 1867. t Geology of Canada. :l' kra has been n ATI0K8, ap- »r Coal for< e "Middle olading the ;OAL FORMA- il Measures, ferouB rocks the central irboniferous sures. od of Grand of the mid- n important b affords not easures may ill probably f as there is inuses lying see bays (re- middle car- pposed bay» »peeting the t with a few enquiry. mr of Bath- Formation, B sQccesision direction at Cape, these Lundred feet nearly four me another, ) roof of the e, and con- to indicate leds include , vol. viii. 1867. ...; ,.. ... fW>o/r ,lV^v ,v,,lh 6 17 some species which in xr ~"o "'^"'"^^'^^^^^^^^.-.^ ^^ ««1 arenaceous ehale T ? " "^ ""^ A,»U,.' '^'"""<» '°<«- Marff,l,„..„„„„^„^_ . -^^ ... ... ., ■>«>••>.,.•.„„,.,*« Wreenish-irrev snnrTcf V ' -• ... ••rnn.,^.. 5 n constitaCCt^^^^^^^^ - "'•- 35 i-S « «affio„^S?f ^-b »> «on.e piace,7(^ lu - - 8 Wen arenaceous shale •' -- ■ ' WargiUcarenaceous^hai; Green arenaceous shale ■ ' '-is-^rr '^'"" ' .T°'T ^--« --»^.. i^„ , ®"'J' ^»na8tone. ■ • J^«fI■^•ff•»,if■ Gee„«h.gre^^^^^J»- ^, ... ,, ..^, °«a«Bdatone, e Orey argillaceous «h»i: •**'''' - ■• -. •••"... 3 * ^y"°p»isonhrFu^r~7T~~- 111— __••* -. ;i^ej^were e«:i»i«tive AMemMy of thi P«.. 8 12 2 12 2 8 4 b 9 $'i I 'J\ \ it 74 CARBONIVBROUS ILORA OF VSW BRUNSWICK. Dark bloUh-gray orgiUaoeoas shale, stored with ahundunce of impres- sions of ferns and other plants, amon^ which was observed the , branch of a Stigmaria, nine feot long, without leaves. On nxan v of '^ the plants a very minute convolnted shell is seen, and in the snalo a small bivalve. In the distance of a mile along the face of the olifF this shale is sometimes six feet thick, and sometimes onlv one foot, and oooasionallj it is absent altogether, leaving the overlying sand- stone in contact with the coal beneath, Coal of a bituminous quality, with a thin seam of iron pyrites (a quar- ter to half an inch,) occasionally on the top, Qray argillo-arenaceous shale of a tough crumbling quality, much reeembling fire clay, abundantly filled with the leaves and branches of the Stigmaria ficoideSy and having nodules of argillaceous iron ore, Green argillaceous shale, Greenish-grey arenaceous ehale, Hed argillo-arenaceous shale, Green and red shale with nodules of yellow limestone (with Stigmaria,) Greenish-groy arenaceous shale and sandstone, Bed argillo-arenaceous shale, Red sandstone and red shale, Bed argillo-arenaceous shale, 4^v€l 8ftIlQ8tOuGy ••• < ctf ••• ••# t«* #•• lit ••• ^ed argillo-arenaceous shale. Grey argillo-arenaceous shale, of a crumbly quality, much resembling fire clay, with nodules of limestone and remains of Btigmariee, ... Red argillo-arenaceous shale, Greenish-grey arenaceous shale, sometimes sufficiently consistent to be called a sandstone. Coal said to be of this thickness Where bored to in this vicinity, ... Greenish-grey argillo'-arenaceons shale, with Stigmarire^ (underclav,) the l^ickness is not determined, the whole bed not being visible, m^y « ••• ••• «•• ••• ••• ••• ••• ••• *•• 5 8 8 12 8 10 2 18 8 9 85 1 5 8 22 11 6 3 n. 897 2 FLORA or THK NEW BRUNSWICK COAL rORMATIOHS. In a ^* Synopsis of the Flora of the Carboniferous Period in Nova Scotia," Dr. Dawson enumerates the species which he has recognized, as belonging to the different epochs of the Carboniferous Series in New Brunswick, from specimens sent to him by Sir William Logan, Mr. G. F. Matthew, Mr. C. B. Matthew, and Mr. C. F. Hartt. The following List show? the relationship of these species to the several I epochs pf th^ Series, and the localities from which they were procured,* Upper Coal Formation. — ( Unproductive Coal Measures.) 1. Sphenophyllum emarginatum. — Grand Lake ; Bale de Chaleurs. 2. Spkenopiiylliim 8axifragifoliimi.-^Ba\e de Chalenrs. 1. cJ 2. fLel *Iiithe| siliciiied tl , A frtgnl W. H. Odl spectitieg 1 ^ t " Thf.1 neen fonnJ the coal f] "lose 01 thl LIHT OF BPK0II8. T6 5 8 8 .. 12 ... 8 ... 10 a,) 2 ... 18 ... 8 ... 9 ... 85 1 ... 6 » ""» 8 ... 22 it to ... 11 ... 6 play,) [ova Scotia," J belonging Wick, from fw,Mr.C.B. lo the several I Irocured,. es.) rn :ii}K MiODLB AND Upper Ooal Fobmatiors. 1. Dadoxylon materiarium. — Miramiohi.'*' 2. AUthopseria lonchitica. — Grand Lake. MiDDLK Coal Formation.— (fVorfMc/iVc Coal Mea3ures.) 1. Calamodendron avproximatum. — Coal Creek. Oup of the most oommon plants in the beds of bituminous coal. 2. Antholithes rhabdocarpi. — Grand Lake. 3. Calamites Suckowii. — Grand Lake, Coal Creek. 4. Calamites datii. — Grand Lake, Bale de Chaleurs, Coal Creek. />. Catamites nodosus. — Grand Lake. 6. Asterophyllites grandis. — Grand Lake, Biaie do Chaleurs. 7. Annularia galioides. — Grand Lake, Bale de Chaleurs. 8. Qyclopteris oblitjita. — Grand Lake. 9. Cyclopteria ingens. — Grand Lake. 10. Nmropteiis rarinnris. — Grand Lake, Baie de Chalenrtt. 11. Nturopteris gigantea. — Grand Lake. 12. Muropteris Lcshii. — Baie de Chaleurs (?) 18. Odontopletis Schlotheimii. — Baie de Chaleurs. \i. 8pkeno]pteris munda. — Grand Lake. ^'^ 15. Sphenopteris latior. — Grand Lake. 16. Sphenopteris gracilis. — Grand Lake. 17. Sphenopteris artemisifolia. — Grand Lake. 18. Sphenopteris Canadensis. — Baie de Chaleurs (?) ' ' ^ " 19. Sphenopteris obtusioloba (?) — Baie de Chaleurs. 20. Alethopteris nervosa. — Baie de Chaleurs. 21. Alethopteris Serlii. — Baie de Ohalettrs. 22. Alethopteris grandis. — Baie de Chaleurs (?) ' 23. Beinertia Goepperti. — Grand Lake, Baie de ChaleUrs. 24. PalcBopteris Hartii. — Grand Lake. 25. Lepidodendron Pictoense. — Grand Lake. 26. Lepidostrobus squamosus. — Grand Lake. ; gi.'^i-,';: ni 27. Corrfattes 6(>ras«/b/ia.---Grand Lake, Baie de Chaleurt; ^ 28. CortUiites simplex. — Grand Lake. 29. Cardiocarpum bisectatum. — Gand Lakef. LowBR Coal Formation, ,.,,,. 1. Cgelopteris Acadiea^ — Norton Greek. '. in -rf* .h>^Hii'n>>\ i.T;> •ri 'Ufi inr it) to 2. -f Lepidodendron corrMgrafetw*— Norton Creek, Tillft ■! ■■•f.i * In the neighbourhood of Fredericton, on the Nashwaak, and indeed over a wide area of country, the silicitied trunks or fragments more or less complete, of this coniferous tree, are often found. A fragment of a trunk of this species was found on the hill in the rear of Fredericton, behind the Hon. W. H. Udell's residence. It must have measured thirty inches in circumference when entire. The specimen showed a portion of the coaly bark ahd of the pith, but this mass 'was' silldfiied. t " This species is eminently characteristic of the Lower Carboniferous Cottl Measures, and his hdt yet been found in the Middle Coal Formation. Fragments of bark resettibliQj|. that of this spedes, occiit''iA the coal formation of Baie de Chaleurs, along with leafy branches of /^(lo^iftan, which r«Betoible 9, though I believe distinct."— (Or, DaWson.) m 1 1 :i ■.:)) •!! .If i; those ol the species, 70 CIIAHAOTER OF TUE COAL. |i PRODUCTIVE COAL MEAIURES IIT THIS PROVIXCS. From the foregoing list it will nppear thut in tho imtnediftte noi^hboui- hood of Grand Lako, tho Productive Coal Mbarurbs oxint, ulthoagh the flora shows that they arc " tending to the upper t'ortnatiou." A groat point is gained in having tho ago of thoso rocka Hnfliciently ostahlished to nfibrd good ground for the belief that these productive measureB may be found within the limits of tho Povinoo, in such development as to make them of considerable value. The supposed thinness of tho New Brunswick Coal Field is opposed to the expectation that seams of workable coal will be found to occupy very wide areas, yet the structure of tho country has been shown to support tho view that in a bay or bays penetrating the Carboniferous area from the east, thicker scams than those which exist at Qrand Lake (22 inches) may ^iO sought for with a probability of success. Before Dr. Dawsou had an opportunity of examining the flora from Bay Chaleur and Grand Lake, he expressed an opinion unfavorable * to tho existence of the productive measures in tho Province, (|tialifyiug it, however, with the following words : — " The valuable charac ter of tho Albert Coal, however, and the well known fact that coal measures often vary materially in their productiveness, as we trace them from one locality to another, give some ground to hope that a Carboniferous area so extensive as that of New Brunswick, may not ultimately be found to be so unproductive as it now appears to be." THK QRAyn lake coal. The coal raised at Grand Lake from a twenty two inch seam, has hitherto been brought to market in a hap-hazard sort of way. There is no system whatever in mining it. Any farmer who finds the seam on his land, employs persons to dig out a certain quantity of coal, this is bought up by agents and shipped to Frcdericton, Saint John and elsewhere. It sold at Fredoricton at $6^ a chaldron at tho commencement of the winter of 1864-5, and it appears that about 5,000 chaldrons were shipped from Grand Lake during the season. f The quality of the coal is good, now that more care is taken to separate the lumps of iron pyrites, with which some portions of the seam abound. An American Company has recently leased a tract of land on Grand Lake, and there is every probability that the supply will now be largely increased. The Blacksmiths of Saint John consider it very well adapted for their purposes, and prefer it to the imported coals. It has very little ash, and in a properly constructed grate it makes an excellent fire. * " In short. $o far as I can learn from my own limited observations, and the Reports of Mr. Gesner and Dr. Robb, tbey resemble the lowest parts of the Cumberland Coal Measures, or those upper members which overlie the workable coals ; as if these alone had been deposited and the productive coal-measures left out." — Acadian Oetlosfsf, 1855, 1 1 am indebted to Mr. Wetraore of Frederipton, fpr thesp fact*. PROBABIK KXTKNT OF THE (VIUNO I.AKK HBAM. LiOUi- a the point nfford fountl icin of )8ed to ly very ort the [10 east, roay ^0 am Bay * to tbo lowever, ert Coal, laterially her, give t of New as it now , hitherto Lq system [his land, 5ht up by It sold at jf 1864-5, faud Lake ire care is [ouB of the let of land [iU now be 1 very well ^t has very it fire. |of Mr. Gesner upucr member* 1828, 1880, 1888, 1884, 1885, 1889, 1864, chaldrons. it Quantity of Coal raised at Grand Lake. I «!■ ••• tet ••• ••• UU 70 in8 • ... •■> •<• .<• ... (>n7 • ... ..I •■• !•• ••• u,i>ij7 I ^'H 2,148 f),000 " Some idea of the amount of coal a persistent soam, easily accessible, is capable of yielding, even though it bo only 22 inches thick, may bo obtained from the following calculation. Assuming that a chaldron or thirty six bushels of coal is contained in one cubic yard and a half, (really about 1^,) allowance being made for waste and dressing, it would require at 18 inches thickness of scam, three square yards to supply a chaldron of dressed marketable coal. Each acre would, nt this rate, yield sixteen hundred chaldrons, and every square vule one million and twenty four thousand chaldrons. If the Grand Lake seam extends towards Coal Branch, on the Bigibuctou, and appears there with a thickness of 15 inches, as suggested, by Br. Robb, the total mass of coal on a length of 40 miles and a breadth of 15 miles, would amount to the enormous quantity of six hundred million chaldrons. Some years since borings were made at the Salmon liiver Mines to the depth of 403 feet. In the section given in Dr. Gesner's Report, nine recur- rences of coal are mentioned, all unimportant with the exception of *' Bitu- minous Shalo and Coal," eight feet thick at a depth of 250 feet ; what this may mean the section affords no clue. It being established that the productive coal measures exist in the neigh- bourhood of Grand Lake, it remains to be seen, — 1st. In what direction search must be made to find the area where they are developed to the greatest extent. 2nd. Whether the thickness of the series may not show them to be beyond or on the borders only of that part of the coal basin which is characterized by thick beds of workable coal. The first of these enquiries can be provisionally answered by reference to known facts. The second is a problem, the solution of which can only be obtained by future investigation. The following section may be suggestive as to the first enquiry, but it is to be regarded as a.mero guide; neither time nor opportunity was available for making any more than cursory observations ; a complete series would take as many weeks as days were given to those which follow. The manuscript notes of Dr. Robb supply numerous observations on the (lips and mineral character of the rocks, which will fill vacant spaces in the sections subjoined, or afibrd valuable hints, but it is a matter of regret that the localities of many cannot be easily identified, as they refer to the farms and houses of private individuals 16 and 17 years ago, and are consequently unavailable. m f''<-M %4 ^u V ■ f '^VM 78 STRUCTUftB OF GRAND LAKU. No. I. OROMOCTO CRBBK TOWARDS DOUGLAS HILLS OK THE NBRBPIS ROAD. ■ Kind of Rook. Locality. 1. Dark red or purplish argillaceous Sandstones, - - - - Oromocto Creek. 2. Purplish platy Sandstones, Bridge at South J'^ranch. 1 3. Grey Grits and Sandstones, Brizley's Creek. 4. Coarse grey Grits, . - - M miles. rri 8-1 1 5. Coarse Conglomerate and grey Grits. Height of land. ^3 6. Eed Sandstone & Conglomerates, A mile south of height of land. 7. Siluriaa Slates, . - - - Brook flowing to Kerepis; This Section, coupled with other observations, appears to show that on the west side of the Ssunt John, the Lower Carboniferous or unproductive Coal Measures occupy the country- From the dips recorded by Dr. Robb, it appears probable that Grand Lake, or part of it, occupies a synclinal axis, the anticlinal running in a north- easterly direction between Grand Lake and Salmon River on the one hand, and Washademoak Lake and River oa the other. The direction indicated by these undulations would point to a narrow belt lying between those rivers, in the northern parts of the Parishes of Waterborough, Brunswick, and Salsbury, and the southern part of H<^rcourt, as the probable range of rooks of the age of the Productive Coal Measures, but whether t'ley con- tain workable se;;ras of coal of greater magnitude than those already known on Grand Lake, is a question to which no available data can supply a satis- factory answer. The presence of this synclinal axis at Grand Lake ^ves colour to the probable existence of a deep Bay or Sinus, in the direction of Salmon River, stretching towards the coast^ and parallel to the Sussex Vale indentation. i Dr. Gesner suggests that "a sum ot money would b^ well employed, in boring a< a judicious site, in the neighbourhood of Gagetown, or oa the nor^A side of the Washademoak. The result: of such an entefpriza would: be of the highest importance to the Province, and there could be no doubt of its final success," , , With regard to Gagetown, the occurrence there of the same dark red or purplish argillaceous sandstones which are found on the Oromocto, as shown in section I, is opposed to the view expressed by Dr. Gesner, these rocks being, probably, below the productive coal measures. GENERAL FEATURES OF THE COAL FIELD. 79" rand Lake, in a north- one hand, a indicfcted ween those Brunswick, )able range er tiey con- eady known pply a satis- Lake ^ives direction of Sussex Vale amployed, in OB. the north would; be of dottht of ita e dark red or ,cto, as shown these rocks ^s the Waahademoak, from ^.ts mouth to its source, is some sixty miles loog, the expression "north" of it is too indefinite to be of any service, although it is to the north of that river, that rocks of the age of the pro'- d active measures may be found. Dr. liobb examined the coal on the Richibucto in 1849. He there found a seam 15 inches thick on Coal Brook. The coal cakes like the Grand Lake coal, and the dip is N. "W". 10**. " Judging by the quality and thickness of the seam, it may yet prove to be the same as the one at the head of the Grand Lake, from which the sandstones paes continuously but in an undu- lating manner."* If the passage between the quotation marks is based on actual observation, it is most important. The rocks at Grand Lake having been shown to belong to the true or productive coal measures, the occur- rence of these rocks for a distance of fifty miles, measured diagonally across the strike, follows from Dr. Robb's statement. This tends to show that a considerable area in that part of the Province belongs to the middle or pro- ductive coal series. s The mean altitude of the triangular area does not exceed 400 feet above the sea ; and although the thickness of the carboniferous strata is not, per- haps, more than 1,000 feet, it has been subjected to gentle disturbances which have caused a number of low a,nticlinals, as already stated. At the mills, 18^ miles below Fredericton, the reddish-grey sandstones dip north- west at an angle of '9°; and on the south side of the brook above Smith's bridge, the grey sandstone under conglomerate dips northeast at an angle of 18°.— (Robb). Numerous other examples of undulations might be adduced, but those only possess value in relation to the occurrence of coal, where the age of the rock is known. THE VALLEYS OF THE KENNEBECOASIS AND PETITCOOIAO. >,;. I have not recognized any rocks of more recent age than those belonging to the Lower Clarboniferous, in the long trough-like indentation which stretches from the Petitcodiac to the Saint John ; and although the true coal measures may be represented there, it is not likely that the area occu- pied by them vrill be large. Indeed, the supposed extent of country covered by the Carboniferous Series, as depicted on Dr. Robb's map, is much too wide. I crossed it in several places, and found the axis of older rocks run- ning parallel to the Gulf, considerably broader than represented. Golden's mountain, for instance, lies wholly within the metamorphic belt ; and the same rocks come within ten miles of Sussex Vale station, on the Dutch Valley road, before they are overlaid by the conglomerates of the Bonaven- ture formation. In various parts of this area there are rocks which may be included within the productive measures, but if so, they are outliers, and their dimensions must be small. I a M I •m •t. wx * Third Report, page 73. .■taf^hfUuSi.* '(■■ii tl i J., ifA y^ 80 COAL MEASURES IN WISTMORLAND. ^' In the Parish of Dorchester, County of Westmorland, the Middle or Pro- ductive Coal Measures appear on the Memramcook, forming the north ex* tension of the already celebrated Joggins Measures in> Cumberland County, Nova Scotia. Their relation to the Joggins is seen in the following Section by Br. Dawson*: omcf [i:o'.i cfoni ?if /mif* lib edi btiii No. II. SECTION ON THE MEMRAMCOOK. I. Upper Coal Measures. — II. Middle Coal Measures. — • III. Lower Carboniferous Marine Limestone. ^ — IV. Lower Coal Measures. — -I :' TJpper sandstones and shales of south Joggins. Coal Measures of the Joggins, and Millstone Grit or Lower Coal Measures of Dorchester. Limestones, Gypsum and Conglomer- ate of Dorchester and PetitcodiaCi Fine calcareous and highly bituminous shales, with thin beds of sandstone. Abundance Of the remains of fishes seen at Petitcodiac River, above Dor- chester, Albert Mine, and other loca- lities westward df that place. The dislocation alluded to in Chapter V. occurring on the southeast coast of Shepody Bay, in Albert County, is situated in a synclinal fold, and the lime- stone which appears on Hayward's Brook is there at the surface, the probable upthrow being on the southwest side. The whole series of grey sandstone and red and green marl has been removed by denudation on the south side, and the limestone exposed. Had not this upthrow occurred, it is not impro- bable that the coal measures would have been found on the entire shore of Shepody Bay, whereas the Lower Coal Meamres are only represented. The continuation of Shepody Mountain in a northwesterly direction, brings it to the head waters of the east branch of Turtle River, and here the mountain or rather table land of the older rocks has a mean elevation not less than 1000 feet above the sea, which is maintained to considerably beyond Salmon River, in Hammond Parish. In the ravines and gullies on the mouatain side (which in some places resembles an escarpment) the red conglomt '•ata and sandstones of the Bonaventuro formation may be seen, while the hills north of the tableland, and in some cases forming part of it as it breaks away to the north, are composed of the grey sandstones and grits. The middle coal formation may be found with productive measures in the southeastern portion of the County of Westmorland, but, I am not able to add from personal knowledge rn" new facta to those which have already been published by Dr. Dawson. • Supplementary Chapter to the Actdisn Geology, 1890. THE OHAHAOTBR OF TUB CARBONIVERODB SBRIES. St fit coast of I the lime- 5 probable sandstone louth side, Qot impro- ve shore of ited. The )ring8 it to ountain ov , tbvin 1000 id Salmon uatain side navata And hills north iks away to lures in the not able to ave already About two miles soatbeast of Salisbury station, the red sandstones of the Bonaventure formation lie in a nearly horizontal position ; and seven miles further on they were also seen to occupy the same position, showing that the disturbances which commence north of Weldon Creek did not extend far in that direction. The gypsum of the series is in position, find has been worked about two miles north of the station. I < No. in. SBOTION NORTH OF NORTON STATION. Ko hi^er rock than the red conglomerate covering the limestone, which appears so persistent throughout the lower carboniferous rocks in Albert County and the Tobique outlier, was recognized on this section. The series continues as far as the Bellisle River, where the narrow belt of older rocks appears stretching away towards Butternut Ridge. The limestone would seem to underlie a considerable portion of the north side of the valley of the Keunebeccasis, being occasionally brought to the surface by low undulations. At Butternut Ridge it appears in great force, and according to Dr. Robb it has there been elevated in the form of several ridges running parallel to one another, and having a northeasterly course, which is the direction, as already noticed, of the anticlinal axis, bringing np the older rocks all the way from Saint Stephen, on the boundary line. Silicious layers also occur in the limestone about seven miles northwest of Norton station, but on the whole it makes a white and strong lime. Some feeble veins of galena are seen in this rock. RRVIBW OF THE CARBONIFBROUS SERIES. On reviewing what is known respecting the Carboniferous area in New Brunswick, the following conclusions appear to be worthy of acceptance : — 1. The entire rim of the central triangular area, the whole of the Tobique outlier, and the greater portion of the deep indent drained by the Kenne- beccasis and the upper Petitcodiac Rivers, belong to the base of the Car- boniferous Series, and consequently do not contain any workable seams of coal. They abound, however, in limestone and gypsum ;* and the deep. indent from Hillsborough to Norton contains a valuable deposit, and numerous favourable indications of other deposits of Albertite ; also exten- sive and important beds of a highly bituminous shale, which may become valuable as a source of illuminating oil, and as a gas fuel for re-generating furnaces, and for metallurgical processes. 2. The country about and northeast of Grand Lake, is occupied by the Middle or Productive Coal Measures, but whether they contain workable seams of coal more than 22 inches thick, is a subject of future inquiry. The structure of the country leading to the inference that the productive Coal Measures will be found in force in the valley of Salmon River and the Richibucto. * Tbare are no Imi than six large araai of gyptum in Albert County Jl S^, m m hm ^'1 ^ EBSPBOTING THE OCOUftRHltCIE OF COAL IN NEW BKUNflWICK. I" 1 ;i! 1, tf 8. A |M!»¥tiott of tye County of Westmorland contains the trtre Coal ^ . -. ■ ^ oH^'i 6. The borings which have been made at Orand Lake, and at New iBandon, show, if correctly registered (?), that no workable seams of coal exist below thoso which have been already discoviered in those localities, as far as the borings haVe penetrated. 7. The thinness of the Kew Brunswick Carboniferous Series almost pre- cludes the hope that what have been termed the ''false coal measures," will be found in the Lower Rocks of the basin. In Pennsylvania these rocks (Sub- carboniferoUB) have a thickness of about 6,000 f^ t and th6y contain, both in th« l^tate named taid in Virginia, a few thin wo-'kttble seams of coal. In Montgomery County, Virginia, there is a layer of coal two, to two and & half feet thick in these kjwer, unproductive measures. But there is no reason to suppose that any rocks of the same age in New Bruiwwick contain seams of coal which approach that ttiickness, for with the exception of the Albert ^ales;, the general aspect of the red sandstones and conglomerated lead to the infsrenoe that lifo was scarce during theit formation. It vrill be borne in mind that in America the productive or non-productive charactt^r of the different divisions of the Carboniferous Series is much more determined than in many parts of Europe, and the probability of workable coal being found is tolerably well indicated by the fosuils of the rocks. , . . . . riv !i- LIFE DURING THE CARBONIFEROUS P£RIOD« ■ .., a.!%r>;' >i';r'7r; The enorttfous development of vegetable matter whi '''^'OT^^odt The climate of the Coal Period has long been a difiiculty. Many inge- nious theories have been advanced to account for the presence of the Coal Series in the Arctic Regions, containing plants and animals which required a mild climate for their growth and development. The recent researches of Dr. Tyndall on Radiant Heat, have afforded a probable explanation of this phenomenon, which has been ably discussed by Professor Hunt. The properties of gases with respect to radiant beat are most remarkable. Air scarcely absorbs any sensible quantity of radiant heat, but if air absorbs one ray, carbonic acid will absorb 90 rays ; marsh gas, 403 ; ammonia, 1195 ; and defiant, 970. Hence although ammonia is as transparent to light as the air we breathe, it is almost opaque to heat. But if the absorption be esti- mated at a low tension, that is to say when a small quantity of gas only is present, the difference becomes more apparent and striking. Thus at a ten- sion of one inch, for every individual ray struck down by the air, oxygen, hydrogen, or nitrogen — ammonia strikes «lowf\ a brigade of heat rays 7,260 strong — defiant gas a brigade of 7,950, wbHe sulphurous acid destroys 8,800 rays. Thispropoi ty is most important in its bearings upon climate. Aque- ous vapor which always exists in the air, ab:sorb8 heat with great vigour. Regarding the earth as a source of heat, at least 10 per cent, of its heat is intercepted within ten feet of the surface by the aqueous vapour of the air. The removal, for a single summer night, of the aqueous vapour from the atmosphere which covers England, would be attended by the destruction of every plant which a freezing temperature could kill. The moisture of the air covers the earth as with a blanket at night, and where the air is dry as in the great desert of Sahara and the plains of Thibet, or the deserts of Australia, ice is frequently formed during the night by the direct radiation of the heat of the earth towards the planetary spaces, there being no blanket of aqueous vapour to retain it. So powerful is the effect of aqueous vapour in retaining heat that although the atmosphere contains but one particle of U ';.m;:^ .t\ I • li m m * Five species of carboniferous reptiles hav« been tound on the continent of Europe, three in Greaj Britain, and four in the United States.— f Air Breathers (the Coal Period.— Dawson, 1681.) m ^ 84 INFLUENCE OF CARBONIC ACID. aqaeous vapour to 200 of air on an average, yet that Bingle particle absorbs 80 times as much heat as the 200 particles of air. " ' > > < Bearing in mind that the atmosphere of the coal period contaih€ld an abundance of carbonic acid, from which plants drew their food, and lime- stones the acid combined vnth their base, we have at once an explanation of the uniform temperature of the earth. The carbonic acid mingled with the air, aided by aqueous vapour, prevented the heat rays of the sun from returning into space by radiation. The earth was covered as it were with " a dome of glass" which maintained at its surface the requisite temperature to enable plants and animals to live even in the Arctic Regions. The gradual absorption of this protecting shield of carbonic acid slowly but effectually changed the climate of the Arctic and Antarctic Regions, and arrested the grow .h of vegetation during the epochs succeeding the Carboniferous T>f»riocI ■i. U 10 ■ geoloj ■ iferou B noas 1 H condit ■ are Ad H Some ■ the lal I which] 1 with J ' I Jacks! ■ \. I flag.lil ■ waterl ■ '^^M I ^ ■ li.it ;.'i. ■ ' unpro^H )BorbB n ■■ . ■ ed an lime- nation d with n from rilh"a Axxre to rradoal actually arrested niferous n» ■' '"■"' .til lo Ja»ii $ CHAPTEB V. THE ORIGIN OF ALBERTITE.— THE ALBERT SHALES. " :•: Geological age of the Albert Shales — They lie at the base of the Carbdniferous Series — ■ Disturbances in Albert Conntj — Anticlinal afad Synclinal axes — Faults — Section from Albert Mine to G«nc Demoiselle-^-At Taylbr'a Mill Site — At the Big Gape — On the Tramway at Hillsborough Village — Bituminous Shales — Albert Shai.E8 — Area over which they are found — Anticlinal axes in Albert and King's Oounties —The Albert Mine — Character of the Mine — Obserrations in the Mine — Faults and Disturbances— An Overlap— Dr. Kobb's and Professor Taylor's views — Dr. 0. T, Jackson's vieTS in 1850 and in 1851 — Reasons why opioions were discordant — Pro- fessor Taylor's comparisons— Professor Bailey's views in 1864 — Origin of Albertite — Albertite formerly a liquid — Crushed Albertite — Two periods of injection — Professor Hunt's views with regard to Bitumens — Albertite an inspissated Petroleum — Locali- ties where Albertite is found — It comes originally from underlying Devonian Rocks — United States Commmiasioner of Agriculture on Albertite — Albert Shales — A source of coal oil — Importance of the Albert Shales — Gas regenerating furnaces — Petroleum Springs in Albert and Westmorland — Conclusions with reference to Albertite — Composition of this substance. " ' QKOLOOICAL A0£ OF TUE ALBERT SHALES. Two distinguished Geologists have pronounced their opinions upon the geological age of the Albert Shales.* They lie at the base of the Carbon- iferous Series, as developed in Albert County.f They are calcareo-bituroi- noos shales, containing a great number of fossil fishes in a remarkable condition of preservation, every scale being in place, although the fishes are flattened by pressure ; they also have their fins perfectly preserved. Some beautiful specimens are occasionally to be procured by breaking open the layers of shale taken out of the shaft, and are found larger than those which have been described. These fossil fish belong to the same genera with those found in the Joggins coal measures of Nova Scotia. Dr. C. T. Jackson discovered (1851) in the shales perfect stems of Lepidodendra, large flag-like leaves of plants, regarded as a species of Palm, stems of a fresh water plant, and numerous fishes, all indicative of the Carboniferous Series. The Section subjoined is from Dr. Dawson's Acadian Geology. 1. Grey sandstone, often coarse and pebbly, with shales and conglome- ,. rate; Hopewell Ferry, &c. These beds, perhaps, correspond to the great sandstone ledges of Seaman's Quarries, Joggins. They may be traced through Albert County, to the southwest, for a con- siderable distance. * Sir Charles Lyell and Dr. Dawson. Dr. Pen-ival, of New Hsven, also agrees with Sir Charles Lyell and Dr. Dawion. — Acadian Geology. Dr. Robb was h1»o of opiaion that they belonged to the age of tb© • unproductive coal roeaaures."— (Evidence at Trial.) '. * A<'adiaa Otology, p«ge IP**. V in f'-"'W 'i » m • omAr- In Albert County the gypsum is seen beneath the limestone, and thd lime- stone resting upon the conglomerate. The newest rock here seems to be a light brown conglomerate. The Joggius, celebrated for their unrivalled display of Carboniferous Rocks, are situated on the Nova Scotia side of Chignecto Bay, a distance of sixteen miles from the Albert Mine. Between these two localities the sequence of the rocks has been traced and described at some length by Dr. Dawson. , The coal measures of the Joggins dip to the southwest, and extend in the direction of the strike across Chignecto Bay to Cape Meranguin, where the lower coal measures appear. On tracing these to the northward, they be- come vertical and dip to the north, forming an anticlinal axis. At Fort Cumberland the coarse grey sandstones still dip to the north, which continues as £ar as the east side of the Fetitoodiao River. At Hope- well the same sandstones reappear, but with southerly dips, «h owing that tbe bed of the Petitcodiac here, or Shepody Baj, occupies a synclinal 8Xi». On the west side of the Petitcodiac the irock shows alterBating dipa whl^h wiM be notioed in succeeding par^rapha, but on the east side of the Albert Mine the dips ^re noirtheasterly, on the west side northwesteirly;, thus showaog at and near the mine an antiolinal axis. Hence it np^pears that a series of dis- turbances has occHirred in this diatnct which may have very materiiaUy influenced the pveaent distribution of the Albertite which has givea tP ltJst« Albert Mines so widespread a notorietty. w li'^ • <\a'«:l'jv. If a seetlon be made across the County of Albert, fs&m the Joggina, in Nova Scotia, to the syenite and older slates which form lihe coniinuation of the Shepody mountain, in a northwest by north direction, a series of anti- clint^l and synclinal axes will be found to run roughly parallel to oqe another in the following order :-i— • ' r;:) m DISTURBANCES IN ALBERT COUNTY. II'.- ,i I. n. in. Chignecto Bay, ,....,„AFH«»JiNAL. Sb€!pody Bay,. ,.. ,,y,.y ,f .,,., .., ,,.^.,,.^,j.,,f ^ ,§YNCLi?irAL,j.j . Memraracook, mouth of........ .; .;.'...Antk;lika^ ' (Runs through the Peninsula.) '"^?' qi:: Chese 'erouB in the order*. lia Ume- to he a inifeTOTis stance of Atie9 the th by I^^- jnd'inthe where the a, they he- the north, At Hope- ngthattia* ahestMiw^ 5rw# 0^ ^^^ ;iTe» ^0 ti>« ., iVOfc"'-'''' jogg\om in Lytinufttion ot trieeofaati- , one another jr/iqi'' ,) ^i;ii>T HOOKS IN ALBBRT OOVNTT. S7 >• " - ' ■ ' ' "g "' ' '' ' IV. 8oath of Cape DemoiseHe Road, ......Syholiitik. ')i V. Taylor's Mill StreAm, ...^v.^....Articli]«ai«. TI. Between Albert Mines and School House on Cape Demoiselle Road, S^tkolinal. Yll. Albert Minb, AnticLiNAi*. VIII. Northwest of Albert Mine, one half mile Stmolirait. IX. Middle Branch of Weldon Brook ^ AidiCLWAL. :^;,tvt Fiy« antiolittal and four synclinal axes appear to have been recogniBed: ibf a distance of twenty two miles. The general course of these axes is S.W. and N.E. They correspond in a remarkable mannor with the course of the other anticlinals in this Province, which have already been described in preceding Chapters, (p^e 48.) FAULTS. ,.1 ..jV, .' .J : 1- Near the mouth of Danniell's Creek there is a fault ti^lk^itM' ujitirow on the south side, or a downfall on the north side. At Big Cape on the Fetitcodiao a fault throws the strata ten feet down on the south side. At the AlbOrt Mines the downfall appears to be wholly on the ncrth side. LOWER CARBONIFEROUS UERIES AS DEVELOPED IN ALBERT COUNTT. On Shepody Mountain road, about three miles back froiu the coast, the grey sandstones overlie slates succeeded by syenite. On the coast at Dan- niell's Marsh, the sandstone capped by conglomerate has a northerly dip, but on Cape Demoiselle road about 1^ miles from its commencement, the grey sandstones dip south, shewing the existence probably ii^, lih^s ^eighfbourhood of a synclinal axis and fault. «| *,♦:,, ^ y'* fliotographic Sciences Corporation 23 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, N.Y. MS80 (716) 873-4503 <^\^^ ^M^' 7a % \ \ r^^^ c^ t I i'l I'' i: do DISTRIBUTION OF BITUMIK0C8 SilALER. -»tf the slates on syenite ; these rocks resemble the pebbles in the red conglo- merate forming the base of the Carboniferous Series in Albert County, and in other parts of the Province. The area over which the Bituminous Shales are distributed is very con- siderable, for they have been recognized in patches from near Dorchester, in Westmorland, to Apohaqni, in King's County, a distance exceeding £fty miles. A tabular list of localities where they appear at the surface, follows : — king's COUNTt. I. At Apohaqui, beds of Bituminous shale and seams of Albertite in sand- stone. Further up the valley are thick deposits of bituminous shale and limestone.* n. W"ard's Creek. — Brownish bituminous shale or slate, extends for seve- ral miles towards JDutch Valley. ALBERT COUIfTT. in. Baizeley's Farm on Turtle Creek. — Bituminous shales, called locally ' Baltimore Shales,' rest unconformably on metamorphic slates. IV. Five miles N.W. of the mouth of Shepody River. V. Frederick's Brook. — Bituminous shales, called locally 'Albert Shales,' and a distinction is popularly supposed to exist between the Albert Shales and the Bituminous or Baltimore Shales, which are here called also ' Brown Coal Shales.' WESTMORLAND. VI. Memramcook River — (Belleveaux Village) 4 miles north of Dorchester. — Bituminous Shales. VII. Opposite the mouth of Stony Creek, near Ayre's. These shales have been brought to the surface in patches along certain well marked lines of directiim in Albert County, and in Albert and King's Counties ; the one direction, that in Albert County, running in the same course as the Albert Mine anticlinal, namely, from S.W. to K.E. nearly, (Mag.) the other southwest by west to northeast by east, (N. 80** E. Mag). Belonging to the first seHes are the exposures opposite Stony Credk, Westmorland, near the Albert Mine, and five miles northwest of the mouth of Shepody River. The second series, are four miles above Dorchester on the Memramcook, opposite Edgett's, in Dorchester, at Baizley's Farm, at the sources of Turtle River, in Mechanic's Settlement, at Cedar Camp, Ward's Creek, and near the Apohaqui Station. Here then are two systems of anticlinal axes, — 1st. The Albert Mine anticlinal, stretching through the County of Albert in a direction N. 48 E. (Mag.) 2nd. The northeast by east anticlinal, running up the valley of the Kennebeccasis and beyond it into Westmorland for more than fifty miles, *ObMrvatioDi on the Geology of Stint John County, by Mr. G. 9. Matthew Canadian Naturalitt and Oaolo^iat, IfS^'J. THE ALBBKT UINX. 91 ong certain and King's in the same SI.E. nearly, o E. Mag). Jtony Creek, ofthexnotitti )orclie8ter on 3y's Farm, at Damp,Ward'9 Albert Mine Btion N. 48 E. B valley of the an fifty mi^es, ianadian N«turali»« with the shales in the centre, and the newer rocks flanking them on either side. Along the entire length of this anticlinal, Alhertite has been discov- ered in one form or another. THB ALBERT MINE. It does not appear that anything was known about the occurrence of the mineral called Alhertite in the year 1849, when Dr. Robb visited Albert County, in company with Professor Johnston, on a Geological tour, with a view to gather information and collect facts for a Report on the Agricultural Capabilities of the Province. Under date 26th November, 1849, Dr. Robb writes : * " Dr. Gesner (III. 28) mentions the occurrence of a bed of coal at Frederick's Brook, a branch of Weldou's Creek, &c. &c," ***««! visited " continues Dr. Robb " this place in October last (1849) and found on the land of Mr. J. Steves, near the head of Frederick's Brook, a good deal of brownish bituminous substance but no coal whatever." * * * ««Mr. Steves showed me what had been regarded as coal, but it proved to be mineral pitch or hard bitumen ; it had only been found, he said, in small rolled fragments in the surface drift of his fields." The discovery of the existing Albert Mine was due I have been informed, to the bursting of a mill dam on a branch of Frederick's Brook, which ex- posed the brilliant and massive veins of Alhertite, now the source of the mineral of the Albert Mine. The name " Alhertite " was suggested to Sir Charles Lyell by Dr. Robb, at a time when the true nature of .je mineral was still a matter of doubt. What was known of the Albert Mines in 1852, at the period of the trial,t is already familiar to the public, and need not here be repeated. * Professor Johnston's Report. f Report of a case iried at Albert Circuit in 1852, before His Honor Judge Wilmot, and a special Jury. Abraham Oesner versus William Cairns. — Copied from the Judges notes. Saint John, 1853. The scientific evidence advanced during this trial was of a singularly diverse description ; it has, however, been paralleled recently in a trial in Great Britain, iDTolving the mineral character of the so-called " Boghead coal." The points of controversy are well noticed in the subjoined abstract as to the character of the material, taken from the Report above referred to. Abstract of Points in Charging Jury, as to Character of Material, I. OXOLOOICAL. 1. Oeneral. — Position of mines and surrounding strata. 2. Special. — 1. Internal structure of mine. 2. Structure of mineral. II. MiNEBALOOIOAL. Shewing the difference or resemblance between asphaltum and coal in, — 1. Density ; !. Fracture ; 8. Cleavage ; 4. Odour ; 5. Electricity ; 6. Lustre ; Charcoal dust. III. Chemical. Fusibility and Solubility, — 1. Poaitiye ; Comparative. M M 92 FEATURES DEVELOPED BY THE MIME. At the time of my visit in October, 1864, when I descended the mine in company with the Manager, Mr. Byers, to the depth of about 750 feet, the following was the result of the experience of twelve years in working the mine, and also of my own observations : — 1. A Shaft sunk to the depth of 1000 feet still continues in the Bituminous Shales. This, however, does not a^ord a clue to their thickness, for they are tilted at high angles. 2. The relation of the Albertite to the adjacent rock isabsolutely undefined, sometimes but rarely the strata are parallel to the vein, sometimes and gene- rally inclined to it at a greater or less angle, sometimes they butt end on, and not unfrequently for some hundred feet the strata are inclined at differ- ent angles to the vein on opposite sides. 8. Faults or dislocations are several in number, but there appear to be three main or chief dislocations, and the vein in one dislocation actually PASSES BEYOND AND OVERLAPS BY MANY FEET THE VEIN IN ANOTHER DISLOCATION, coming to a wedge shaped termination at the extremity of the overlap where the vein ceases. This fact alone is a proof that the vein is not a bed. plaintiff's evidincb. 1. General. — An anticlinal ms. A ▼ein not a bed. An injected maM thrown up. Strata distorted. No conglomerate above and below. No parallel strata of coal beds. No roof, no floor, no fire olay, uo coal foesik, and lies beneath coal foi- qwtion. 2. Special. — Amorphous. No vege- table structure. No cellular tissue. No lamination, and transmits light. 1. Density — less specific gravity than coal. Specific gravity 109. Asphaltum 100 to 120. Coal 120 to 175. 2. Frac- ture Copohoidal. S. No cleavage, which coal has. 4. Odour like asphaltum. 5. Is negatively electric, coal not so. 6. Lustre brighter than coal. 7. No animal charcoal, which coal always has. It is fusible—melts by heat, and is the ■ame after melted as before — is soluble in coal tar, in turpentine, in, naphtha, and in other menstrua. defendant's evidence. 1. General. — No anticlinal axis. Is a bed — ^not a vein. A deposit, and not an injected mass. Strata are parallel. Has roof, floor, fire clay, and coal fossils, and is just where it ought to be, in the coal series above old red sand- stone ; and it would be a miracle if a coal bed were not there. 2. Special. — Has indications of vegetable structure. Distinct laminations. The evidence of its being amorphous only negative as to a few particles. Taylor in his cross-examination says, ^'uban asphiUtum — no shales, no fire clay, no fossila, no iron stone, lime stone, sand stone, or sul- phuret of iron. I. Some specimens of coal less than this. 2. Many kinds of coal conchoidal fracture, and many other substances, as flint, glass, &o. 8. Has distinct lines of cleaviige. 4. Odour not at all like asphaltum. 5. Kentucky electric, and gome asphaltum not electric. 6. Anthra- cite coal as lustrous — some pieces. 7. Several pieces of this shew charcoal. Will not melt by heat without changing its character by throwing off gas. Every known variety of asphaltum melts at not exceeding j 250; and after cool can be melted again. Known asphaltum softens in hot sun. Sun no effect on this. When apparently dissolved in coal tar, it is I not dissolved, but only held in mcehanictl{ suspension. ALBERTITE OCCURS IN V£I\S. 98 mine itt Feet, the ting the ;e. ot li abed „. an injected roof, floor, fire where it ought old red sand- B if 8 coal bed ion iays, "uban clay, no fossils, i stone, or sul- lesB than this- ial fracture, and t, glass, &c. 3. 4. Odour not mtuoky electric, ric. 6. Anthra- (ces. 7. Several ^out changing its 8. Every known at not exceeding ] nelted again, in hot sun. jd in coal tar, it is I )ld in mechanical 4. lu plaus of the different levels which were kindly shown to me by the President of the Company by whom the Mine is how worked, and the originals of which were shown to me by Mr. Byers, these overlaps were visible on a plan of a level 628 feet below the surface. 6. On the plan of the " upper surface lodgement," S06 feet deep, there are shown two breaks or dislocations towards the south ; in the second lodg- ment level, 470 feet deep, there are three dislocations to the north, and at the third level, 623 feet deep, there are three dislocations all to the south, including the overlap above described. 6. These dislocations occur iu a horizontal distance of 1700 feet. 7. The Albertite occupies a great fissure already worked out, as I was informed, to the depth of 750 feet. In this fissure there are numerous "horses" or masses of rock which have fallen down. The places from WHICH THE "HORSES " FELL, WERE TILLED WITH Albertite, and by Comparing "a horse " found below in the fissure with a cavity out of which the Albertite has been excavated above, there can be no doubt that the exact spot the " horse " once occupied can be pointed out. 8. The walls of the fissure correspond with one another, — that is to say, where an indentation is found on one wall, the corresponding protuberance can be discovered a little above or below it on the opposite wall. 9. The fracture does not appear to have been continuous, (or it may be that the fissure has not been traced continuously, and that it may yet be found), for the strata of opposing walls are still joined together in some places, but sharply curved and with a slight downfall to the northwest, the layers of rock arching over from the southeasterly "/aM to the northwesterly wall, and on this side the arch seems to extend lower than on the opposite or southeast side, as if the strata had been fulled down beyond the level of what may be called the abutment of the arch. Mr. Byers very kindly per- mitted one of the miners to take out from the roof of the lower level the crown of one of these arches, which is now in my possession. 10. The thickness of the vein varies from 17 feet to 0. thinning out and disappearing altogether in places, as at the overlaps, and minute fissures in the walls of the vein are filled with Albertite, these fissures running in every conceivable direction and at all angles to the main vein* The evidence now afibrded by the Albert Mine appears conclusively to establish the fact that the Albertite occurs in an irregular fissure running in a northeasterly course, of great depth, with a slight downthrow to the north- west ; that this fissure occupies the crown of an anticlinal axis, which has been traced from near Shepody Mountain to beyond the Petitcodiac River, a distance of ten miles or more, and that the Albertite has been injected in a liquid or soft state under great pressure, so as not only to fill the fissure, but to force itself into all the minor cracks in the rock subordinate to the main fissure. 94 OPINIONS or DR. ROBB AND PROF. TAYLOR. •nh DR. robb'8 and professor Taylor's views. ** So far this is the view in substance entertained by Dr. Robb and some others in 1852, and which all subsequent experience has only tended to confirm, and it is due to the memory of the late Dr. Robb, and his a8So> ciate the late Richard Taylor, to reproduce their published opinions on the Albertite of Hillsborough. The following Report will show how clearly the views of these gentlemen coincided with those which the experience of twelve years now enables an unprejudiced observer to form : — JOINT QEOLOQIOAL REPORT ON THE ASPHALTE MINE OF BILLSBOROUOH, N. B., BV RICHARD C. TAYLOR AND JAMES ROBB. Dorchester, N. B., 29/A May, 1851. The undersigned having examined tbe mine at Frederick's IJrook, in the Parish of Hillsborough and County of Albert, in tbe Province of New Brunswick, found tbe mineral dug therein, — 1. To be placed almost vertically in the ground : 2. To vary from 1 to 14 feet in thickness, while its bounding walls diverge and con- verge accordingly : 3. To vary in its general course or strike : 4. To have its principal divisional planes always arranged unconformably to the bound- ing strata on either side — as in tbe case of tbe chapapote or asphalte of Cuba : 5. To come in contfkct with the edges much more frequently than with the planes of tbe contiguous rocks : 6. To be associated with rocks which for very considerable distances from the mine are highly impregnated with bitumen : 7. To have no proper " roof and floor," and no under clay or other subjacent bed con- taining gfigtnaria, or the ordinary vegetable fossil remains of tbe coal measures : 8. To give off several lateral ramifications, which both intersect and conform to the shale by which they are bounded : 9. To occur in bituminous, marly, [calcareous] shales, which, at the mine, are much disturbed and contorted. From the facts above stated we infer, — 1. That the mineral mass is not parallel with the surrounding strata or measures, hut that it cuts or intersects them : 2. That it is a true vein — occupying a line of dislocation of uncertain extent — and not a stratum conformable to the rocks in which it is cont'-ined, in the manner of codl seams : 8. That its origin is posterior to that of the shale wherein it occurs — and that it is not contemporaneous with them : 4. That the position of the vein in the rock, as well as the arrangement of the parts of the vein itself, are decidedly much more analogous to the case of asphaUe in other places than to that of coal : 5. That it is asphalte, or a variety of asphalte, and not coal or a variety of coal. iSigned) RICHD. C. TAYLOR, Philadelphia, U. S. JAMES ROBB, Fredericton, N. B. DR. JAOKSO. S OPINIONS. 96 l««'i(H lorae jd to asao- n tho learly ice of . B., 1851. arish of mineral The late Professor Taylor, whose experience iu all subjects relating to coal was of a most extensive and varied character, drew up the subjoined physical differences between coal and " a true Asphaltum rein," which may be valuable to those who are intending to prosecute the search for veins of Albertite either in King's, Albert, or Westmorland Counties. I^HyBICAL MARKS CF " A TRUK AHPHALTUM VEIN." 1. The absence of lamination in the maBS. 2. Its brilliant oonchoidal fracture and ocoasionul tendency to assume a columnar structuio. 8. The character and configuration of its surface markings. 4. Its small specific gravity; not equal- ling nor exceeding many of the resins. 5. The general prevailing uniformity in the entire substance or contents of the vein. 6. Its aspect, fracture, divisions, purity, and especially its almost entice freedom from foreign and earthy matters. 7. The absence of all vegetable traces in connection vith the material of the vein. 8. The absence of all apparent organisa- tion in its composition. 9. Its apparent fused and liquid stftte ori- ginally, ahd its subsequent consolidation after cooling. 10. The practicable restoration of its cha- racteristic surface markings, and its peculiar conchoidal fracture, after being once more rendered soluble, and again cooled and con- solidated. 11. Its not soiling the fingers, in the man- ner of coal. 12. Its being strongly electric. PHYSICAL MASKS OF COAL. 1. The lamination of its planes, which show the lines of deposit and develop the progress and mode of accumulation. 2. The rhomboidal subdivision and sepa- ration which almost all the unaltered bitu- minous coal seams exhibit. 3. Its irregular or indefinite cross fracture. 4. Its striated lines of horizontal deposi- tion, as shown equally on all the sides of any portion of thfi mass. 6. The variable appearance presented by these strata, passing from dull, slaty lines .or stripes to others which exhibit a highly bril- liant, jet-like lustre, according to the greater or lesser amount of earthy impurities which prevailed at tho respective periods of their deposition. 6. Its greater specific gravity; as influ- enced by the presence or absence of earthy matter. 7. The abundant accompanying traces of its vegetable origin. 8. The occasional presence of other organic forms, in close contiguity. 9. The impossibility to efiiect a solution of coal in manner of asphalte. 10. Whereas coal in a modified state, such for instance as anthracite, may still exhibit distinct traces of its original laminations of growth by means of the ashes which it leaves after combustion, the original aspect of its fracture, after fusion, can never be again restored, as has been shown to be practicable in relation to asphaltum. DR. JACKSON'S VIEWS. Br. C. T. Jackson, of Boston, figured very prominently in the trial just referred to. The evidence he adduced in 1861,* stands in very unhappy contrast with the opinions he expressed in 1850. In 1850 Br. Jackson considered Albertite to be "a very beautiful variety ot Asphaltum." " It is jet black, glossy, and free from smut. It breaks with a broad, conchoidal fracture, like obsidian, and presents a brilliant surface. It is a little softer than rock salt, which scratches its surface. Its specific gravity is 1.107. It softens and melts when exposed to heat in close vessel8."t I * Report CD the Albert Coal Mine. _ t Vide Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natuftl History, April, 18S0. p 279.- British Colonist, May 2nd, 1830. -Silliman's Jottrnel.-" .«» rtw THB MATERIAL. IMPORTANCE 0^^^!^^===============-=====^^ tL-z^^^^'^'^^^jrrrd "Albert Colli i "« '" „ ... " Iron. «h»t « "rlnniaHioDB, a v«l ■'™*'::: „trtigations incident hardened under d.fferent eo ^ „ ^"""C*" GaAgW Con>pany, obtained by Chetnist, of Mg F^ ^^^^^ „,. HaUftx " » i„„ ^„ce-- to the celebrated »"">• ^''^^^j that day— <"' ^fXrtite were baeed *:onld have >>"" -"X'tennine the ^^-^^.t n material.-« tbe» the e'^^n^"*' Cowledge of the propert.ee of c"^ „ i„ „cord, upon a previous knowltoge ^^ «»'''* f™,' „„der the ciro""- Zuta "«« '""=°"^ Hear To bo thought »««»"'7j"ot ?«»«»"""*" Saltum-it did not «W;«J° j petroleum «"f ' ""'^a ,;ice «r«. See, to -■:*;;t:y of th'chen.ical rSTH^.^r^^^ " Sew Brune- di&rent conditions """^ ^^.^ .^ecessor >» *« .y° " hLwy bitun..nou. Pr„fe.«.rB..ley, "b _^^^ ^^^^^ ^f^^'^ie rei"' wW-'" '»™ «*.''-rrr:ot give the »iigW-« t^^ri -At thetime- »y. ir«« he idea that AJbertite^ '^^e which ,.« ^'- — . It live the eligbtert clue to the to ^.^^,. coal, but he does not g.ve ^^ ''"■'fi*""'^;^™ the nature of the Hucedhimto "P'^f *'U!brated controver.y 7»2*!.rty contended Profee.or Bailey, " f *« °f „{ „noh importanee.t One pa y . ^^ Iftert coal, thie fact wae ouo ot ^^^^, „„t eoa , but a p ^^^^^^ Tt he Albertite «»»»7" ^tmta if the »»\"»»'";Sy *« '">"'°' T„ that it occurred in true si™ j undoubtedly, the coal i. in bed- eontore. . ,phaltam. i» i-nn"*" lirectly at ^gM. »«£«» ;° ^„ ^he material be «»! « ^a^t importance ae ■OT.iletheopimon,whm j^,^^^^„per^y,it«<> Hit were terial ae fat -> «.Pf :„t in view of the if 'f : "* *ppo7ed to the viewe of / PROOFS OF A SUCCESSION 09 IMJK0TIOK8. 9T it * 'it its, ons is imtna- ortance as If it were le views of al, and no i any direc- ent, and as t \rere 6b(m«» of the present in bis obarge, bcr the article jcb trouble bM j»yinyo«''T ^ material io be Bach of little worth beyond its present known development. Viewed as an inspisHated petroleum, which it will be shortly shown to be, its o^gin, posi- tion, and distribution, together with its chemical and physical characters, are perfectly in accordance with what would be expected in the present state of our knowledge of this substance, and we obtain without difficulty, by simple observation in the field, certain data to guide us in a search for other deposits of the same material. ORIGIN OF ALBERTITE. I shall now endeavour to show, — I. That there were two periods of injection of the matci^al which, upon consolidation, produced Albertite. II. That Albertite is an inspissated or hardened petroleum. III. That its source lies in rocks below the Albert Shales, and probably of Devonian Age. TWO PERIODS OF INJECTION. In the Report on the Albert Coal Mine, by Dr. Jackson, allusion is made to the crushed Albertite occurring in aiiu in the mines, and a diagram is given showing the supposed relation to the surrounding rocks. I have not seen any specimens of crushed Albertite {in aitu) from the Albert Mines, but I have before me numerous specimens from another source, obtained during the present year. They were procured from a vein of Albertite found pene- trating the grey sandstones far above the Bituminous Shales, about two miles east of the Albert Mines.* A portion of the sandstone adheres to 8ome of the specimens, and it does not appear to be impregnated with bitu- men, apparently a curious and indeed remarkable fact, but one which will be explained when the properties of petroleum are discussed. These specimens are from a vein three inches thick, and they are com' posed of two layers of Albertite, one layer slightly crushed, the other uniform and differing in no particular from the best specimen from the u v :;Mrt Mines. The thickness of each portion is about 1^ inches, and each shews the wall of the vein on the outer side, and the crushed portion shows in places an impression of a former wall, which is faithfully copied on the side of the unaltered or homogeneous portion of the vein. The explanation of the origin of these remarkable specimens, I conceive to be as follows : The crushed portion represents an original vein of Albertite occupying a narrow fissure into which it had been injected from below ; a disturbance of the strata, accompanied by a slight downfall, occurred a second time, and the fissure was enlarged or widened, the Albertite occupying it being crushed by the disturbance. After the fissure had opened a second time, it received a fresh injection of petroleum, which tilled all the cavities, cemented the broken fragments of the old vein together, and formed upon solidification the vein as it now ■ M m * Lampsey's " New Discovery," l'*Ol. ]3 m Whou fractured It iBOwy there being ad ttier ^^^^^^ ^^ vein aud the "«>^ ^«"^f "'"^^he nature of the surface. Tho g liancy of the black and in i ^^^^ specimens. ^d would uffordflufficient proof that the from below. tnspissated pktroleum. ALDERTITB AN iNSPiBs eonfined to rocks of a able BubBtance, have ^^^^^.^ ^„ ^^cks «* ^j"^ Kaphtha, petro- Atthebaw of the l.ower ^„, 1,^1. f°""„"\„ .v.. Umeetone., ■ black eon>b«.tiWe -»U.ke^-b»^^^^ ,hale», and "»''*""°, '„ aroM or buttons, at other times it une Lmetime.iti.foondmd7'°; j_^, ;„ diameter, -oth. it h ^^^^_ °*"rr'o„Tb* 1 1": z.,^ -n*'' :i:r?oiro" "? th. r„c... roiataken for coai».°" .„ v,ave been posterior to tne ^" ^ ^ maBses .homing it'/XTrreg" te-ks »* r v''^ bS-lon^very brittle, At Acton it nU» irre^u shimng oiacu- o ^'«verai inehe. '" ^-^^'.^ "^Ith a eonehoid.i fraetnre^ « -"^.^^^ ,„.king »'<> "«f :^L;^:rac.erB. The voJatUe n-a^^jj^;;; „^P ., j,„„ aiderablyin •'» ""'T.™, cent.; ftom the W™*.."' ,,.„ this, 24.5 per at Quebec eq"''>"*^f f,C another locality, su. ";^;' ^^^^^ ,*.ble bitumen I„ all aueoeeding ^"""^ J,'„„t, i„ „any parte of Cauad", a found in other lower ^^"^^"'j.^.tton, in the Trenton group » ^^^ .^ ., B,at« for instance, *;";f ^y^, Silurian -°«>»J^!J!^l!^!!l--^---;; ion. In the upper '=^^^;____^_^ T-^rTsurvey, in the fith 1 Ibid TUB MANNER IX WUICn PEXUOLEIM OCCURS. 911 old irU- oro 3UlA thus H v» us tbe Uticft and Hudson int, but it is ■; of Petroleum or ,gy of C«nM«. in the Dovonian rooks that tho most remarkable potroloum springs in Canada have been discovered. It may bo here mentioned that some of the pctroleam bearing strata are overlaid and underlaid by rook absolutely impermeable to petroleum ; this probably arises from their being particularly permeoble to water ; tho petroleum refuses to penetrate a moist rock, but when dried it becomes immediately impregnated with tho oily substance. OKIQIN AND FORMS OF PBTROLEUM — PETROLEUM WELLS. Terrestrial vegetation like that which has largely contributed to tho for- mation of coal, is not essential to the production of petroleum, for it is found in those ancient rocks which do not contain a trace of the remains of land plants or animals. That it is essentially of organic origin there is no reason to doubt, and in many instances it is locally produced, for *' the fact that intermediate porous strata of similar mineral characters are destitute of bitumen, shows that thio material cannot have been derived from overlying or underlying beds, but has been generated by tho transformation of organic matters in the strata in which it is met with." ***** " In the great palseozoic basin of North America, bitumen, either in a liquid or solid state, is found in the strata at several different horizons. The forms in which it now occurs depend in great measure upon the presence or absence of atmospheric oxygen, since by oxydation and volatilization tho naptha or petroleum, as we have already explained, becomes slowly changed iuto asphalt or mineral pitch, which is solid at ordinary temperatures. It would even appear that by a continuance of the same action the bitumen may lose its fusibility and solubility, and become converted into a coal-like matter."* The wells in which petroleum accumulates, as well as the places where a '' spouting " well is struck, lie on the line of an anticlinal axis aboun()ing in fissures, into which the petroleum slowly filters from the surrounding rock, and by the pressure of carburetted hydrogen gas, or of volatile matter which it gives off, it is forced to the surface as soon as a communication is ettected with the external air. These fissures are natural reservoirs of petro- leum, and in the "oil region" it is quite common for the boring apparatus, on reaching a fissure, to sink suddenly several feet. When a " flowing well " is said to cease, it is not to be understood that no discharge takes place from the iron pipe inserted into the bore or well ; the discharge of petroleum ceases, but salt water, which often accompanies petroleum, takes its place and continues for a long time to flow with but little, if any, diminution of volume. These fissures are frequently connected together by lateral fissures, so that on sinking in the vicinity of a continuously flowing well a neighbouring fissure may be struck which yields " oil," but at the same time causes an immediate diminution in the flow of some of those situated near it. The * Notes on the History of Petroleum or Rock Oil, by T. Sterry Hunt, M.A., F.R.S., of the Geological Survey of Canada. . 1:1 ■•■i il m \ m__^^^^^^^^ — ^::n^:;;;^vo„. .won to the oil, WW ""' «" " h,, Tho.« ««•»«" ''" " ^«r. in tlio rcultt c„»«., and *>» °'«7;,nh.re cer..i.. .«oc.» «°°\* X" note ™«y «■"» obuined by ••»>=>•'««"• *^, i„ri4e„t mentioned '»«"«» „„,,« ,„ rtriko roach of the opemtor. i^' , , ^ „,tompt i» no« he.ng ^^^j .parallelin Alb"' C°»"'y;,:;\he Albert Mne, '"*°'^''Lwn through Jevein "f-ry'^^^^^XIble material. A 'm^^^^^^^ „„. been the «m« depo« ot '>'»^"^ ,, ;„ the Albert Mine, and ^ __^ ^^ ^^^ the »x« or CO.. re of the '« j„„ the course of the .« ■ ^^^^ .^^ „.deboth northeajt ...d eou ^^^^^ „,y not ce ta» t. ._^ ^„„ V.tho. ?St"N«?orJ ... - - ,.teieN..VcrV, October iMSce-r^-"!- Barrel returned, ••• ...«15.58 .. 2.50 §15.35 Net profit per barrel, 13.08 §2.27 r^ei pro"" l"^- . f tbe 250 Companies represent ALBIRTITE ORIUINATBD IN- DEVONIAN ROCKS. 101 'on npparontly simplo courao of mukin^ trial pitH on tho ccrurae of tho vein, an obaorved at any one of tho levels, niany unBuccoHsful attomptH to roach tho continuutiou of tho Hssuro by boring will be made. The Albortito, wherever obHorved in position, closely reHemblcs in all im- portant purticularH tho Holid bitumonH of tho older rockH renulting from the alteration of Petroleum. It occupioH fissuroH in Hovcrai kinds of rocks on the line of one or more anticlinal axes, into which it has been injected from beneath under cousidoruble pressure, lending to no other conclusion as to its origin, in tho present condition of our knowledge of tho subject, than that it is an altered or inspissated Petroleum, and that its source lies beneath the rocks whose Assures it now fills. ,y vfUioh cHsfuUy, , it, and redttoing tbo otber a partial ed boring 1 from tho ho by tbi» CC9B. All tter failure , "__NotCB ay 1803. chiefly in b, (Gold at B per gnUou j5ow Yorli 8 L 13.08 anies represent Bp-aeated reser- aU diminution «8binginyi«W. (bales, and then will ac<^l">^® * TUK ALUERTITE ORiaiNAT£D FROM UNDERLYINO DEVONIAN TOCKS. The remarkable state of preservrtion in which the fishes, ferns, lepidoden- dra and other plants which abound in tho Albert Shales, exist, precludes the idea of its origin in that formation. It does not appear probable that the peculiar chemical transformation which caused tho organic matter to become converted into petroleum instead of coal would not have extended to tho beautifully preserved organic remains which exist so abundantly in the Albert Shales, if tho petroleum had originated in these beds. It is much more probable that its source is to be found in the partially motamorpliosed rocks, probably of Devonian Ago, upon which the Albert Shales repose, and the discovery of Albertito in these partially altered rocks gives a very favourable aspect to this view,* if it does not altogether confirm it. In Cuba the asphaltum which has been worked for nearly half a century, occurs chiefly in motaraorphic slate. The dift'erences between the usphalte of Cuba and Hillsborough are very slight and immaterial according to Pro- fessor Taylor, and in some veins it occurs in a compact form, in others it is cellular or spongy, as if this latter character wuh occasioned by the escape of gas during the process of cooling. The highest part of the deposit is porous, the lower portion, where the pressure has been greater, is compact Recently some remarkable discoveries of Bitumens in many different stages, from Petroleum to Albertite, have been made in the West India Islands ; this part of America is probably destined to emulate if not to rival Ohio and Pennsylvania in the production of illuminating oils, or material from which illuminating oil can bo manufactured. " We do not know," says Professor Hunt, " the precise conditions which in certain strata favour the production of petroleum rather than of lignite or coal, but in tL fermentation of sugar, to which we may compare the trans- formations of woody fibre, wo find that under different conditions it may yield either alcohol and carbonic acid, or butyric and carbonic acids with hydrogen, and even in certain modified fermentations the acetic, lactic and propionic acids, and tho higher alcohols like C10H12O2. * It is worthy of notice tliat Dr. llobb I'uund the pebbles of the oldest conaloniernle at tiie Imse of the ("nrboni/erous Series in Albert Connty, oeniented together by t)itiii)ien. i f ti r'lli Vil )•] 'I'U ; t] a' i /.!•' ,^-.Mi WAST or ST. JOUN. irBEETlTE «IOB" BIS™!""*" ^_*^^!L====--= 102 J^!^===-==--="=^'^-"TrrT7Z^d^ ...tirfactory ^T^analogle. ' -^S^^t tb"b! iu oeH.i« sedimentary ,t«t», organic ■W'""" fj' i,, ,,ate9 underlying the Lower w ^^ produced ''y.>°"!:f X^ Ugenerally con&ned to »'*'» ^^^J,, „itU bounding th>e great '''^^f' ' \een elsewhere «hown to be the there changed in the least de ^^^_^j ^^^^,^ "IT. Albert Mine, „e situated at the »<>»* ? ^ being w^bin five miles of «« Albej' » ^'^:U„ehedra.nthro^ghwe,.no.n.^^^^^^^^ has been d'»"°™"^' f" ".ibed in preceding paragrapbs- .ast l.y east an.rchnal de or ^^^^ ^_^^^^^^^^ ^^ ^^^^^^^^ WCAL1T1E8 WHERE ALBERTITE ^^^^^^ ^^^^^^_ T Albert Minesi, •••••• ^' lu calcareous Shales. „ nft64^ in Sandstone, fvt::a:ru:brmileK.B.byK.lthe,ast . named place, •• .. ^Ues from Sussex nilSe:erre-abyMr.K.C.Matthew. ^^•^-"rrAp:ba;:i,inl«et , _^„,„ King's County. ha« : The.alumbold-sMinesrinMechamc^^»^^ shale but the congh)merate_andJ^^ J Observalioa* on the Geology oi VIEWS OF THE U. S. COMMISSIONER Of AORICULTDRE. 10$ )ry ary ous not long iiBin ngea ia of with :eater n the ' cotne tas not jprings ige and t Mine* jrtito in position le north- King a. ounty.havo gentleman found; no d is impteg- ,boutN.OO°E. nated and cemented together with bitumen. Course of seam N. 80® W. Dip nearly vertical. "No. 2 and No. 6, a small vein of 'coal,' running east and west, through metamorphic slate rocks. A leader of ' coal ' is seen about 1-J inch thick, and occasional pockets or nests of ' coal ' have beeti found. "No. 3, a small seam of 'coal' about one inch thick, in the drift nearly east and west. The drift and jyravel here, as in most places worked, being cemented with bituminous matter." " On the south side of the hill there isra shaft sunk 20 feet in depth. After going down about 14 feet, a seam of coal was discovered. The seam is not of uniform thickness, but occurring in pockets of coal 7 or 8 inches thick, and occasionally nipped between the rocks in some places to about half an inch thickness, but the trace never lost. The course of the seam is N. 80° "W. and dips very slightly to the south. About 15 J'eet from the surface, on the south side of the shaft, a small seam of ' coal ' joins, dipping northward, and backed by a rock, apparently the wall rock of the mine. In this shaft, as in all the other places worked, no traces of shale have been found ; the whole of the conglomerate is cemented with bitumen." " At a small opening on the northern side of the same hill a seam of ' coal ' is seen about | of an inch in thickness, the course running nearly east and west, and dipping to the south." In all the other places, with the exception of Mechanics' Settlement, the Albertite has been found in the shales, sandstones, conglomerates, or lime- stones of the Lower Carboniferous Series. According to Mr. Simms, it also occurs in the underlying metamorphic slates. At the first blush it would appear that the bituminous substance may have entered fissures in the slates from above, as it seems inconsistent with prevailing ideas respecting meta- morphism that Albertite could resist the supposed degree of heat seemingly involved, without being dissipated ; but it will be shown elsewhere that the condition of the slates is such as not necessarily to have required the aid of a considerable degree of heat to produce the alteration in structure they have undergone, and they do not ofl^er any valid reason why the Albertite should not have its origin in or below them. The Albertite or Asphaltum of Cuba, it will be bene in mind, occurs in metamorphosed slate. The United States Commissioner of Agriculture in a recent Report, in which he describes the conditions under which Petroleum is obtained in the United States and Canada, advances rather a novel view of the origin of Albertite, or as Dr. Wetherall, of Philadelphia, proposes to call it, " Melan-asphalt." " Its position," says the Commissioner, " has been misinterpreted by several observers, who have reported it a volcanic injection of bitumen into a fissure of the earth many feet in width, by the force of which largo pieces of the wall rock have been torn otf and carried forward in the mass. It seems, however, pretty well made out, that it was originally a horizontal l»cd or lake of Petroleum, hardened ana covered up by sand and clay deposits rM^ m i i^\ m^ 104 ^======"""^^v..„t over and fractured, so ^^^^^^^'^^^ „„A afterwards upturned, t)ei^t ov , therefore, ofcarboniferouBage;^^^^^^^^^ ^^ .^ ^l; ^^^^f fu f ct^^^^^^ as to assume its presem y ^^ ^^^ and in lu Jncand H, occ.vrre"o. J name^ together with ^t»^v^e.«P^e^ ^--■*^"""'" ;:L.o....-o«-;:- ,„„e.pea.e. ,.Wch I took ft- JX "xtr-ely thin ^7:^^^^^^^ '^T ealcareoas mud rt atifie* > ^^ ^^^^^^ „{ ^om AVbertite ; it ramifies ,y a eoati»g omt^»- •„ .„ .^e shale, d.fters t om AVb^^ oecur near the in an inch. iM " „tieulating veins, ihe »"» ^^ ^^ Alhcrtite is throngh them '° 6"' ^^^^e biruminous shales m ^^^ ^^^ „f the Albert Mine, diHer from^" ,^ to t^*' JP^™. aton of these found in *'%tCl^naTnuchlargeramonnto — • { ,„de formation, and to eo.^m ^.„„_ {,„„ "'"/Low tranquil tiaal estuar,-, shales would yield, "PO" f„„edin a »^''"'''' """Selves ; they were „U. They seem to ^-'^^ ,,,„ disehargmg themse ;^ ^j into whieh springs of petr ^^^^^ ^^^ ""f'tnte tins which ramify subsequently mi^hfoWed^^JP^^^^ bitumen by '"J""""" , .^nh Albcrtite. ... ;, ,„ abundant in through fraetu'es fil ed >-t ^.^^^._^^^, "!»* ^ ^'itg in stales of the tb^shrn^wrn^;- "^^^^^^ for the "OU Shale. ;.-"---- Thev must not be mistoKon geologically far anov .pSr Mine" in ^"^^ V^llin the true '-^^^^J.^Z. These Shales, and "^TrlfeC found within the same g»^^^^^^^^ ^^^„g,,,ty " earthy bitumens wMch a ^^^^,. of the Coal »' ^^^ ^^^ per- " oil coals •• and ' earthy ^thority on this ™^ . bituminized, These shales »a"°Ttv can "«'*'' *■""{ T.flk of the ash is an objec QA8 PTJEL FOR MKTALLUROICAL PURPOSES. 105 80 ore, ned and- otne- para- iimens . afino )arat«d 5 layers ramifies tear the ertite is 8 of the of these of crude [ estuary, ;hey were supply o^ ch ramify oaV'of the e the Albert iior with the ^mits. These thought hy 3CS not, per- bituminized, ressure of the th to this por- n used by Mr. sh is an ohjec. lorU.C. tion to their use where coal is cheap. But, as a source of oil for illuminat- ing and other purposes, and as a source of gas fuel, they will become very valuable, as the following statement will show : — At CoUingwood iu Canada, oil has been distilled from Bituminous schist which yielded only eight gallons of crude oil to the ton. The cost of the crude oil was stated to be fourteen cents the gallon, when rectified it gave from forty to fifty per cent, of burning oil, and from twenty to twenty-five per cent, of pitch or waste. The remainder being a heavy oil fitted for lubricating purposes.* The Albert Shales yield from 65 to 90 gallons crude oil per ton, or from 35 to 50 gallons fit for illuminating purposes. The Canadian manufacturers con- sidered that if the discovery of petroleum had not materially lessened the price of burning oil they would have realized handsome profits; it is there- fore probable that a shale which yields ten times as large a quantity of oil might be profitable notwithstanding the present enormous yield of petroleum both in the United States and Canada. GAS FUEL FOR FURNACES. As a source of gas fuel the Albert Shales will probably acquire very con- siderable importance. The Regenerative Gas Furnaces, the principle of which was discovered by the Rev. Mr. Stirling of Dundee, in 1817, and des- cribed by Faraday in 1862, at the Royal Institution of London, are likely to effect a considerable change in Metallurgical operations, and in all kinds of manufactures requiring an elevated temperature. The regenerative gas furnace has already been applied to a considerable extent in Germany for heating iron, having been worked out there under the direction of Dr. "Wer- ner Siemens, who has also contributed essentially to the development of the system. The furnaces at the extensive iron and engine works of M. Borsig, of Berlin, are being reri.odelled for the adoption of this system of heating, as have also been those at the Imperial factories at Warsaw. " Another important application of the regenerative gas furnace is &s a steel melting furnace, in which the highest degree of heat known in the arts is required, presenting consequently the greatest margin for saving of fuel. This application of the regenerative gas furnace is indeed rapidly extending iu Germany, but has not yet practically succeeded in Sheifield, where it was also tried. It is, however, in course of application at the Brades Steel Works, near Birmingham. The arrangement of the reversing valves and the air and gas flues is similar to that in the glass furnace previously described." " Other applications of the regenerative gas furnace are being carried out at the present time, among which may bo mentioned one to brick and pot- tery kilns for Mr. Humphrey Chamberlin, near Southampton ; for Messrs. Cliff, of Wortley," near Leeds ; and for Mr. Clifi", of the Imperial Potteries, Lambeth ; also to the heating of gas retorts at the Paris General Gas Works, and at the Chartered Gas Company's Works, London."! * Geology of Camida. ^ 1 From a Papt'r l>y Mr. V. \V. SieiDens, of London. — Read before the Birmingham Institution of ^le- olunical Etijinuers, ls6.i. 14 i m '*U t 106' DESCRIPTION OF A REUKKCHAIIMQ OAS FURNACE. This new application of impure combustibles is of sufficient importance to warrant the introduction here of a Notice of Gas Furnaces by Sir M. Faraday. HOVAL INSTITUTION OF GREAT BRITAIN. On Gas Fi;bnaci:s, Sea.— By Sir M. Faraday, D.C.L., LL.D., F.R.S Artizan, Sept. 18G3. Gas haa been used to supply heat, oven upon a very large scale, in tome of the iron blast furnaces, and heat which has done work once has been carried back in part to the place from whence it ca^ne to repeat its service ; but Mr. Siemens has combined these two points, and successfully applied them in a great variety of cases — 'as the potter's kiln — the enanieller's furnace — the zinc-distilling furnace — the tube welding furnace*— the metal- melting furnace — the iron-puddling furnace — and the glass furnace, either for covered or open pots — 40 as to obtain the highest heat required over any extent of space, with great facility of management, and with great economy (one-half) of fuel. The glass furnace described had an area of 28 feet long and 14 feet wide, and contained eight open pots each holding nearly two tons of material. The gaseous fuel is obtained by the mutual action of coal, air, and water, at a moderate red heat. A brick chamber, perhaps 6ft. by 12 and about 10ft. high, has one of its end walls converted into a fire grate, i. e. about half way down it is solid plate, and for the rest of the distance consists of strong horizontal plate bars where air enters; the whole being at an inclination such as that which the side of a heap of coals would naturally take. Coals are poured, through openings above, upon this combination of wall and grate, and being fired at the undersurface, they burn at the place where the air enters ; but as the layer of coal is from 2 to 3ft. thick, various operations go on in those parts of the fuel which cannot burn for want of air. Thus the upper and cooler part of the coal produces a larger body of hydro-carbons ; the cinders or coke which are not volatilized, approach, in descending, towards the grate ; that part which is nearest the grate burns with the entering air into carbonic acid, and the heat evolved ignite* the mass above it, the car- bonic acid passing slowly through the ignited carbon, becomes vonverted into carbonic oxide, and mingles in the upper part of the chamber (or gas producer) with the former hydro-carbons. The water, which is purposely introduced at the bottom of the arrange' ment, is first vaporized by the heat, and then decomposed by the ignited fuel and re- arranged as hydrogen and carbonic oxide ; and only the ashes of the ooal are removed as solid matter from the chamber at the bottom of the fire-bars. These mixed gases form the gaseous fuel. The nitrogen which entered with the air at the grate is mingled with them, constituting about a third of the whole volume. The gas rises up a large vertical tube for 12 or 15ft., after which it proceeds horizontally for any required distance, and then descends to the heat-regenerator, through which it passes be^ fore it enters the furnaces. A regenerator is a chamber packed with fire-bricks, separated 80 as to allow of the free passage of air or gas between them. There are four placed under a furnace. The gas ascends through one of these chambers, whilst air ascends through the neighbouring chamber, and both are conducted through passage outlets at one end of the furnace, where mingling they burn, producing the heat due to their chemical action. Passing onwards to the other end of the furnace, they (t. c. the combined gases) find pre- cisely similar outlets down which they pass ; and traversing the two remaining regenerators from above downwards, heat them intensely, eepeoially the upper part, and so travel on in their cooled state to the shaft or chimney. Now the passages between the four regene- rators and the gas and air are supplied with valves and deflecting plates, some of which are like fbur way-cocks in their action ; so that by the use of a lever these regenerators and air-ways, which were carrying off the expended fuel, can in a moment be used for conducting air and gas into the furnace ; and those which just before had served to carry air and gas into the furnace now take the burnt fuel away to the stack. It is to be observed, that the intensely heated flame which leaves the furnace for the stack always proceeds downwards through the regenerators, so that the upper part of them is most intensely ignited, keeping back, as it does, the intense heat; and so efiectual are they in this action, that the gas which enters the stack to be cast into the air is not usually above 300°F. of heat. On the other hand, the fntering gas and air always passes upward? »-i AMOUNT OP HEAT A O.AS PtJRNAOR CAN PRODUCE, 107 nee I iron to the je two I— the inetal- sred or I gveat 'urnace »tB each lodcrate ita «nd th« rest )le being lUy take, rate, and at as the the fuel produces approach, with the t, the car- 9 carbonic the former le arrange- c\ and re- ■emoved as h the air at ,. The gaa ally for any it paases be- ta, separated )laced under ■nds through it one end ot mical action. ses) find pre- 5 regenerators travel on in tour regene- )me of which J regenerators -t be used for (orvcd to carry It is to be e stack always • them is most lual are they m ,t usually above passes upwards thronp;h the regenerator, so that they attain a temperature equal to white heat before they meet in the furnace, and there add to the carried beat that due to their mutual chemical action. It is cousidered that when the furnace is in full order, t3i heat carried forward to be envolved by the chemical action of combustion is about 4000°, whilst that carried back by the regenerators is about 8000°, making an intensity of power which, unless moderated on purpose, would fuze furnace and all exposed to its action. Thus the regenerators are alternately heated and cooled by the outgoing and entering gau and air, and the time for the alternutiun is from half an hour to an hour, as observation may indicate. The motive power on the gas is of two kinds — a slight excess of pressure within is kept up from the gas-producer to the bottom of the regenerator to prevent air entering and mingling with the fuel before it is burnt ; but from the furnace, downwards through the regenerators, the advance of the heated medium is governed mainly by the draught in the tall stack, or chimney. Great facility is afforded in the management of these furnaces. If, whilst glass is in the course of manufacture, an intense heat is required, an abundant supply of gas and air is given ; when the glass is made, and the condition has to be reduced to working temper- ature, the quantity of fuel and air is reduced. If the combustion in the furnace is required to be gradual from end to end, the inlets of air and gas are placed more or less apart the one from the other. The gas is lighter than the air; and if a rapid evolution of heat is required as in a short puddling furnace, the mouth of the gas inlet is placed below that of the air inlet ; if the reverse is required, as in the long tube-welding furnace, the contrary arrangement is used. Sometimes, as in the enamellcr's furnace, which is a long muffle, it is requisite that the heat be greater at the door end of the muffle and furnace, because the goods, being put in and taken out at the Barce end, those which enter last and ate with- drawn first, remain, of course, for a shorter time in the heat at that end ; and though the fuel and air enters first at one end and then a^ the other alternately, still the necessary difference of temperature is preserved by the adjustment of the apertures at those ends. Not merely can the supply of gas and air to the furnace be governed by valves in the passages, but the very manufacture of the gas fuel itself can be diminished, or even stopped, by cutting off the supply of air to the grate of the gas producer ; and this is important, inasmuch as there is no gasometer to receive and preserve the aeriform fuel, for it proceeds at once to the furnaces. Some of the furnaces have their contents open to the fuel and combustion, as in the puddling and metal-melting arrangements ; others are enclosed, as in the muffle furnaces and the flint-glass furnaces. Because of the great cleanliness of fuel, some of the glass furnaces, which before had closed pots, now have them open, with great advantage to the working and no detriment to the colour. The economy in the fuel is esteemed practically as one-half, even when the same kind of coal is used, either directly for the fiimace it for the gas producer; but, as in the latter case, the most worthless kind can be employed— such as slack, &c., which can be converted into a clean gaseous fuel at a distance from the place of the furnace, so many advantages seem to present themselves in this part of the arrangement. It will be seen that the system depends, in a great measure, upon the intermediate pro- duction of carbonic oxide from coal instead of the direct production of carbonic acid. Now carbonic oxide is poisonous, and, indeed, both these gases are very deleterious. (Jarbonic acid must at last go into the atmosphere ; but the carbonic oxide ceases to exist at the furnace, its time is short, and whilst existing it is confined on its way from the gas- producer to the furnace, where it becomes carbonic acid. No signs of harm from it have occurred, although its applications have been made in thirty furnaces or more. The following are some numbers that were used to convey general impressions to the audience. Carbon burnt perfectly into carbonic add in a gas-producer would evolve about 4000° of heat ; but, if burnt into carbonic oxide, it would evolve only 1200°. The car- bonic oxide, in its fuel form, carries on with it the 2800° in chemical force, which it evolves when burning in the real furnace with a sufficient supply of air. The remaining 1200° are ^nployed in the gas-producer in distilling hydro-carbons, decomposing water, &c. The whole mixed gaseous fuel can ev<^ve about 4000° in the furnace, to which th^ re'^enerator can return about 3000' more. fi I'li'l 'HI M^ I i 'A 108 PBTROLBUM SPRINGS IN ALBERT AND WESTMORLAND. The use of gas fuel iu the smelting of iron ores has been further referred to in the Chapter on the "Quebec Group;" and the employment of the Albert Shales, as a source of gas fuel iu the smelting of the Bog Iron ores of the Valley of the Keunebeccaais, and more especially of the almost pure magnetic ores of Springfield, suggested, as a promising field for the invest- ment of capital, and the creation of local metallurgical industry. In a subsequent Chapter the importance of the Albert Shales will appear in a more striking light, when viewed in relation to the manufacture of iron by the process of M. Chenot, who received the Gold Medal at the Paris Exhibition, for his discoveries in the use and application of gas fuel in the smelting of iron ores. PETROLEUM SPRINGS IN ALBERT AND WESTMORLAND. Natural petroleum springs have long been known in these Counties. Attempts are now being made to reach the source of supply by boring. The following information respecting the depth of the borings was obtained from workmen at Steeves' Ravine well, in October of the present year : — 1. The Steves Ravine well. — The petroleum spring here has long been known. The oil occurs on the surface of the water in an excavation under the north bank of the ravine. Its odour and colour reminded me of the petroleum at the Enniskillen wells in Canada. The depth of the well was then, (October 15, 1864,) 186 feet. The sand pump brought up fresh water, and a very little oil. 2. The Dover well, about three miles north of Hillsborough, on the east side of the Petitcodiac, 106 feet down, with a strong flow of fresh water. 3. Cummins "Well, "Westmorland County, Dorchester Parish, about a mile from the Dover "Well, 530 feet down; salt water in the pump, small show of oil. 4. Memramcook, about 140 feet down, very small show of oil. An idea of the depth to which it will be necessary to bore before oil in remunerative abundance may be expected, will be gathered from the fact that the main shaft of the Albert Mines has already been excavated to the depth of one thousand feet, without a trace of oil being met Avith. It is not probable therefore, with this splendid test well in view, that the prospectors will be successful at a less depth than 1300 or 1500 feet, and it yet remains to be seen to what extent the Devonian Rocks, the probable source of the oil, are developed in that part of the Province. The inflammable gas which is copiously evolved near the Albert Mine, and in several places in Albert County, is not necessarily connected with petroleum^ as it is proceeds from rocks destitute of bitumen. CONCLUSIONS WITH RBFERBNCE TO ALBERTITB. As the question of an increased supply of Albertite is one of very con- siderable moment to the Province, it may not be an unnecessary reca- pitulation to state briefly and in order the conclusions ^hich have beeit advanced in preceeding pages, ' Volatile ] Coke or | Ashes,.. Water,.. •"ipeciiic i T II. III. IV. V. VI. VII. VIII. IX. X. XI. -\II. CONCLUSIONS WITH REGARD TO ALBERTITE. 1C9 rred the ores pure vest- jpear p iron Paris in the anties. S- ^ )tainett ir: — ig been a under 5 of the veil was h water, It is submitted that it has been shown — 1st. That the Albertite wherever it has been found in situ, occupies fis- sures produced by dislocations in the rocky strata, or exists as a cementing material in conglomerates, or occurs as an integral part of the rock, as in the Albert Shales. 2nd. That the Albertite, under all circumstances, has been inj^et^id from below. ', '/ 3rd. That there were at least two periods of injection. 4th. That when it occupies fissures, these are on the lines of anticlinal axes. 5th. That it is an inspissated or altered petroleum. 6th. That its source lies beneath the Albert Shales, or in other words beneath the Lower Carboniferous Series. 7th. That it is consequently of Devonian or prior origin, and proceeds probably from rocks of the same age as those which yield the Petroleum of Pennsylvania, Ohio, and Canada. 8th. That it may with confidence be anticipated that a. search made in accordance with the views which have been expressed respecting its origin, will result in valuable deposits being found over an extensive area between Dorchester in Westmorland and Norton in King's Counties ; but this search must be continued along the lines of anticlinal axes which have been shown to exist within the limits specified. The quantity of Albertite raised since the opening of the Mine in Albert County, is estimated to be about 170,000 tons. At ^10 a ton (the minimum price at which I was informed it has been sold,) this would amount to one million seven hundred thousand dollars. ft; 'ore oil in I the fact ted to the It is not rospectors it remains rce of the bert Mine, ected with f very cou- essary reca- we been ANALYSIS OF ALBERTITE. Remits of the Analysis of Albertite by different Chemists. References. I. II. III. IV. v. VL VII. VIII. IX. X. XL XH. Volatile matters,.. Coke or Carbon,.. 58.50 41.50 • • • • 58.80 41.20 58.65 40.88 0.47 55.55 44.35 0.10 61.10 38.50 0.50 65.20 34.80 0.40 56.50 43.50 54.50 45.50 100.00 56.50 43.50 • • 58.48 40.86 0.66 59.75 38.25 0.25 61.53 38.47 Water, Totals 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 •Specific gravity,. . , , •• • * 1.097 1.097 •• •• •• • • •• •• 1.084 I. Dr. Jackson's 1st Analysis. II. 2nd III. mean. IV. Dr. Wotherall, Philadelphia. V. Prof. Penny, Glasgow. Calorific Power, . . . . 25 Total Carbon, 72 Carbon in volatile matters, 37.G Outram. Coal, Bitum 76.2 en, 23.8 100.00 VI. Mr. Outram, Halifax. VII. Mr. C.T.Harris, New York. VIH. do. IV An 53 per cent Gas. — Harris. Penny. X. Dr. Chilto XI. Mr. Booth XII. Dr. r^oUb. N. Y. Philadc Freder slphia, let on. Formula ( Wetherall) C 3,4 H 15 9 , g i--n r -v?; > 11 ^ >{'. ■ vi ^===~—^ ,, r p>,;iade\Dbia, the Albertite of New Bru«wiek re«mW»the Cu ^.^J^^^_^^^.^^^^ The B«bado«. comp»ot B.t«» ^^^^ ^^^^ 82.339 Carbon, ••• ••* *" 9104 Hydrogen, ... ■■ ^ g^^o Nitrogen, - - "' traceB. Sulpbur, .- - ■" (5247 Oxygen, — - '"' o.400 Ash, ' ••• ■■■ 100.00 86.087 8.962 2,980 traces. 1.971 0.100 100.00 , 1 Bitumen, resoiva Coke or Carbon, ll Ashes, ... ' Cuba Asphaltb. 68 80 Ivabie into tar and gas, o^-^^ '■* ... 2.63 100.00 Babbadoes A81>BAM«. 61.60 36.90 1.50 100.00 ■v..) *^ t .-/lajio'^.) , V, v;!'AJ%'*^> ^:^" Mi- L-. ■)\ K-: ..ivp... T" iii^i ;;• .•ii(r"n)!'V •;^irt?Mi«»?^+'-^>'*'s^-' ^iyul .■!«! ■'. M '.i^ OHAl'TER VI. THE DEVONIAN SERIES. The Valley of the Restigouche — Upper Silurian and Devonian Rocks — Area occupied by the Devonian Rocks in this Valley— Devonian Peaks on the Bay of Fundy — Age of the Rooks*«-Extont of the Basin— >-The Devonian Rocks of Saint John — The Flora of the Devonian Rocks — Tho richness of this Series in Mineral Wealth-»Iron Ores-- Copper Ores — Origin of Petroleum— Source of the Albertite — Source of the Bitumi' nous or Albert Shales — The Vernon Copper Mines^-Origin of Mctalllferotu Veinn ' — Segregated Veins — Gash Veins — True Veins — Origin of True Veins— Lead Orea Argentiferous Galena — Erroneous impressions which prevail trith respect to the per* centage of Silver in Argentiferous Galena— Description of the Vernon Mines near the Mouth of Goose Creek — Description of the Rocks on the Coast— Red Conglomerates, Epidotic Traps and Plumbas;inouB Slates — Green Conglomerate Slates— General ar- rangement of the Rocks— Intrusive Traps — Copper-bearing Traps— Newer Traps — ■ The Sedimentary Rocks— Conglomerates and Porphyrie»~-Steatitie Rooks— The Cop- per Lodes— T!ie Peacock Vein — Fissure occupied by — Width of the Vein— Vein- stone, Bitter Spar and Quartz— The Levels — The Green Vein-^Oocura in a line of faulb — Dxtension eastward of the Copper-bearing Traps. The Hestigouche forms for some miles the boundary between Canada and Kew Brunswick, and has been examined by the officers of the Geological Survey of Canada. The rocks in this valley, from the month of the Mata- pedia downwards, constitute a trough or basin in which the lower rooks belong to the Gaspe Limestones and are of Upper Silurian age, the upper rocks (sandstones and conglomerates) of Devonian age. Intrusive traps are very abundant in this neighbourhood, and have exercised a marked influence r upon the present distribution of the sedimentary Bocks. r The Sugar-loaf, 750 feet high, near Campbeltown, is of trap which forms the greater part of the area between this hill and the Eestigonche. On the River bank the Devonian conglomerate appears, and at Mission Point there is a sandstone which probably belongs to the same formation. Between Shaw's Brook and Point la Lime, intrusive traps composed of red felspar and black mica are interstratifled with the conglomerate which runs along the beach to Point la Lime. Below this point there is a thin seam of carbo- naceous shale associated with the conglomerate, with a bed of clay beneath it, which has led to the delusive hope that coal might be found in that vicinity. The same seam is again seen at Point Pin Sec resting on the clay bed, and overlaid by a mass of trap which has changed it to a hard black stone. A conglomerate bed again occurs further on in an easterly direction, from beneath which there appears, near Point Peuplier, a red slate which 1 ■■-. ' V, ' ,1 w 112 THE BAY OF FUNUY DEVONIAN BASIN. . ^ i the Indians use for the manufacture of their pipes. The rocks seen along the shore towards Dalhousie are nearly all trap."" These conglomerates roust not be mistaken for the sraall outlier of the Carboniferous Series, (Bonaventure formation) near Point la Lime on the south side of the Camp- beltown road. The siliceous conglomerates on the Restigonche resemble, in many places, a modern beach or ridge, whose pebbles are strongly cemented together. It occurs in beds a few feet in thickness, underlaid by shale and sandstone in which few pebbles are visible. In Campbeltown, near the residence of the Hon. John McMillan, a silicious rock crops out in shaly layers, which resembles the siliceous layers in the Section at Cape Bon Ami, described on a subsequent page. The area here occupied by the Devonian rocks does not probably exceed five and twenty square miles, the greater portion of the valley of the Resti- gouche in New Brunswick, belonging to the Upper Silurian Series. DEVONIAN nOCKB ON THE" COAST OF TUB BAY OP FUNDY. The remains of a great basin formerly occupied by Devonian rocks are found on the coasts of the Bay of Fundy. Commencing in the State of Maine in the towns of Lubec, Perry, and Robbinstown, thftve is a narrow belt of Devonian Sandstones on the coast, forming the rim of the basin. It passes thence to Saint Andrews, and is stated by Hitchcock f to appear occa- sionally in the southwest part of the Province on Spruce Island, Indian Island, Friendship Folly, &c. On the western borders of Boyden Lake in Perry and Charlotte townships, (Me.) " this rock has undergone a change, being converted into silicious slates and trappean rocks." The dip is here north- erly from 25 to 80 degrees. The same rocks were thought to have been seen on Bliss Island in November last, also a very small outlying patch on Frye's Island. From near Point Lepreau, Devonian Rocks appear to form the coast as far as Emerson's Creek, when they are overlaid by Carboniferous Strata. In the rear of these they form a narrrow belt which comes on the coast again in the neighbourhood of Salmon River. From near Mousheer's River to Point Wolf, rocks of this age occupy the coast, and a small patch occurs near the mouth of Upper Salmon River. Mr. G. F. Matthew, of Saint John, has given an elaborate description of the Devonian Rocks in the neighbourhood of that City. J Mr. Matthew also describes a probable series of Devonian Rocks on the north side of the Kennebeccasis. " They may be the equivalent of the vol- canic sediments described above (Bloomsbury Group — Lower Devonian), but their outcrop is so straight for a distance of thirty miles, that they may prove to be part of an older series brought up by a fault." ilUi: * Geology of Cauadu. f Geology of Mains, Scientitiu Survey, Vol. I. 18C1. t Observations on the Geology of Saint John County, by G. F. Matthew— Canadian Naturalist and Ofologist, August JSS3. * SupJ t In ARIA or THE DKVONIAN HASIK. Its ilonjf iffttes ericB, )ttnii»- ilaccfl, jr. It one iu of the which scrihed exceed e Resti- ockB are State of a narrow jasin. It pear occa- an Island, in Perry ige, being ere north- have been ' patch on coast as far ita. In the ,gam in the er to Point occurs near jscription of locks on the it of the vol- r Devonian), aat they may an Naiuralist auJ On the southeast tide of the Bay of Fundy, in Nova Scotia, Devonian Rocks occur on the Nictau River, Moose River, Hear River, and thence to the extremity of the Peninsula.* They are overlaid near the coast by New Ued Sandstone. , • The conclusions deduced from these facts are as follows::— 1. A basin of Devonian Rocks, chiefly of the age of the Chemung and Portage Group of the New York Survey, occupies a large area now covered in great part by the waters of the Bay of Fundy. 2. The rim of this Basin is seeu in the coast townships of Maine from Lubec to Robbinston, on many points and islands of New Brunswick from Saint Andrews to Leproau, and near the coast from a short distance east of Lepreau to Saint John, and on the north side of the KeDuebeccasis, to where it is overlaid by Lower Carboniferous Rocks. The southwestero rim of this basin is recognized in Nova Scotia from near Minas Basin to the extremity of the Peninsula. (Lower Devonian.) 8. The Carboniferous Series in the Valley of the Upper Kennobeccasis, and Petitcodiac, are probably underlaid by these Devonian Rocks, and the Bay of Fundy is in great part excavated in them, or in the superimposed Carboniferous Series. [See Chapter I. — Bay of Fundy.] iC'iM FLORA OF THE DEVONIAN SIRIRS. The Devonian Rocks of the New Brunswick Basin are especially interest- ing on account of their well developed Flora. Dr. Duwson has bestowed on specimens collected from dift'erent localities rauch attention, which has been productive of very valuable results. The rocks which occur at Saint John he describes generally as the Saint John Series.f ,^„,,; , The fossiliferous portion of the Saint John Series,! says Dr. Dawson, presents the richest known flora of the Devonian Period ever discovered. It far excels in number of genera and species the Lower Carboniferous flora as it exists in British America, and is comparable with that of the middle Coal Measures, from which, however, it differs very remarkably in the rela- tive development of different genera, as well as in the species representing these genera. " It is only just to observe, that the completenetjs of the following list is due to the industrious labours of an association of young gentlemen at Saint John, who, under the guidance of Messrs. Matthew and Hartt, have dili- gently explored every accessible spot within some distance of the city and have liberally placed their collections at my disposal for the purposes of this paper." * Supplementary Cliapter to " Acadian Geology." t Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society. Nov. 1802. t In " the S«rot John Sertes," Dr. Dawion inci.id«s all Mr. MRth«w'e subdivisions. '{ill. i\i ttiiXx'i'j . I\% irl'.i it1 :lT n n ,. 1 '. 1 1' ( ;iij Hi ,f1 It- m fLOBA o» tHi i>»vo»^^«_!^!!!: (i it (t Brovijn. (Icrppert. lironfffi. Brongyi' Dawsm. Dawson. Dawaon, Jjawson. it (( Ooeppfrt. '^^Z-.^i^'^'-r, voo,» »«. ">« ""• Dadoxylon Ouangondmnun , SiglUaria palpebra, «V- ' Stigmaria flcoldeB, (var.) Calaroites transHloniB, «t oannreformis, A.t.rophyllito.«eic"M-,T»»^'- latifoUa, Hcutigera* longifoVia, parvulfti AnnulariaaouminaU, Hp.nov. Spheuopbyllum antiquum. Pinnularia displaua, "P- "°^- Lopidodendron Gaspianum, Lycopodites Mathewi, ^^ PBilophyton elegans, Bp.n »t glabrum, Cordaitefl Robbii, «( angustifolia, Cyclopteris Jacksoni, tt obtusa, tt vatia, i( valida, jfeuropteris serrulata, a polymorpba, Sphenopteri.H<.nmgl»«»«i- *^ t; tnarginata, sp.""^- n Harttii, 4( Hitchcockiana, " „y„e„oph,«He,ae«do^';_ « curtilobus, sp. nov. PecoptevMA-bopteH3)«^^^ " « ' obBCura? Lesqnereur. « ( ^ TricboraaniteB, sp. nov. Cardiocarpum cornutum, SP-^" t< obliquum, MiHEBAi WBAWH OF THIB „^„_„u„ rioh in mineral The Devonian Series in New B--'f .^jC^'ed the in,por«..U ftwd extensive beds OT iro' wp. nov. (( u Brongn. Ocppperl. ■'..■■iVO J.i. httf MIMHRAL WBALTil OF TIIII HKRIKti. llfi tU' .'i' CK. ich in mineral the impoi-tant r Mr. MatthoNv in a paper read before the Natural History Society. The widely distributed deposits of copper ore at and in the neighbourhood of the Vernon Mines, near Goose Creelc, are in tliis seriea, and it is very probable that rocks be- longini^ to it underlie a considerable portion otf Albert Oounty and King's County, and from these rocks the petroleum, now in an inspissated or altered condition forming Albertite, has originated, as well as the P( ^roleum Springs which have been noticed in another placp, (page 108.) Kocks of the same iige, but without having undergone metamo '-nhiani, are the sources of the Petroleum in Canada, and in Pennsylvania. The Bituminous or Albert Shales in the valleys of the Konnebcccasis und Pctituodlac, have also derived their bitumen in groat part from these rocks. Under these circumstances a careful examination of this important serie» might load to more valuable rcHultM than those which have been briefly adverted to. The Vernon Copper Mines are now being worked energetically, and aft they promise to become a source of wealth to the Province, and the rocks in which they are situated shew indications of valuable copper deposits both east and west of these Mines, a minute description of them and their geological relations, may be attended with advantage. The examination was made during the month of November in the present year. As a preliminary to this description it will be advisable to make a few observations on metallic veins and the circumstances under which veins of different kinds originate. UJ ORIUIN OF METALLIC VEINS. In expressing an opinion on the commercial value of any metalliferous deposit, it is essential to bear in mind various facts and conditions which experience has shown to be inseparable from mining operations. It is there- fore proposed to glance briefly at the known laws which appear to regulitte the distribution of veins and masses of ore in both stratified and unstratitied rocks. In rocks of sedimentary origin, metalliferous deposits when they occn^ in masses, are evidently of the same or nearly the same age as the strata in which they are found. As for instance the clay-iron stone deposits of the coal formations, the beds of hocmatite at Woodstock, &c. (see Chapter IX.), and it is in this form that iron and manganese are frequently found, whereas other metals, including also iron and manganese often occur in unstratifled rocks. Some of the mountain masses of iron ore in the Laiirentian Series of Canada belong to the stratified deposits, althotfgh thete are eruptive masses of ore on Lake Superior and in Missouri. The form in which metal- liferous deposits occur in the unstratitied and often in metamorphosed rocks is that of mineral veins, which are of three kinds, segregated, gash and true veins.* * See Professor J. D. Whitney on "the Occurrence ol' MotRlliferous Ores."— Geological Survey ol' Wisconsin. i'1 J. Il ''m )■■■] if-] m .11 111 Li; S '■ \M 116 OKIGIK OF MUiTERAL VXIK3. ^'Segregated veini^, which are peoQliftr to Altered cryotallibe, «tra4;ified or motamorphic rooks are usuaUy parallel with the stratification, and not to be depended on in depth. Gash-veins may cross the formation at any angle, but are limited to one partiaular group of atrata.and are pecudiar to the un- bitercd sedimentary rocks. True vciius are aggregations of mineral raattei', a«obmpanied by metalliferous ores, within a crevice or fissure, which had its origin in some deep seated cause, and which may be presumed to extend for an indefinite distance downwards."* lOi^'itjI;! nd iifodi'm imi .ibajj True veins are supposed to have originated in faults, and may be indefi- nitely deep ; gash veins probably originated in fissures producef* by sh^'ink- age, and are liable to give out on pissing into another set of beds. True veins exhibit, first, persistence and depth ; second, a peculiar gangue or veinstone forming the bulk of the vein, and often consisting of quartz, bitter spar, calcite, and heavy spar; third, a disposition of the mineral subsitanees of which the vein is composed symmetrically, in parallel layers on the wall, with their chrystalline faces turned inwards and towards the centre of the lode or vein ; fourth, well defined walls or sides of the vein, often polished or slick- eusided ; fifth, they are usually independent of the stratification, and the vein stone changes frequently as they enter different strata. , , ,)i, m The most prcc?nctive deposits of Lead Ores appear to occur in MOw:er Silurian Rocks, Or in Carboniferous Limestone. In Spain, and in the "Western States, the lead districts are in Lower Silurian Rocks, in England in the Mountain Limestone. Both lead and zinc occur in heavy masses in unaltered rocks, but this is not the case with other metals. When lead occurs in the older chrystalline rocks, it is usually argentiferous and is worked for the silver it yields, and as a general rule the moje chrystalline a rock is the more silver will lead ores found in it contain. When lead and zinc occur in the unaltered stratified rocks the deposits are usually irregular apd cannot be relied on, but when they occur as true veins they are generally permanent. ' ARGENTIFEBOUS LEAD ORES. The lead ores in New England ate generally rich in silver, but they ocpur in such hard rocks and in so small quantities, tlvat although the veins are frequently large and well defined they have not thus far been found capable of being wrought with profit.f The ore at Warren, in New Hampshire, contains from 60 to 70 ounces to the ton of 2,000 lbs., and in Europe eight ounces of silver to the ton can be profitably separated,: ^' .,, ', .: It is a great mistake, however, to suppose that lead ores are necessarily argentiferous. The Galena of the Upper Mississippi Valley scarcely con- tains inore than a trace of silver ; and When we hear of lead ore containing " a good percentage of silver," we must receive the information with due allowance for looseness of expression, or with a suspicion that a want of correct information on the subject is far more probable than " a good per- • Profesior .T. D. Whitney — Geology of Wi»con»in. + Ibid. THK VERNON COPPER MINES. iir ed or to be mgle, le un- lattei*, ih had Qxtend ngue or a, bittev Laueepof B lode or pr eUck- and tbe in lAOwer id in the a England rnasBeB in W^hen lead ous and is rystallii^e » a lead and y irreg\ilar •e generally tbeyocpur le veins are und capable 70 ounceB to e ton can be e neccBsarily scarcely con- re containing ion with due bat a want of " a good per- centage of silver." A moment's reileotion will show the absurdity of state- ments to the efi'ect that certain lead ores contain three, two, or even one per bent, of silver. It has been already stated that eight ouQces to the ton of ore pays for extraotion in Europe. A ton contains 2,000 lbs., and eight ounces troy Is two thirds of a pound. One pound in 2,000 lbs. would be exactly one twentieth per cent., and eight ounces to the ton is one thirtieth per cent. One per cent, of silver in lead ore would be 240 ounces to the ton, but as eight ounces pays for extracting, some idea may be formed of the value of a lead mine gontaiuing one per cent, of silver to tbe ton of ore. THE VEHNON MIJJES. The Vernon Copper Mines, of which a description will now be given^ arc situated about two miles cast of the mouth of Goose Creek, in the County of Saint John, near Martin's Head. The cliffs here are very precipitous, and the summit level or edge of the plateau is 660 feet above the sea,! DESCRIPTION OF JJIE RQCK8. General Arrangement and Character, The strike of the rocks on this part of the coast being nearly east and west magnetic, and the variation of the compass 20° west, a line of section at right, angles to the strike would pass from Jim's Brook, (a small stream which tumbles over a ledge of rocks into the Bay of Fundy, IJ miles from Goose Creek,) where it crosses the road to the Vernon Copper Mines, down its valley towards Mackerel Cove. For the purpose of representing the actual strike and dip of the rocks as they appear on the coast and in the valley of Jim's Brook, it will be necessary to diverge a few degrees to the west, and then to the east of a straight line at right angles to the strike. At l^ackerel Cove * red slates have a southerly dip, (S. 20° W.), for a few yards, and are succeeded by conglomerates and plumbaginous slates with a vertical dip, then by green, grey and black plumbaginous slates with a dip to the north, thus showing an anticlinal axis. About eleven years ago atteoiipts were made to discover coal in the plumbaginous elates of Mackerel Cove, and a drift was made for a space of 90 feet horizontally, but of course without success, the rocks on this part of the coast being some thousand feet below the true coal measures. A red arenaceous conglomerate on the north side of the ^is exhibits beautiful plumbaginous surfaces, hard, glistening, and intensely black. It is succeeded by green slates which gradually merge into a Diorite containing much opidote. These are followed by a few yards of an intensely red sandstone with slaty cleavage, which gradually becomes a fine conglomerate. A broad belt of Epidotic Trap now forms the coast for between two or three hundred yards; this trap appears again at the Point east of the mine, and probably at succeeding points on the coast in the same direction. The entire series of red, plumbaginous, and green slates jnst noticed, were thought to be recognized on Goose Creek, at the Mill-dam, and above it. They probably cross the peninsula in successive * Macker*! Cove ii sbout one mile east of the mouth of Goose Cr(?ek '1 .lii ) '. ; V. .5, .1 Mi * V, Ki .»3 ?i 118 SECTION UP JIM S BROOK. belts, between Mackerel Cove and Goose Creek. In a ravine near the Mill* dam, the plumbaginous slates have already attracted attention, and although it would be an absurd waste of labour and means to repeat the Mackerel Cove enterprise in search of coal, in what are probably Devonian Eocks, yet an impure plumbago might be obtained of questionable value. The broad belt of Epidotio Trap has a very important bearing upon the geological structure of the coast for some miles to the east, and it will be noticed in subsequent paragraphs. Succeeding this trap is a very coarse red conglomerate dipping to the south. The beach is strewed with its debris and it shows much . \etamorphic action, the pebbles it contains being extremely hard and capable of receiving a fine polish. It is probable that some layers of this conglomerate, those near the trap, would afford an excel- lent material for the manufacture of ornamental tables, vases, &c. A nar- row trap dyke succeeds the conglomerate, and is followed by slates and fine conglomerates as far as Jim's Brook, dipping to the north, showing another anticlinal axis or fold. About one hundred yards to the east of the brook and a little out of the line of section, the continuation of the last anticlinal noticed is well seen on the coast. A bright green sheet of trap comes up through the centre of the anticlinal, and is newer than another series of trap dykes, which are of a darker green, ferruginous and copper bearing. Continuing up Jim's Brook on the line of section, reddish-grey conglome- rates form the precipitous cliff down which Jim's Brook plunges for 228 feet. A trap dyke occurs here, which where it joins the slates, abounds in copper pyrites. This is called the Brook vein. The course of the brook changes after passing the trap, and runs in a deep gully for a distance of about 160 yards, in a northeasterly direction, over red and green conglome- rates, dipping north ; here the course changes again with another trap dyke, and continues for 800 yards in a direction N. 20° E., passing over beautiful green slates and two or three narrow belts of trap. These green slates are probably the same band which were found in excavating a cellar on the summit of the hill 350 yards from the coast. They are porphyritic, unctuous, and soft, being succeeded by still more altered and very hard slates. Some layers of the green slates have a compact texture and clean fracture ; they would make good roofing slates if the mass of the rock retains the characters of some of the ledges exposed in the brook. The same slates cross the road to Goose Creek, due west of the Brook. Here they weather of a yellowish white colour, and would not attract attention without fresh fractures were exposed. THE ROCKS ON THE COAST. g Returning to the coast east of Jim's Brook, red conglomerates highly metamorphosed are seen forming a sharp anticlinal. The conglomerates are jaspery and very hard ; the bright green trap coming up through the crown of the anticlinal has already been noticed. Grey and reddish con- glomerates dipping north, now occupy the coast, with occasional exposurea COPPER BEARING TRAPS. 119 M\U- ough kerel 8, yet in the m be coarte ith its i being le that 1 excel- Apar- ind fine another le brook .nticlinal omes up BB of trap onglomc- ,B for 228 bounds in the brook iistance of conglome- trap dyke, r beautiful I slates are lar on the , unctuous, tes. Some 3ture; they e characters 088 the road a yellowish ictures were sratcs highly nglomerates through the reddish cen- tal expoBurea of trap as far as the Point of rocks where a great mass of Epidotic Trap forms a well defined land mark, about 250 yards east of the main or Peacock vein. The several exposures of trap in this space are probably parts of a sheet which runs nearly parallel to the coast, and has resisted the action of the sea. The point upon which the house and store of the Vernon Mining Company is built is part of this sheet, the slates being found in its rear. Kear Azor's Beach there is an anticlinal axis with porphyritic greenish slates on each side and a trap dyke between, the course of the slates being N. 70° E. The general arrangement of the rocks north of the broad belt of Epidotic Trap which has been described as occurring near Mackerel Cove, at the Point of rocks and east of Azor's Beach, appears to be that of the north side of great anticlinal fold, the belt of Epidotic Trap, coming up from below and occupying the crown ; the south side having been washed away by the sea. Minor undulations occur at Mackerel Cove, 300 yards west of Jim's Brook, 100 yards east of the same place, and about 150 yards west of Azor's Beach. The north side of this fold has been subjected to one or more cracks or dislocations, one being occupied by the Peacock vein, and another pro- bably lying on a course nearly parallel to it and forming the valley of Jim's Brook, the Peacock vein being anticlinal and Jim's Brook synclinal. There is also, probably, a great fault, whose northern boundary is marked by the " Green vein." INTRUSIVE TRAPS. Epidotic Trap. The general course of the Trap dykes is from east to west. The broad belt of Epidotic Trap on the coast is perhaps 200 yards in width. It forms the first point and some hundred yards of the coast east of Mackerel Cove. It has a rather coarse red conglomerate on one side and a fine red conglo- merate on the other. It is next seen in force at the Point of rocks east of the house, with reddish conglomerate behind it at an altitude of 72 feet, and again near Azor's Beach. Copper Bearing Trap. In the rear of this great belt there is a series of narrow bands of intrusive trap which come up through the conglomerates and slates nearly at right angles to their dip. These are the Copper bearinq Traps of this part of the coast. The first band containing copper pyrites was seen at an altitude of 198 feet above the sea, 70 yards east of the Twin Pillars (east of the Epidotic trap near Azor's Beach). Its course would bring it out on the coast about 320 yards (estimated) east of the Point of rocks, where it was seen baeked by yellowish green porphyritic slates dipping north. Two other narrow bands of a similar trap cross out on the coast between it and the Point of rocks, but no copper was seen in them. It is probable that the most west- erly of these bands appears just in the rear of the Epidotic trap at the Point m „ I 120 THE SOURCE OP THB COPPER CUES. of rocks, where the distinction between the two kinds of trap is visible one being very epidotio, the other highly ferruginous and containing no epidote. North of the Point of rocks another band of trap, 20 feet broad, is visible at an altitude of 229 feet. The line conglomerates with slaty cleavage, are seen on both sides of this band, and are very porphyritie close to the trap. At an altitude of 360 feet, also about due north of the Point of rocks, there is a wall of trap having a course 8. 70 E. and dipping S. at ah angle of 78°. This is probably the same copper-bearing dyke which appears at the main pit of the "green vein," and also to the west of it in the gully between it and the upper pit of the green vein, and near the upper pit itself. The next copper-bearing trap of this Series, where the metal has been found, occurs at the Brook vein. Several other belts of trap running apparently parallel to those described 'nay be seen in Jim's Brook, where the strata are exposed, and traces of copper were found in some of them. These copper bearing traps appears to form a set of rudely parallel sheets which come up through the conglomerates and slates, nearly at right angles to their strati- fication. The sheets face the coast line^ and incline towards it at an angle, where observed, ot about 78° S. The intrusive character of these traps is well exemplified east of the Point of rocks, where large masses of the con- glomerates are seen involved in their mass, and their relation to the copper ores found in the veins is not difficult to trace. NECESSITY FOR ASCERTAINING THB SOURCE OF THE METAL. It is important to ascertain the true origin of the metal, as the future pro- fitable working of the copper ores on this part of the coast materially de- pends upon si. recognition and appreciation of this fact. In Canada " the dis- tribution of copper through the rocks of the Quebec Group is very general, and seems to indicate that this metal was almost every where present in the waters from which these strata were deposited."* In a portion of the Acton Mine,t to which the Vernon Mine has been compared, but to which it bears no resemblance, ejfcept in the vein stone, "occasionally the varie- gated and vitreous sulphurets form the cement of a conglomerate rock, enclosing masses and grains of chert and of limestone." * * * n Qqj^q. tim^s the ores, as at Acton and Upton, are in the dolomites, or as in Ascott, in a chlorltic limestone, while in many other localities they are found in micaceous or chloritic slates, or in steatite." :j: »» iiytii vj ^ihuj. The reticulating veins of carbonate of lime which form so marked an object in the perpendicular clifls of dark coloured calcareous slate near the mouth of Goose Creek contain copper ores, bnt these were probably derived from the trap injections which are so numerous in that vicinity. No copper has been found in the conglomerate of the Vernon property remote from a trap dyke, and specimens which have been analized appear free from a trace ' "Geology of Canada, ProC. Hunt. '^' t These Mines occur in the "Quebec Grroup " of rock netr the bate 6f th<9 Lower Silurian, the Vernon Minei ars in rooks probably not older than the Devonian Epoch. ; j^jj^iii ' } Geology of Canada. TRAPS AND SEDIMENTARY ROCKS. 121 e one Idote. rjsible ivage, to the rocks, I ang^e •ears at B gully ,t itself. I ioun3, )arently le strata e copper cotne up ,ir Btrati- m angle, 5 trapa is [the con- ae ooppev uture pro- .erially de- , "thedis- [y general, present in tion of the it to which y the varie- icrate rock, " Some- B in Ascott, ve found in marked an ate near the yahly derived No copper gmote from ft from ft trace iwer Pilurinn. the of the metal. The ores found in the upper portion of the Peacock vein, near the green vein, appear at the first glance to be wholly in the slaty conglomerate, but on a more minute examination, small calcareous and quartz veins are found, with layers of steatite in which the ores are contained. All the evidence so far gathered, tends to show that the trap is the chief source of the metal on this part of the coast. NEWBR TRAPS. Narrow bands of a bright green trap which sometimes becomes a beauti- ful diorite, cut the older traps which have just been described near Jim's Brook. They occur here with the stratification, at the subordinate fold of anticlinal. At the same spot a band about two feet broad is seen at an alti- tude of about 250 feet above the sea, and may be traced to the gully neaf the Peacock vein, where it appears at a greater elevation. No copper has yet been found in these newer traps, and as they have only been recognized in the form of a few narrow dykes it is probable that they are not important. An observer viewing this part of the coast from the sea, or even when making a superficial examination on the beach, would probably be misled not only as to the true relation of the traps and the conglomerates, but also as to the nature of the conglomerates themselves. The bold promontories caused by the hard epidotic trap appear at the first blush to run int6 th6 interior nearly at right angles to the coast, and it is only when the sedimen- tary rocks are seen in position in their rear, that the disposition of the broad but irregularly worn belt which produces them becomes apparent. So also with reference to the parallel bands of copper bearing trap, whose worn edges sometimes come on the coast ; they must be examined in all their associations to discover the relation they bear to the sedimentary masses they penetrate. SPECIAL CHARACTER OF THE SEDIMENTARY ROCKS. The conglomerates vary from a very coarse pudding stone, best seen near Mackerel Cove, to a fine red, or greenish-grey schistose conglomerate in which the pebbles are nearly of the same colour as the matrix, small end few in number, but water-worn and pretty uniformly distributed. The coarse conglomerate, when altered by proximity to the traps dykes, is a very beautiful rock, and many rounded boulders on the beach which have origin- ally come from high up the clifl's east of Mackerel Cove, would be valuable in the hands of a Lapidary. The fine red and green conglomerates, best seen high up the hill at the rear of the Peacock vein, are very magncsian, and in the vicinity of trap dykes remarkably porphyritic, containing crystals of yellowish felspar, and the enclosed pebbles are also porphyritic. The coarse conglomerate first described holds large pebbles of the porphyritic variety, showing not only that it is newer but that there has been no overlap on this disturbed part of the coast. The green slates on Jim's Brook may hereafter become valuable, as well as the fine red arenaceous rock near the black plumbaginous slates, for building and ornamental purposes. In the 16 '111 I . i Y] U 'VtH Hi ill 122 THK LODKS AT THE VERNON MINES. lit il Hi; pftBte of all the fine congldraefat^s, magnesia flppears to bd a charaeteribtic element, and the flurfaces of most of them are very unctuous. The yellow- ish-green and brownish-red mugnesian schists which appear to overlie the conglomerates or are interstratitied With them, are fissile, very unctuotis, glisten on fresh surfaces, and are porphyritic. Many of these layers which at first glance resemble a fine volcanic ash, show a conglomerate struc- ture upon examination ; holding small water-worn porphyritic pebbles. Some of the layers are, however, so steatitic that they resemble a fissile por* phyrite soapstone j they can be cut with a knife, scratched with the nail, and yield when crushed under water a very fine, almost impalpable powder, and it is not improbable that by proper manipulation an excellent polishing powder could be cheaply manufactured from them. In the green or rather variegated variety (purple and green) of these metamorphosed schists or fissile slates, the magnesian portion resembles impure talc, it is lustrous, silvery, semi-transparent, and is not sensibly afiected by dilute acid. These schists effervesce very feebly when immersed in an acid, in some specimens no effervescence can be recognized. Minute patches of chlorite occur in the green variety, but no copper has been detected in specimens taken remote from a lode or trap oyke, but copper has been seen in considerable and important proportions in these schists near a trap dyke. THK COPPBR LODES. These are five in number and may be distinguished as follows: — 1st. — The Peacock Vein. 2nd. — The Green Vein. 3rd. — The Spur Vein. 4th.— The Brook Vein. 6th. — The Copper bearing Trap east of the Point of rocks. 1. The Peacock vein is a true vein occupying an irregular fissure pro- duced by a crack and dislocation, with the downfall on the northwest side. 2. The Green vein is also a vein occupying a crack on a probable line of fault Tunning N". 65 W., or nearly at right angles to the Peacock vein. 3. The Spur vein lies in a continuation of a fault whose northern boun- dary is marked by the Green vein. 4. The Brook vein occurs adjacent to one of the copper bearing sheets of Trap, but it has not been opened sufficiently far to admit of any opinion being expressed respecting its productiveness, but reasoning from what has been elsewhere observed here, it is a valuable vein. 5. The copper bearing Trap east of the Point of rocks is a valuable inr''- cation and guide for future investigation. T;HE PEACOCK VEIN. The manner in which the Peacock Vein has originated may be explained in the following way. The first movement to which the strata were subjected, was such as to give them a northerly dip of 15 or 20 degrees. An irregular ORIGIN OF THE PEACOCIC VEIN. 128 eHbtic ellow- lie th6 jtUOtiB, i which i Btruc- )ebble8. jile por* be nail, powder, •oliebing yr rathev chiats or lustrous, [. These pecimens occur in JDS taken Qsiderable iav fissure pro- iwest side, able line of vein, thern boun- ing any opinion •om what has r-aluable inf''- be explained rere subjected, An irregular crack then occurred in a general horizontal direction N. 86° E., the strike of the slaty conglomerates being about E. and "W. The dpwnwfird direction of this crack was about 55" N. "W. The crack represents then 9, thin irregular fissure nubsequently filled with vein stone and ore, and forming a sheet which has a general strike N. 35" E., and a dip 55° N. W. The con- glomerates on the west side of the crack have been made by this dislocation to dip 20° or 25° northwesterly, and on the east side of the crack they dip from 7° to 10° northeasterly, the downfall is on the western side. Suppose, for illustration, that a number of broad sheets of a slightly elastic substance were piled one on the other, and that then they were raised on one side so as to lie at an angle of 20 degrees to the horizon. The extremities being firmly fixed so that they should not move relatively to one another, we can conceive a force from beneath, or pressure at each extremity to bend them in the form of an arch. It is probable that they would crack about the centre of the arch ; but if the force were not applied at right angles to their length, they would certainly crack in some other direction. It is easy to conceive that a force frojn below or a lateral force might bo so applied that the sheets should crack at any desirable angle, supposing their structure to be tolerably uniform, and it is also easy to conceive that this crack could be made to take a sloping direction from the uppermost to the lowest sheet, by varying the direction of the pressure. The stratified conglomerates have been sub- jected to this kind of force, probably a lateral one which acted in a direction nearly at ^\^^-t angles to this crack, or from about southeast to northwest, or, as is perhaps equally probable, the crack occupied by the Peacock vein is a subordinate lateral fracture connected with the great undulation which first tilted the conglomerate slates and schists in a northerly direction. — (See page 119.) Whatever may have been the primary cause, we find the Peacock vein occupying a fissure, having a general course N. 85° E., and dipping at an angle of 55° in a northwesterly direction. This thin sheet is cut obliquely by several sheets of copper bearing trap. The traps are supposed to be the original seat of the copper ore, and the Peacock vein was supplied with its copper from them, or from the source Avhich gave it to the traps. Hence it is in the vicinity of these trap-dykes that the richest deposits of copper are to be looked for. It consequently becomes a question of primary iraportfince to ascertain the easiest method of reach- ing these copper bearing traps whore they intersect the Peacock veiji. If the direction of this vein were uniform, as well as that of the intrusive traps, it would be but a simple problem relating to the intersectipn of plajie surfaces under difterent angles, but since both vein and traps vary in their courses by some degrees, an approximation can on,ly be arrived at, but the general relation having been described, the details in particular cases can be worked out with diffi«ulty. The vein when it has been fully exposed varies in width from 1^ feet to 7 feet. Its course is uniformly N, 36 E. qs seen on the denuded slope of the hill, to a few feet above th'j upper level, or about 120 feet above the sea. Jt 1 >-il 1 ^^ I 4 (I E*;l ill 1*' 124 VEIN STONE OF BITTER SPAR AND QUARTZ. then trends to the east and crosses the stairs at an altitude of 209 feet, after which it pursues a course N. 60 E, on the side of the hill, and intersects the Green vein at an altitude of 889 feet above high tide. It has not been traced beyond this point, probably on account of a fault which will be described hereafter. THE VEIN STONE. The vein stone consists chiefly of Bitter or Pearl Spar, a crystallized dolomite, composed of the carbonates of lime and magnesia ; it is also interseamed with quartz. The Bitter Spar is often white, but sometimes rose coloured, owing to the presence of oxide of iron. The quartz is generally white and trans- lucent, but sometimes rose coloured with the same material. Patches of chlorite occur in some parts of the vein, but generally, as exhibited at the levels, it is a massive seam of the dolomite, although crystals of calcite or calcareous spar are sometimes found. Bitter spar occurs in the copper bearing quartz veins at the Bruce Mines, Lake Huron. It there forms a wall of dolomite from a few inches to two feet in thickness. At the Vernon Mines the dolomite forms a solid wall or sheet fully 19 inches in thickness at the entrance of the upper level. It is remarkable that while the country rock contains abundance of magnesia, carbonate of lime scarcely enters sensibly into the componition of some of the red and greenish conglomerates through which the vein passes. In the copper mining district of Lower Canada the ores are very frequently met with in a gangue of Bitter spar and quartz. COURSE OF THE LEVELS. The crack occupied by the vein is very irregular, as will be seen by the following ascertained courses in driving the upper and middle levels : — Upper Level, 103 feet above the sea. N. and S 23 " '* N. 85 E. 21 " " K. 10 E. 40 " « Middle Level, 69 feet above the sea. N. 10 E 24 " « N. 20W 20 " " By continuing the upper level on the same course, it is probable that a sheet of copper bearing trap will soon be reached, when a highly remunera- tive mass of the ore may be expected. In the neighbourhood of trap dykes this vein will be worked with the greatest success. As already stated at an altitude of about 209 feet above the sea, the course of the exposed vein is N. 60" E. About 80 feet east of the steps on the i course of the vein, the conglomerates dip N. W. by N., but at a distance of 280 feet east, they dip N. E. shewing the continuation of the crack and dis- location, although the vein is difficult to trace here. It is, however, well seen 800 feet east of the steps, and 286 feet above the sea ; the eastern extrc- imity of the wharf, bearing S. 30 W. There is near here a depression of I OHARAOTER OP THE GREEK VEIN. 126 eet, after psectB the en traced deBcribed dolomite, amed with red, owing and trans- Patches xhibited at 8 of calcite the copper jre forms a the Vernon in thickness the country Tcely enters mglomerates ct of Lower ,f Bitter spar B seen by the levels : — he sea. u a n the sea. .(( jrobable that a jhly remunera- d of trap dykes 5 sea, the course le steps on the at a distance of e crack and dis- ,, however, well he eastern extre. I a depression of I several feet on a wooded plateau which may mark the site of a slide which has thrown the vein a little out of its original course and produced a jog, the altitude of the deepest portion of this depression is 860 feet above high tide. After crossing the depression the Peacock Vein shews well in tht conglomerate, with leaves or seams of soft chlorite, but with little veiu-etone. As it appears on the surface of a precipice here, it seems to run with the stratification. A few rods farther on, in a northeasterly direction, the Peacock vein ought to cross the Green vein, but the actual point of junc- tion is covered with debris and the north side is apparently shifted by the fault. This point, which is one of considerable importance, is situated (389 feet above the sea) in the first gully east of the House, and about mid way between the Upper and Lower Pit of the Green vein. It will, however, first have to pass through one of the sheets of trap which run with a general easterly; and westerly course, and which is here seen to crop out just below the upper level of the Green vein. THE GREEN VEIN AND SPUR VEIN. This is the name given to a vein which occupies a fissure running N. 65 W. or nearly at right angles to the Peacock vein, and dipping S. •< 65°. The Green vein on this course should cross the road leading to the head of the steps at an altitude of 453 feet above the sea, and about 800 feet from the head of the steps ; but, on account of the rock being deeply covered with debris and clothed with forest growth, its course was not traced above the upper pit 409 feet above high tide, but it probably trends to the west and is seen again at the Spur vein. The strike or the slaty conglomerate on the north side of the fissure is about East aud West, the dip north, on the south side the strata are much fractured, ancl this occurs both at the upper and lower pit, 40 feet lower down and 120 feet in a southeasterly direction, on the face of the steep hill. It suggests the idea that the Green vein may occupy a crack about 5 feet broad, produced by a surface slide of comparatively recent origin. This view is apparently sustained by the occurrence of a narrow valley or depression, before noticed, on the hill side some 10 feet deep, a little below the Green vein, (300 feet above the sea) and a few rods south west of the upper Pit, running in the same general direction as the Green vein. On the other hand the Green vein may occupy a line of fault. In support of this view it may be urged — 1st. That the north walls of the Green vein are slickensided, so are also the walls of the disturbed masses on the south side. 2nd. The ore both at the upper and lower pit occurs between an irregu- larly arranged mass of shattered rock filling the fissure, with a thin wall of trap having a course S. 85° E. or nearly east and west, south of it, and a few feet below the lower pit there is a strong sheet of trap, of which a thickness of 14 feet are visible running east and west ; the upper portion of this sheet has been worn awny, but it still projeotr> a little in the GuUey. I Ml ^'.'i Hf Via CONCLUSIONS WITH REFEEENCE TO TUE OBEKN VEIX. ;-» 3 Srd. The valley or doprcsHiou on the hill uido to the southwest of the Qreen vein, has a clirectioii corresponding to the fiHauro iu wbich the Green vein is seated, and a very slight change in it^ course would carry it to the 8pur vein west of the Humniit of the steps, whore the rooks on the south side are folded or corrugated by pressure. 4th. 'i hero is a considerable proportion of quartz in the vein stone, and some excellent copper pyrites and groy copper, together with scales of specular iron near tho trap. 6th. The occurrence of a fault here would account for the abrupt termi- nation of the Peacock vein, which must be sought for more to the westward, and it would explain the origin of the valley without the supposition of a slide. In the absence of more facts to establish the character of the Green vein, which the state of the hill side, covered by debris, moss, and forei^t growth, rendered it impossible then to procure, it can only be assorted at present that the impressions produced by what is already known, strongly tend to confirm the view that this vein occurs in a lino of fault ; that this fault, after passing the axis of the lower anticlinal occupied by the Peacock vein, trends more to the west and is seen again at the Spur vein, which is most probably the continuation of the Green vein. The descriptions Avhich have just been given of the general structure of the coast in this part of the Bay of Fuudy, will suffice to show that no diffi- culties are likely to supervene in working the copper ores, which appear to have a wide-spread distribution, and to accompany, in fact, the coppor-bear- ing traps their development here. Specimens of purple ore have be v taken from veins near trap dykes, some miles to the east of Goose Creek, which promise remarkably well. I , 1 1 i nil. CHAriER VII. THE UrPEJl AND MIDDLE SILUIUAN SERIES. Their Boundarlos in the Northern part of the Provinco--Tho npper part of the Scrieii occurs at Capo Bon Ami — On the l^pealquitch Iliver — On the Tobique — On the Saint John — The Middle, on the Bay of Fundy — Section at Cape Bon Ami — Honostones — Fossiiiferous LiineNtoncs — llp9ah|uitch Lalce— The Grand Falls — The Upsalquitch , and Restiguache Kivers-^MountiiinoUB character of the Country — Swallow-tailed But- terflies — Wall of Trap — The Drift — Indian Superstition — Upper Silurian Ilocka on the Rostigouche— On the tipsalquitch — Argillites on the Tobique — Honestoncs — Uniformity in the Rocks on the Lower Tobique and Upper Upsalquitch— The Saint John — Hydraulic Limestones — The Grand Falls — 'Description of — The G6rge— Ter- races — The Saint John above the Grand Falls to the Province Line — Upper and Mid- dle Silurian Rocks on the Bay of Fundy — Tlie Arimig Series-^Lead Ores on Campir Bello— Frye's Tsland — The Saint George Peninsula — Wheal Lonisiana — Letite — Description of the Mascaben Peninsula — Section on the Peninsula — Tfap and Slate Series — Hornblendic Slate — Fractures and Dislocations — The M&in Fissure — The Mine — The Windlass Shaft — Subordinate Lodes— Frye'a bland — Prdbably Middle Silurian — Barytes — Uses of — L'Etang — Limestone of. A very conaideruble part of the Province is covered by rocks belonging to the Upper Silurian Series. It forma by far the largest portion of the area included Vi'itbin the Countiei? of Restigouche and Victoria. On the Bay of Chaleur the boundary between the Upper and Lower Silu- rian may be provisionally placed close to Medisco River. It was seen as supposed, ou the Upsalquitch at the Portage at Ramsay's Brook, near where a green conglomerate holding red and green slate pebbles forms the falls over which the river plunges. The boundary of this formation was next seen on the Tobique, about five miles from its mouth. Again between the Little and Big Shiktehauk, where a similar conglomerate was recognized, and finally near the North Branch of the Meduxnekeag. Between this point and the Bay of Chaleur, its outcrop, with the exception of a deep indent on the Saint John between Presquile and the Tobique, appears to form a curve roughly parallel to the outcrop of the Devonian Granite described in Chapter II. The whole of the northern part of the Province not occupied by small Devonian or Carboniferous outliers already noticed, or by intrusive rooks, is supposed to be of Upper Silurian Age. It is, however, probable that Devonian outliers will be found on the upper Waters of the Restigouche, in continuation of belts of rocks of similar age known to exist in the State of Maine. i . I 128 SECTION AT CAPE BON AMI.. m 2. 3. The following brief descriptioni of the Upper Silurian Series, m they occur at five points remote from one another, will serve to convoy an idea of the great variety and in some cases of the economic value of different members of these extensive and important deposits : — I. Gape Bon Ami, near Dalhousie. II. The Upsalquitch River and Rostigoucho. III. The Tobique River. IV. The Saint John River. V. Letite on the Bay of Fundy. I. — Capb Bon Ami, near Daluoubie. Near Dalhousie, iu the vicinity of Mr. Dugald Stuart's fishing station, there is a beautiful series of Traps, trap ash, calcareous slates, and highly fossiliferous limestone, interstratified with one auother. Proceeding from south to north, the section exposed may be roughly represented as follows: — 1. Trap. Calcareous Shales. Trap. 4. Calcareous Shales. 5. Trap. 6. Fossiliferous Calcareous Shales. 7. Trap. 8. Highly Fossiliferous Limestone. *9. Trap. On Mr. Barberie's Farm the calcareous (2) shales occupy the valley, rest* ing on the trap to the southwest at an angle of about 45°. The trap over- laying these (8) is soft and weathers easily, crumbling into a fine earth which is used as a top dressing by the farmers of the neighbourhood. Veins of carbonate of lime and also of quartz ramify through the trap, which in some places is merely a volcanic ash, and shows a more or less distinct stratified arrangement. No. 4 partakes of a shaly character, pome layers are sufficiently hard and fine as to be adapted for honestones. It weathers buff and pale yellow. No. 5 resembles a vesicula lava, hard, block in colour, but weathering red. No. 6 consists of highly fossiliferous shales and limestones containing Favosites Gothlandica ; Strophomena rhomboidales, &;c. &c. Many layers are fissile and shaly, weathering buff; others are hard and silicious. It is from this layer probably, orits continuation, mentioned in the next paragraph, that the honestones and scythestones, exhibited by Mr. Barberie at the Pro- vincial Exhibition for 1851, were taken. There are several layers here admirably fitted for the manufacture of these stones on a very extensive scale, and the quality is excellent. * This Series is placed in the above form fbr the sake of comparison with another Series of about the •ante age on the south coast of the Province, (Letite.) river i 700 fj about some what i'rom # IJoil UPSALdUlTOU LAM. 1» I they n idea (ferent station, I highly ing from (lloMra:— alley, rest- trap over- arth which Veins of ich in Boroe [>t stratified ly hard and yellow, thcring red. i containing Many layers cious. It i» it paragraph, e at the Pro- layers here ery extensive 3«rie«of«t)OUlthe No. 7 iii a massive trap. On thiH part of the const a bolt of very hard cal- careous shale crops out ou the Hhore, and is covered by high tide. It is succeeded by a conglomerate 14 feet thick, capped by honestono 80 feet thick, and followed by the heavy bedded tra]), it is probably a continuation of No. G, but separated from it by the waves of the sea having worn through the mass to the overlying trap. No. 8 is a highly fo8Hiilferon-< limcstono reposing on No. 7, filling the hollows. In and near the littto stream which tiows through the fishing liouse belonging to Mr. Dugaln Stewart, the fossils are very numerous, and many of thoni in nn excellent state of preservation. Among them are — Favositcs Gothlandicn, " polymorphu, " basaltica, Strophomcna rhomboidalis, *' punctulifwra, Calymono BInmenbacliil, Atrypa reticularis, with fragments of orthoceras, together with several species of orthis, spirifera, &c. A slab obtained by the writer and shown at the Provincial Exhibition, contained a\\ of the above species, besides others. No. 9. A highly ferruginous trap occurs as far as the point of Cape Bon Ami. II. — TuE Upsalquitch. Geographical Features. Upsalquitch Lake, about two miles long by half a mile broad, forms the source of the River of the same name. It is a beautiful sheet of water sur- rounded by high conical mountains. The dividing Ridge which separates its waters from those flowing into the Nipisiguit is 1,608 above the sea. One of the conical mountains near this lake has an altitude of 2186 feet,"' and another, half a mile west of the lake, an elevation of 1,707 feet. The Little Portage stream, between the Upsalquitch and Nipisiguit, is more than 1000 feet above the sea, (1034) but the Lake itself is only 750 feet higher than the same level. Some idea of the nature of the Grand Falls, which occur within eight miles of the Lake, may be obtained, when a com- parison is made between the height of the River at Ramsay's Portage, where the Falls terminate, and the head of the Falls. At Ramsay's Portage the river is 271 feet above the sea; at the head of the Falls it is approximately 700 feet about six miles below Upsalquitch Lake. Hence, in a distance of about IJ mile, the river is precipitated more than 420 feet. The cascades, some of which are very beautiful, are not marked down on the map, but what are called the *' Great Falls" are placed near Borland's Brook, not far from the mouth of the river. Up these Falls there is no difficulty in drag- ging a canoe, they do not descend more than four or five feet. * boundary Coininissioners Report. 'I ^'1 17 . i V I'l I 130 THE VALLEY OF THE UPSALQUITCH. i vl m 1 1, .''I m The gei!%>ral course of the Upsalquitch is northwest, its length is about 44 miles, and it receives numerous important tributaries draining a large but mountainous tract of country. Two miles east of Ramsay's Camp, where the river is 271 feet above the sea, the hills are elevated 1048 feet, and a peak five miles east of the same place is 1432 feet, while within a few miles of the mouth of the river the Squaw's Cap rises 2000 feet above the ocean. On the shores of Lake Upsalquitch innumerable swallow-tail butterflies were seen, and when clustered groups of from thirty to fifty were disturbed, the cause of their congregating so closely together was found to be a decay- ing fish bone. Large areas of cultivable land in the immediate valley of the rivei* cease near the junction of the northwest branch. Where the east branch comes in, a huge wall of trap some 300 feet high and many hundred yards broad forms striking scenery, and some distance above this place the river runs rapidly from side to side of a narrow valley between walls of the same intrusive rock. On Ramsay's brook there is a considerable area of good land, as well as on the nine mile Portage leading to Upsalquitch Lake, where the maple is found in small groves and interspersed with other forest growth. The drift retains its coarse and apparently horizontal character for about 15 miles up the Upsalquitch, it then begins to show signs of a rearrange- ment of its materials, with layers of sund and gravel, but no large boulders. Above Ferguson's Brook it forms banks sometimes 30 feet high, and con- sists of coarse gravel reposing on fine sand not always horizontally disposed. At the Grand Falls the drift contains boulders of local rocks with a con- siderable quantity of sand, and at the outlet of the lake quartz fragments not much water-worn, are very numerous in the bed of the stream ; they vary from half an inch to a foot in diameter, and masses of white quartz two feet in diameter are not unfrequent. In walking up this stream I observed one of the Micmac Indians take a little crawfish and place it carefully on the bank, about two feet above the then level of the water. On enquiry, he stated that his object was to *' get a freshet," so that we might go down the Nipisiguit without difficulty. " The little ' crab' would bring it, and make the water rise just as high as he pleased." He remarked that this was an old Micmac superstition, " and a very good one." GEOLOaiCAL FEATURES. Mr. Richardson, of 'be Canadian Geological Survey, examined the Resti- gouche in 1867, from the mouth of the Patapedia to the Bay of Chaleurs. Allusion has been made in a previous Chapter to the existence of a small narrow basin of Devonian Rocks from the Matapedia downwards. Above this river the rocks belong to the Upper Silurian Series, (Gasp^ Limestones). At the mouth of the Patapedia greenish arenaceous slates and sandstones, ^.gcording to Mr. Richardson, appear to have a dip up the river, and to THE LIMESTONES OF THE RESTIQOUCHE. 181 bout 44 rge but , where t, and a iw miles jcean. itterfliea isturbed, a decay- ver cease ch comes rds broad tiver runs the same a of good ich Lake, ther forest p for about rearrange- ;e boulders, h, andcon- ly disposed, with a con- z fragments ;ream ; they vhite quartz dians take a et above the was to " get ,ut difficulty, as high as he tion, " and a ned the Resti- of Chaleurs. ace of a small mrds. Above ife Limestones), ind sandstones, river, and to underlie the thin bedded limestones and dark grey Bhales beyond ; they can be traced down the Restigouche to Cross Point, a distance of about four miles, where the beds associated with them are calcareous, and hold fossils consisting of fragments of trilobites and bivalve shells, but too much broken to be identified. The sandstones attain the neck of Cross Point, while the thin bedded limestones above them occur at the north part of the turn in the river. To this point the strike and the general valley of the river run about northeast ; lower down they turn together, and the sandstones and their associated dark grey calcareous shales are every now and then seen for seven miles in a bearing nearly east. Here the river separates from them, and while they appear to continue in a pretty straight course to the junction of the Upsalquitch, the Restigouche makes a turn to the northeastward on the thin bedded limestones to Brandy Brook, and returns upon them south* eastward to the sandstones at the Upsalquitch. From the Upsalquitch the Restigouche appears to flow on the thin bedded black limestones to the mouth of the Matapedia. Calcareous shales, and slates with trap, appear occasionally on the tJpsal-» quitch banks as far as Little Falls, where a beautiful section is exposed, in which there appears to be a silicious band, overlying contorted shales ; these are underlaid by 40 feet ot an ash-coloured crystalline mass forming the falls, and weathering light brown when exposed to running water. This overlies some 80 feet of fissile dark-coloured ferruginous shales, and 25 feet of a cream-coloured rock ; of these last two there are four repetitions, the dip of the whole being south at an angle of 80°. Dark calcareous slates, wHh red silicious bands, are continually repeated for some miles up the river. There is a considerable development of Trap both above and beloW the Ox-bow, near Meadow Brook, where green and red argillites appear, which are quickly followed by highly fossilliferous limestone, holding nume-' rous specimens of the chain coral, (Catenipora escharoides.) Above Ramsay's Brook, and near the mouth of Hutchinson Brook, red slates appear in place, with a change in the strike ; and on the portage just above, a well characterized conglomerate, supposed to belong to the Quebec Group, appears to mark the boundary of the Upper Silurian on the Upsalquitch. III. — The Tobiquk. The Rocks as developed about half a mile above the Narrows are both geologically interesting and economically important. They are pi'ovisionally placed among the Upper Silurian Series, the lower rocks appearing to come into place about five miles from the mouth of the river. Above the Narrows there is a beautiful Series of red, sea green, and bluish black argillites with a calcareous band holding fossils, {favosites Gothlandiea.) There is also a silicious band of very fine texture admirably adapted for the manufacture of honestones. The argillites can be easily worked, and it is probable that the green variety^ which is a beautiful material, may :.i! i ; l:i liii Wn m 132 THE ARQILLITES OF THE TOBIQUE. become of economic importance. This rock weathers buft'-yellow. The strike of the whole Series is from IS. 60 to 60 E. and the dip northwesterly. It will not escape the attention of the reader that red and green argillitcs, with a fosfiiliferons calcareous band holding the chain coral, have been described as occurring near Ramsay's Brook on the Upsalquitch ; the occur- rence of the same rocks near the mouth of the Tobique, at a distance of about 80 miles in an air line, shows remarkable uniformity in the distribution of the Upper Silurian Series here, the strike being such as, if prolonged, would carry the Tobique argillites to the Upsalquitch. IV. — Thb Saint John. The calcareous clay slates apparently belonging to this series, cross the Saint John with a strike N. 6° E. below Butternut creek. They consist of alternating bands of slate and limestone, the latter varying from one half to four inches in thickness. About one mile above Florenceville, on the cast side of the River, they appear on the line of strike, but in proceeding up the Shiktehawk Portage road for 3^ miles, a hard quartzose schist with a strike N. 35 E., is followed by a conglomerate containing black, blue, and red slato pebbles. This is thought to belong to the lower rocks, and thus to mark: the southern limit of the Upper Silurian Series. On many parts of the Saint John between this place and the Grand Falls, the ribboned calcareous slates make their appearance, with a prevailing strike varying from N. 30° to 35° E., and so they continue with occasional local variation of strike due to trap dykes or dislocations, all the way to within half a mile of the Grand Falls. Many of the narrow limestone bands in this distance appear suitable for the manufacture of Hydraulic Lime. At the Grand Falls the spectacle presented by these calcareous slates is singularly imposing, not only on account of the grandeur of the scenery but geologi- cally, in view of the remarkable foldings in the strata which the great gorge reveals. QEOLOGICAL FEATURES OF THE GRAND FALLS. When the Saint John flowed at a higher level the course of the stream was in a nearly straight line from the upper to the lower Basin. This is marked by a deep ravine which runs with a slight curve nearly across the peninsula now formed by the semicircular channel pursued by the torrent in its course through the gorge. The distance from the upper to the lower Basin is half a mile in a straight line, and the difierence in level 120 feet. But in making this descent the waters of the Saint John plunge perpen- dicularly 74 feet, and then rush and foam through a rocky channel a milo long with a descent of 46 feet before they reach the quiet basin below. The walls of this chasm, which vary from 80 to 150 feet in altitude, are on an average 250 feet apart, but in many places much less ; they present most beautiful illustrations of lateral pressure folding massive rocks as if they were the leaves of a book. The strike of the rocks varies from E. and W. to N. 40 E. The thick calcareous bands, with their associated bands of slate, THE GRAND PALLS OF THE SAINT JOHN. 133 The isterly. jillitefl, B been s occur- ance oi ibution longed, ross the onsist of e half to the east jding up 8t with a t)iue, and aud thus lud Falls, prevailing occasional le way to one bands jime. At singularly it geologi- reat gorge the stream 0. This is f across the the torrent ;o the lower fel 120 feet, ige perpen- .nnel amilo below, altitude, are they present cksasifthey n E. and W. Rnds of slate, are twisted and contorted without perceptibio fracture in the most striking manner. Numerous potholes of gigantic dimensions attest to the power of continually rolling stones confined within a limited space. This is well ex- emplified in a small whirlpool which has been locally designated the coffee- mill, into which sticks of timber are drawn at certain stages of water, and whore never ceasing attrition soon rounds their extremities into hemispheres. During the time of my visit the water was 35 feet below the level to which stranded timber showed it rises during the freshets of spring. The gorge is surrounded by a series of terraces four or five in number, which follow its sinuosities. The probable origin of these terraces, and of the present gorge, is discussed in Chapter X. The calcareous slates were not observed to present any other features worthy of special notice, beyond those already enumerated, but it is probable that an attentive study of their structure in this singularly favourable locality would reveal many interesting facts. COUNTRY ABOVE THE GRAND PALLS. Above the Grand Falls the country changes its character, particularly near the river banks, which are not only considerably lower, but show blue clay in horizontal layers. Above the mouth of the Siegas fine blue clay is seen to bo overlaid by gravel and saud in banks 40 feet high, 30 of which are of clay. between the two Islands above the mouth of the Siegas, the ribboned cal- careous slates similar to those at the Grand Falls were recognized with a strike N. 70° E. Half a mile below Saint Basil, the slates were of a dark blue colour with the same strike, and opposite Saint Basil there is a small area of beautiful ice polished rock, of similar character. The Rocks of the Saint John from Little Falls to the Siegas, and from Little Falls to the Saint Francis, have been described by Sir W. Logan, under the heading, " Kocks of the Walloostook or Saint John River, and some of its tributaries." In the Chapter entitled " Distribution of the Gaspe Series,"* the foUovt^ing description will be found: — " About half a mile down the Madawaska, where the rock comes close upon the river, the same grey greenish-weathering slate is seen, with thin light coloured slightly calcareous bands marking the bedding. The exposures on the river, all the way to Little Falls, at its junction with the Saint John, are not numerous. They consist pretty uniformly of the same slates and sandstones as before, the slates greatly predominating, and occasionally holding a small amount of calcareous matter. At Little Falls the color of the rock is grey internally, weathering generally to a dull obscure olive- green, sometimes so dark as to give it a chloritic aspect. The slate, which is micaceous, is interstratified with occasional hard compact bauds, cleaving with difficulty, and possessed of suflftcient grit to entitle them to the name of sandstones. * Geology of Canada, pngo i'i*i> \i ^M m ' I, ^ ri -III Ii I ii ! u > i Wl^ 184 THE SAINT JOHN ABOVE THE SIEQAS. " Slates and sandstones, similar to those at Little Falls, are seen farther down on the Saint John near its tributary the Squesibish ; where there is a transverse exposure of 200 or 800 yards. Here the slate internally grey, weathers greenish and is interstratiiied with bands of feebly calcareous sand- stones, som& of which are from four to twelve inches thick. The bedding is well displayed at this place, and a few contortions in the stratification are visible. " Still lower down, and about a mile and a quarter above the mouth of another tributary, the Shiguash, a band of coarse conglomerate which crosses the road bears a strong resemblance to that of Black Point on Lake Temiscouta, and holds a great amount of large pebbles and small boulders of black limestone weathering to an ash grey. Some of the calcareous boulders are themselves of a conglomerate character, holding pebbles of a stratified rock, while their matrix includes organic remains. With the cal- careous portions of this conglomerate band are mingled others of black jasper and of chalcedonic quartz, with these were observed several pebbles of a blackish green serpentine. The matrix is a hard calcareous sandstone, with grains of white and colored quartz ; it is grey internally, and weathers to a yellowish tinge. Vertical beds of the conglomerate running N. 30° E. alternate with beds of sandstone similar in character to the matrix. A breadth of seventy five yards is visible, giving a thickness of 225 feet. As the strata above and below are concealed, the volume may be greater, par- ticularly to the southeast, where the ground rises in a small hill for a quarter of a mile. At this distance the conglomerates are followed by calcareous slates, which at first are interstratified with a few bands of sandstone, re- sembling that associated with the conglomerate, but, farther on, display strongly calcareous beds, weathering to rotten stone. " Sometimes the slates, without being themselves calcareous, are interstra- tified with slightly calcareous sandstones. These alternations are occasion- ally visible for about 500 yards, between which and the Shiguash, there are no exposures on the road. The examination in this vicinity has not been carried farther. COUNTRY ABOVE LITTLE FALLS. " Rocks similar to those of the lower part of the Madawaska and the Squesibish, prevail along the Saint John as far as the Saint Francis, and even to the Black River, twenty miles higher. Both the slates and the sandstones are in general micaceous, and occasionally calcareous. On the Saint Francis no traces have been found of Black Point conglomerates, or of the Jasper rocks of Pointe aux Trembles ; nor have we been successful in meeting with the fossiliferous limestones of Mount "Wissick, though the distance from Temiscouata is scarcely more than twenty two miles. The lowest exposure belonging to the Quebec Group on this river, consists of a coarse greenish chloritic sandstone, associated With green slates. It occurs just to the north of the Province line, at the foot of a lake called by the Indians Woilen- abegcg ; below this the country appears to consist chiefly of clay slate. The TUB SAINT JOHN ABOVE LITTLE FALLS. 135 farther ;here is y grey» 18 sand- )edding tion are Louth of e which on Lake boulders ilcareoua ,bles of a ti the cal- tck jasper jbles of a tone, with ithers to a ^. 30° E. matrix. A i feet. As •eater, par- »r a quarter calcareous dstone, re- on, display re interstra- re occasion- h, there are B8 not been most calcareous ridge met with, occurs about three miles above another lake, which is called by the Indians Battewiohcagameg. The rocks of this ridge, however, shew no fossils, and they do not hold a sufficient quantity of carbonate of lime as to entitle them to the name of liraestoncs. A moun- tain on the northeast side of this lake displays some strong beds of sand- stone, associated with bluish black or dark grey slates, both slightly mica- ceous, but the sandstones alone are somewhat calcareous. Similar micaceous sandstones sometimes holding a little carbonate of lime, prevail to the mouth of the lake. " On the Black River, twenty miles above the Saint Francis, there occur the same grey micaceous slates and sandstones, occasionally calcareous. The sandstones weather greenish, and, where washed by the water, acquire a slightly reddish tinge. Large angular blocks ot a calcareous conglomerate are occasionally met with ; but the rock in situ does not occur below the Province line. Both below and half a mile above this line, calcareous slates occur, with black or dark grey coarse limestone bands ; and half a mile above this there is seen a conglomerate, of which three exposures occur in a breadth of 300 yards. It holds boulders of a fine silicious conglomerate and of grey quartzite, with blackish vitreous quartz grains, and fragments of green slate. The matrix appears to be composed of this green rock in a comminuted state, with a tine grey slate. " The fact that this conglomerate itself contains pebbles of an older con- glomerate rock, resembling some portions of the Sillery series connects it with the conglomerates of Black Point on Lake Temiscouata, and with that near the Shiguash ; which last encloses pebbles of serpentine. These characters suggest the probability that all these conglomerates may be newer than the Quebec Group, the sandstones of which were seen between three and four hundred yards farther up the Black River. They were examined for a distance of about a mile and a quarter, and resemble those of the Sillery series ; being greenish, massive, and coarse grained with scales of mica aud of graphite, and interstratified with occasional bands of red slate." * 1 1 i i I m ,H:I ;■■■ I -I -i pka and the cis, and even le sandstones Saint Francis of the Jasper meeting with listance from vest exposure arse greenish it to the north iians Wollen- ay slate. The VFPEa AND MIDDLE SILURIAN ROCKS ON THE BAY OF FUNDY. There are not many localities on the Bay of Fundy where the presence of the Upper Silurian Series is not involved in some degree of doubt. It is, how- ever, probable that the well known development of these rocks on and near the coast of Maine in Cutler, Pembroke, Trescoll, and Lubec, continues at intervals on the coast as far as Lepreau Harbour, and then striking inland, stretches in the form of a narrow inland belt, toward the County of Albert. In some parts of their development in the Bay of Fundy they are overlaid by outlying patches of the Devonian Series, as at Saint Andrews and on the Mascaban Peninsula, but of their continuity for more than one hundred and twenty miles there appears much probability. ♦ Geology of Canada. ' ) .1 i'im ill' '!!. I >. ■ ( m tm LETITE COl'PEH MINE. In the Mascabau Peninsula (Saint George) they are interstratitied with traps, and much altered, but on some of the adjacent Islands the limestones belonging to the series are fossilferous. The trappean series is largely devel- oped westward, in Maine, and it points to a succession of volcanic disturb- ances alternating with periods of repose, which must have continued through long ages with remarkable uniformity. These rocks are supposed to be the equivalents of the Arisaig Series of Dr. Dawson in Nova Scotia, or the Lower Helderberg of the New York Survey. The Upper or Middle Silurian rocks on the Bay of Fundy, particularly those which may be styled the Trappean Series, appear highly promising in a metalliferous aspect. In Maine, on the New Brunswick Frontier, they are stated now to yield remunerative returns of lead where mines have been opened ; and on the Island of Campo Bello, which is of the same geological age, there appear to be some valuable indications of the same mineral. On Frye's Island, which will be noticed more at length in the sequel, lead ores occur in two places. On the Mascaban peninsula, also called Saint George's peninsula, but better known by the name Letite, copper ores are abundant, so that a special notice of the Letite Mines will not be considered out of place, as it is not improbable that what is there supposed to be a copper- bearing trap, has a wider distribution than is generally imagined by those whohave interested themselves in copper mining on the peninsula, and in its neighbourhood. The name of the mine which will now be described, is the "Wheal Louisiana, and as the study of the manner in which the metalliferous lodes are distributed, may serve as a sort of guide to other and similar enterprises, for which there is abundant room and apparently encouraging prospects, more details will be introduced here than would otherwise be considered to lie within the limits of a preliminary Report. WHEAL LOUISIANA— LETITE. General Geological Features. The whole of the Mascaban Peninsula appears to have been subjected to a series of intermittent disturbances, which have not only changed in some degree the relative original position of sedimentary strata but have also altered their character. These disturbances are of a three-fold description, each of which will require a special notice on account of its bearings upon the metalliferous deposits which are largely distributed in a more or less concentrated form throughout the peninsula and neighbouring islands. The mineral composition and sedimentary nature of the rocks establish the fact, that successive periods of repose were each succeeded by violent volcanic action at some distance from the strata under review. These con- sist of alternations of stratified talcose, chloritic, and clay slates, and bedded traps or greenstones. Intrusive diorites also occur in this neighbourhood, but while the bedded traps alternate with the clay-slates, the intrusive traps cut them at a low angle, but these intrusions, which are few in number, do III SLATES Atth tRAP OK TfiB MASCAfiAiT PENINSULA. 187 id with estones ^ devel- iisturb- hrougli ) be tbo or the ticularly using in ler, they ave been eological sral. On lead ores , George's ibundaut, red out of a copper- i by those la, and in Louisiana, istributed, ^hich there details will within the ubjected to ed in some it have also description, arings upon uore or less islands, •ks establish id by violent These con- , and bedded ghbourhood, itrusive traps X number, do 80 64 80 150 60 5 50 110 19 8 25 14 25 20 88 8 10 84 10 15 45 140 70 65 30 3 23 81 40 « it « (i (( « « Anticlinal Axis. V Anticlinal Axis. Anticlinal Axis at the Mines. if '-m I, 1 M iiii "i '1 m * Compare with Cape Bon Ami, near Dalhouiie. 18 388 UORMDIiKMDIC 6CIIISX — DISLOOATIOMS. m Km, 1 the extraordinary diaturbances to which the rocks on this part of the coast have been subjected. MINERAL CHAllACTERa OF TUB STRATA. The slates vary much in their composition, they are generally laminated, with even fracture, but they are also frequently conglomerate and porphy- ritic, holding pebbles and fragments of trap, and sometimes they appear to consist of consolidated volcanic ash, and they are also occasionally talcose, cloritic, and magnesian. Vast beds of hornblendic schist also occur in the series, and in one of these the main lode of the AVheal Louisiaua is in part situated. This Hornblendic Schist presents itself in several different but closely allied forms. Sometimes it appears in one and the same belt as almost entirely composed of hornblende, then of hornblende and quartz, and again of hornblende crystals in a felspar paste, (Diorito,) the felspar weathering white and the hornblende standing out in large greenish black crystals. A considerable quantity of copper ore, and also specks of native copper, are diffused throughout the schist, and this rock may bo a valuable source of the copper ore accumulated in the veins which intersect the series. The Diorites or greenstones of Lake Huron afford in abundance the ores of copper, and analysis shows the diffusion throughout the rock of the metals which are accumulated in the veins.* In and near the fissure to which allusion will soon be made, a thin bed of Actinolite occurs. As will be observed from the foregoing section, the strike of the slates is not uniform, but there is a prevailing strike of about N. 70° t., which may be accepted as the general strike cf the series, and this is also the strike of the rocks on Frye's Islands where the disturbances have not been so great. Fractures and Dislocations. At Wheal Louisiana the rocks have been upheaved and an anticlinal axis produced. A crack runs along the crown of the anticlinal, and t;^ing a general course N. 55 E. it passes out of the Hornblendic Schist into the adjacent slates and traps, pursuing a sHghtly meandering course. A down- fall or dislocation has taken place along the west side of this crack and thus produced a permanent fissure which is the seat of the main Lode of the Mine. This fissure can be traced without any diflSculty for some hundreds of yards southwesterly beyond the property of the Company. In Key's shaft, which intersects it, it is seen at the extremity of the first level 84 feet below the surface to form an open crack some fifteen feet high by two feet wide. It is also seen at the lower level 125 feet deep, where the part unoccupied by the lode is several inches in diameter. It is worthy of note that the fissure here is in the chloritic and talcose slates, having apparently passed out of the Hornblendic Schist, and, as it has been suggested that this * Geology of Canada, page 59J. ORIOIN OP Tlin PieSURE— THE MINE. 189 e coast unated, porphy- ppear to talcose, IT in the a in part t closely IB almoBt ind again eathering 'stals. A »pper, are source of ries. The bie ores of the metala to which he slates i» which may le strike of 1 so great. ticlinal axis Qd ticking a ist into the A down- ick and thtis Lode of the hundreds of Key's shaft, level 84 ieet 1 by two feet lere the part orthy of note Dg apparently jsted that this Schist is one of the sources of the Copper ores, it may prove to be a rule here that as long as the fissure is found in the Hornblendic Schist it will be productive, when it passes into the slates it may contain cavities which have never been filled with a metalliferous gangue. This fissure has evidently resulted from the following causes : — Ist. The upheaval of the strata and the occurrence of a crack along the crown of the arch produced by the upheaval. 2nd. The downfall of the west half of the arched and fractured strata through many feet of space. 8rd. The walls of the fractured strata not coinciding after the downfall, produced a fissnre of greater or less capacity in difiereut parts of its horizontal and vertical extension, and of great depth. The fissure has been partly or altogether filled with materials derived from the rocks in which it occurs. Some of its cavities, those in the hornblendic schist, have already been found full of copper ore, other cavities are lined with quartz crystals, carbonate of lime, bitter spar, and amorphous steatitic layers, also in places they are spangled over with crystals of sulphuret of copper, but still preserve a vacant space in which no metalliferous gangue has yet been deposited. The vein, where the fissure is filled, consists of quartz, calc and bitter spar, the quartz predominating ; with patches of chlo- rite and aggregations of copper ore mixed with mundic and magnetic iron pyrites. The surfaces of the rock coming together during the downfall are slicken- sided, and fragments of the mother rock or country are found embodied in the gangue. Small patches of native copper are sometimes seen to adhere atrongly to the wall after the lode has been removed. This, however, has only been seen in the Hornblendic Schist, the lode coming from the smooth wall of the fissure in the rock with a clean surface. The subordinate trans- verse fissures, common under such circumstances, were also recognized, and these, so far as they occur in the Hornblendic Schist, may be productive of ore. THE MINE. Key's Shaft. Key's Shaft has already been sunk to a depth of 125 feet. The upper level is 84 feet below the surface, and has been driven 47 feet in an easterly direction (E. 7" N.) In this level part of the fissure which carries the maiti lode is struck and is distinctly visible, forming the crack already described, some fifteen feet high, and from two to three wide. The lower levels have been driven at a depth of 125 feet, 43 feet in an easterly direction (E. 7° K), and 86 feet on a southwesterly course— (W.28«> S. for 24 feet, and W. 22** S. for 12 feet). A jog throwing the lode six feet to the north here occurs, this may arise from unevenness in the line of fracture, the crack passing into a softer rock, or from some other cause changing slightly its course. The east wall of the lode in the western drift is trap, it soon, how- ever, passes into the chloritic slate which presents slickeusided surfaces I'M i' . t, ( ■( 140 TUK WINULAfiS SHAFT. tr: hi with patches of chlorite. It is also worthy of uote tbdt the crack seems to havo had a westerly slope for 84 foet, then it bocoraes vertical and so con- tinues to the bottom of the shaft. The character of the gangue in the uppt*i' level differs in tome slight but important particulars from the gangue in the lower drift. The quartz in the upper level for instance is very hard, in the lower level it becomes more friable and easily worked. The mundic (iron pyrites) increases in quantity on descending ; chloritic slates with patches of chlorite are more confirmed in the lower levels, and the general aspect of the lode acquires a promising metalliferous character. Magnetic pyrites (pyrrhotine) occurs in abundance both in the upper and lower levels. Cop- per ore (pyrites) has not been found in large quantity in Key's Shaft, but from the improving character of the lode and the conditions under which it has been deposited, it is very probable that on sinking deeper the ore will be found to increase in quantity. It would be advisable to ascertain the precise position of the shaft with reference to the Hornblendic Schist. If it should be found that on sinking deeper on the line of the fissure, it approaches this rock, the prospects from this sbaft will be still more favourable, The great obstacle to encounter wiM be water, and in order to drain this shaft, if deepened to 800 ^et or more, a ten horse power steam engine will be required. The Windlass Shaft. This shaft which has not been sunk more .ban 16 or 18 feet, is situated directly on the crack as it appears at the surface. The crack here is wholly within the Hornblendic Schist, through which the copper, as already stated, apptars to be more or less disseminated. Thin radiating leaves of native copper appear on the wall of the lode, and minute particles can be detected in the Hornblendic Schist itself. The crack here has a northwesterly dip, but it appears to leave this rock and pass into the slates and trap towards Key's Shaft, on approaching which the slates are much curved with a south- erly dip, but when they arrive within 60 yards northwest of it, they dip northward. Several barrels of excellent copper ore were taken out of the Windlass Shaft, which is at present nothing more than the lode removed from the crack. By following the course of this lode, which is the course of the crack both vertically and horizontally, it is prooable that valuable ''pockets," similar to the one already found, will be reached. SUBORDINATE LODES. Crossing the fissure at different angles there are numerous subordinate lodes holding more or less copper ore, but it has not yet been determined which are t^e older, nor ia it known whether some of the lodes may not occupy tranaverse fractures. Of these lodes, six in number appear to cvosa the fissura within about 160 yards north of the main or Key's shaft. In consequence, however, of the slight meanderings to which they are subjected, it is impossible to state with any degree of precision the points of intersec- KHYK 8 ISLAND— SULPHATE OF BARYTA. 141 ma to cou- in the in the c (iron j)atche9 jpect of pyrites . Cop- ,aft, but «rhich it or© will tain the hist. If gaure, it ill more order to cr steam s 8ituate!..ii;'i'.i;7 .- u;i'ji,'.'3!|m( 1 of Lai ''.x: '&'••( -'tiB^ 13- ■ icfirbi coppei Tenne .*In times g; ' tNoi jerjr re( lowing [ );U» * It* wiTj r/ )viV4iJjUrit»i^' iiJ t*ui»»»i 5>iU 'I^wiiii i>ii>-*^l ««*; ,iiO-i^>ii<{i •S/«.i *\, by iriatic IB pre- ir than ■ color, glOHBy \iato of nsuinr- y yoar» United • burning that 100 onic acid, \t should and must inalyees of compfti^®*^ CUArTEK VIII. Tin-: J.OVVER SILURIAN SERIES— THE QUEBEC GROUP. Th. MetalliforouH Uooks in Canada and the United States — Sir W. E. Logan's disoovorieff — Thk Quebec Groui* — Importance of the Quebec Group — Economic Minerals of the Group — Age of the Group — How brought to the surface — Origin of the Metals it contains — The Quebec Group in New Brunbwick — Its Northern Boundary — Its prolongation into Maine — Probable Breadtli of the Quebec Group in New Brunswick Influence of the Granitic Belts on these Rooks — Its development on the Nipisiguit— Black Slates on the Nipisip;uit and near Dumbarton Station — Copper Ore at the Grand Falls>^Golden-hued Micaceous Schists — Feebly Auriferoaa Copper 0)tea on the Nipisiguit — Red Shales, with Iron and Manganese and Copper Ores, on the Nipisiguit — On the Campbell River — The Beccaguimic— The Shiktehawk — At Jaok- Bontown, west of the Saint John— Near Boiestown— On the Tattagonohc— Folds of the Strata on Campbell River — Probable limit of the Group about the Niotor^Upper Silurian Slates on the Niotor or Little Tobique — Jaspery Rooks on Campbell River- Red and Green Porphyries on the Serpontine-^Oros of Metals on Campbell River — Iron, Manganese, Nickel, Copper, &o. — Diorites-~Epidote — Gkographioal Descrip- tion of the Country south of Tobique Lake-^Milpagos Lake — Gulquao Lake — Granite Ridges^— Beaver Dams — Long Lake — Milnagec Lake-^Portage to the Little South West Miramichi Lake — Miramichi Lake, (Little South West) — Granite Boidders — The Magaguadavic to Roix Station — Upper Falls of the Magaguadavic to the Lower Falls — Characteristic Strata belonging to the Quebec Group — Gneiss ; Amortho- siTES ; DioaiTES ; Epidobites ; Mica Rock ; Mica Schists ; Aroillites ; Dial, LAOE Rock ; Hornblende Rock, with Garnets ; Magnetic Iron in Dolorite • Copper Ptrites; Ophiolites, (Serpentines); Stsatites; Chlokites; Mao- nesites; Dolomites; Limestones; Deposits of Silica. In Canada and in various States of the Union there have been discovered, from time to time, sedimentary rocks exceedingly rich in raetalliferous wealth. The shores and islands of Lake Superior, and the northern shores of Lake Huron, have long been remarkable for their enormous deposits of copper.* The immense aggregations of ores of the same metal in Eastern Tennessee, and in Lower Canada, f are contained in rocks of the same geo- * In 1861 the mines of Lake Superior yielded 7,500 tons of metal, being about twelve times greater than in 1851. f Notwithstanding the enormous deposits of copj^er in many parts of Canada, it is only very recently that attention hos been directed to this branch of mineral wealth. The fol- lowing Table shows the Export of Ores and Copper from Canada since 1850 : — Yetr. Ores, Tom. Copper, Tons. Official Value. I860, 272 6'4.44 »36,583 1851, 1,349 122.80 80,756 1862, 598 24.92 82,420 I- . i 144 AGB AND DISTRIBUTION OF THfi QUEBEC GROUP. tl ! h U J logical age, though known by different names. The vast lead deposits of Missouri,'*' associated with zinc, cobalt, nickel and copper, have long been known to belong to the most ancient sedimentary rocks ; and from similar deposits the gold of the Appalachian range, from Virginia to Georgia, has been originally derived, as well as in Kova Scotia. Sir 'William Logan was the first to show, in 1860, that all these different metal bearing rocks, some of which are more than a thousand miles apart, belonged to one and the same formation ; and because this formation was well developed near Quebec, and first studied and understood there, Sir "William named it the " Quebec Group." THE QUEBEC GROUP. Not only is the "Quebec Group "f the great metalliferous formation of North America, but its remarkable thickness and complexity^ (7000 feet, or one mile and a third) coupled with the extraordinary manner in which it was deposited and brought to the surface, all unite to make it one of the most interesting and important formations of the entire geological series, with, perhaps, the single exception of the coal measures. Its iron, copper, nickel, cobalt, antimony, lead, zinc, chromium, araenic, titanium, silver and gold, which are all known to exist in remunemtive quantities in this vast rock series, give it a special value v^ich no other possesses, a value greatly increased by the association with these ores of metals, of serpentines,:^ roofing slates, soapstones, pot8tones,§ whetstones, magnesites,!! dolomites and building stones. This great formation stretches from Gaspe to Alabama, then sweeps round through Kansas to Lake Superior where it reappears without any diminution of volume. Its age is that of the Chazy, Calciferous, and part of the Pots- dam formations of the New York Survey, and it occupies a position near the base of the Lower Silurian System. Table of Copper Exports continued. Year. Ores, Tons. Copper, Tons. Official Value. 1853i 1,639 61.60 94,326 1854, 1,781 103,328 1856, 1,708 1.96 91,627 »J 1856, 1,106 82,834 3i ■ 1857, 2,8e» 3 86 240,942 a 1858, 2,168 2.24 191,949 •■<■ 1859, a,403 61. 840,686 1860, 6,095 16. 465,525 1861, 7,364 18. 440,130 * In 1860 Missouri produced 4,164 tons of ore, valued at $356,660. f The Taoonic System of Emmons appears to consist of the Potsdam and Quebec Groups. X A rock oompoKd of 8ilio& or flint and magnesia, (rilioa, 48.6, mhgncsiai, 48.4, water, 13.0,) soft enough, to be scratched with a knife ; colour, generally different shades of green. The Serpentines of the Quebec Group almost always contain oxides of nickel and chrome. § A dark or grey*green impure talc with an unctuous feel. || Carbonate of magnesia. ORTOIN OF THE METALLIFEROUS DEPOSITS IN THIS GROUP. 145 lositfl of ag been gia. has different lea apart, ition was here, Sir formation ity, (7000 Danner in ^ake it one geological m, wflsenic, [nunerative ;h no other ese ores of whetstones, v-eeps round r diminution of the Pots- osition near il Value. 4,325 3,328 1,627 (2,834 0,942 )1,949 10,686 J5,525 4M30^ I Quebec Groups. isi», 48.4, ^ater, fferent shades ot des of nickel and te of magnesia. It has been brought to the surface in the United States, Canada, New Brunswick, Nova Scotia, and Newfoundland, by a series of undulations, or parallel folds, originating probably from lateral pressure coming in a south- easterly direction, similar to that which has given rise to the Appalachian chain of mountains, (See Chapter II.) These folds have broken through the upper crust, and exposed the surface of the Quebec Group.* To the south- east of the great fault (upthrow) in Canada, &c. which brought the Quebec Group to the surface, there is no evidence of Lower Silurian strata higher than those belonging to this group.f The same may be said of New Bruns- wickf^i^ far AS is known of its rock formations. ' H lUidl OS l>v ORIGIN OF THE METALS OP THE QUEBEC GROUP. { Oi^li Kid. hi-n I *^ The n^etals of the Quebec Group seem to have been orlgiiiaTly brbuglit to the surface in Watery solution, from which we conceive them to have been separated by the reducing agency of organic matter in the form of sulphurets, or in the native state, and mingled with the contemporaneous sediments, where they occur in beds, in disseminated grains foTxn\x\g fahlbandi, or as at ActOn, are the cementing material of conglomerates. During the subsequent metamorphism of the strata these metallic matters being taken into solution by alkaline carbonates or sulphurets, have been redeposited in fissures in the metalliferous strata, forming veins, or ascending to higher beds, have given rise to metalliferous veins in strata not themselves metalliferous. Such we conceive to be in a few words the theory of metallic deposits ; they belong to a period when the primal sediments were yet impregnated with metallic compounds which were soluble in the permeating waters. The metals of the sedimentary rocks are now however for the greater part in the form of insoluble sulphurets, so that we have only traces of them in a few mineral springs, which serve to show the agencies once at work in the sediments and waters of the earth's crust. The present occurrence of these metals in waters which are alkaline from the presence of carbonate of soda, is as we have elsewhere pointed out, of great significance when taken in connection with the metalliferous character of certain dolomites, which as we have shown, probably owe their origin to the action of similar alkaline springs upon basins of sea water. " The intervention of intense heat, sublimation and similar hypotheses to explain the origin of metallic ores, we conceive to be uncalled for. The solvent powers of solutions of alkaline carbonates, chlorids and sulphurets at elevated temperatures, taken in connection with the notions above enun- ciated, and with De Senarmont's and Daubree's beautiful experiments on the crystallization of certain mineral species in the moist way, will su^ce to form the basis of a satisfactory theory of metallic deposits." * For a description of the phenomena attending the formation of and subsequent foldings and bringing to the surface of the Quebec Group, the reader is referred to the " Geology of Canada," pages 296 and 233. t Prof. Hunt — On some points in Amcrioi^u Geology, X Ibid, 19 H 1 ^ ' '. :.■ • < Sr 146 BREADTH OF THE QUEBEC QROUP IN NEW BRUNSWICK. J '. ' T ''a THE QUEBEC GROUP IN NEW BRUNSWICK. The supposed nortbera boundary of this formation within the limits of the Province, commences near the Medisco River on the Bay Chaleurs. The strike of the rocks would carry them to Ramsay's Brook on the Upsalquitch, and thence towards the head waters of the Tobique to the north of Nictau Lake. A few miles from the mouth of the Tobique there are a series of silicious slates which appear to underlie unconformably a series of Upper Silurian argillites, green, red, and blue-black, and holding Favosites gothlandica. The strike of these silicious slates would carry them to the north of Nictau Lake, and this line prolonged in a southwesterly direction is supposed to form a rude but continuous curve, (see p. 127, Chap. VII.) which may provisionally represent the northern boundary of the Quebec Group, which has been brought to the surface simultaneously with the granite axis of Devonian age de6cril;>ed in Chapter II. The continuation of this boundary takes a southerly course and is supposed to cross the Shiktehawk about 8^ miles from its mouth, w^here a conglomer- ate occurs, described in Chapter VI. It crosses the Saint John below Presquile, and taking a southwesterly course it enters the State of Maine near the forks of the Meduxnekeag, pursuing its course towards the Atlantic Ocean on the north flank of the granitic axis, where it is represented on Mr. C. H. Hitchcock's Map of Maine as a belt of mica schist. On the south east side of this axis the Quebec Group is again brought to the sur- face, its eastern boundary being in great measure covered up by the Bona- venture formation or base of the carboniferous series, which in many places reposes upon it horizontally or nearly so. Until further investigations establish the contrary, all the sedimentary rocks, with the exception of the carboniferous, north of the granitic axis which comes in from the State of Maine at Saint Stephens, and proceeds in an easterly direction through Queen's County to and beyond the Saint John, may be considered as belong- ing to this group, although it is not improbable that there is a narrow belt of middle silurian rocks, on the northeast flank of the carboniferous series a few miles due west of Fredericton. The rocks on the north side of this last named axis, described by Hitchcock as mica schist, in its prolongation through Maine to the Atlantic Ocean, most probably belong to the Quebec Group. The breadth of this group of rocks measured at right angles to the strike within the limits of the boundaries just described, will be approximately as follows, after deducting the granite axis: — 1. Five miles from Bathurst, 2. From Ramsay's Brook, southeasterly, ... 3. From near the Nictau << 4. From the Tobique, " 5. From the Maduxnekeag, " 6. On the New Brunswick and Canadfi R. R., 20 miles. 86 44 48 88 25 (( <( (( ITS DISTRIBUTION OM THE NIPISlQUITt wt The uitch, <«ictau liciouB ilurian I. The 1 Lake, form a iioually 19 been lian age upposed iglomer- n below )f Maine I Atlantic ented on On the o the 8ur- the Bona- iny places Btigationa ion of tbe le State of through asbelong- arrow belt )UB series a of this last olongation the Quebec the strike ,»mately as ftiles. (( u a <( It has been already stated that this granite axis (Chap. II.) is really com- posed of numerous narrow belts, which come up between the schists of the Quebec Group, also that it has a much more northerly extension than repre^ sented by Dr. Gesner. On the South West Miramichi, there are no less than ten distinctly parallel granite belts, with belts of slate and schist between them. It is clear that this arrangement of the granite and slates may exor- cise a very important influence upon the rocks now under review, as it not only extends the area over which they may be found, but the metamorphic action exhibited by the granite may have effected a material change in the . composition and crystalline arrangement of some of the strata. THE QUEBEC GROUP OK THE NIPISIOUIT. The rocks of this Group on the Nipisiguit have undergone more or~ less metamorphism. Between the Upsalquitch and Nipisiguit, they occur in the form of highly laminated talcose and micaceous schists, splitting easily into thin leaves on weathered surfaces ; they are unctudus, ferruginous, some layers abounding in yellow mica, other chloritic, and others presenting a rich golden colour (micaceous,) when freshly broken. They are interpene- trated with quartz veins, and show also bunches of quartz. The same schist occurs just below the Devil's Elbow on the Nipisiguit, and appears at inters vals more or le^s ; o-^ and chloritic, from the 59th to the 47th mile from the mouth of the m Green schists are seen near the mouth of 44 mile creek, and are 8ucs,c«)ued by beautiful purple-red slates, supposed to derive their colour from manganese and iron ore, which are here associated together in the same manner as at Jacksontown, near Woodstock, and on the Tatta- gouche, where also copper ores occur. The pale sea green slates which come into place above and below nine mile brook are extremely beautiful, and superior in most particulars to the beautiful argillites of Upper Silurian age near the mouth of the Tobique. Six miles further down the stream red slates appear in the form of mural precipices. These have the same strike as the pilrple-red slates just described. About a mile and a half above the Grand Falls, near an island, there is a narrow belt of intensely black slates, which present a slightly corrugated surface when split with the cleavage planes ; these black slates resemble in every particular similar black slates, described further on, seen near the Dumbarton Station of the New Brunswick and Canada Railroad. The last named position of these slates shows them to be on the southeast side of the granite axis, although they have a northerly dip. The occurrence of these black slates at points so remote from one another (150 miles) is valua- ble, as affording additional proof to others which will be mentioned in the sequel, that these rocks of the Quebec Group are persistent throughout the breadth of the Province. The black slates are succeeded by a highly siiicious rock, which at the Grand Falls was seen to contain specks of sulphuret of copper, and to be of a more slaty character. The slates just below the Falls are porphyritic, but 1 i4 m 4;' ;*• :i: m \^'\ ¥ 348 BLACK SLATES, MICA SCHIST, RED SLATES. '' if ['' iii 1* i>m a cursory examination failed to detect in them any traces of copper. Tho anticlinal folds are very numerous down tho whole extent of the River, until the granite appears in place. Below the Falls, and close to the first Salmon Pool there is a belt of glisteninj^' taleose-micaceous schist, with an easterly dip (60"), which, when fresh suifaces are exposed and wetted, is of a brilliant and lustrous golden color, glistening in the sunlight with various hues, many of which are the rainbow colbrs produced by the decomposition of light. The rock is very beautifiil, but extremely fV'agile. It is noticed here, because a rock possess- ing precisely similar characteristics occurs on the road between Fredericton and Woodstock, near Sullivan's Creek, with an easterly dip. At the Grand Falls, on the Nipisiguit, this rock occurs on the southeast side of the axis, as far as it ia known there ; on the Saiiit John it is found on the northwest side. Four miles above Fabineau Falls sulphuret of copper mixed with iron pyrites is found in green slates, which appear to be a repetition of those already described. This ore at the surface is feebly auriferous. Some specimens have yielded a trace of gold. The fissile micaceous schist described as occurring on the portage between the Upsalquitch and Nipisiguit, and for some miles down that River, appears again in Millpagos Lake, a beautiful sheet of water not shewn on the Pro- vincial Map, situated at the head of the Gulquac Rivier, about a mile due south of Gulquac Lake, which is also about a mile due south of Tobique or Trowser's Lake. In this remote Lake, which lies at the northern base of the same granitic ridge separating Long Lake from Little 3. W. Miramichi Lake, the micaceous schist has a strike S. 70° E., dip W. There still remains one more well marked rock on the Nipisiguit, which has been traced even with greater persistency than the black slates, the golden hued talcoae-micaceons schists, or the fissile grey micaceous schists. This is the red slate with its bands of iron and manganese ores. On the Kipisigi^it, red slaites, similar to those which are found near Woodstock, are seer a little above Nine Mile Brook, about 31 miles from the mouth of the Riv8t side, rith iron of those uui Borne i between r, appears 1 the Pro- k mile due "obique or rn base of Miramichi uit, -which slates, the )us schists. 8. On the V^oodstock, e mouth of the purple- tioins of the ecd,itiaay on or close TerroginouB ir Gampbell eccaguimic, . Those at aguimic and a two broad Jeccaguimic. acksontown, b side of the The Tattngouche Rocks are probably repetitions of the same strata; they contain copper in addition to iron and manganese, but copper also occurs in Diorite within a few miles of Woodstock, belonging to the same series, and opened some years since by Mr. Stephens, THE QUEBEC QROUP ON THE CAMPBELL AND SERPENTINE RIVERS. Green porphyritic slates on Campbell River, resembling those of the Nipisiguit, are underlaid by quartzite ; the same was observed on the Mira- michi. About seven miles below the Tobique Lake, near a precipice 70 feet high, called Bull's Eye Rock, true gneiss was obsei'ved with the strike B. 60° E., it was followed by green ferruginous slate, which was again suc- ceeded by a highly quartzose rock, by green porphyritic slates and by red slates. Many of the strata on this river so closely resembling those of Nipi- siguit and Miramichi, leave scarcely any room for doubt that they all belong to the same series. The foldings of the rocks on Campbell River, near its junction with the Serpentine, are very striking. They are seen to form grand curves in the high banks of the river, which exceed 200 feet. The tops of these curves have been removed by denudation, probably glacial action, but the fine sweep of the strata can by a slight effort of the imagination be continued for more than a mile down the river, which exposes a beautiful section. A conglomerate similar to that seen on the Shiktehawk and on the Upsalquitoh, is distributed in masses in the bed of the river aboi^t two miles above the junction of the Serpentine and Campbell River. This fact coupled with the occurrence of Banded slates, about a mile from the Nictor, similar to those seen on the Saint John, and which are supposed to belong to the Upper Silurian Series, creates the suspicion that the limit of the Quebec Group in this vicinity may be a short distance to the northwest of the Tobique, below the Nictor or Forks. The Diorites which occur between the Forks and Blue Mountain Brook, are supposed to be for the most part altered sedimentary deposits belonging to the Quebec Group. An explora- tion for a few miles up the Little Tobique River, rather tended to confirm this view, the slates there being calcareous, ferruginous, and banded like some of the Upper Silurian Slates seen on the Saint John. Hence the limit of this formation is provisionally shown on the map as indicated above. About two miles above the mouth of Campbell River, on the left side of the river, there is a red jaspery rock with slaty cleavage, which may come on the river higher up in several places, as boulders both of the red and green variety were noticed in the stream, but the rock was hidden from view by drift. On the Serpentine, (right hand branch ot the Tobique), below the Forks, there are excellent roofing slates ; and at the Falls an exceedingly tough, green and red porphyry, whose surfaces, when ice polished, are remarkably beautiful. The mountains of this part of the Serpentine are high, and the banks precipitous, sometimes appearing as bold precipices three or four hundred feet above the water level. The sands of this river are auriferous, but the It u : ■ '■'1 ii m m M 'V'^ I ii,.j ; I (.' 1 •• n I. *1. : m I 150 QEOORAPUICAL DE60RIPTIOM OF AK UNDKSORIBUD AREA. particles of gold are very fine and the sand itself occurs in very small quan- tity. This river, however, as well as the Campbell, and the country between it and Blue Mountain, and northeast of Long Lake is exceedingly interest- ing and promising. Traces of copper were seen on Campbell Itiver in trap, as well as iron, manganese, copper, antimony and nickel. It is not improbable that the iron and manganese may be associated with the red jaspery rock, which was thought to be metamorphosed red slate ; the antimony and nickel, probably belong to a lower rock of the series, whose representative is found at the Prince William Antimony Mines, and on the other side of the gran- itic axis, a few miles north of Woodstock, where I was shown specimens both of antimony and manganese which were stated to have been obtained in the neighbourhood, but the finder, as I was informed, refused to name the locality until he had secured the laud. Throughout the whole of this region great beds and probably intrusive masses of Diorite are common. Some of these contain seams of green coloured epidote which have been mistaken for copper. In one locality labove Blue Mountain on the Tobique, there are several traces of ** prospect- ing " operations, which the Indians told me were undertaken some years since by persons from Saint John who expected to find "a copper mine." The Dicrites in this neighbourhood contain traces of copper, but the opera- tions seem to have been directed towards the veins of epidote. Before glancing at the rocks on the section between the Tobique and the little South West Miraraichi, it will be necessary to give a brief geographical description of a portion of the country which has not been surveyed or laid down on the Provincial Map. This area is situated south and southeast of the Tobique Lake and Long Lake. GEOGRAPHICAL DESCRIPTION. Milpagos Lake. At the southern extremity of Tobique Lake there is a low portage, about one mile and a half long, leading into Milpagos Lake. This ridge is not more than 80 feet in altitude, and the course of the portage is 8. 8. W. A narrow stream flows from Milpagos Lake into Tobique Lake. The meaning of the word Milpagos is "a lake with many arms," an expression which scarcely characterizes thii* sheet of water. Its greatest breadth is not more than 800 yards, and its length is about a mile. At its southwestern extre- mity it receives a small tributary which flows through a lake a mile farther south, and is the true source of the right hand branch of the Tobique River. The dividing ridge south of Milpagos Lake is probably continuous with the ridge separating Long Lake from Little South West Miramichi Lake, and the Gulquac Lake from streams flowing into the Miramichi. The hills on the east side are from 300 to 400 feet above the lake, which at its upper extremity is very shallow and fringed with a broad belt of rushes, the breed- ing places of numerous families of ducks, and still the abode of many beaver. A greenish-grey chloritic and micaceous schist, with a strike 8. 70° E. and I GULQUAC LAKE — BEAVER. 161 quan- jtween itereBt- .n trap, robable y rock, [ nickel, 18 found be gran- )eciinen8 obtained to name intrusive of green e locality ' prospect- ome years )er mine'" the opera- ^ue and the eographical jyed or laid Boutheast of rtege, about ridge is uot S.S.W. A The meaning •ession which h is not more restern extre- a mile farther 'obiquettiver. itinuouB with ramichi Lake, •hi. The hills ch at its upper hes, the breed- many beaver. g. 70° E. and dip W. at a high angle, forms a narrow ridge in this Lake. It reserables iu Home particulars the schist on the Upsalquitch Portage. The mountains in view are all in the form of long, low, narrow domes. Gulquac Lake. The portage to Gulquac Lake commences in the first open expanse of Milpagos Lake, and pursues a W. N. W. course for not more than one third of a mile, leading into a fine open sheet of water, three quarters of a mile long by half, a mile broad, surrounded by a low swampy tamarac and spruce country. The pitcher plant was observed growing luxuriantly iu the deep moss fringing this part of Gulquac Lake. A narrow portage, about 200 yards broad, leads into the main portion of Gulquac Lake, which is about two miles long and three quarters of a mile broad, on a due south course. The hills on the west side are from 250 to 800 feet high ; on the east side the country is low. From the number of granite boulders not much worn in the middle and towards the upper extremity of Gulquac Lake, it appears probable that ridges iu this vicinity are composed of this rock. The Lake terminates in an ex- tensive marsh lying at the base of the dividing ridge before mentioned. Its outlet leading into Gulquac River, is situated at the southwest extremity, and is closed by a beaver dam seventy yards long, 16 inches high on the Lake side, and two feet six inches on the Riverside ; the waters of this Lake tind their outlet during the summer months through the interstices at the upper portion of the dam, in the spring and fall they flow over it. The dam must be very old, as alders three inches in diameter have grown all across it, and their roots have no doubt added to its stability. It is composed of spruce branches, trunks of small trees, mud and stones ; a fringe of stones from one inch to six inches in diameter being deposited on the Lake side. The dam is 2 feet broad at the top, 4 feet at the Lake surface, and six feet broad at the River surface. One part of the dam was strengthened with a large pine tree, which had evidently been blown into the Lake, and floated to its place by the beavers. The roots and branches were gnawed ofl" close to the trunk, the marks of the teeth being clearly visible. The length of the tree was 33 feet, its diameter at the butt 20 inches, at the other extremity 12 inches. Some of the houses were of large dimensions, the height of one being 10 feet, and breadth 16 feet. Two entrances were noticed under the water, and two covered up entrances 3 feet above the present water level, also two at the present level of the water. Near the house was a large heap of freshly cut willow branches, the commencement of their winter store of food, and at some little distance on the marshy ground the remains of last winter's store were visible. During the afternoon some of the beaver were seen feeding in the Lake, diving down among the water lilies, and bringing up portions of the roots. One was shot in the act of feeding in the deep water of the Lake, holding the water lily root between his four paws, apd keeping hi^ I'm ■t..< m 'Hi ■1" -'iVl \: li *V i (i ■■ ,1 If If J ■: 152 LONO LAKE— MILNAQEO LAKR. body in an upright position with his broad webbed hind feet. Several other beaver dams and houees were seen during this exploration, but none in which the wonderful instinct of this little animai was manifested in so marked a degree as in Gulquac Lake. It was observed that the canoe might steal towards a beaver to within 80 or 40 yards, when feeding in the Lake, provided the approach were made in perfect silence, even though the animal was advancing at the same time. But the least noise, even the click of the trigger, was sufficient to cause them to dive instantly. The Indians with me remarked, that although the hearing of the beaver is perfect, his eyesight is very deficient, an obser- vation which former experience leads me to suppose is correct. Although we did not deviate from our course for the purpose of hunting, or make any delay beyond what was required in effecting the portage from Milpagos Lake to Gulquac Lake, (half an hour,) the voyage through the last named piece of water yielded us one beaver, one mink, one muskrat, five ducks, four partridges, and a dozen and a half of trout, besides a passing glimpse of a cariboo, a bear, and several tracks of moose. Long Lake. ' Returning to Tobique Lake, we crossed over to Long Lake. The beach at the beginning of the portage is composed altogether of white granite debris ; the portage which is 2J miles long, passes through a swampy piece of ground to a beautiful bay in Long Lake. This fine sheet of water is about seven and a half miles long, and two broad, but as it is laid down on Mr. "Wilkinson's map, it requires no special description. It reminded me of lakes On the canoe route between Lake Superior and Ked River. Proceeding to the head of Long Lake, we ascended a small river flowing over granite debris for the distance of a mile, passing the mouth of a small stream which comes from Milnagcc Lake. Milnagec, which signifies " Full of Islands," is the name given to one of the feeders of Long Lake. It is situated about three miles W-S-W. of the head of Long Lake, and is stated by the Indians to be about 3 miles long and 1 J broad. The numerous Islands it contains have been the origin of its name. Liitle South West Miramichi Lake. Leaving our canoe on the bank of the stream IJ mile from the head of Long Lake, we commenced a portage to Miramichi Lake, the head of the little southwest branch of that river, on the south side of the dividing ridge. The portage follows an old Indian path, over a low mountain, which may be 500 feet above the level of Long Lake. The forest is composed of spruce and birch. Three miles from the north end of the portage the path crosses a mountain stream flowing into Long Lake, and at about 4J miles the summit level is attained which is probably 600 feet above Long Lake. The ascent is gradual, and the plateau covered with a very fine forest of spruce and birch. The descent to Miramichi Lake is also very gradual and through a yery fine forest. The whole length of this portage is about 8J raib5. No LITTLE SOUTH WEST MIBAMICUI LAKE. 158 ral other oone in d in BO :o within ich wcro the Bftine fieient to although an ohwif- Although make any Milpago* last named five ducks, ig giimpse he beach at tnitc debris; •e of ground pg, and two B no epeoial tween Lake we ascended mile, passing Miinagec, the feeders head of Long nd IV^rofld. ame. n the head of le head of the dividing ridge, in, which may ,osed of epruce 5 path crosses a ,les the summit e. The ascent of spruce and and through a ,8imil*«. ^<^ rock was seen in position, but numerous unworn white granite boulders render it probable that this dividing ridge is granitic. A few unworn boulders of schist, much twisted and contorted, appear on the south side of this ridge, shewing the presence of belts of that rock runni g probably parallel with the granite as observed on the South West Miramiobi. Arrived on the shores of Miramichi Lake the Indians began to construct a spruce bark canoe, which was finished and afloat in eight hours. Although it was only the 12th of August we were anxious to see if moose would respond to a call. Hardly believing that at this early period of the year any response would be made, and perhaps overcome with the fatigue of the portage, both the Indians and myself fell asleep on the beach, but were suddenly awakened by the splash and plunge of a moose which had answered the call, and approached through the shallow waters of the lake to within twenty yards of where we lay, when warned by a ^uU or change in the wind which enabled him to sceut a suspicious object, he turned round and dashed away into the gloom before we had time to fire. The head of Little South West Miramichi Lake is very shallow, tod much grown up with rushes and water lilies. The main body is about two miles broad and two and a half long. It contains at least fourteen islands, all of them of white granite. The outlet of the lake forms the beginning of the Little South West Miramichi, a river which here is full of micaceous schist boulders and ridges of the same rock, resembling the schist of the Upsal- quitch portage. At the rapids close to the Lake, we caught numbers of fine trout, weighing from two and a half to four pounds each. Leaving the Indians to fish, I walked a mile or so down the stream, but finding it choked with boulders, and the ledges of micaceous schist continuing without change, the examination of the river was not pursued any further. Besides the trout mentioned above, large chub are numerous in the lake ; we shot several duck, and on the portage a dozen partridge, and saw numerous moose, cariboo, and bear tracks. From these observations it will be inferred that the tract of country described, is still rich in game, the lumberer not iiaving yet reached either Long Lake Portage or the country about Milpagos' and Gulquac Lakes. There is, moreover, a large vacant space on the Pro- vincial Map, east of the area described, which the Indians allege has not yet been visited by "white men." THE MAQAQUADAVIC AT VAIL'S TO ROIX STATION. From the Magaguadavic to the Dumbarton Station of the New Brunswick and Canada Bailroad, the Lower Silurian rocks appear at long intervals apart, the road generally lying through a low and uncleared country, but in the neighbourhood of the Station, they have a strike S. 60 E. with a dip to- the N. E. at an angle of 40.° They present themselves here in the form of ferruginous schist beautifully laminated. About three quarters of a mile uorth of the Dumbarton Station, there are some immense unworn masses of a siliciouB schist, enclosing crystals of iron pyrites, and resembling in 20 1 ,'.'i Mi ^ m . (' 154 THE ROCKS ON TUB MAQAUUAbAVIC. .li! every particular a scliiat seon on the South West Miramichi. (Soo pngo 45, for a description of the South West Miramichi.) Many of tlioso houldort} protrude from a gravelly drift, and they appear to form part of a series of glacial inorainen subsequently covered with river drift. On tlie west side of the Digdewash, about one luilo above the Station, a remarkable schistose porphyrinic rock occurs, with a strike S. 65 E., and dip N. E. at an angle of 80°. It overlays a blue talcose schist with a N. E. dip. This schist contains highly ferruginous bands with layers of heematite. It is followed by black slates which appear in place some distance to the west of the Station, but boulders from these slates were seen in great profusion over the summit and sides of the hills a little to the southwest. These black slates differ, as already stated, in no observed particular from similar slates seen on the Nipisiguit. The occurrence of ferruginous slates with layers of heematite above them, is also an exact counterpart of part of the Nipisiguit Series. Immediately in front of the Station the slates are much seamed with quartz layers, and quartz veins form a network between the layers. About five miles from Dumbarton ferruginous slates with bands of black slates were seen to form an anticlinal axis, and near Roix Road Station the blue slates, weathering grey, have a strike S. 50° W., with a vertical dip. It is also worthy of remark that near the Roix Road Station boulders of a conglomerate similar to that which occurs on the Shiktehawk were noticed. These boulders contain fragments of red, green, and black slate, emerald green silicious pebbles, a few quartz and jasper pebbles. Their occurrence here shows probably the proximity of the upper member of the Quebec Group ; with these conglomerate boulders were also seen masses which were thought to be from a glauconite schist. UPPER FALLS OF THE MAOAQUADAVIC TO TQE LOWER FALLS. Near the Upper Falls of the Magaguadavio, about eight miles north of the village of Saint George, a gneissoid schist, interpenetrated with reticulating veins of quartz was seen dipping north at a high angle, and the white granite of Devonian age on which it rested was recognized in position about a mile further down the stream. The granite here forms high cliffs facing the east, some of these escarpments are from 400 to 500 feet high, and from their summits a very extensive and beautiful view is obtained. Part of Lake Utopia with its islands is seen to the east, and Mount Pleasant, estimated at upwards of 1300 feet in altitude, is clearly distinguishable some twenty five miles to the north. The valley of the Magaguadavio lies at the feet of the spectator, while to the south the village of Saint George, backed by the hills lying between it and the sea, appears in delightful contrast to the nearer range of granite hills, from any one of whose summits the different objects enumerated may be observed. The granite is exceedingly coarse, the crystals of quartz being more than two lines in diameter, the felspar, though weathering white, has a pinkish tinge which increases on progressing south- ward until the rook viewed from a distance Jooks rose-red. In all particulars TnK ROCKS NEAR SAINT OROKOE. 155 JO 46, iilJors Boriea J west rkable . E. at This It ift west of on over le black IT slatea ayers of ipisiguit Beamed e layers, of black ation the •tical dip. [dors of a e noticed. ), emerald (ccurrenco ,e Quebec rliicUwero lovth of the ■eticulating lite granite bout a milo ng the east, from their ^rt of Lako Bstimated at twenty five B feet of the eked by the to the nearer jrent objects coarse, the Bpar, though essing south- x\\ particular «xcept the occasional occurrence of largo crystals of white weathering fel- spar an inch and more long, the granite resembles the central range. When within about four miles of the village of Baint George, the rock assumes a gneissoid character with a strike nearly east and west, (N. 70 £.) and a dip to the south ; it is in fact a porphyritic gneiss, in which the felspar predomi- nates and the mica exists in very small quantity, the quartz crystals continu- ing large and well defined. The breadth of the granite probably does not exceed hero three and a half miles. About two miles from Saint George, a Diorito succeeds the gneiss passing into a homogeneous slate. A mile north from Saint George the red felspathic schist, which appears for a long distance as a more or less precipitous escarpment on the road to Saint Stephen, hero forms a magnificent " bluft'." The rock is very strong, and seen from the road is a striking object. Its general colour is rose-red. And where partly covered with green moss and grey lichens it presents at a dis- tance a picture of singular beauty, especially when lit up by the rays of the sun after a shower of rain. The contrast of the colours is so remarkable that this rock would form a favourite study for an artist in any country. The schist itself is not less interesting; it has an east and west strike and dips to the south ; its upper portion is porphyritic and is probably a diorite. An intrusive green diorito appears on the southern exposure, but it was not traced to the summit. From this rock Lake Utopia is plainly seen, being not more than two miles from it. These green and red diorites resemble those on the Tobique and Campbell Rivers, and would probably form excellent materials for decorative arts. Some portions of the rock which had been submitted to glacial action, and the polished surfaces preserved by a thin coating of sand, were especially beautiful, deep red chrystals being imbedded in a light green or rose-red matrix. FALLS OF THE UAaAQUADAVIC. At the Falls of the Magaguadavic the slates have a general strike east and west with a southerly dip, but they have been subjected to some disturbance. The slates are succeeded by bedded diorites which from their hardness have arrested t>e retreat of the falls. Before the falls had reached the pool their retrocession must have been very rapid, as they then fell over fissile blue- black slates which appear just opposite the pool or basin below the mass of bedded Diorite over which the waters of the lower part of the falls plunge. These black slates have a strike nearly due east and west (N. 76" E.) with a northerly dip. They are first corrugated and very hard near to the Diorite, but they soon become fissile and expose large plane surfaces, and some bands are apparently fitted not only for roofing purposes but also for writing slates. The first band of slates is about 200 yards broad, this is succeeded by about 300 yards of Diorite, as exposed on the river bank ; the slates then come in again with the same strike but a southerly dip, showing an anti- clinal axis here. They are also blacker than before, and when wet appear intensely black ; they present a rou,jrh surface when freshly fractured, like ' > h'^ \i !^'l Ml n i } ■ t ■I, M" (■ 156 BLACK SLATKB NEAR THE TALLS. I I; m i the black slates of the Nipisiguil and the black slated near Datnbarton. As both of those slates probably belong to that part of the Lower Silarian Series which is known as the Quebec Group, the resemblance of the black slates of the Magaguadavic to them is remarkable and suggestive. The lower bands of black slates easily break into rhombs, arc fermginous, and sometimes expose many square feet of plane surface witli that peculiar roughness which distinguishes the black slates of the Nipisigoit. CHARACTERISTIC STRATA DCLONOINO TO TOE QUIBXO QROUP. The great economic valae of this series of rocks makes it dcsirahlo to supply as ftiU a dcscriptivo account of the strata which compose it as tlio limits of the present Report will permit. As the scries in Now Brunswick is merely a repetition of what has been carefully studied in Canada, It will be desirable to incorporate the results of many years study of the mineral characters of these rocks by Professor Hunt. Gnkiss. — Great masics of orthooluo gneisi * are met with in this sorios. They are generally fine-grained, and are more quartzose than those of the Laurentian system ; with which the practiced observer will never confound them. The coarse-grained and porphy- ritic reddish and white varieties are never met with, and the gneiss is generally of pale greyish or greenish hues. In some oases, great portions of it are so destitute of marks of ■tratiication, that but for their relations to the adjacent bods, they might be taken for intrufive maaees. The mica is generally white or greyish, and in small quantity. Often found repoting •n the gromite in New Bninsmck. Anorthositi. — Rooks composed of triolinio feldspars, and representing the anortho- sitos t of the Laurentian system, are common in this series ; thuy are, however, never coarsely crystalline, and are often compact. In some cases the feldspar approaches to albite or to oligoclase in cemposition. Through an intermixture of hornblende, these rocks pass into diorite.| Diorite. — In the diorites of this series, the feldspar is sometimes the predominant element. One fVom Oxford was found, by analysis, to consist of sixty-four parts of albito, and thirty-six of hevablende ; another contained seventy-four parts of a feldspar, which was near albite in eoioposition, but contained as much potash as soda. Others of these diorites exhibit a predominance of hornblende, often mingled with a chloritie mineral, and constitute veritable greenstones ; which, however, appear to be in all cases sedimentary rocks. They are frequently so finely granular as to appear at first sight homogeneous while at others they are rather coarsely crystalline, or sometimes porphyritio, {torn the presence of large feldspar crystals — Common throughout the group in New Brunswick. Epidosite (epidotb AMD QUARTZ). — Epidote is a characteristic mineral of great por- tions of this series. Sometimes it forma with quarts, a fine-grained oompaot rock, which is found in thick beds in the Shickshock Mountains. At others, the epidote is dissemi- nated in nodules, in a fine grained silicious rock, which often becomes chloritie or argilla- ceous. — Common on the Upper Tohiqv£, * Orthoclasz gneist — Potash Felspnr gneiss. t Anorthoiite — A Lima Felspar Rock. t riorite — A Rock composed chiefly of felspar and hornblende, ClIAnACTfiKISTIO 8TKATA OF THIS nROUP. 16T [tab^o to t as tho la, H will ( mineral They ate rstem*, witb and porpVjy- •ally of pale of marks of bo taken for lity. the anortho- )wever, never ipproaches to le, these rocks predominant [parts of albito, PeWspar, which Ubers of these [ie mineral, and Job sedimenUry horooReneouB, ritic, ftom the Brun»v>kk. L\ of great por- Lct rock, irhich Uote ia diflBemi- loxitio or axgiUa- V'' n ' HlOA-BOOK.— This soft grey schistose rock, a bed of which hu been wrouf^ht as a Vtriety of potHtone, has nearly the compoaition of a hydrous mica, with only three per cent of alkilies, and fifty-one per cent of silica. — Atpiaiguit, Snint John River. MiOA-n(!nitT.— These mica^schists are very variable in their natore, and often highly quart^oiio ; not unfroquently they havo the aspect of what are called talcose slates, with- out, however, containing any mngnenia, and owe their peculiar characters to a mica like thfit of the preceding rook, or to pholnrite or pyrophyllite. Pholcrito is sometimes fonnd ill n pure state, in fissures in the sandstones nf this series ; and pyrophyllite forms beds, resembling steatite, in the same formation in the southern United States ; where it also occurs crystallized with quartc. Localities, — DcviVt Elbow on the Nijmiymt^ Saint John River, Upsalquitch Lake, Milpagot Lake. •*' AROti,i.iTE. — The argillaceous rocks of this sories present many varieties, from roofing- slates, and talooid and plumbaginous shales, to others which are more or less chloritic or micaceons. Some specimens are remarkable from containing small oral masst ^ of regular outline, consisting of orthoclase and quartz. Their exterior portion is gene, .ily of feld- spar, the centre being filled with ((uartz ; but sometimes the one or the othev is wanting, and the kernels consist of quarts or of feldspar only. These oral masses, which are iiom ono^ighth to one-half an inch in length, have their greater diameters parallel. The roc> might be called an amygdaloid. Some portions of these argillites are penetrated by stiall veins with quarts, chlorite, and bitter-spur, interseeting these slates. Compare the Red Slatet m next Chapter. Localities. — Vallnif of Shihtehawk, of Bcccagiiitnic, Jackgontotcn, on Campbell Rivr, on the Nipi$iguit, on the Lpsalqwitch, on the South Wett Miramichi, Iron-Schist or Itabirite. — Groat bods of a rock made of scales of specular iron, with quarts and chlorite, are met with in the altered Silurian strata. They are sometimes rich iron ores, and at other times contain but small portions of the metallic oxyd. The spe- cular schists often include a portion of titanic acid, which is occasionally seen in the form of rutile or of sphene, crystallized in veins, sometimes with feldspar. These rocks are apparently identical with the itabirite of Brazil. Localities. — On the Upper South West Miramichi, Campbell River. DiaTiLAQK Rook. — Diallago is abundant, not only as a component of some ophiolites, but sometimes forming a rock, either by itself, or with a little mixture of an amorphous mineral, which approaches to pyrosclerito in its composition. GnLORlTOiD-SoHiST.^Chloritoid is abundant in the quartzose mic^ .' ^-.sts ia this series. Hornblende Rock, with Garnets. — Beds of black crystalline hornblende rock, including small crystals of red garnet, occur with the serpentines oi Mount Albert. In many other parts, hornblende in tho form of actinolito, or a tou{7 i, fibrous variety allied to it, forms beds of great thickness. Magnetic Iron in Dolomite. — Magnetic iron orn is often found in these rocks, in irregular beds or masses in Serpentine. Copper Pyrites. — Oopper is abundantly distributed in this formation. The ores are met with in quartzose, argillaceous, micaceous, and chloritic slates, in limestones, and in dolomites. The oopper in these strata seems to have been a contemporaneous deposit fVom aqueous solutions. Tattagouche — Nipiaiguit, four miles above Pabineau Falltc—At the Grand Falls — Campbell River — Woodstock. li il I If; I 158 SERPENTINES — DOLOMITES. Ophiolitk (Serpkntinb.) — Under the name of ophiolite we include those rocks which have serpentine for their base. The normal ophiolites are nearly pure serpentine, while some are mixtures of serpentine and carbonate of lime (calcareous ophiolites,) and others dolomitio and magnesitio ophiolites; containing respectively dolomite and 'carbonate of magnesia, often in large proportions. All of these varieties are met with in Canada, or in the adjacent State of Vermont. These compound ophiolites are sometimes porpbyritic from the presence of diallage (the Italian gabbro). At other times, they have the aspect of conglomerates, exhibiting rounded or angular masses of puro serpentine of various sIeos, imbedded in a dolomitio paste, itself more or less coloured by intermingled serpentine.' A magnesitio ophiolite from Vermont has a gneissoid structure, due to the arrangement of the crystalline magnesite spar, with lamella) of talc, apparently marking planes of stratifi- cation. The ophiolite of Mount Albert is marked with red and green bands, which have the aspect of sedimentary layers ; and the relations of the ophiolite throughout this seriesi where its outcrop has been followed for hundreds of miles, are always those of an inter^ stratified deposit, and never of an eruptive rock. It occurs with dolomite, magnesite, steatite, diorite and argillite, with each one of which it has been found in contact, and it seems sometimes to replace the other magnesian rocks. Its beds vary from a few yards to several hundred feet in thickness. The colours of these ophiolites are of various shades of green ; generally much darker than those of the Laurentian series. A red colour some- times occurs in patches and bands, or pervades the whole mass ; this, in some eases, at least, is due to an intermixture of red hematite. Foliated and fibrous varieties (baltimorite and chrysotile) are frequently found in veins in these ophiolites. Chromic iron is also a characteristic mineral, in grains, or in interstratified beds or lenticular masses, often of large size. Magnetic iron occurs in these ophiolites, both in grains and beds, sometimes with ilmonite. The analysis of the serpentine of these ophiolites show them to contain from seven to ten per cent, of protoxyd of iron, to which they owe their colour, besides small portions of oxyds of chrome and nickel. These two metals often occur in the magnesian rooks of this series, in the form of chromic iron and sulphuret of nickel ; but aro in many cases present as integral portions of the silicate. This is true, not only of the serpentines, but of the diallage and actinolite rocks, and many of the dolomites and magnesites. It would seem that chrome and nickel were constant accompaniments of the magnesian deposits of the present series. We have also detected these metals in the ophiolites of Caiifornia, of Portsoy in Scotland, Cornwall, the Vosges Mountains, Mount Rosa and Corsica; while they are wanting in the Laurentian ophiolites of Canada, and in specimens of Serpentine from Norway, supposed to be of the same formation. Steatite. — Talc slates or schistose varieties of steatite are not unfrequent. These are sometimes nearly pure talc, and at others mingled with hornblende, in the form of actino- lite or with bitter spar. Chlorite, (Potstone.) — Sometimes beds of pure compact chlorite are met with in these rocks. Maonesite. Dolomites. — Limestones. — Dolomites, or magnesian limestones, are abundant in this series, and frequently accompany the ophiolites or serpentines into the composition of which they often enter. These dolomites are generally ferruginous, often containing eight or ten per cent, of carbonate of iron, and sometimes as much carbonate of manganese. They are often mingled with a portion of clay, or of silicious sand, and very frequently DEPOSITS OF SILICA. 159 », or in pbyritic e aspect lus tAtoi, tine. A ementr of f Btratifi- lioh have tiis Beries* ' an inter- uagnesite, act, and it w yards to DUB sbades jlouT Bomo- ne eases, at [baltimorite ron is also a jes, often of I Bometimes om seven to II portions of rocks of this cases present 58, but of the t would seem eposits of the California, of Jorsicaj vhile of serpentine become conglomerates, enclosing pebbles or rounded masses of pure limestone, and more rarely of sandstone, sbale, or dolomite, in a paHte of ferruginous red-wcatbering magnesian limestone. In some coses, these rocks have the composition of a true dolomite, in which the ozyds of iron and manganes« replace a portion of magnesia. In others, the quantity of lime is not equivalent to the other protoxyd bases, and we have » passage to the mag- nesites already described ; which are rocks consisting of carbonates of magnesia and iron, with little or no carbonate of lime. The foreign minerals of these rocks are few in number ; chlorite, talc, hornblende, pyroxene and brown garnet are sometimrs met with, and a green chromiferous mica, probably allied to fucksite, occurs in small scales, both in the magne- sites and in the dolomites. With the ferruginous dolomites, are often interstratified beds of pure limestone, which frequently enclose concretionary fibrous masses, made up of con- oentrio layers, like the recent deposits of travertine from calcareous waters. The conditions under which these dolomites and pure limestones are associated, are such as to leave no doubt that they have been contemperaneous deposits and to forbid the notion of the formation of dolomite by any subsequent alteration of the limestones. — [See Geolo- gical Reports of Canada for 1857 and 1858.] Deposits of Silica. — Deposits of silica, which are evidently of chemical origin, and which assume the form of hornstone or jasper, ns they include more or less argillaceous or ferruginous matter, are not unfrequent among the mechanical sediments of this series. The two specimens of sandstone from the unaltered strata of the Quebec Group at St. Nicholas, are supposed to represent the granitic gneiss of the altered portions of the same formation. The cement in some of these sandstones, is a feldspathic matter, rich in potash ; and the analysis of the rock, as a whole, gives a composition identical with the mixture of quartz, orthoclase, and mica, which constitutes this gneiss. The metamorphism uf these aluminous rocks consists then, simply in the crystallization of the sillicates of alumina and alkali ia the sediments, a reaction which has taken place at no very elevated temperature ; the alkaline sillicates and carbonates, by which the waters of these sediments are impregnated, aiding the process. At the same time, the reactions between the sillioious and argillaceous matters, and the earthy carbonates, in the presence of these alkaline solutions give rise to chlorite, and epidote.* * Prnfetsor Sterry Hunt. — Desvriptive Catalogue of a collection of the Economic Mineral! of Canada, and of its Cbrystalliae Rocks,— ISO'^'. u m it, k m 1 jt. These are Form of actino- le met with in r^ *■ Abundant in this I composit'^'^" of containing eight fl of manganese, [very frequently A'. , ' I • \ % I I't, CHAPTER IX. THE QUEBEC GROUP.— (Continued.) Metalliferous Deposits in the Quebec Group of New Brunswick — Iron, Manganese, Copper, Antimony, Nickel, Lead, Zinc, Gold, Silver — Origin of the metallic deposits in this Group— Professor Sterry Hunt's Views — .The Woodstock Iron ORES'— Description of the Ores — Chemical Composition-^Properties of the Iron — The Woodstock Iron Works — Opening for capital and enterprise in the working of these Iron Ores — Their extensive distribution — Their development on the east side of the Saint John — On the Beccaguimic — Their associations with limestones for fluxing, fuel for smelting, labour, and their occurrence in a fine agricultural country — Their occurrence on the Shiktehawk — Three undulations on the east side of the Saint John have brought the ores to the surface — Vast importance of these ores — Native silver in a jasper boulder on the Shiktehawk — Manoanesx and Copper Ores — On the Nipisiguit, Tatta- gouche, Campbell Rivers, Bull's Creek — Saint John — Professor Hunt's views respect- ing the origin of Copper in the deposits of the Quebec Group — Antimony Ores — ' The ores of Prince William Parish — Characters of the Dislocations — The Pits — Probable extent and richness of the ore — Nickel — Copper — Production and uses of Antimony — Lead Ores — Zinc Ores — Sequence of the strata in Canada — I8I4AND of Orleans Skries — Phillipsburg Series. metalliferous deposits and metals in the rocks supposed to belonq to the quebec group in new brunswick. I. Iron ; II. Manganese ; III. Copper ; IV. Antimony ; V. Nickel, VI. Lead ; VII. Zinc ; VIII. Gold ; IX. Silver. The manner in whioh the metals of this Group have originated is of much importance in attempting to form an estimate of the commercial value of any deposit. It has been shown in the preceding Chapter, accord- ing to Professor Sterry Hunt, who has paid especial attention to this sub- ject, and the results of whose investigations form som of the most important contributions to Chemical Geolcy which have yet been given to the scientific world, that the metals seem to have been originally brought to the surface in watery solution, from which he considers them to have been separated by the reducing agency of organic matter in the form of sulphu- rets, or in the native state and mingled with the contemporaneous sedi- ments, where they occur in beds, or in disseminated grains forming fahl- bands, or, as at Acton, are the cementing material of conglomerates. During the subsequent metamorphism of the strata, these metallic matters being taken into solution by alkaline carbonates or sulphurets, have been redeposited in fissures in the metalliferous strata, forming veins, or ascend- ing to higher beds have given rise to metalliferous veins in strata not them- Peroxi Protox Alumi Oxide Peroxi Lime . Magnei Potash Soda. Sulphu Phosph Silica. Car. Ac MefaJli * On »\ t CoiDp , I This 1 Iron Worl coMPosirroN op the woodstock iron oubs. 161 3oppoT, in this oription ck Iron Ores — Jobn — imeUing, le on the )ugbt the r boulder At, Tatta- rs respect- { Obes — he Pits— I and uses SI^ONO TO •. KiCKBL, ated is of onimercial _er, accord- o this Bub- important yen to the brought to have been , of sulpbu- tneous Bcdi- ,rming fM- xtes. alUc matters have been „, or aacend- ,ta not them- selves metalliferous. The intervention of intense heat, sublimation and similar hypothesis to explain the origin of metallic ores, Professor Hunt conceives to be uncalled for.* THE WOOf'^^roCK IRON ORES. ' These ores are vast sedimentary deposits many feet in thickness, inter- stratified with red and green argillites, or with calcareo-inagnesian slates, of a red or green, or mottled red and green colour. The ores vary in com- position, being both red and black, the black is sometimes feebly magnetic, but it derives its colour more from the presence of manganese than from the black magnetic oxide. The red ore is an impure hsematite, cbntaining besides the peroxide of iron, some carbonate of the protoxide, and from one to six per cent, of manganese ; it is often seamed with thin lAyers of graphite. The most characteristic of the earthy admixtures, Are from two to five pel* cent, of magnesia, and from .064 to nearly two pet cent, of phosphoric acid. The mean of eight analyses gave 82 68-100th& per cent. Of iron from the ores worked at the furnaces. Sortie of the samples yielded as high as 48 per cent, of metallic iron, othfets as Idw fts 19 per cent. ; 82 per cent, appears to be about the general average as shet^n in the accompanying Tables, wh«n the extremes are thrown out and the mebn of the remaining' six analyses is taketi. The slaty ores are often concretionary,! showing Uyers of silaall circular or eliptical spaces regularly distributed in lines parallel to the stratification. Table shovjing the Chemical Compogitton of Eight Samples of the Woodstock Iron Ore$.'!(, Peroxide of Iron. Protoxide " Alumina Oxide uf Manganese, Peroxide " Lime Magnesia PotaHh Soda Sulphuric Acid... Phosphoric Acid. Silica Car. Acid and Water, 49.357 47.858 39.285 67.857 42.587 27.143 50.000 1.412 2.140 1.140 1.070 — traces 2.400 6.200 3 924 3.116 2.004 6.412 10.742 6.114 4.784 6.110 5.872 0.976 2.140 5.172 3.742 — 8.740 — 2.014 1.004 1.120 0.887 1.074 5.9^4 1.146 3.911 5.016 4.602 2.940 6.107 2.067 4.072 0.886 0.972 0.702 0.744 0.217 0.884 0.214 0.692 0.671 0.512 0.631 0.202 0.772 0.206 0.798 0.590 1.274 0.588 0.977 0.842 0.572 1.324 0.977 1.880 0.064 0.880 1.924 1.062 22.021 16.842 25.964 5.630 22.420 84.214 19.842 7.621 13.890 14.964 5.609 8.974 10.286 10.630 100.000 100.000 100.000 100.000 100.000 100.000 100.000 34.867 35.147 28.377 48 323 30.000 19.000 36.848 35.714 5.100 6.076 6.840 0.t62 4.216 0.887 0.642 0.764 1762 25.6|p0 12.673 100.000 Mean of the eight 32.683. American Journal of Science, May 1801. * Oa some pointii in AmerioKn Geology, t Compare with " Argillite," page 157. t This Table wa» kindly given to me by Norris Best, Esquire, one of the proprietors of the WoocUtock Iron Works. The analyses were made in England by chemists of known reputation. 21 '9i m i 'i •I •; til t 162 RESISTINa POWER A5D CHARACTER Or THE IROK. \l. i CHARACTER OF THE IRON. The iron produced at the "Woodstock Iron Company's Furnaces isofa very superior quality. Its colour is silver-grey ; its density is equal to that of some varieties of the best hammered iron ; it makes excellent steel, and possesses great toughness or resisting power. The resistance in tons per square inch of — Yorkshire Iron, is .,, 24.50 tons. Derbyshire " 20,25 " Shropshire " 22.60 " Staflfordshire " 20.00 '« Woodstock " 24.80 " The presence of phosphoric acid in iron without manganese, renders the metal " cold-short," that is, brittle when cold ; but if the metal be alloyed with manganese, the two foreign elements combined appear to give it a high degree of ductility ; manganese alone is not thought to improve the quality of the iron. It has been suggested that the Woodstock iron owes its great resisting power to the large quantity of carbon it contains ; this view, howiever, is not in accordance with the experiments at Shoeburyness. The iron plates which contained the largest amount of carbon were the most easily fractured, a large percentage of carbon (0.23) causing brittle' ncss. The composition of the plates* which afibrded the greatest resistance to concussion, with regard ir foreign substances, was as follows : — Carbon. Sulphar. Fhosporous. Silicon. MHnganeae. A 0.01636 0.104 0.106 0.122 0.28 B... 0.03272 0.121 0.178 0.160 0.029 D 0.0436 0.118 0.228 0.174 0.250 A comparatively large amount of Carbon gives strength to resist tension and compression, but not concussion or the force of impact.f While, however, the quality of the Woodstock iron is no doubt excellent, it seems probable that the estimation in which it ie held by the Proprietors of the Works is a little too exalted, if the following statement in Professor Bailey's Report correctly expresses their opinions : — " The proprietors," says Professor Bailey, *' believe the iron thus wrought to be superior to Swiedieh, Russian and East Indian pig iron, and draw their conclusions from the fact that one cubic inch of the Woodstock metal will weigh at least 22 per cent, more than either of the above, and is something like 26 per cent, heavier than the most of the Scotch brands."! * The hammered plates manufactured at the Thames IroD Works are made in the following manner : — >" Scrap iron of the best description is carefully selected and cleaned, piled, hammered into a bloom, and then rolled into bars 6 inches broad, and 1 inch thivk ; these bars are cut up, piled, and again hammered into a slab; several of these slabs are put together, heated and hammered to the form required, and this process being repeated, the plate goes on gradually increasing to the length required." f Fairbairn. } Report on iht Mines and Minerals of Nrw Brunawiek, paga 5S ANNUAL PRODUCTION OP THE WOODSTOCK WORKS. 163 9 of » )tbat I, and [era the alloyed rive it a rove the on owes ns; this luryness. svere the g brittle- •esistauce excellent, Proprietors A Professor loprietora,' superior to leiona from at least 22 26 per cent. made in the d aud cleaned, 1 1 inch tbiok ; Ithese Blab* »« Teing repeat**' 1. The specific gravity of common Scotch Iron, varies from 6.9 to 7.1. 2. That of pure iron is 7.8. '," 8. Of the best razor tempered steel 7.84. 4. Rolled and hammered iron 7.9. An increase in weight equal to 26 per cent, would make the specific gra- vity of the Woodstock iron 8.82, or higher than that of copper, (assuming the specific gravity of the " Scotch brands " to be 7.0), and about 12J per cent, higher than the best razor tempered steel. As this specific gravity for iron of any description manufactured or unmanufactured is wholly unprece- dented, we may suppose that the above estimate is too high. CAPACITY OF THE WOODSTOCK IRON WORKS. The capacity of these works, with one furnace in operation (and one in process of erection), is stated to be six tons and a quarter of iron a day ; the furnace continues in blast for about twenty-four weeks, six weeks being required for the necessary half yearly repairs, so that the. actual producing time is about 43 weeks in a year, this would give, at 60 tons a week, the product of one furnace, about 2,150 tons per annum. Each of the British Iron Clad Frigates require from 800 to 1,050 tons of iron for plates, so that the two furnaces, which may be supposed to be in operation in the early part of 1865, would not be able to supply more than enough iron per annum to cover four first class frigates. At this rate it would take two or three generations to remodel the British J^Tavy. Whenever the demand is made, however, and there is a demand for far more than can be supplied, there is ore and fuel enough for fifty furnaces, for on the east side of the River Saint John, the country is still an unbroken forest, except on the borders of the streams. Hitherto, the entire product of the one furnace in operation would be sufficient only to protect two frigates per annum, we must therefore receive the statement that " the British Government uses chiefly the Woodstock iron for the manufacture of the plates," — cum grano salis. * No doubt it would be extensively used in the British and some foreign navies, if enough iron could be obtained with sufficient despatch. There is a splendid opening for the employment of capital in this direction, and ore and fuel in abundance for many years to come. The whole question is one of very considerable interest and will bear the strictest scrutiny.! * C. H. Hitchcock — Second Annual lleport upon the Natural History and Geology of the State of Maine, 1862, page 414. f In a Report presented to the Woodstock Athenffium, February 11th, 1862, it is said — " The following statistics regarding the present works, and the extent of the iron beds have been kindly furnished by Mr. Norris Best, Manager of the Charcoal Iron Works at Upper Woodstock. The quantity of wood required for the operations of these works in 1864 is estimated at 1 2,000 cords, which will strip say 400 acres. Evidently with this consumption annually added to that necessary for the ordinary purposes of the County, wood must go up in price, and the expense of producing Charcoal Iron must be increased. But the present works furnish a very considerable addition to the business of the County, and would provide an item in Railway traffic of no small importance. The estimated production of pig iron for 1864 is 2,750 tons, employing at the mines ind about tjie X n 'A -:ii< \ i ; I S ''1 Ek: 'ft 164 LOCALITieS WHERE IHB ORBS OCCUR IN FORCB. DISTRIBUTION OF THE ORES. The red and green slates with which this ore is interstratified are very widely distributed, as already stated, in a northeasterly direction, extending in fact as far as the Nipisiguit, a distance of more than one hundred and twenty miles. It is probable that owing to local disturbances there will be large breaks in these deposits, and the ores may not be found equally fich throughout the distribution of the red and green slates, but they are known to occur in inexhaustible quantities on the east side of the Saint John, where they appear in probably greater force than at Jacksontown, on the west »ide of the river, from which the Woodstock Iron Works are supplied. The first Iron Ore Bed on the east side of the Saint John, seen this sumn^er, was on the farm belonging to Mr. B. Thomas, No. 1, on the south side of the Beccaguimic. This is probably the same bed or one of the series which occurs at Jacksontown. The ore as it appears on the surface of the ground is very black, cont(iining apparently a considerable proportion of Manganese. The red slates with haematite were observed in positiop With ft, strike N. 60° E. or from N. 50° E. to N. 60° E. The red and gj-een slates have here a breadth of about one quarter of a mile, the dip is vertical where observed. The iron ore was seen to occupy more or less of 90 yards in this vertical section. Two Allies and three quarters from the Saint John, and within half a mile of the Beecaguinpiic, the red slaves crosi^ the road. On the road to the Limekilns at Pole Hill, which is marked on Mr. Wilk- inson's Map, red slates, which are probably another undulation of the same l^^ds, cross ttie road (^bout 250 yards from the Beccaguimic road. J On Mr. William Clark's lot, through which the Pole Ilill road passes, furnace and works seventy five men. Twelve teaiug, with their drivers, find constant employment in hauling the ore, while to cut the wood requires say one hundred and fifty men for twelve weeks ; and to aaul it soma sixty teams and their drivers i'or the same length of time- T^e dowQ freight of the pig iron for 1^64 is estimated at $5,500. During the winter the iron, in order to keep up a, regular supply for the English market, has to be hauled on sleds to the Houlton Road Terminus of the Saint Andrews Biulway, a distance of nine miles, thence sent by Railway to Saint Andrews ; and from that place shipped by schooner to Saint John ; and every ton thus transported from Woodstock to Saint John, costs one dollar and twenty five cents additional- With a Railway communication between Woodstock and Saint John, the iron could be sent for two dollars throughout the yet^r, and thus on one half the quantity produced there would Ise a saving in transport within the Province of one dollar and a quarter per ton. The up freight for the Works is estimated for 1864 at $4,500. Thus for 1864, from the works of the Iron Company alone, the proposed Railway would receive a traffic at present worth #10,000. Mr. Best states to your Committee that if there were continuous Railway communicatiou from Saint John to Woodstock, so that mineral coal could be delivered at the works at a rate of li cents per ton per mile, it could be i^sed profi.tably for iron smelting in this County ; and that every description of iron, whether for the varied uses to which malleable iron is put, or for castings, could be produced in Carleton County and sent to Saint John at a price so low a$ to compete successively with p]nglish and Scotch irons. In fact, the result would be tbat p\xse fourths of the importation of British and Foreign iron would pejiee." ance See GREAT IMPORTANCE OP TUB ORES. 166 very iding I and all be y yich cnovrn where .fit pide en this e south lo series ) of the irtion of ion ^vith en slates ;al where da in this alf a mile Mr.Wilk- the same Hbout 5J miles from the River Saint John, the red slates with black iron ore are seen in places on the west side of the road. These are, most probably, the Jackflontown beds brought to the surface by a third undulation. A broad band of limestone deeply creviced, occurs within a mile to the southeast of these iron deposits. It is from this source that the lime for smelting purposes at the Woodstock Iron Works is obtained. Limestone is said to bo found also on Lot N, belonging to W. O. Clarke, on Gin Brook, this is probably the same bed as the one just noticed, brought to the surface by the same undulation which revealed the presence of the first belt of iron ore noticed on the Beccaguimic. The order being — I. Red and green slates with iron and Manganese ores... Beccaguimic. n. Limestone Gin Brook. III. Red and green slates with iron and Manganese ores... Cooke Lot. IV. Limestone Pole Hill. A band of black iron ore crosses the Portage Road on the Upper Bhikte- havvk, about 7J miles from the River Saint John ; it has a strike N. 60° E. dip N. E. The red slates with which it is associated are near at hand, cros- sing the portage road a short distance in advance. The quantity of ore on this road is. very considerable, but persons familiar with the country state that two or three hundred yards in the woods south of the road, the iron ores are much more abundant, and two miles from the same locality there is abundance of limestone. The new settlement of Glassville must be situated on or near a band of these slates, for though not seen in position the debris was recognised at the bend of the North West Branch of the South West Miramichi. !! ,ad passes, md constiint red and fifty for the Bame i at »5,500. the English int Andrews ITS ; and f?om sported from nal. With a lid be sent for d there would ton. The up om the works prespnt worth Boromunication the works at a molting in this ifhich malleable , to Saint John 9. In fact, the oign iron would IMPORTANGE OF THESE IRON ORES. It appears clearly established that on the east side of the Saint John there are not less than three undulations which have brought up the red and green slates with their iron ores and associated beds of limestone. These immense deposits of ore occur in a country possessing an excellent agricultural soil, a splendid forest of birch, beach, spruce, and maple, and limestone in abund- ance. It will not fail to he noticed that these are elements of local industry belonging to the highest class. For the ore yields an iron of very superior quality, which has been thoroughly tested in the United States and in Eng- land, and if it be considered advisable to smelt it on the spot there is abund- ance of timber for fuel, lime for fluxing, labour for collecting the 03re and preparing the fuel, and an excellent agricultural country as the basis of the whole industrial system. Now that this iron has met with so much favour in England, it is not improbable that it may yet be profitable to export the best quality of ore from those beds which are near to the Saint John. Under any circumstances it is probable that in a short time the abundance of fuel, either as coal, or gas from the highly bituminous shales of Sussex Vale, both of which are cheaply procurable in the lower portion of the river,* — ^ — — . — _ — _ — /■ . f i t- . * See Chapter VI. for a description of gas fiirnaceg. - . j- 4\ I '-..if , ( i : I 166 COMPARATIVE CONSUMPTION OF FUEL. will render the construction of gas furnaces for obtaining iron of a very superior quality a matter of pecuniary advantage and provincial importance. Ked slates were seen on the southeast side of the axis, within ten miles of Boiestown on the Miramichi, but they were not specially examined for iron ores. Higher up the river the rocks are very ferruginous, but no details can be given respecting them. FUEL AND ORE. In Derbyshire (England,) the following is the proportion of ore and fuel consumed, and metal produced : — V^ l^t? • ••• •■• •«« 2 tons 12 cwt. 2 " 1 " 2 tons 7 cwt. 2 " 8 " 1 " 2 tors 7 cwt. 1 •' 8 " 8 tons 6 cwt. 126 bushels. 1 ton. Mineral coal Metal produced, In Staffordshire : — v r" y ••• ■•• ••• Mineral coal, Metal produced. In Dordogne, (France) : — V/JT "• ••• ••• ••• Charcoal, Metal produced, "Woodstock, N. B. : — VyiVk ••• ••# ••• Charcoal, Metal produced, This estimate is based on the statement kindly made by one of the pro- prietors, Mr. Norria Best, in a letter addressed to me under date 11th Feb- ruary 1865. Mr. Best states that the average proportion of materials used during the past year has been as subjoined : — Ore, 1180 lbs. Limestone, 50 " Charcoal, 20 bushels. The average yield of the ores is assumed to be 80 per cent, of pure metal. (See Table of Analyses, page 161.) Then 1,180 lbs. of ore will yield 354 lbs. of metal, or one ton of 2,240ib8. will require 8.83 tons of ore, and 126 bushels of charcoal, which at seven cents a bushel, the price Mr. Best states he is paying on the 11th February, will cost 98.82, which is the actual coot of fuel, per ton, according to above data. At Dordogne, the cost of charcoal for the production of one ton of iron is at the least $11.60 cents; and in France, generally, the average price of charcoal would raise the cost of every ton of iron to $14,80 for charcoal fuel »lone. SMELTINO ORES WITH OAS FUEL. 167 , very tance. lies of )r iron lilB can nd fuel rt. ) ii' ,f the pro- 11th Feb- luring the lels. )ure metal. f 2,240 IbB. ch at seven February, ng to above 3n of iron is ige price of jliarcoal fuel For the further conversion of cast iron into wrought iron, there is required in England about one ton and one tiiird of east iron, and from two to two and a half toim of mineral coal are consumed, while the same amount of the cast iron of the Dordogne requires to convert it into a ton of wrought iron, one ton and a half of charcoal. In Eugland, a ton of wrought iron requires about fivu tons of mineral coal for its fabrication. In France, a little over three tons of wood charcoal at $11.60 a ton, the minimum price of charcoal there. It is clear that the price of charcoal in the vicinity of "Woodstock will rise in the course of a few years, and then the question of a supply of fuel for t^'iiolting purposes will have to be vigorously met, or as in Canada, it will l»e necessary to move the furnaces where ore and fuel are still abundant, without the construction of a Railway enables coal to be delivered at a rate sufficiently low to admit of its being used for smelting purposes. But there are other parts of the Province where ores of iron and fuel exist in abundance together, and where gas fuel can be employed with advantage. M. CHENOT'S PROCESS WITU GAS FUEL. In 1857, Professor Hunt called attention to the new metallurgical processes of the late Adrien Chenot, which attracted in a particular manner the attention of the Jury of the Palace of Industry at Paris in 1855, who awarded to the inventor the Gold Medal of Honour. M. Chenot there exhibited a series of specimens serving to illustrate the processes which bear his name, and which have been the result of extraordinary labours on his part, continued through twenty five years. M. Chenot employs gas fuel, generated from the poorest description of coal, or from any source capable of producing carbonic oxide. One mode of forming this gas fuel has already been described in a previous Chapter, in a notice of the regenerating gas furnace, page 106. According to Professor Hunt, the methods invented by the late Adrien Chenot for the reduction of iron ores and the fabrication of wrought iron and steel, constituted in the opinion of one eminently fitted to judge the case (M. Leplay of the Imperial School of Mines,) the most important metallurgical discovery of the age. It can not fail to strike evei'y unprejudiced reader that these facts are of the utmost importance to the manufacturing industry of this Province. It has been shown that in the valley of the Eenuebeccasis, and eastwards towards "Westmorland there is a great development of Albert Shales, eminently adapted for the manufacture of gas fuel ; iron ores :..ie abundant in the same valley, either in the form of bog ores or nearly pure magnetic ores in Spring- field ; under such conditions there is no reason why New Brunswick should not soon become an exporter rather than an importer of iron in all its mul- tifarous forms. The processes of M. Chenot are now (1857) being applied to the fabrication of sieel at Clichy near Paris. The iron ore is imported from Spain, and notwithstanding the cost of its transport, and the high price of fuel and labour in the vicinity of tlie Metropolis, it appears from the data furnished 1'. , ' a'. 1. $4 \ i iJfc! 168 THE SWEDISH GAS FURNACES. I by M. Ohenot to the Jury at the Paris Exhibition, that stool is manufactured by him at Clichy at a cost which is not more than one fourth that of the steel manufactured in the same vicinity from the iron imported from Sweden. Near Bilboa, in Spain, at the works of Villalonga & Co., thoy are enabled to fabrieato the metallic sponge at a cost of 200 francs, or $40 the ton, and the best quality of cast steel at 500 francs, or 0100 the ton of 1000 kilograms, (2,200 lbs. avoirdupois) notwithstanding the high price of fuel. M. Chonot stated to Professor Hunt that the conversion of the ore to the condition of sponge is effected with little more than its own weight of charcoal. THE SWEDISH OAS FUKNACKS. The subject of gas furnaces in which any kind of fuel may be used, and for which, as already stated, the rich bituminous Albert shalcH arc particularly adapted, has engaged the attention of the most prominent iron manufacturers in England, France, Sweden, nnd Prussia, lu the United States the abundance and cheapness of mineral fuel liiis hitherto prevented attention being directed to this important improvement in motallurgiial arts, and indeed in all those departments of induHtry which require very elevated temperatures. The Swedish gaa furnace uses peat as the fuel, models of their improvements were exhibited at the International Exhibition lYi 1862. The old furnace so commomly used for smcUbuj iron ores, and the reverberator]/ furnace are really nothing more than clumsy and imperfect gas furnaces, where an enormous amount of heat is allowed to escape and more than ticicc as much fuel is used as the operation requires. The following short description of the Swedish gas furnace may be acceptable, and when considered in connection with the brief details given respecting M. Cheuot's process, and the Regenerative gas furnace of Mr. Siemens, described on page lOli, the wide field open for industry in this Province will not fail to attract the attention of thinking men, the more especially when it is remembered that a nation's industry and manufacturing status is measured by its production of iron. Improved Furnaces. — " In the Swedish department specimens of iron were exhibited made with peat as fuel ; and in the Italian department steel was shown made in a gas-puddling furnace with the same fuel. The furnace in which peat is thus made available for metallurgical purposes, although not easily described without diagrams, is still so well worthy the attention of those interested in economizing fuel, that we make the attempt to render its structure intelligible to the general reader. We must assume, in the first place, that he is acquainted with the form and action of a common reverberatory furnace such as may be seen in operation in many parts of the country. Instead of the usual fire-place, there is what is called the " gas generator." This consists of a circular chamber of fire-brick several feet deep, and two or three feet in diameter, closed at the bottom, and having a hopper at the top, through which fuel is supplied. This chamber, at a certain height from the bottom, is in direct connection with the body of the furnace, so that fiame may issue as freely from it as from the firc- •Annt CAUSE OF TU£ SUP£RIOHIIY OF WOObtiTOCK IRON. 169 urcA f the adon. ed to id tbo ihcuot don of ed, aud icularly jicturcrs itcB tbo itteiitioii irtft, an^^ elevated QodcU of 1 ih 1862. trberatory , where an luchfudis e Swedisli a with the 3rat\ve gas , open for If tln"k"^g 'a industry 111' plnco of an ordinary revcrberatory furnace. In the sldoa of the generator, at a certain distance from the top, is a series of three or four small, round holes on the same level, and at some distance lower down is another similar series of round holes. These holes are for the passage of the air intended to support combustion in the interior of the generator, which is blown iu either by a fan or some other convenient blowing-machine. Now, when the generator is full of incandescent fuel, and air is injected through the lateral holes, carbonic oxide gas is copiously produced and passes into the furnace, as there is no other place of egress, the hopper at the top being supposed to be shut. As it escapes from the generator, it is met with a current of heated air, or, as it technically termed, *' hot blast," which js injected downwards from the roof of the furnace at or near its junction with the generator, either in several jets or one continuous sheet. The carbonic oxide while still hot is thus burnt, and the heat developed is sufficiently intense even to melt wrought iron by the hundred weight. The air which supplies the generator is also previously heated ; and in the Swedish furnaces the appa- ratus for heating the blast consists of a series of cast-iron pipes fixed at the lower part of the stack. Hence only the waste heat of the furnace is employed for this purpose. It is usual to place a hollow cylinder of iron round the generator, so as to leave a closed ppace between its internal surface and the exterior of the generator ; and into this space the hot blast is introduced, whence it passes through the two rows of holes previously described into the interior of the generator. The atmosphere of such a furnace can be rendered either reducing or oxidizing at will by regulating the amount of blast. At the bottom of the generator is a door, by meant) of which the ashes or clinker from the fuel may be withdrawn."* PROBABLE CAUSE OF THE SUPERIORITY OF TBE WOODSTOCK IRON. Different ores of iron make very different kinds of steel, notwithstanding the most careful manipulation and scrupulous attention to the manufacturing process in all its stages. Until M. Chenot had investigated the subject, it was but very imperfectly understood, and the difference in the steel and iron produced was frequently stated to be due to the presence of some foreign body such as manganese or phosphorous, or silicon or excess of carbon. Ac- cording to M. Chenot the nature of the ore has much more to do with the quality of the metal than the mode of treatment, and the steel producing capa- city of any iron is measured by the quantity of carbon which it can absorb before losing its malleability and degenerating into cast iron. The iron of Sweden and the Ural Mountains, after taking up six per cent, of carbon, yields a metal which is still malleable, while that of Elba with lour per cent, becomes brittle and approaches cast iron in its properties. The ores of Sweden and the Ural are famous for the excellent quality of their steel ; the ores of Elba yield a very superior iron, but are unfit for the fabrica- tion of steel. ^ i\ * Annual of Scientific Discovery. 1863, 22 11 i 'IM a7o MANUANKaE OK£S— C01>l'Kll OllKcJ. I r It 18 a highly important fuct thnt the "WoodHtock orcH, wliicli contain n considorahio proportion of manganese, phoRphoroua, and Biliciouo matter, should produce au excellent iron capable of being made into excellent steel, and we may, in the absence of definite experiment, conclude that it derives these valuable properties from the large amount of carbou it is capable of combining with, without degenert^ting into cast iron. llcnce, even should the price of charcoal rise considerably higher than it now is in the vicinity of the works, the remarkable quality of the ores will still yield a remunerative return ; and it will become a question of simple arithmetical calculation whether it will be most economical to bring the ores to the fuel or the fuel to the ores. MANUANI9B. The diffusion of the black oxide of manganese through the ferruginous beds which have just been described, will appear upon an examination of the table of analyses on page 101. Some of the ores it will be observed con- tained nearly seven per cent, of this metal, and from a cursory examination it appears not improbable that beds of ferruginous manganese may be found assooiated with the iron ores. On the Bouth Went Miramichi, the presence of manganese is indicated in several places by beds of black prravcl in which the cementing material is the black oxide of this metal. Specimens of manganese were shown to me which were said to have been taken from beds on the east side of the Saint John, about 13 miles above Woodstock. On the Tattagouche, the black oxide of this metal is tolerably abundant, and the purple slates on the Nipisiguit show that the area over which it may bo looked for with probable success is large and not inaccessible. Considerable quantities of manganese were formerly exported from the Tattagouche Mines. The development of these and several other mineral deposits in the Province is due to the energy and zeal of Mr. Stephens, of Woodstock. COPPER ORES. JnAgxng from the wide dissemination of Copper ores in the Quebec Group of Canada, it appears at the first blush singular, that more extensive deposits of this metal should not have been discovered in rocks of the same age in New Brunswick ; yet, when it is considered that the copper ores of Lower Can(^da have only recently been worked on a large scale, it is not surprising that a similar sparsely peopled a,rea in New Brunswick, by far the greater portion, indeed, being still a thickly wooded wilderness, should have given but very little evidence of the presence of the metal in remunerative abund- ance. It is unfortunate that all the works which have been undertaken for the extraction of Copper in the rocks of the Quebec Group in this Province should have been temporarily abandoned. IJere, as in Canada East, the copper appears to have beeu originally deposited with the sedimentary rock in which it is found, being afterwards segregated in veins or bunches, or remaining diffused throughout the country rock. * TliosI ATMOSPIIKHIC INFLUENCE ON VEINS AT THE SURFACE. 171 a\\\ J^ utter, Btool, orWea ^blo of than \t OB will flimplo lUg tho ugiiioua latiou of vod con- mination be found prcsenco in which cimOMB of from beda tock. On idant, and it may bo inaiderablo che Mines, ^e Province eboc Group ive deposits lame age in ,8 of Lower t Burprising the greater have given [ative abund- Lertaken for lis Province ku originally [g afterwards \i the country On th^ Tattagouchft tho original matrix of coppor appears to bo thb red Hiatus, which also carry tho iron and manganese ores ; at the Falls of the Xipisiguit it is a porphyry ; ond lower down tho river, some four miles abovo the Pabinoou Falls, copper ores occur in green slates. On Campbell River they are contained in a diorito ; at Jacksontown, tho rod and green argillites sometimes shows ores of copper. On Bull's Creek, they occur in a diorite, also in a green talcoso schist, at BcdoU's Cove, near Woodstock, the mother rock was not scon,* but tho copper is associated with much irou pyrites. On the cast side of the river, on Mr. Connoll's farm, small quantities of suU phurot and purple copper have been found in a vein of iron pyrites pene- trating a green silicious rock intcrstratiticd with green talcoso and ferru- ginous slates. In the neighbourhood of Woodstock copper ores appear to be widely dis- seminated, and from the appearance of the ores obtained from Mr. Stevens' mine on Bull's Creek, at Bedell Cove, and at Mr. Connell's vein, it seems probable that remunerative deposits will be found in that vicinity. But in order to form an opinion as to their commercial value, tho rocks of that neighbourhood must be carefully studied in connection with the supposed origin of the copper deposits in these ancient sediments. (See page 145.) CIIANQES AT THE SURFACE OF A VEIN. The change which is often observed to have taken place at the surface of metalliferous deposits is sometimes very considerable, and may penetrate to a groat depth. In other instances the vein stdnd is harder than tho country rock, and has resisted the decomposing influence of the atmosphere and water. Among numerous illustrations which have come under my notice during the past season in this Province, the following are perhaps the best illustra- tions : — I. The Antimony lodes of Prince William ; these in most cases are per- sistent, and the lodes are stronger than the country rock, they have resisted decomposing influences, and stand out from the surfkce in thiB form of ridges. U. The beautiful ochres on Frye's Island indicate a complete and' deep decomposition of the veins, the influence of decomposing aigents ha^ pene- trated many feet into the lodes. III. Some df the copper lodes at the Verhoh mines haVe beeii'thucli'd^coin- posed, what is there termed the green vein shows decomt^ositibn to a considerable depth, the resulting ore is the green carbonate. It changes gradually to the sulphuret, and at a depth of 25 or 30 feet will probably disappeiar altogether, giving place to the sulphuret. IV. The copper ores in the green slates above the Pabineau Falls on the Nipisiguit are replaced to a considerable extent by "gossan," but it is probable that at the depth of a few feet the gossan will gradually give place to copper pyrites. The same remark applies to some ores near Woodstock. * These lattt named localities have been opened by Mr. Stephens of Woodstock. ,1 '■'> :.i 172 ANTIMONY DEFUSITS IN PRINCE WILLIAM PARISH. I The explanation of these changes is simple. Copper pyrites is composed of sulphide of copper and sulphide of iron, (two partb copper, one part sulphur, associated with two parts iron and three parts sulphur.) By contact with air and moisture, the copper pyrites is decomposed, the iron remain^ behind as an impure hydrous oxide or gossan. The copper is frequently removed from the surface by water after having been converted into the soluble sulphate, the sulphuric acid being derived from the oxidation of the Bulphuret of iron, the original ore. At depths remote from atmospheric in- fluences the copper pyrites remains intact, hence the reason why lodes which show much gossan at the surface gradually change in character,' yielding more and more copper ore, until the gossan is altogether replaced by the original ore of the lode. THE ANTIMONY DEPOSITS OF PRIjnCE WILLIAM. The most important deposits of this metal are in Prince William Parish. It has been stated that this ore also exists on the northwest side of the gra- nitic axis, about thirteen miles from "Woodstock, but nothing is known of the extent of this deposit. Fine specimens of ore have been presented to me from a vein near Canterbury Station, on the Saint Andrews Eailway, but the precise locality where the ores occur was not given. From a trial survey which was made some years since as far as the Pokiok, for a Railway from Fredericton to Woodstock, it appears that the elevation of the Prince William deposits above the sea is about 460 feet. The survey crossed the road leading to Lake George, a short distance from them, at an elevation of 477.97 feet. The greatest altitude over which the Survey pas- sed between Lake George and the Mines being 400 feet. Lake George is 442 feet above the sea, and about 400 feet above the Saint John River, where the ore is shipped. As these deposits of Antimony are very remarkable and give promise not only of remunerative results to the present lessees, but of important advant- ages to the Province, leading to the expenditure of capital and the profitable employment of labour, I have given special attention to them, and have endeavoured to supply as full a description of the works now in operation, of the results which have already been obtained, and of the prospects in view, as the limiis of a preliminary Report would permit. The development of these deposits has been almost altogether confined, latterly, to the operations of the Brunswick Antimony Company, the works on a neighbouring lease, owned, I was informed, by Messrs. Hibbard & Co. of Saint George, having been for some time suspended, but for what reason I could not learn, certainly not on account of the paucity of the mineral on their property, as a cursory examination satisfied me of its existence over wide areas. In the vicinity of the Antimony Mines in Prince William, the rock is a magnesian slate, interpenetrated with quartz veins. The roof or hanging "Wall of the lodea is frequently highly magneeian and contaiue thin layers ol the roci THE DISLOCATIONS, THE SEAT OF THE LODES. 178 lOBed part ntact lently ,0 the of the ric in- which elding by the Parish, the gra- nown of euted to EUilway, sPokiok, elevation ae survey 5in, at an irvey pas- Geovge is rer, where omise not nt advant- profitable and have operation, ospects in confined, the works Ibard & Co. ?hat reason I mineral on jstence over ie rock is a I or hanging Lin layer* oi steatite or impure silicate of magnesia. The strike of the foot wall and occasionally of the roof wall does not coincide with the course of the vein as a general rule, although there are instances showing parallelism. The rock has been svibjected to a series of dislocations, one set running roughly par- allel to one another, the other set cutting the first at a small angle, but some time must elapse before a sufiicieut area of rock surface will be exposed to determine the general direction and relation of these dislocations with pre- cision ; but it is probable, however, that one set has a course of N. 60° W. and another set a course 10 to 20 S. which most nearly coincides with the prevailing strike of the rock. The cracks and dislocations to which refer- ence is now made, are of the utmost importance in forming a judgment respecting the capabilities of these antimony deposits, for the antimony lodes occupy the fissures caused by the dislocations. CHARACTER OF THE DISLOCATIONS. It will be seen by an inspection of the diagrams which accompany this Report, that even with the very imperfect explanations which have as yet been made, the course o! one dislocation can be traced without any difficulty for more than five hundred yards, and if it should result that what are now set down provisionally as parallel dislocations, are in fact continuous, the ascertained length will exceed five times that distance, or considerably more than a mile. In Pit No. 1 there are apparently two veins inclined towards one another at a low angle, dipping N. E. and separated by a mass of rock, which is probably a slip or " horse " as it is technically termed. The so called " roof vein " in this Pit is a thin sheet of antimony ore and quartz of unknown length and depth. Its thickness varies from a few inches to more than two feet. It dips to the N. E., and it changes its course in the space of twenty feet from S. 50 E. to S. 75 E. The so called "floor vein " in this shaft dips in the same direction at an angle of 55°, and meets or joins on the roof vein 68 feet below the surface, measured along the incline. Here the veins at the point of junction have respectively a thickness of one foot five inches and two feet, with a magnificent show of sulphuret of anti- mony, mixed with 'metallic antimony,' in parallel streaks from two to six inches in thickness. These two veins may be described as two sheets of rich metalliferous quartz filling two fissures which join together at a depth of nearly 70 feet on the incline below the surface, continue as separate sheets for an unknown horizontal distance in a southeasterly direction, but form one sheet at the present depth of the mine of unknown extent down- wards, and but one sheet in a westerly direction where they have been traced for forty feet, five feet below the surface. The dip of the ' roof vein' rock is 53° easterly, of the ' floor vein' rock 60° westerly, thus showing an anticlinal axis and a downfall. The slickensided appearance of the surfaces shows the pressure to which the rock has been subjected during its displacement. It Is also worthy of ■ .1 I'- i 174 THE CHARACTERS OP THB VEINS AT DIFFEEEST PITS. note, especially in relation to the origin of these veins, that not tinf<*eqiiently rounded and angular pebbles are found in the ore. On breaking open masses I bave succeedbd in obtaining pebbles which appeared to belong to the country rock, and " horses" are by no means uncommon. These facta are important so far as they tend to show that the fissure in which the vein is segregated is probably of great depth and of very considerable horizontal extension. Above the roof vein there is a layer of steatite about two inches thick, it accompanies the vein all the way down to the bottom of the shaft. The sheet of ore in the upper vein varies from four inches to two feet in thickness, and consists of sulphuret of antimonv seamed with quartz, but masses or seams of the sulphuret, with a litfld ' metallic antimony,' occur in the vein from two inches to seven inches in thickness, sometimes also expanding into bunches eighteen inches in diameter. The country rock in this shaft is a silicious mae:nesiau slati^ the magnesian character prepon- derating in places so as to form an impure steatite, especially immediately above the vein rock. Patches of Chlorite are seen in the quartz, which is also coloured red in spots by the decomposition of Iron pyrites. Minute veins of antimony pene- trate the country rock as well as small quartz veins, and occasionally streaks of the brilliant oxy-sulphuret appear in small lateral fissures. Pit No. II. The fissures occupied by the veins opened at Pit No. II. intersect one another in tu-o places. At the point of junction of the main vein and a transverse vein the shaft has been sunk 34 feet on the incline, whioh is at an angle of 45° to the N. E. But owing to the approach of winter, and a desire to increase the works in shaft No. 1, the miners had been withdrawn from it, and at the time of my visit it was full of water. The veins, however, being covered with a sandy drift to a uepth not ex- ceeding three feet are eiasily exposed, and were seen for 100 yards on the main lode and sixty yards on the transverse lode. The antimony in thesie lodes varies from half an inch to 26 inches in thickness, and is a tolersibly pure sulphuret. Pit No. III. At the third opening, or "Pit No. m," which, according to the mining Captain, is 490 yards from Pit No. I, the strike of the vein is N. 55 W. wHh a N. E. dip, at an angle of 35°. Here the conditions under whioh this lode has been made visible to the eye are most remarkable, and constitute a Very singular and probably d very unusual feature in mining locations, south or east of Lakes Huron and Superior. Upon the removal of the shallow sur- face covering of loam or sandy clay, the country rock, together wit^ the huge quartz veins which mark the lines of fracture and dislocations have been striated aild polished by glacial action. The soft magnesian and chlo- ritic slate is deeply scored with parallc. • slightly divergent grooves, and the hard quartzoae antimony veins are polished on the surfaces which have come in contact with the slowly moving glacial mass. For many miles The I at no raay b^ tances. the dej possibij "umbel REMARKABLE lilPFECTS OF ULACIAL ICG. 175 pen g to ■actB vein intal icbea laft. set in ;, but occur i8 also ockin irepon- diately 1 red in ,y pene- r streaks •sect one in and a hioh is at ;er. and a ithdravrn not ex- rds on the [y in these tolerably lie mining M)Vf. wHb |h tbis looe Itute a very la, soutb or Ibaliow 8ur- \t witV the »tionB bave fn and chlo- Irooves, and Iwbicb have Imany miles around this neighbourhood tlie same glacial markings are visible. I have no doubt that Lake Saint George itself with the flat valley to the south of it, is a memento of the wonderful excavating power of glacial ice. The grinding down and polishing of the surface of the country, coupled with the almost entire absence of drift here, at least to a grgater depth than from three to six feet, will enable the practical miner to trace out without difficulty the Hues of dislocation and the antimony veins occupying them. Their position on the surface may then be laid down with perfect accuracy on a chart or map of the several properties, by any qualiiied land surveyor. None of the dislocations, as far as they have been exposed, appear to have been bo affected by subsequent disturbances as to make the recovery of a vein, if lost, a matter of much difficulty or ftxpense, and if a vein should be lost the plan will be to go at once to the surface, clean it from drift, and endeavour by aid of the glacial polishing to discover the extent and direction of the "jog." The vein at the 3rd Shaft is very quartzoso, and a considerable proportion of iron pyrites was observed here, which discolors the rock at the surface. Reticulating veins of quartz penetrate it, together with minute veins of anti- mony. The thickness of the lode varies from two to three feet, and some fine antimony ore was taken out in a blast during my visit, wldch dislodged a mass 22 inches in thickness, at a depth of 24 feet on the incline. A " horse" is plainly visible occupying a portion of the fissure to the east of the pit, and the quartz is seen to surround it. The "horse," which is the country rock, must have fallen into the fissure before the metalliferous quartz. was introduced. Another instructive and valuable fact is observed at this shaft. As the vertical strata approach the lode at the bottom of the shaft they are curved to the southeast, showing a movement in that direction froai the northwest. The rock surfaces ai*e slickensided by pressure. Immediately over the vein the soft impure steatite is visible from half an inch to two inches in thickness ; it contains fragments of slate, and is over- laid by a crushed portion of the rock of variable thickness, from three to twelve inches ; this is succeeded by the tilted edges of the magnesian slate. These observations show the prevalence of a lateral force acting subsequently to the filling up of the veins, and are worthy of being recorded, as the influence of this force may have operated more energetically at other localities, and occasioned faults or minor dislocations which might not be apparent or easily worked out without this guide. Probable extent and richness of the Ore. The reader who is familiar with the origin of dislocations in strata, will be at no loss to understand that the fissures which have resulted from them may be of very great vertical depth and extend over long horizontal dis- tances. The cause, however, may on the other hand be local, and although the depth of the fissure may be great, its horizontal prolongation might possibly not extend over many hundred yards. In the present case the number, breadth and parallelism of the fissures, coupled with the fact that W<1 176 PROBABLE EXTENT OP THE ORES— NICKEL AND COl'l'ER. ^. veins of ore have been discovered in one prevailing direction for consider- ably more than a mile, afford sufficient eridence of the great extent of the antimony bearing veins in the area to which this report refers. Their depth too, the axis being anticlinal, with a downfall, doubtless extends through the Lower Silurian rocks in which they are situated, and these may be here, as elsewhere, of very considerable thickness, as the following observations show. About half a mile east of the mines a green talcose conglomerate holding black slate pebbles appears in position, this is thought to be one of the upper members of the Quebec Group. The talcose and chloritic slates in which the antimony veins occur appear to underlie this conglomerate, and as the entire series of which the Group is composed has been recognized during the past summer on the southf^ast side of the great fold which brought them to the surface, it is probable that the thickness of the series below the antimony slate.^ is still several thousand feet. That this question is one possessing considerable interest, in connection with the probable duration of the antimony deposits in this vicinity, becomes manifest upon a review of the rapidity with which mining operations conducted on a large scale penetrate the rocks vertically. The Albert Mines for instance, though of recent origin, have worked out the Albertite on a horizontal distance of 1700 for a depth of 750 feet, and the new shaft now nearly completed will bring Albertite from a depth of one thousand feet. With respect to the quality of the ore, it may be stated with confidence that it improves as the workings descend. The most common form in which it has been obtained until very recently was that of Stibnite or Grey Antimony Ore,* but in Pit Xo. 1, at a depth of 60 feet, there was found to be a considerable admixture of 'metallic antimony' with the sulphuret. This native antimony has a brilliant metallic lustre with the oharactt ristic tin- T\iiite streak. It occurs in the lamellar form and gives a peculiarly brilliant appearance to the mass. It has been found in a vein full^ x inches in dia- meter, in which the native metal was mixed with the suljphuret with a very small proportion of quartz. It is remarkable that the deposit of antimony recently discovered in the Quebec Group of rocks in the township of Ham, Canada East, should also occur chiefly as lamellar native antimony. NICKEL AND COPPER. Associated with these antimony ores are small quantities of the green silicate of nickel, and on the surface the green carbonate of copper. Ores of nickel in small quantities are very common in the rocks of the Quebec Group, especially in the magnesian slates. The production and uses oj Antimony. The quantity of ths metal produced from American mines is extremely small. The recently discovered ores in Australia, although of great extent and richness, are too far from the markets of the world to exercise any influence upon them. # Composed of Antimony 74 ; .Sulphur 36 i> 100 purti. Th nion^ alch( of the impm 1. once Q *Ant century from Hi FAVOURABLE PROSPECTS OF THE PRINCE WILLIAM MINES. 177 ider- f tho iepth here, ationa nerate one of ; slates nerate, )gmzcd [ which le series [question probable ,t npon ft a a large e, though istance of ileted will confidence n form ia te or Grey 'ound to be iret. This xristic tin- y brilliant hes in dia- vith a very f antimony ip of Ham, ny. f the green er. Ores of the Quebec lis extremely great extent lexercise any The importations of antimony into Great Britain* during the years 1856 and 1856, the latest accessible returns were as follows : — 1855. 623 tons. 639 cwts. 11 " i8se. 1,760 tohs. 8,121 cwts. 1,004 " Ores, Crude, Begulus, Its uses in the arts are rapidly increasing, and it has been long employed in the manufacture of fine pewter, Dritannia metal, typo metal, stereotype metal, music plates, machinery bearings, particularly in cases of continuous revolution, as in the shafts of screw steamers, &c. It is also used for harden- ing bullets and shot, and to a small extent for medicinal purposes, &c. &c. Now that an abundant supply of this metal can be obtained at a small cost from tho deposits of antimony in this Province, it is probable that many new uses may soon bo discovered. FAVOURABLE CIRCUMSTANCES CONNECTED WITH THE DISTRIBUTION OF THE ORIS. The circumstances attending these deposits of antimony are singularly favorable towards their development. It may be advantageous to enumerate the most striking ; they are — Ist. The geological position of the ores, or in other words their occurrence in the metal bearing group of North America. 2nd. Their occurrence on lines of fracture and dislocation, proving thd veins to be * true veins ' of unknown vertical depth and horizontal extension; 8rd. The purity of the grey antimony ore and its gradual passage into lamellar native antimony as the veins deepen. 4th. The accessibility and the ease with which they may be reached fi'om tho seaboard. The term regulus signifying "the little King," was first applied to anti- mony from tho facility with which that metal alloyed with Gold. The alchemists had great hopes that antimony ^?^ou)d lead them to the discovery of the philosophers' storf.' The name is now appli'^d to other metals in fife impure state. Among the most important alloys of antimony are — 1. Two parts sulphide of antimony with one of iron, forming what Was once called Martial Regulus. This alloy possesses magnetic properties. 2. Antimony and zinc — a hard brittle alloy. ., 3. 1 antimony, 10 tin forms a ductile compound. 4. 12 tin, 1 antimony, with a little copper, forms a fine pewter. 5. Type metal — 4 parts lead, 1 part antimony, or 3 lead, 1 antimony. 6. Britannia metal — 100 tin, 8 antimony, 2 bismuth, 2 copper. The specific gravity of antimony is 6.7 ; it melts at about 840*^, or at a dull red heat ; the sulphuret has generally a specific gravity of about 4.96. * Antimony was formerly mined extensively in Groat Britain, but during the present century little has been produced. The grey ore from vhvh commerce ia supplied comes from Hungary and Borneo. Cornwall formerly produ' .>d a considerable quantity of the ore. Native antimony occurs in Canada East, Sweden, 'la Ilartz Mountains in Gorjnany, Tauphinj, Mexico, and, aa recently ascertained, in New Brunswick. m - • ifJcf ^(1 ' it: ' ^ ' I 17« LEAD AND 2I1CC ORKSi — GOLD AND flILVIX. LEAD ORBS. Galffina is not uncommon in this Gronp of Rocks, but no instnnce, to my knowledge, has been recorded where a vein occurs within the limits of the northeastern belt which promises remunerative results. There is a vein at the foot of Bradley's Island, on the Tobique, but it is not promising, so far as it has been exposed. It is not yet known what may be the precise age of the rocks in Ilammond and Upham, where a largo vein of Galcena has been traced con- tinuously for about three miles, but the rocks are probably Middle or Lower Silurian, and if the latter, they will belong to the Quebec Group. In Canada, lead ores from this group, have yielded 82 ounces of silver to the ton, equal to -five tenths per cent. Eight ounces of silver to one ton of lead ore will pay for extraction in England ; this ore, therefore, might perhaps be profitably exported if it o.^cnrji in aiifficient quantity — other lead ores in Canada, like similar ores in fbe United States, have yielded li'.tle or no silver. (See pp-ge 116.) ,., . ZITXC ORGS. L\i ! JQ cr Sislphuret of Zinc occurs in Prince William Parish. A uj-s^^iuo ot quartz may be seen below the road in a gully on Zinc vein it a Marsha, 's fan a, wher'^ an attempt has been made to blast the rocks in search of gold. ISo special examination has been icade of this deposit with a view to see if it pofsevsscs economic value, but tlva impression produced by the specimens obtained was not favourable. GOLD. Mr. C. H. Hitchcock reports the existence of an auriferous belt which crosses the Saint Croix River above Calais. This is a part of the southern belt of the Quebec Group. The rock is a mica schist full of quartz veins and beds. Several pieces of bright flake gold were found in these veins near the Railroad bridge at Paileyville. On the Kew Brunswick side of this river, upon land belonging to Mr. Boulton of Seint Stephen, gold has been found in a black plr.tiibaginous slate. The occurrence of gold in drift in many parts of the Pr ovince will be noticed in the next Chapter. SILVER. The boulders of jasper conglomeiati wiikh occur on the Saint John above Presquile, and are numerous or the Shiktehav k road, probably come originally from the northeast of the Shiktehawk. This rock promises well ; but although the jasper rocks were noticed on Campbell River, and a jasper conglomerate on Blue Mountain, no rocks have been seen in place which approach the beauty of some of the boulders noticed on the Shiktehawk Portage. In one of these boulders a small fragment of native silver wan seen, winch appeared to form part of a vein running through the mass. The specimen (six ii.ches in diameter) was unfortunately left on a birch Bturnp not far from the Glasaville Settlement, on the road to the north west branch of the Miramichi. T.«if ; til tif 9. Gif inl inf 10. Oil 11. Ojj pol aof fe€ 12. Yea ini^ occ bee 1.^. (ire) itit(| stor SECTION OP THE QUEBEC GROUP ON THE ISLAND OF ORLEANS. 170 ray the bthe tbaa •ocka L con- lower ,nada, equal ill pay fitably A, lil^c . (See ish. -^ 5ully on rocks in jsH with luced by 1 ' >lt which southern irtz veins lese veins •k side of , gold has ild in drift ,aiut John bably come Tiises well , Ind a jasper llace which ^hiktehawk silver was Ih the mass. ' on a birch uorth west SE0TION». -y IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) 4, /.^ < y /^ Photographic Sciences Corporation 23 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, N.Y. 14S80 (716) 872-4503 ^^ 184 ORIOIN OF BOULDEHB. Hiver Saint John, travelling in the direction of the valley of the Nashwaaksis, as will presently he shewn. These bonlders have been brought to their present position by glacial ice. It was formerly very generally supposed that floating ice was the chief instrument in the transportation of bonlders, and that glacial ice played but a very small part in these wide spread phenomena, but proof upon proof has accumulated that floating ice is utterly incompetent to effect a tithe of the vast mechanical work apparently inseparable from those conditions always accompanying the true boulder drift.* That water and floating ice have played a great part in distributing the loose materials, previously dis< engaged by glaciers, over different parts of the globe there can be no question, but the first active agent was glacial ice, and subsequently water, or water and floating ice may have assisted in spreading the debris accumulated by the glacial masses. CURRENTS INCOMPETENT TO PRODUCE LARGE BOULDERS. Erratics or Boulders have been frequently adduced as evidence of the influence of currents, assisted by atmospheric agencies. Their rounded appearance has been attributed to weathering, or the attrition caused by running water, or the waves of the sea on a beach.f It is well known that rounded boulders which would weigh many hundred tons are by no means uncommon. These are generally observed to be rounded or worn on all sides, showing that every part of them has been exposed to the grinding force. Sometimes the boulders are observed to be striated or scratched on one side only, thus affording suflicient proof of their origin. No one has ever seen torrents in our rivers sufficiently powerful to move boulders two or three feet in diameter — a debacle might cause motion for a short distance. But boulders in glacial ice can be seen at any time, not only in Greenland but in many glacial regions, and the actual process of rounding by attrition may be observed. Mr. T. "W. Taylor in his paper on the ** Fiords of South Greenland,"X tells us that "the glaciers bring down with them boulders, sand, and much fine clay, the result of attrition ; the boulders are always rounded, owing to the severe abrasion they have undergone by being transported OVer the rocks below, whilst under the enormous pressure of the vast thickness of conti- nental ice." Another important point connected with boulders is, that rounded masses are frequently to be met with in vast multitudes within a f(^w miles of the parent rock and to the south of it, even when the parent rock is a low * Under the term *' true Boulder Drift " is meant the unmodified drift, that is to aay Boulder Drift which baa not been re-arranged since it was first deposited, whether by glacial ice or water, or both. t Boulders of native copper have been found in the Lake Superior region; of copper pyrites in New Brunswick, and bouldJtrs of hnminitto and black inagnetic oxide of iron of large dimensions are by no means uncommon. t Froceedings of the Royal GeoIcgica( Society, January 2S, 1801. Th( they and been ascen true( hills this I large all ice These termin several which aod ocJ ou the] crericei THE COUNTRY OF BOULDERS. 185 BIS, ice. bief I but )roof be of LtionB jgice [y dis- 5Btion, . watet kted by of the rounded lused by y hundred red to be has been rved to be of of tbeit owerful to ge motion any time, tal ptocesa linrf,'lte\lB tnticb fine ting to the the rocks Ibs of conti- ^dcd masses ailes of the Ik is a low . that IB to »ay |d, ifbetbet by t nvriies in New glaciated ridge, scarcely rising above the general level of the country. This is observed south of a considerable part of the Granitic Belts of Now Bruns- wick. It has been already remarked that all the boulders, and they are legion, of New Brunswick, are of local origin ; it may be that on the Gulf Coast a few Laurentian erratics have been brought by ice, but in the interior those rocks are not represented even by erratics. All the large river valleys leading into the Atlantic, from New Brunswick and Maine, are probably in part due to glacial action ; for glacial strise and moraines have been observed in most of them, following the course of the valleys near the sea. THE COUNTRY OF BOULDERS. The ooxintry par excellence of Boulderia, is the Labrador Peninsula. During an exploration of part of its interior in 1861, 1 had an opportunity of observ- ing the extraordinary number and magnitude of erratics in the valley of the Moisie River and some of its tributaries, as far north as the south edge of the table-land of the Labrador Peninsula (lat. 51"* 50' N., lopg. 66° W.), and about 110 miles due north of the Gulf of Saint Lawrence. Boulders of large dimensions, 10 to 20 feet in diameter, began to be numerous at the Mountain Portage, 1460 foet above the sea, and 60 miles in an air-line from the mouth of the Moisie River. They were perched upon the eunqmits of peaks estimated to be 1500 feet above the point of view, or nearly 3000 feet above the sea-level, and were observed to occupy the edges of cliffs, to be scattered over the slopes of mountain-ranges, and to be massed in great numbers in the intervening valleys. At the " Burnt Portage" on the northeast branch of the Moisie, nearly 100 miles in an air-line from the Gulf of Saint Lawrence, and 1850 feet above the ocean, the low gneissoid hills for many miles round v^ere seen to be strewed with erratics wherever a lodgment for them could be found. The valleys (one to two miles broad) were not only floored with them, but they lay there in tiers, three or more deep. Close to the banks of the rivers and lakes near the " Burnt Portage," where the mosses and lichens have been destroyed by fire, very coarse sand conceals the rocks beneath, but on ascending an eminence away from the immediate banks of the river the true character of the country becomes apparent. At the base of the gneissiod hills which limit the valley of the east branch (about three miles broad) at this point, they are observed to lie two or three deep, and althongh of large dimensions, that is from 5 to 20 feet in diameter, they are nearly all ice worn, with rounded edges, and generally polished or smoothed. These accumulations of erratics frequently form tongues, or spots, at the termination of small projecting promontories in the hill-ranges. I have several times counted three tiers of these travelled rocks where the mosses, which once covered them with a uniform mantle of green, had been burnt ; and occasionally, bsfore reaching the sandy area which is sometimes found on the banks of the river, I have been in danger of slipping through the crevices between the boulders, which were concealed by mosses, a foot and 24 ■'. I. ■ ■;!'■ M U' r 186 TUB FLANKS OF TUE TABLE LAND. more deep, both before and after passing through the <' Burnt Country," which has a length- of about 80 miles where I crossed it. I extract the following note from my Journal of the appcaiance of these travelled rocks )u the " Burnt Country" : — * Huge blocks oi gneiss and labradorite lie in the channel of the river, or on the gneissoid domes which here and there pierce the sandy tract through which the river flows. On the summit of the mountains, and along the crest of the hill-ranges, about a mile off on either side, they seem as if they had been dropped like hail. It is not difficult to see that many of thcsp rock-fragments are of local origin, but others have evidently travelled far, on account of their smooth out-line. From a gneissoid dome, I see that they are piled to a considerable height between hills 300 and 400 feet high ; and from the comparatively sharp edges of many around me, the parent rock cannot be far distant.' THE GLACIATED R&QIOR ABOUT CARIBOO LAKE. On all sides of Cariboo Lake, 110 miles, in an air-line from the Gulf, and 1B70 fset above it, a conflagration had swept away trees, grasses, and mosses, with the exception of a point -^f forest which came down to the water's edge and formed the western limit ot the living woods. The long lines of enor- mous unworn boulders, or fVagments of rocks, skirting the east branch of the Moisie at this point were no doubt lateral glacial moraines. The coarse sand in the broad valley of the river was blown into low dunes, and the surrounding hills were covered with millions of erratics. No glacial stri» were observed here, but the gneissoid hills were rounded and smoothed at their summit ; and the flanks were frequently seen to present a rough surface, as if they had recently been exposed by land-slides, which were often observed, and the cause which produced them, namely frozen waterfalls. No clay or gravel was seen after passing the mouth of Cold-water River, 40 miles from the Gulf, and 820 feet above it. The soil, where trees grew, was always shallow as far as observed ; and although a very luxuriant vege- tation existed in secluded valleys, yet it appeared to depend upon the pre- sence of labradorite-rock or a very coarse gneissoid rock, in which flesh coloured felspar was the prevailing ingredient. BOULDEBS IN OTHER PARTS OF THE PENINSULA. Observers in other parts of the Labrador Peninsula have recorded the, vast profusion in which erratics are distributed over its surface. There is one observer, however, well known in another branch of science, who has left a most interesting record of his journey in the Mistassinni country, between the Saint Lawrence, at the mouth of the Saguenay, and Rupert's River, in Hudson's Bay. Andre Miobaux, the distinguished botanist^ traversed the country between the Saint Lawrence and Hudson's Bay in 1792. He passed through Lake Mistassinni ; and in his manuscript notes, which were first printed in 1861, for private circulation, at Quebec, a brief description of the journey is given,—" The whole Mistassinni country," says Michaux, " is *See ^ Greenjl '«> the Royl SIR RODERICK MURCIIISON ON ULACIAL ACTIOK. 187 7' the r, or DUgll they thes? far, on t they r, au^ it rock alf, an^ Tftoases, sr'B edge of enor- itanch of tie coarse , and the icial striJe oothed at h surface, ere often [erfallB. [ter Eiver, sea grew, fiant vege- ,n the pre- hich ftesh cut up by thousands of lakes, and covered with enormous rocks, piled on© on the top of the other, which are often carpeted with large lichens of a black colour, and which increases the eonibre aspect of these desert and almost uninhabitable regions. It is in the spaces between the rocks that one finds a few pines {Pinus rupestris,) which attain ah altitude of three feet; and even at this small height showed signs of decay." The remarkable absence of erratics in the Moisie, until an altitude of about 1000 feet above the sea w attained, may be explained by the supposition that they have been carried away by icebergs and coast-ice during a x>eriod of submergence, to the extent of about 1000 feet. I am not aware that any traces of marine shells or marine drift have been recognized north «f the Labrador Peninsula, at a greater elevation than 1000 or 1100 feet. In the valley of the 8aint Lawrence marine drift has not been observed higher than 600 feet above the sea. QIacial striae were seen on the " gneiss-terraces *' at the "Level Portage," 700 to 1000 feet above the sea. The sloping sides of those terraces are polished and furrowed by glacial action. Grooves half an inch deep, and an inch or more broad, go.down slope and over level continuously. It is on the edge of the highest terrace here that the first large boulders were observed. The entire absence of clay, and the extraordiuary prdfusion of both worn and rugged masses of rock piled one above the other in the valley of the cast branch of the Moisie as we approached the table-land, led me to attribute their origin to local glacial action, as well as the excavation of a large part of the great valley in which the river flows. Its tributary, the Cold-water River, flows in the strike of the rocks through a gorge 2000 feet deep, excavated in the comparatively soft labradorite of the Labrador series. The descriptions which have recently been published* of diflferent parts of the Labrador Peninsula not visited by me, favour the supposition that the origin of the surface features of the areas described may be due to glacial action, similar to that observed in the valley of the Moisie River. SIR RODERICK MURCHISON ON GLACIAL ACTION. The reader who is not familiar with the rapid progress which has been made during late years in Surface Geology, will do well to read the following extract from Sir Roderick Murchisou's address, in which some of the geological influences ice is capable of exerting, are graphically described : — " Our knowledge respecting the snow and ice clad region of Greenlandf has been from time to time largely increased by the communications of our foreign member Dr. Rink. It is in part through his memoirs, as published in our volumns, that geologists have been enabled to reason upon what they believe to have been the former glacial condition of Scotland, and other tracts in Northern Europe, during a period antecedent to the creation of man. Independently, however, of any acquaintance with the condition of *8ee 'Explorations iu the Interior of Labrador Peninsula,' by the Author. Loogmans, 1663. t Greenland as it is.— Northern Europe as it was.— From the Anniversary Add{««« of Sir R. Murchiton 10 the Royal Gf^grsphical Society, .Viay 26, 1SC3. V; 188 SIR RODERICK MURCniSON ON QLACIAL ACTION. I I I' '' Greenland, as explanatory of ancient phenomena, my illustrious friend Agasaiz, in the year 1840, boldly applied to the larger part of the northern hemisphere, and specially to Scotland, the doctrine which ho had derived from a study of the effects produced by glaciers in the Alps. "Wherever he found that the hardest rocks of North Britain had been ground down, polished, and striated by lines and furrows in the same manner as that by which the rocks beneath or on the side of existing glaciers are affected, there he contended solid ice had once advanced from the mountains to the sea-shore. This view, though supported vigorously by my dear friend and eminent master, the late Dr. Buckland, met at first with much opposition, though of late years it has been well upheld by much good evidence, patiently worked out by Professor Bamsay and various authors ; and in the last years particularly by Mr. Jamieson of Ellon in Aberdeenshire, and by Mr. Archibald Geikie, of the Geological Survey. Now that the direct analogy of Greenland has been prominently brought forward, the bold theory of the great Swiss naturalist, who founded it on his knowledge of the Alps, has, to his great honour, been well sustained. Though once a sceptic as to a former spread of snow and ice over a large portion of Scotland, I have for some time been a firm believer in the application to that country of this portion of the theory of Agassiz. '' The manner in which the snow of the mountains descending and first forming *' neve," the solid glaciers.which advance to the shores of Greenland, and the mode in which huge masses of these glaciers are broken off and are launched into the sea, have been described by other authors, but by none more clearly than by Dr. Rink, whose long residence in Greenland has naturally given him favourable opportunities for observation. In his last memoir Dr. Rink has shown us, that though little water is apparent ton the surface of the ice, yet that every glacier is a frozen mountain-river, which is greatly aided in its descent to the sea by a volume of water (about a sixth part of the whole icy mass), which flows either in interstices of the ice, or between the warmer subsoil and the thick cover of ice which prevents con- gelation. The proofs of the issue of large quantities of water from beneath the lofty ice-cliffs are seen by the issue of springs of fresh water, which rise like whirlpools at the external edge of the ice ; and that some terrestrial living things are brought out in these agitated masses is proved by myriads of sea-birds being seen to hover over them, to obtain food in the brackish and muddy water. " The occurrence of an unfrozen lake at a certain distance inland in ono of the great glaciers, and the occasional sinking of its water, is accompanied by a corresponding rise of the springs in the sea, and the rise of its water by their diminution. At first sight I thought it possible that this existing phenomenon might in some degree serve, though by no means entirely, to explain the manner in which Mr. Jamieson, adopting the theory of Agassiz, has recently accounted for the so-called Parallel Roads of Glen Roy;* the ' * Si?e Quarterly Journal Gt'olngical Poriply, vnl xix (lf03) Whei througl * On thJ "le general "le ist vofi ,. I, See th( h- Arrhil-i SIR RODKRICK MUROHISON ON QLACIAL ACTION. 189 end lern Ived )r be own, It by 5cted, to the d and iition, dence, intho indby direct ke bold edge of once a ootland, country and first feenland, ft- and are by none iland bas bis last ■nt t)n tbe [, wbicb is ,ut a sixtb tbe ice, or Ivents con- beneatb jbicb rise terrestrial (v myriads iO brackisb ^nd in one [companied \i its water lis existing [entirely, to lof Agassiz, tRoy,* tbe lake on whose edges these terraces are supposed to have been formed having been held up by a glacier, the successive shrinkings of which let off at intervalH the water from higher to lower levels. But looking to the Green- land (.use as the result of occasional and frequent openings of channels far the water, I see nothing in it which will account for the gravel terraces of Glun Roy at separate and distinct heights. In our Highland example, I Iftilievo with Agassiz and Jamieson, that the lacustrine waters were held up by a glacier ; yet, knowing that each gravel terrace on their shores could only have been formed in tranquil periods, the distinct separation of the one from the other is to me a clear proof that sudden movements of the subsoil and rapid change of climate occasioned paroxysmal dislodgments of these icy barriers. In this way the successive subsidences due to the sudden collapse and removal of large portions of glaciers will as well account for the distinct separation of terraces which were accumulated during periods of quiescence, as the successive upheavels of the sea-shore (as I shall pre- sently show) explain to us clearly how the heaps and terraces of gravel with sea-shells, which occur at different altitudes around the British Isles, were produced. **»(*♦♦** " But to return to the consideration of that glacial condition of the surface which geologists are pretty generally agreed upon as having been that which immediately preceded the creation of the human race. Believing, as I now do, that snow and ice formerly covered, during the whole year, my native Highlands, as well as the mountainous parts of England, Wales,'*' and Ireland, and, further, that glaciers descended from the higher grounds into the adjacent valleys and to the sea*board, transporting into the sea- bottom great blocks as well as enormous accumulations of clay and sand with striated fragments of rocks, constituting the " till" of Scottish geolo- gist8,t I must impress upon you that, in adopting this view, you do not embrace the largest portion of the operations of transport which took place in the glacial period. For, when the ancient glaciers advanced to the seas of that glacial epoch, they must (as is now taking place on the shores of Greenland) have launched from their cliffs huge icebergs, which were floated away by the prevailing currents, often to vast distances before they were melted. So in the present day numerous icebergs are wafted for hun- dreds of miles to warmer and southern seas, in which they disappear, and strew the surface of the sea-bottom with the blocks and pebbles with which they were loaded, to bo mixed up with marine shells, sand, and mud." ACTION OF GLACIAL ICE. r Whenever the loose covering of clay and sand is swept off the solid rock throughout the whole extent of this Province, glacial striee are visible, in * On this subject Professor Ramsay's excellent and original Papers should be consulted ; particularly the general reader should peruse his Essay on the 'Old Glaciers of Switzerland and North Wales,' in the 1st volume of Paaks, Passes, and Glaciers,' and also published as a separate volume. t See the very clear and able illustration of this subject, with a map shewing the various directions followed by the old glaciers, m the book entitled, ' On the Phenomena of the Glacial Drift of Scotland,' V«y Archibald Gejkie. GlafgONV, IS6^. ( t > ''I m !i 190 ICR TRACKS IM TUG PROVIXCK. Other words, the rocki are seen to bo polished, striated and lomctimes deeply grooved. These striations are observed at all altitudes, bu^ tliej have been obliterated over wide areas by atmospheric influences. /During the past summer I saw them on the summit of Blue Mountain, 1650 feet above the sea. There, small surfaces of a very hard motamorphised conglomerate are beautifully polished and striated. They abound throughout the slate region of the Province, the slate receiving with ease and retaining with much persistency the markings produced by the slowly moving glacial mass. The general direction of these strife is N. 10" W., but there are often two sets to be seen, differing in direction by two or three degrees. The best place within a few miles of Frederiuton for examining these striae under very singular circumstances, is in Prince William Parish, at and near the antimony mines. On the road to the mines leading from the main post road the strisa are beautifully retained on the polished surface of a hard silicious slate. The country in that vicinity has been ground away and removed by ice to a vertical depth of some hundred feet, as has indeed, a considerable portion of, if not the whole, of the Province. In Prince William, however, an observer can not only see the "tracks" of the glacial mass grav<^n on the rocks, but he can also see the work it has accomplished in excavating Lake George. He can trace the course of the glaciers far beyond Lake George (442 feet above tide) and Bear Lake ; see it in imagination sweeping past the edge of the Plateau of the Carboniferous series, which it has worn away to an escarpment west of Oromocto Lake, and as a glacial stream passing down the valley of the Magagnadavic to the sea. The western extremity of the Goal Measures holds up Lake Oromocto. It has been denuded away by lateral glacial action towards the west, until we have the remarkable spectacle presented of a bold escarpment facing the west, holding up a Lake containing 10,000 acres, and 115 feet above the valley it overiooks. Lake Oromocto is 370 feet above the sea, the escarp- ment which overlooks the Magagnadavic is 894 feet, and the River itself flowing at the base of the escarpment is 256 feet above the same level. UBNBRAL DIRECTION OF THii; ICB FLOW IN NEW BRUNSWICK. The polishing of some of the harder rocks is extremely beautiful, and shows that the action of the ice slowly moving over it must have continued for an exceedingly long period of time. It is not to be supposed that the ice had uniformly one direction, on the contrary, its direction may have varied through an entire quadrant under different conditions. When we look at glacial striai we see only the last record of the moving mass, the last im- pression of its presence, but in what direction it moved, or with what effect at any period before the graving of its last striations, we can only conjecture. In the following Table are given the direction and locality of some of these glacial striae. 17 ]8 19 20 21 22 23 I G 24 8] 25 p, 26|ai, 27 An show north tfaemse escape, tion an be in that a part the * Some t Belwe t"To narrow co other dire between t passage to Waters of tliese intei which abo however, i ^ay in Ba; UIUEOXION OF TUB ICE FLOW. 191 een past the ) Jire g\OU ftUcVi stwo ) best undef 9.V fh* n poBt a bard \j and deed, a tracks" k it bas e of tbe e ; see it miferouB ,ftke, and itbe sea. Irotnooto. est, until facing tbe ibove tbe le escarp- iver itself jvel. = '• Table $howing the Direction of Glariul Strim in New Brvniwick * No. Kind of Rook. Locality. Height above the Sea. Direction. "f Grey Grits, Frederietitn, About 350 feet. N. lO-'W 2 tSiliceous Slate, Prince William, II 400 •! N. and S. 8 Orey Orita, Four miles on Miramichi Rond, N. lO" W 4 It II Hanwell Road,t " 400 " N. 10» W 6 f changes. [Tain Maury on The uniform constancy in the general direction of glacial striee, where local causes have not operated, strengthen the suspicion that inconstant currents bearing idoating ice can have had little to do with their origin. THK SPITZBERGEN GLACIER. The great Glacier of Spitzbergen described by Mr. Lamont * has a sea- ward face from 30 to 82 English miles, and protrudes in three great sweep- ing areas for at least live miles beyond the coast line. It has a precipitous and inaccessible cliff of ice all along its face, varying from 20 to 100 feet in height. It has of course no visible termiual moraine above water, but Mr. Lamont suggests that it may have some connection with an extensive sub- marine bank which lies opposite the whole length of the front of the Glacier, and extends for 15 or 20 miles to sea. The soundings on this bank may average fifteen fathoms, with a bottom of blueish clay. Several Glaciers on Spitzbergen were observed to be pushing before them vast heaps of mud and stones, and the bank just described was probably a submarine moraine. Its vast extent, the circumstances under which it is being produced under our eyes, consisting, as it no doubt does, partly of true glacial and partly of remodelled Drift, is suggestive as to operations of retreating or advancing glaciers in ages past. LAKE BASINS. There can be little doubt that nearly all the Lake basins in New Brunswick and Maine, like those of Canada, have been excavated by means of glaciers. Sir "W. E. Logan has shown that the rock which is most characteristic of the innumerable lake depressions in the Laurentian region of Canada, is the comparatively soft chrystalline limestone, and there is every probability that the main erosive force has been glacial action. Prof. A. C. Bamsay, the local directpr of the Geological Survey of England, has shown that all the large lakes of Europe have been produced by the action of great glaciersj which by their slow grinding motion formed those depressions in the rocky strata which are now the basins of the lakes.f It will be observed on an inspection of Mr. Wilkinson's excellent map of New Brunswick and Maine, that the lakes have a general uniform direction from north to south, or from northeast to southwest. There is a tendency among those which belong to the north and south class, to trend a few degrees to the east, this is also observed in the great Fiords on the coast through which the ice found its way to the sea. The remarkable parallelism between Loch Lomond, Eennebecasis Bay, the Long Reach, with its continuation to Belle Isle Bay, Washademoak Lake, and Grand Lake, all point to glacial action, guided probably by previously existing valleys formed by anticlinal or synclinal folds, these lying in a course not far removed from the general course of the glacial * Setsons with the SeaHorses— by James Lamont; Esq. F. G, S. ( Proc«eelin(» of the Geological Society. I'i 4 * 200 LI9E IN CONTACT WITH GLACIAL IC8. mass. It has not unfreqaently happened that when a glacier entered an ancient valley, it followed the course of that valley as long as it did not deviate many degrees from its original direction, but if the valley deviated more than a certain number of degrees, the glacier left it, and pursued its course up hill and down dale without regard to obstacles not sufficiently formidable to divert it from the line of maximum descent. Hence we frequently find striee leaving a valley and passing up the southern bank ; this is especially the case near Fredericton, where the glacial masses have slowly progressed southwards in the direction indicated by the valley of the Nashwaak, pushed across the Saint John, then partially filled with drift clays, and thence over the plateau to the sea. They have been to a certain extent the cause of the gently sloping banks of the river here, which though they rise to the height of 400 feet above the level of its waters as it now exists, yet their elevation is attained after a long and uniform slope, broken only by terraces which mark the slow subsidence of the river or lake estuary during the period of the partial re-excavation of the valley. These terraces will be noticed in the proper place. Glacial striae are frequently observed to run under the waters of existing seas and lakes ; in Lake Ontario, for instance, and on the Atlantic coast of Maine and the Bay of Fundy. They have even been observed to run under the waters of the ocean below low water mark. All of these phenomena belong to the close of the glacial period, after the uniform grinding down of the whole country, the formation of the great escarpments, and the excavation of the vast and deep Lakes of the Saint Lawrence Basin. They are among the last records of glacial action. LIFB IN NORTHERN SEAS. A strong argument in favor of the glacial origin of the unmodified drift is the absence of fossils. In England fossils, although much broken, are frequently found in the drift, but this shows that the glaciers which originated it terminated in fiords where marine life was abundant as it now is in the Greenland fiords ; there, the vast masses of ice which are yearly given oft' do not appear to interfere with animal life. The northern seas abound with microscopic organisms, and Sir Leopold M'Clintock brought up several small star fishes from a depth of 1260 fathoms or 7660 feet, the nearest land being Iceland, which was 250 miles distant. In the iceberg region the sounding lead also showed abundance of marine life on the sea bottoms which could not fail to be occasionally disturbed by the grounding of icebergs. TERRACES AND BEACHES. There are three kinds of Terraces in various parts of the Province, difi'er- ing from each other as to their origin, viz : — Ist. Marine Terraces or Ancient Coast Margins. 2nd. Glacial Lake Terraces. 8rd. River Bank Terraces. njos 500 by f Oi clayg up tl the 1 durii depoJ pliocj living mera^ valley narij UAHINE BEACUKS. 201 ed an i not yiated ed its jiently ic« we bank ; IB have valley ed with len to a jr here, waters uniform the river le valley. • existing c coast of jun under henoroena jug down and the (in. They dified drift »roken, are originated )W is in the ly given off bound with Bveral small land being te sounding rhich could nnce, differ- The terraces on the coast of the Bay of Fundy, consisting of jnari^ hold* ing marine p!.mtt and shells, belong to the first class ; the symmetrical terraces near Upsalquitoh Lake are illustrations of the second, and the beautiful and singularly regular series visible on the St. John from the head of the Long Reach to the Grand Falls, are very imposing instances of river va])?y terrapes. MABINE TERRACES OR ANCIENT SEA MARfilNS. r'lO "niv \ The estuaries of some of the smaller rivers on the .Bay of Fundy, where they haye been sheltered from denuding agencies, show well defined sea margins. A third of a mile up Goose Creek the following measuroments wer^ roughly taken with an aneroid barometer in November last. Although the altitudes of the several beaches may not be quite correct, yet; they are suffi- «iently near the truth to establish their relations, and to point to certain resuUf) inseparable from them ; their presence shows the difiere.nce between a precipitous coast line and a glacial escarpment. TABLE SIIOWINO THE APPROXIMATE AtTITCDE Of MA)RINK BEACHES, NEAR THE MOUTH * OP GOOSE CREEK, BAY OP FUNDY. . No. ofBeach. AUitud« above Ki^th tide tn f«e(. -^ 1 106 ' 2 , 141: 8 179 . , '4 .,... 217 5 247 6 v-^J^.,i.vi,... 277 8 ..:....^;;v... 324 9 ...;........i:... 843 10 400 ' 11 430 "12 465 13 490 ,^ . These beaches have been produced during the slow emergence of the con- tinent after the Glacial epoch. It is not improbable that at the same time, most of the terraces on the banks of the rivers in the interior, lower than 500 feet above tlie sea, were occasioned by the same cause ; in other words by simple drainage. We have only to conceive the valley of the river form-^ ing an estuary, and the estuary converted into a river as the land rose. On the Atlantic coast of New Brunswick and Maine Ibssiliferous marine clays are found on the shores of most land-1 ^oked bays, and sometimei^ far up the broad valleys of rivers. ; They belong to the period when sonie of the lower river terraces were formed, and show the lijoaits of tidal waters during that epoch. They are evidently of the same g^eologjlcal age as the deposits in the valley of the Saint Lawrence and Lake Champlain, .(post- pliocene of Lyell,) smd many of the fossils they icontain are identical with living species. Mr. Hitchcock has shown that out pf seventy species enu- merated as being found in .Maine, and eighty three in the Saint Lawrence valley, twenty five. are common to both deposits. Beds of marl containing marine shells have been found above the Falls of the Saint John near the , '■ ' B t / • About one.third df a mile from the »*8. .,., . , . )^1 ) :. I' I.A ' ' I'm n K7 • 202 VERTICAL UPLIFT WBST OF TUB SAINT JOHN. |i': V. i month of the river, on the shores of Grand Baj, the Kennebeccasis, Belleiele, and on the side of the main stream near the Reach, (Uesner.) On the coast these marl and clay beds are very numerous, occurring in all sheltered places, and from 10 to 40 feet above the highest tides. The beds of sand, gravel, clay, and marl, on the banks of the Saint John above Qagetown, consisting of remodelled drift, all appear to be of fresh water origin. MODEKN ELKVATIONS AND OKPRESSIONS OF THI COAST. Kear Point Blakeland, Bayfield notices on his chart of Miramichi Bay, a " Peat bank 10 feet high." Also near Grandoon Island, " clifik of sandstone 15 feet, covered with Peat." The soundings taken by Bayfield during 1848, in Miramichi inner Bay, show 2} and 8 fathoms where four and five fathoms are recorded on the old charts constructed by order of the Admiralty, previous to 1780, and pub- lished in that year by J. P. W. des Bar res. The Marsh inside of Hucklebury Island, Bayfield describes as filled with Eel grass and nearly dry at low water; the chart of 1780 shows three and two fathoms of water. Buctouche Harbour exhibits also great changes. The channel is very much diminished both in breadth and depth since 1780, the depth being about one half. These changes may be due in part to the debris brought down by the rivers, but there is ground for belief that the land is slowly rising north of Buctouche. The walrus bones on Miscou Island, alluded to on page 84, show a gradual elevation of that part of the coast, so also 4ocs the Harbour of Bathurst. BXTENSIVE UPTHROW TO THE WEST OF THE SAINT JOHN. The elevations and depressions which have just been noticed sink into insignificance when compared with a bold vertical movement of a con- siderable portion of the Province, which appears to have taken place long previous to the Glacial epoch. The known details of this movement are not sufficiently numerous to permit a general description of its effects to be drawn up, but they are susceptible of being traced Over a wide area, so that some ideas may be gathered respecting its nature, which may serve as a guide for future enquiry. The breaks in the continuity of the narrow belts of the Bonaventure rocks where they cross the Saint John in the Parish of Kingsclear and iii the Parish of Hampstead, point to an important elevation of the whole of the Carboniferous rocks west of the Saint John. The sudden termination of the " granite " on the same river, according to Gesner, occurs at the Quar- ries. The granite and the slate are described as being cut off at the broad point of land between Belle Isle Bay and the Washademoak, and they arc there, on the east side of the river, replaced by " trap." The limits of this raised district are undefined to the west, but there appears to have been an upthrow of great extent, which may exercise an important influence on the geology of the country over which it prevailed. GLACIAL LAKS AND RIVEK TERRACES. 208 ile'iBle, ) coast altered f sand, etown, I Bay, a ndstone ler Bay, I the old md pub- lied with hree and si is very pth being s brought 18 slowly ,d, alluded Bt, so also sink into of a con- |place long rement are Iffects to be |rea, so that serve as a Inture rocks land iii the ^hole of the mination of tt the Quar- kt the broad Lnd they are but there exercise an It prevailed. The action of glacial ice has ground down to a uniform level th« rocky strata on both sides of the Saint John, but. data may be obtained by careful measurements about ten miles above Fredericton and a few miles below Gagetown, to determine the exact vertical limit of this remarkable upheaval. GLACIAL LAKE TERRACES. On page 188 a brief description from the pen of Sir Hoderick Murchison is given of what are called by geologists, Glacial Lakes. The terraces already described as occurring near Upsalquitch Lake, on the Portage to the Nipisiguit, are most probably illustrations of this remarkable phenomenon. The interior of the American Continent affords magnificent examples of Glacial Lake Terraces. At or near the head waters of the St. Lawrence, in the neighbourhood of Great Dog Lake, west of Lake Superior, a succes- sion of these terraces are passed over having elevations above the sea of 945, 1109, 119T, 1898, 1417 and 1435 feet respectively. They appear on the sides of an immense sandbank and are several miles in length. RIVER TERRACES. In the following brief description of some of the most prominent river terraces in this Province, it should be borne in mind thait the valley of the Saint John was excavated ages before the Glacial or Drift period. It was probably enlarged in certain parts during the glacial period, particularly near Fredericton, and in part filled with drift during the subsequent sub- mergence, and re-excavated during the period of emergence with the for- mation of the terraces. Some of these terraces will now be noticed, previously to considering the question relating to tlie probable brigin of the Grand Falls. TERRACES AT THE MOUTH OF THE NBREPI8. At the mouth of the Nerepis the contour lines of 60, lOO, 160, 200, and 260 feet are parallel to one another, so also, as high as 300 feet, at Belleisle Bay, opposite Hog Island. TERRACES OPPOSITE GAQETOWIT. The terraces opposite Gagetown, although not precisely represented by the contour lines of Captain Owen's Survey, are remarkably symmetrical, being parallel to one another at the most abrupt turns. They are represented at the following altitudes, all of which contour lines are roughly parallel to one another, and distant as follows : — No. Altitude. 1 20 2 50 8 100 4 160 6 200 6 250 7 300 . 8 850 Summit, 380 feet, Distance from one another. yards. 110 180 260 330 386 330 400 297 r.'.l ,1; J ^"i Mfe-J il I f m 904 TIKRAOIS AT VftVOBBIOTOV. Y:*rhe elevation of 880 is attained in one mile and 60 yards. These contour linet are on the Jemseg River. Peters' Hill, in the flat or intervale oppo8it« the town, is 67 feet high, it has escaped the denuding forces which re- excavated the valley. « TBRRAOEB AT FBSDBRICTON. The contour line of 60 feet above low water, showing the dimensions of the alluvial terrace upon which Fredericton is built, has a greatest breadth on the continuation of York Street of six furlongs, or three quarters of a mile ; on Church Street, it is five furlongs, and opposite Government House the distance is the same. Opposite Kingsclear the contour line of 800 feet is 660 yards from the bank of the river, on the Poor House road it is 2,476 yards, and in the rear of Morrison's saw mill 770 yards. .a;The following table shows the distances of the contour lines given below, on the Poor House road, from the edge of the river, together with the alti- tude of the Terraces, as nearly as they can be distinguished. Distance. 660 yards. 1300 " 1660 " 1926 " 1980 « 2476 i* On THK Contour Line Poo* Hoi-BS Road. Altitude. 1 • *• • *• 20 feet 2 • •• fl • • 60 " 3 ... 100 « 4 150 " 6 • •• - ..* 200 ♦« 6 • • • ••• 1 800 «' i 1 I'' ■ TBBBACE8 OV TBB POOB HOUM BOAD. '•> '.rf • •• t . _ • « 4 v ■ivrif y . .^ Ist Terrace well defined, "'i.'^nd ** near lower cross road, 8rd " 4th " n«ar upper cross road, .. ,;- Summit of hill, BtOTlON OV THE COLLEOB BOADj, fROM TBB SAINT JOHN TO NEAR THE SUMMTT."' Distance from Eiver Height above River in Chains. (MafclL) in feet. River in March, Above River. 181 feet. 247 " 818 « 345 " 418 " J to Beginning of rise, . . . Oollcge Observatory— «ast window, Terrace — Three quarters of a mile, Terrace- One mile, 6 10 15 20 80 40 48.82 60 52 25 55 56 60 65 70 76 80 1 mile, 5 « • • « • « 23 26 22 22 84 28 28 41 54 80 94 126 159 181 208 287 259 • Surveyed by Mr. Thomas MeMahon Cregan. (I Thel rentiai before Was pul in 186( the ola:^ BREAMH AND DSPTB Of TBB SAINT JOHN OPPOSITE PRBDIRICTON. 20A antour jposite ich »o- lions of adth on a mile ; use tbe feet ifl is 2,475 n below, tbe alti' •n ■r. bet. SUMMIT." above River jck) in i««^- 2S 26 22 22 24 28 28 41 64 80 94 126 159 181 208 287 259 Ternios— .i.i';ii!.»)niit Tsrrace-— Croat Rosd, One mile and a quarter, TlBBAOK— TsftSACS^Ons mile and a half, ... ,.. Swampy tract, fVom Im. 55 oh. to I m. 60 oh. 1 mile, 9 obaina, 270 feet 1 " 10 280 1 *' 16 298 1 " 20 816 1 " 26 828 1 " 80 S88 1 " 40 844 1 " 46 847 1 " 60 856 1 " 00 848 1 " 70 866 '' 1 •' 76 870 2 " 876 inb , Two miles, ... ... ... I till •; ■ :i , Beside the upper terraces at Fredericton, which belong to tbe close of th^ Drift Period, and were formed during the gradual emergence of the country from beneath tbe ocean, there are several alluvial terraces in the great flat on which the city is built, which may be called respectively the Cathe- dral Terrace, the Burying Ground Terrace, and the Race Course Terrace. The breadth of the Saint John, opposite York Street, is 825 yards; at low water its greatest depth is 19 feet, judt in the middle of the river opposite the Market house ; but there are several sections above and below, where the depth at low water does not exceed 15 feet, and a little higher than the Government House, the greatest depth recorded is nine feet, close to the south bank. On the opposite side of the river, (the continuation of York Street,) the contour line of 20 feet in 887 yards ftrom the edge of low water, that of 60 feet, 440 yards, and of 100 feet, 620 yards. The valley of the river at an altitude of 100 feet above low water is about 2,990 yards brpad, aad at the summit level it is probably not less than four miles. The bed of the River Saint John consists in many places of blue clay, which may be regarded as unaltered Glacial Drift. It is an extremely inters esting problem to ascertain whether the boulders, slates or pebbles in the blue clay of the Saint John, have the arrangement which they would assume if they had dropped through water in the ordinary mode of deposition, or whether they have a forced arrangement, different from tha4 which they would assume if water and floating ice had been instrumental in their dis- tribution. In other words, it is desirable to ascertain whether ^y part of the bine or even yellow clay exhibits any evidence that it has once consti* tuted the Dirt Band of a glacial mass, similar to some of the blue clay oa the shores Of Lake Ontario, which I described in 1855. The Forced Arrangement of Blockt of Limettone, tfcc, in Boulder- Clay. (From « Ptper by the Author, .rea4 before the Geological Society of London, January 1804.^ The forced arrangement of blocks of limestone, slabs of shale, and boulders of the Xi^u* rentian rocks, in the Blue Clay at Toronto, fpriped the aubject of a paper which I read before the Canadian Institute seven years ago. A minuite deecriptioa of this Arrangemeint was published in my Report of the Aoainniboine and Saskatchewan Ezpktring Expedition in 1859, to illustrate a similar arrangement of blocks of limestone and gneissoid rpclts in the ol«7 on the south branoh of the Saskatchewan obFerred in 1858. '11 ,lli 206 OIIARAOTBR OV TBI ALLUVIAL STRATA AT rRIDBRlOTOff. I oonoluded the deteription of this remukable arrangement with the following hint at their origin : — " May not the plastic and irreaistable agent which picked up the material! composing the Blue Clay, and then melting, left them in their present position, have been largely instrumental in czoaTating the basins of the great Canadian lakes."'*' And, in 1800, in a " Narrative of the Canadian Expeditions," I remarked, '* The wide* spread phenomena exhibiting the greater or less action of ico, such as grooved, polished, and embossed rocks, the excavation of the deep lakr» of the St. Lawrence basin, the forced orrangoment of drift, the ploughing-up of largo areas, and the extraordinary amount c " denudation at different Icmit, without the evidence of beaches, all point to the actien of glacial ioe previous to the operations of floating ico in the grand phenomena of the Drift."f The following Sections show some of the peculiarities of the Suiut John River alluvium. ALLUVIAL STRATA ■XPOSID MKAR rREDIRIOTON.^ 1. Bank of River. Vegetable soil, Oft. Sin. Sandy soil, S " 6 " Black ferruginous sand. Bog Iron Ore, gravel, yellow sand and black sand, all of vari- able thickness, 10 " " Yellow clay, 1 " 2 " Total, ., 14ft. llin. Blue Clay of unknown depth forming the bed of the River, (Glacial Drift.) 8. Eatt side, near Brick Kiln, Sand, Oft. 9 in. Yellow clay, 1 " " Total, ... 10 ft. 9 in. Blue clay of unknown thickness, (Glacial Drift.) 6. Brook near Poor House. Soil, ''H.^Wf' ..;' ... Oft. 5 in. Sand, '. 8 " 5 " Total, ... 3ft. lOin. Yellow clay, unknown, (Perhaps Glacial Drift.) 2. Front of the Legislative Buildings. Soil, Oft. 5 in. Sand mixed with a little loam, 12 ■* " Total, ... 12 ft. 5 in. Bluk Clay forming bed of river of us- known depth, (Glacial Drift.) 4. In front of Hermitage.^ Soil, 1 ft. Oin. Ironshot sand, and gravel, ... 6" 0" White sand and gravel, ... 8 « " Total, ... 14ft. Oin. Marly clay forming bed of ihe river. 6. Ridge near Brick Kiln. Coarse soil, Oft. Gin. Sand, 10 " " Yellow clay 12 " " Total, ... 22 ft. 6 in. Blue clay, unknown, (Glacial Drift.) * Report on the Atsinniboine and Skikatchewan Exploring Expedition. By Henry Youle Hind, M. A., Toronto, 1859. Eyre and Spottiswoode, London, I860.— (Blue Book.) t Narrative of the Canadian Expeditions of 1857 and 18&8, vol. it. p. 254. Longman's 18C0. t Frederictoa, Lat. 45° 5!T 18.7" N. Long. M" 38 W. is situated on an extensive '* intervale " or flat, whose river edge is about 15 feet above the water in November. The character of the valley here is given in Ihe text. It in CO miles by road from Saint John, and 84 by water. §Dr. Robb. TBB QRAlfO FALLS Of TSI lAUIV JOHN. 207 tltahed, I forced ount c" Btl«n of Drift."t t John ) ft. 5 in, J «« " 2 fl. 5 in. lln. Oft. 6 in. 10 «' " 12 " " 22 ft. 6 in. |rval« " or fl«t. vaUty here i» 2 feot 8 inches. 14 " 4 " 2 " The depth of the drift near the College is stated by Dr. Robb to be about 85 feet. The thickness of these deposits on the northeast side of the river appears to be considerably less than on the southeast side. Some of the wells on the Keswick are sunk through 7 feot fine gravel, 16 feet bine clay, and 4 feet coarse gravel resting on Hlatos. In a well on a farm in the rear of Fredericton the rocks penetrated were as follows :- Loose soil and sand, Yellow clay, Dark clay, Boulders and coarse gravel, ... And in another well on the hill above the University — Soil and sandy earth, ... 8 feet 8 inches. Clay with small boulders and gravel, ... ... 7 " Sandstone of the Carboniferous Series.* The depth of the blue clay forming the bed of the river is at least 00 feet. TERRACES AT TUB GRAND FALLS. If we examine a plan of the Grand Falls after laying down tlio contour lines showing the difierent terraces, we can not fail to be struck with the following apparent facts : — That previously to the glacial period the Saint John River pursued a straight course down the deep ravine to the west of the Portage road, possibly over falls. That this ravine extends from a little above the upper basin very nearly to the lower. It is apparently the former valley of the Saint John, now partially filled with drift. The height of the upper basin above the level of the sea being 419 feet, it is clear that when the continent was submerged below that depth, the Saint John above the falls flowed directly into the ocean. During that period not only was the old channel partially filled up, but the glacial drift was rearranged over the tract of country near where the falls now are, and else- where. When the land began to rise again, the upper portion of the Saint John above the falls was a lake estuary in direct communication with the sea ; the continued rising of the land converted this lake estuary into a river, which found its outlet, not by its old filled up channel, but by the course of the uppermost terrace, of which there are four, and all of which, be it observed, appear on Little or Falls River, showing that this Little River also cut its way through the rearranged drift. As the land rose, these ter- races became successively developed in the ordinary process of drainage, until the river had re-excavated its ancient bed below the level of the ledge of rocks, when falls commenced and have existed since the Saint John cut out a channel for itself. The new falls began at the lower basin, near where, probably, the ancient falls once existed ; the course of the excavated ravine * In sinking a veil near Bathurst, the workmen came to blue clay at a depth of 25 feet, some 200 feet above the sea. The blue clay, which was probably glacial drift, contained a very considerable quantity of bright iron pyrites. On Bull Creek, Woodstock, near the Saint John, there is a fine cliff of stratified yellow clay 60 feet above the stream, ' V J ^ ' M <*' i^ RKA80N or THE PKKBENT I'OBITIOM OV TUB ORAMD MALli. was dotermined by the tofruces, which, accordingly to nttarol Iawr, the river had previously formed in the ordinary process of drainage. It is the terraces then which have determined the course of the gorge, not the gorge the formation and contour of the terraces. The gorge is simply a valley of erosion duo to tho action of running water, guided by a previously exist- ing valley, and formed in the same manner and under similar circumstances as the gorge of the Tubique, or as the gorge of the Falls of Niagara. These valleys of erosion are every where to bo seen, and water is competent to execute fur more imposing monuments of its power, without calliiig in tho aid of paroxysmal action, convulsions, or earthquakes. The question will suggest itself to the render, "why did not the Saint John follow its old channel direct from the upper to the lower basin," It is not difficult to frame a satisfactory answer to this question. The Glacial Drift now forming prominent hills near the falls, was once an unbroken barrier, holding up the lake-like estuary which at that remote period ex- isted above the Grand Falls, and whoso work ie seen in the beautifully stratified fresh water marls, sands, and clays, on tho banks of the river far above the Falls. The lowest point in this Drift barrier was on the course of the highest terrace, and tliis course was necessarily selected by the drain- age waters of the estuary. Subsequently to the assumption of this new passage to tlie sea, the drift in tho old valley has been gradually removed by the ordinary process of sub-eerial denudation, so as to mark its former existence by a depression of unmistakable origin. DRIFT ISLANDS WHICH HAVE ESCAPED DENUDATIOK. <» liiluri ItUmde on the Bankt and Intervale (Flati.) 1. Island on the eust bank oppnsito Robin- son's IsLnd, altitude of highest contour line, 150 feet. 2. Island in Gagetown Flats, altitude 51 fcet. 3. tslnnds in Flats just above the mouth of Tenant's Cove. (a.) Ob east flat, altitude 50 feet, vitb an escarpment to the southeast. (b.) On west flats, altitude JJ5l» and 880 fe«t, with escarpments to the southeast 04)^. and northeast. 4. Island on Promontory, 260 feet high. 5. Island on east bank bolow Oak Point, 400 feet, with several Islands on west bank, 300 feot; escarpments on the river are common both a few miles above and below Oak Point and the mouth of the St. John, with terraces in the rear. Terrace$, 1. Terraces at Fredericton. Terraces opposite Gagetown. 2. On the Jemseg. 3. Round Oaknabog Lake and opposite Long Island, highest contour line 4UU feet. Distance from river i oi' a, mile. 4. Terraces have altitude of 400 feet north- west of Tenant's Cove, with an ^^earppeot 400 feet high facing the east. ' . ' " '\ 5. Terraces near the mouth of Belle Isle Bay have altitude of 350 feot. Hote. — Oomparatively low terTaees are numerous on tho upper St. John. They are well seen at the mouth of the t'bbique, and at Woodstock ; they are also numerous on the Miramichi. — i. Hi 'li II. I. Ii ilIlL iii. .'^. , t L« riui de 14 lieusl (Je deux rj ^»'»n traicl lURnd tl el 'out ne perl THB "FALLI AT TUI MOUTH OF TUB 8T. JOUN. 200 iver ftcet y o( iXlBt- ince» • Cheae nt to in tho Ba\nt I." It 3\ac\al broken iod ex- utifuUy iver far J courio le drftin- ,hU new removed ,8 former Ld op(po*it« U 400 feet. I feet north- I escarpment Bell* I»l« ertitees *f^ John. They Ihe tobique, so nunaeto** ,:^Mi.—^ The foregoing Tftblet note some renrarkable points on the River Saint John, between Fredericton and the sea, showing terraces, islands in the «raUey, and islands on the banks, which have partially escaped the denuding forces which excavated the bed of the river. THE rALLS AT TUE MOUTII Of TBS SAINT JOHN. > The remarkable gorge in which these are situated is stated to be some* thing more than a valley of erosion, although the gorges of the Magagua- davic, the Tattagouche, the Nicadoo, the Nipisiguit, the Upsalquitch, the Tobique, and numerous others belong to this class. With the exception, if it be one, of the gor^e at the mouth of the Saint John, I have not seen any single instance in the Province which could not be explained by tho action of ice and water, or generally, by erosion. On the supposition that the gorge of the Saint John at its mouth has been produced by a violent separation of the rock, (for it has been alleged that the salient and re-enter- ing parts of the sides of this crack can be seen, and if the walls were brought together they would ** fit,") it must be a crack or fissure, and if it be a crack which has allowed the waters of the Saint John to pass through their pre- sent channel, it will necessarily be of great depth, and in consequence of the strong currents to which it is subjected its depth will be constantly increasing. Soundings do not favour this view, for while the depth of water, according to Captain Owen's Survey, is 100, 114, 140, and even 160 feet between Navy Island aud St. John, it does not exceed 87 feet in the Narrows above, and at the Split Rock it is not more than 119 feet in depth. At tho Tidal Falls * the depth varies from 8 to 20 and 22 feet between the Mill and the Island ; while in the small basin south of the Falls, 126 feet is recorded, and in the large basin above them, it varies from 122 to 204 feet deep, on a nearly due north and south course. The depth is also consider- able opposite Indiantown, 195 feet being recorded ; and in Qrand Bay the depth continues great, varying from 104 to 180 feet. These facts are certainly opposed to the view that the present outlet of the* Saint John is the result of an earthquake fracture, but they favor the view that it is a valley of erosion, excavated subsequently to the Glacial Drift Period. Nor has much change taken place within the last 254 years ; for in the Relations of the Jesuits for the year 1611, there is an account of the voyage of le Sieur de Biencourt up the river, in which allusion is made, in the quaint old French spoken at that day, to the ' frightful difficulties ' at the mouth of the Saint John.f * In aome parts of the Long Reach a depth of 1*^6 feet ii attained, but in general, aoundings show a uniform depth of 70 feet for a long distance. t L* riuiere de S. Jean est au Norouest d« Port Royal, y ayant entre-deux la Baye Francoise, large de 14 lieus. L'entrie de ceat riuiere est fort estroite et tres dangereuae ; car il faut passer au millieu de deux roches, desquelles I'une jatte sur I'autre le courant de maree, eatat entre deux aussi viste qii'un traict. Apres les roches suit un afTreux et horrible precipice, lequel si vous ne passez a propoa et quand il est comble doureineni, de cent mille barques «n poil n'eschapperoit pna, que corps et biens tout ne perist." 27 210 ACTION OF KIVERS ON THEIR BANKS. Between St. Joba and Portland there is a narrow and deep valley now occupied by a church, manufactories, and dwelling houses. In this valley, and above strata of clay, there are marl beds containing ehelli and decom- pused sea weeds, identical with those still inhabiting the shores of the harbour. These beds are about 18 feet above the level of the sea, which at some former period surrounded the site of the city.* The falls of the Saint John at its mouth are not "falls" in the ordiaary acceptation of the term; they result from the narrow and shallow outlet through which the tide, which rises with great rapidity and to an altitude of 28 feet, has to pass. The outlet is not sufficiently broad or deep to admit the tidal waters with their rise, hence a fall inwards is produced during tho flow ; at the ebb, the tide recedes faster than the outlet of the river can admit of the escape of the waters accumulated within the inner basin, hence a fall outwards. Twice every day the waters are at a level on both sides of the gorge, and for half an hour or so these singular tidal falls are passable for vessels. A former outlet of the Saint John exists to the east of the City* The following are instructions for going through the falls, which apply, we believe, to no other " falls " in the world : — -mu. .. *' The falls are level, or it is still w^ater at about three and a half hours on the flood, and about two and a half on the ebb, so that they are passable four times in twenty four hoars, about ten or fifteen minutes at each time. No othei" rule can be given, as much depends on the floods in the River Saint John, and the time of high water or full sea, which is often hastened by high southerly winds. For a few days in the spring of the year, the height of the water in the River Saint John renders the passage of the falls extremely difllcult." " HORSKBACKB." -1 iJ ■ : The • Horsebacks,' which are numerous in this Province, and consist of long raised beaches of gravel with boulders, were probably formed by glacial lakes ; that is, they were washed np by lakes in the interior of a glacial mass, on those portions of the coast of the glacial lake which came in contact widi the rocks over which the ice was moving. Hence the reason why these ' Horsebacks,' like the detached beaches of similar glacial lake origin, have only a certain limited length and terminate abruptly. There is a ' Horse- back' near the Saint Andrews and Quebec Railroad, at M'Adam's Station, about 5 miles long. There are others on the Saint John above Woodstock, and elsewhere in the Province ; and it may be that the barrier formerly existing at the Grand Falls was a ' Horseback.' ACTION OF RIVERS ON THEIR BANKS. Some years ago it was asserted that all rivers flowing from the north to the south had a tendency to wear away the right bank, and cut their beds in the rock to the right of their course, in preference, as it were, to the left. In will sure *Dr. Gtsner — Proceedings oi u i- I) WAD OR BOO MANGAKKSB. :^ t.^.^-S-^t The application of Manganese to many manufacturing purposes, particu- larly those connected with bleaching and dyeing operations, is decidedly on the increase, and it is not improbable that a considerable demand for the oxide of this metal will grow out of its recent employment in the generation of nascent chlorine for the extraction of gold from auriferous rocks. This ^etal is rather extensively diffused in New Brunswick ; and a special notice of its present application in the arts, with a brief description of Mr. Calvert's process for extracting gold, in view of its prospective value, will probably be acceptable. [(j|,;, nrv!,ti:i!((lmo'> af ict .aa-ii \n i The principal Ores of Manganese are — 1st. The grey or black peroxide, sometimes called grey manganese ore, and aIbo pyrolusite. It contains 63.8 manganese, and 36.7 oxygen, in 100 parts. * Geoiogy ot Canada. t Ibid. 80 th gold with aurif< com I solvei anoth of 80( therei extrat the m peroxi chlori( sand ; I USi: OV MANQANESe FOR THfi EXTRACTION OF QOLD. 215 le ,re ith me , or iity. Dod- lere, •ably riety iBcan, char- ore is partly adher- it2000 ,d 5000 s varies sons, to L wheels of car- &Co. which at this lich fur- le ijs'f t it*L> partic\a- dedly on d for the sneration 3. This al notice Calvert's probably xnese ore, 1 100 parts. 2nd. "Watl or Bog Manganese, or the hydrated peroxide. It differs, when pure, from the grey peroxide, in containing ome atom of water. In 1858 there were imported into Great Britain and Ireland, 24,171 tons of mancjanose, worth X198,868 steriing. Mnnganese is now being largely used by the calico printer, and for the manufacture of bleaching powder; but it is the new application of the ores of this substance, in the production of nascent chlorine for the extraction ot gold, that seems to promise the most rapid increase in the demand. The following process is due to Mr. F. C. Calvert, of Manchester, who communi- cated the results of his researches in a paper entitled "New Method of Extracting Gold from Auriferous Ores " :— *' At the present time when the auriferous ores of Great Britain are attracting public attention, it may be advantageous to persons interested in gold-mining, to be made acquainted with a new and simple method of extracting gold from such ores, which presents the advantages of not only dispensing with the costly use of mercury, but of also extracting the silver and copper which the ore may contain. Further, it may be stated that the process can be profitably adopted in cases where the amount of gold is small, and the expense of mercury consequently too great. Without enter- ing here into all the details of the numerous (about one hunured) experiments which I made some years since, before I finally arrived at the new method of extracting gold, which I have now the honor of communicating, allow me to state a few facts which are necessary to give a complete view of the subject. If 2.2 parts of pure and finely divided gold, obtained by the reduction of a salt of that metal, be added to 100 parts of pure sand, and placed in a bottle with a saturated solution of chlorine gas for 24 hours, only 0.6 of gold is dissolved. If the same experiment be repeated, but instead of chlorine water, a mixture of chlorine water and hydrochloric acid be used, 0.6 of gold is dissolved. If, instead of employing hydrochloric acid and chlorine gas, a mixture of sand, reduced gold, and peroxide of man- ganese, with hydrochloric acid, are placed in a bottle, 1.4 of gold is dissolved ; 80 that it would appear that, under the influence of nascent chlorine, the gold is more readily dissolved than when the same gas is mixed in solution with hydrochloric acid, previously to being placed in contact with the auriferous sand. Still these processes leave a great deal to be desired in a commercial point of view, as more than a third of the gold remains undis- solved. The same results are obtained if the chlorine gas be generated by another method, viz., by adding to the auriferous sand a mixture of chloride of sodium, sulphuric acid, and perozide of manganese. Being convinced, therefore, that nascent chlorine gas was a fit and proper agent for cheaply extracting gold from ores, and that it was probably only necessary to modify the method of operating, I allowed the mixture of hydrochloric acid and peroxide of manganese, or of sulphuric acid, peroxide of manganese, and chloride of sodium, to remain for twelve hours in contact with the auriferous sand ; and, then, instead of washing-out the solution of gold, I added a M 216 t>ISTRIBUTION OF UANOANESE IN THE PROVINCE!. I m small quantity of water, which remored a part of the acting agent, and this was made to percolate several times through the sand ; by which method I succeeded in extracting from the sand, within a fraction the whole of the gold. I then repeated the last experiments with natural auriferous quartz« and easily extracted the two ounces of gold per ton which it contained. I therefore propose the following plan for extracting the gold on a commercial scale: — The iinely-reduced auriferous quartz should be intimately mixed with about one per cent, of peroxide of manganese ; and if common salt be used this material should be added at the same time as the manganese, in the proportion of three parts of salt to two of manganese. The whole should be then introduced into closed vats, having false bottoms, upon which is laid a quantity of small branches covered with straw, so as to pre- vent the reduced quartz from filling the holes in the false bottom. Muriatic acid should then be added if manganese alone is used, and diluted sulphuric acid if manganese and salt have been employed ; and, after having left the whole in contact for twelve hours, water should be added so as to fill-up the whole space between the false and true bottoms with fluid. This fluid should then be pumped-up and allowed to percolate through the mass ; and after this has been done several times, the fluid should be run off into separate vats for extracting the gold and copper it may contain. To effect this, old iron is placed in it to precipitate the copper ; and after this has been removed, the liquor is heated to drive away the excess of free chlorine, and a concentrated solution of sulphate of protoxlJ: of iron, or green copperas, must be added, which, acting on the gold-solution, will precipitate the gold in a metallic form. By this method, both gold and copper are obtained in a maketable condition. If silver is present in the ore, a slight modification in the process will enable the operator to obtain this metal also. It is simply necessary to generate the chlorine of the vitriol, manganese, and chloride of sodium process, taking care to use an excess of salt, that is, six parts in^^tead of three, as above directed. The purpose of this chloride of sodium being to hold in solution any chloride of silver that may have been formed by the action of chlorine on the silver-ore, and to extract the metal, the following alteration in the mode of precipitation is necessary. Blades of copper must be placed in the metallic solution, to throw down the silver in a metallic form, then blades of iron to throw down the copper, the gold being then extracted as previously directed. I think the advantages of this process are, Ist, cheapness; 2nd, absence of injury to the health of the persons employed ; 3rd, that not only is the metallic gold in the ore extracted (as is done by mercury). ^;;'' it attacks and dissolves all gold which may be present in a combined biuce, besides enabling the miner also to extract what silver and copper the ore may contain." Manganese deposits have long since been worked on the flanks of Shepody Mountain in Albert County ; near Sussex Vale ; at Quaco ; and at the Tat- tftgouche Mines in the County of Gloucester. OTHER MATERIALS IN THE DRIFT. 217 his dl tbe ,TtZ« . I rcial ixed It be le, in i^hole upon ^ opre- jriattc [)hunc eft the up the 3 fluid s; and )ff into o effect this has hlorine, ir green Bcipitate pper are a slight is metal nganese, ;, that is, chloride nay have tract the necessary, ow down e copper, ivantages health of the ore ^Id which sr also to If Shepody It the Tat- Wad or Bog Manganese is frequently found in the overlying drift in the neighbourhood of such deposits, having been brought to the surface in the same way as the iron of ochres, and some limonites or bog iron ores. The total yield of the Nova Scotia gold liolds for the quarter ended Dec. Slst, 1864, is officially stated to be 6,466 oz. 9dwt. 6gr., being in advance of any previous quarter. The total yield for the year 1864 is 20,022 oz. ISdwt. 13gr., against 14,000oz. 14dwt. 17gr. for 1863. — The employment of man- ganese in separating the gold from the crushed quartz rock, will probably cause a rapid increase to take place in the production of the precious metal. SUELL MARL. This substance iS extensively distributed in marshes, lakes and ponds throughout the Upper Silurian region in the northern part of the Province. It is a nearly pure carbonate of lime, and is valuable as a manure, as well as for the manufacture of lime. It originates from springs highly charged with the bi-carbonate, a soluble salt of lime ; this becomes converted into the insoluble carbonate or chalk as soon as it reaches the air. Land shells abound in such waters, in consequence of their containing the necessary mate- rial with which small molluscous animals construct their habitations ; hence it usually bears the name of shell marl, although the marl would not be one atom less in quantity if the shell-builders did not exist. These small creatures are numerous there, because the conditions for their increase are in the highest degree favourable. KAOLIN FOR POTTERY. Throughout the granitic region in the County of Charlotte, and particularly on the flanks of the felspathic range which runs through that County, there are several ponds and lakes which contain a whitish mud, composed altogether of impure kaolin. From personal experience, I am not aware of any very considerable deposit, but I have been informed on excellent local authority, that this material exists in great abundance, and in a comparatively pure state, in the form of an impalpable mud, covering the bottom of a lake lying within the limits of the felspar region in Charlotte County. As this is not only very probable, but of some economic importance, the more especially as efforts are now being made in St. John to establish extensive pottery works of the better sort, it is desirable that such deposits should become publicly known, and use made of them. CLAY FOR BRICKS AND POTTERY, MOULDING SAND, &C. When voyaging up the Saint John River in canoe during the past sum- mer, the remarkable deposits of fine blue and yellow clays which appear in the form of high banks some miles above the Grand Falls, seemed to merit attention. The quantity is unlimited, and the quality of some of the layers appeared to be excellent. Other bands are too calcareous, and others too ochreoua to serve for the manufacture of bricks or pottery. Layers of fine sand, suitable for moulding sand, are common on the Saint John, and ail 28 I I I ^18 ULUE P1(3MEXT— GOLD. imraenae deposit was seen below Tibbits' Brook, near the mouth of the Tobique, and also in patches lower down the river, and about 2o miles above the Grand Falls, where fine clays suitable for pottery and bricks arc abundant. BJiUE rUOSPUATB OF lUON— PIOMENT. This beautiful mineral is found in considerable quantities in the alluvial clay-banks just alluded to, about 25 niiles above the Grand Falls, near the mouth of Green River. The bank here is remarkable, and is worthy of a more minute examination that could be devoted to it. Being situated not far from the thickly settled Parish of Saint Basil, it may become a valuable source of industry to the Acadian settlers on the river banks. The whole of the alluvial terraces of this part of the Saint John, particularly on the east side, are rich in clays, sands, ochres, and blue phosphate of irou. GOLD. The interest wliich is naturally attached to rocks containing the precious metal, or to drift clays and sands throughout which it is distributed, may render an account of the manner in which gold is found in either form acceptable to the general reader, and with this view the following abbrevia- tions from the " Geology of Canada" are subjoined : — ' The existence of gold in the sands of the Chaudiere vallev was first made known by Lieutenant, now General Baddeley, R. E., in 1835 ; and within the last twelve years repeated examinations have shown that the precious metal is not confined to that region, but exists in the superficial deposits of a wide region on the south side of the Saint Lawrence extending from the Saint Francis to the Etchemin River, and from the first line of hills on the northwest to the province line on the southeast. The source of the gold appears to be the crystalline schists of the Notre Dame range ; and the materials derived from their disintegration, not only constitute the super- ficial material among the hills of this range, but are spread over a considerable area to the south of them. These same gold-bearing rocks may be traced south-westwardly, along the great Appalachian chain to the southern States of the Union, and arc supposed to belong for the most part to the Quebec group. Native gold has however been found in small grains with galena, blende, and pyrites, in a well defined quartz vein, cutting slates which arc supposed to be of Upper Silurian age, at the rapids of Saint Francis, on the Chaudiere.* In Leeds, at Nutbrown's shaft, masses of native gold of several pennyweights are found with copper-glance and specular iron ore, in a vein of bitter-spar ; and small grains of the metal have also been found imbedded * la 1S62, another quartz vein was opened about 100 yards from the last, and has yielded fine specimens of native gold, associated with arsenical pyrites. In 1863, native gold was discovered in a quartz vein with vitreous copper ore, at what is called the Chaudiere copper mine, in the rear part of the seigniory of Saint Giles. An assay of this quartz by Dr. Hayes of Boston yielded only 0} pfenny' weights of gold to the ton. Gold has also recently been found in a vain at the Halifax copper mines, by George Pierce, Esquire, and an essay of tha vein-stone from this place gave about the same proportion o| the precious metal as the quarta from Saint Giles. Traces of gold have also been found in a deconi' poting pyrites from Moulion Hill in Asrot, and it has rrcantly been met with in Ditton. W( b thi On DI.SgKMLNATlUN uK OOl.U. U19 of the R nbov«; mdant. alluvial cnr the thy of Ji situated 2comc a 8. The ilorly on ' iron. precious ;ed, may ler form ibbrevia- itnt made id within precious epoBits of from the 8 on the the gold and the le super- islderable )e traced rn States e Quebec galena, which arc is, on the of several in a vein imbedded yielded fine scovered in a e rear part of )nly 01 pfenny- ^per mine*, \>y me proportion id in a deconi- in a white garnet- rock described elsewhere.* These latter localities belong to the rocks of the Quebec group, but the precious metal has rarely been found in place, and the working of it in Canada has been confined to the superficial deposits of cla eund, and gravel already mentioned. The occasional occurrence in these o. pieces of gold partially imbedded in quartz, shows that it was derived, in part at least, from beds or veins of this mineral, which are common among the talcoid slates of the region. The observations among the gold-bearing rocks of the Southern States seem to show that the precious metal was originally deposited in the beds of various sedimentary rocks, such as slates, quartzites, and limestones, and that by a subsequent process it has been, in some instances, accumulated in the veins which intersect these rocks. The formation of these veina would seem, from the one above described at Saint Francis, to bo subsequent to the Silurian period. The same tonsideratious apply to the copper and lead ores of the Eastern Townships.' MANNER IN WHICH THE OOLD IS DISTRIBUTED. ' The gold is found very generally disseminated throughout the diluvial deposits over the region already designated in Canada, and is not confined to the river beds; the action which distributed the gravel over the surface being anterior to the formation of the present water-courses. When, by the process of washing, the heavier portions of the auriferous gravel have been brought together, they are found to contain abundance of black ferruginous ores, consisting of magnetic iron, hematite, both specular and compact, chromic iron and ilmenite; with occasional grains of garnet, rutile, and more rarely zircon and corundum. The gold is in grains, sometimes angular, but more often rounded, and varying in size from masses of half a pound weight to a fine dust, which last is separated by amalgamation from the black iron-sand. Mention is made in the Geology of Canada, (pages 518, 520,) of a quartz vein at Saint Francis, on the Chaudiere ; wj^ere small grains of native gold have been found imbedded in quartz, together with argentiferous galena, and sulphurets of zinc and iron, both containing gold, and with arsenical pyrites; much larger specimens of gold have since been found in quartz, about one hundred yards from the locality just mentioned. It is probable that this, and similar quartz veins, may be wrought with profit ; but the gold hitherto obtained from this region has been from the superficial deposits of clay, sand and gravel which abound there, and appear to be derived from the breaking up of the rocks that contain the gold-bearing veins. These deposits probably belong in part to the ancient glacial drift, or boulder forma- tion, and in part to newer stratified clays and gravels, which consist of the materials of this, modified and arranged by the subsequent action of water. On the Magog River, above Sherbrooke, particles of gold occur in a hard- * This roi'l; occurs with serpentine on the river Guillaurae, the most northern tributary of the right liani; or the Chaudiere ill Vaiidreuil. The next one, being in the southern part of Saint Josfph. is named o() Houchdle's map th« Riviere Ae» Plnntws. 220 HYDRAULIC METHOD OF WASUINd FOR tJOLD. ¥ ii' ! il bound gravel, 156 feet above the level of Saint Francifl, nearby. On the Famine River, there is met with an oxteniive deposit of clay, every where overlaid by sand and gravel. Along the banks of the river, a stratum of the oxyds of iron and manganese, in some parts six or eight inches thick, is seen near the top of the gravel, filling interstices among pebbles of the rocks of the region. Gold is found in this overlying gravel, as well as in the clay beneath ; both of which deposits appear to belong to the modified drift. It is met with in similar conditions throughout the banks of stratified material on the Metgermet, which attain a height of fifty feet above the bed of the river. Gold also occurs still more abundantly in the recent alluvions found in the beds and along the flats of the streams which traverse this region, and in time of floods wash down the clay and sand from their banks, depositing the heavier portions along their course. In this way the gold is often caught in the fissures of the clay-slates, which frequently form the underlying rock, and are rich in alluvial gold. The auriferous drift of Eastern Canada is spread over a wide area on the south side of the Saint Lawrence, inciudiug the hill-country belonging to the Notre Dame range, and extending i.ence south and cast to the boundary of the Province. These wide limits arc assigned, inasmuch as although gold has not been everywhere found in this region, the same mineralogical char- acters are met with throughout ; and, in its continuation southward, in Plymouth and elsewhere iu Vermont, considerable quantities of gold have been obtained from the alluvial deposits. It would appear from the facts here given that the quantity of gold in the valley of the Chaudicre ia such as would be remunerative to skilled labour, and should encourage thi outlay of capital. There is no reason for sup- posing that the proportion of the precious metal to be found along the Saint Francis, the Etchemin, and their various tributaries, is less considerable than that of the Chaudicre.' » THE HYDRArLIC METHOD. What is called the hydraulic method of washing such deposits is adopted on a great scaje in California, and to some extent in the States of Georgia and North Carolina. " In this method, the force of a jet of water, with great pressure, is made available both for excavating and washing the auriferous earth. The water, issuing in a continuous stream, with great force, from a large hose-pipe like that of a fire-engine, is directed against the base of a bank of earth and gravel, and tears it away. The bank is rapidly undermined, the gravel is loosened, violently rolled together, and cleansed from any adhering particles of gold ; while the fine sand and clay are carried ofifby the water. In this manner hundreds of tons of earth and gravel may be removed, and all the gold which they contain liberated and secured, with greater ease and expedition than ten tons could be excavated and washed in the old way. All the earth and gravel of a deposit is moved, washed, and carried off through loiig sluices by the water, leaving the gold EXTENSIVE AFPIJt'AI V Oi<' Till METIIOl* IN CALIFOfclTTA. 22] behind. Square acres of earth on the I l-sicVn 'V thns ' swepf ^way into the hollows, without the aid of a pick orasbi m excp .lOn. W ater performs all the labor, moving and washing th- 9»rth in ne operation ; while in excavating by hand, the two processe ire of i4.'ct»s8ity entirely distinct. The value of this method, and the yield uf gdid bv it, as compared with the older one, can hardly be estimated. The water acta constantly, with uniform effect, and can l)e brought to bear upon almost any point, where it would be difficult for men to work. It is especially effective in a region covered by trees, where the tangled roots would greatly retard the labor of workmen. In such places, the stream of water washes out the earth from below, and tree after tree falls before the current, any gold which may have adhered to the roots being washed away. With a pressure of sixty feet, and a pipe from one and a half to two inches aperture, over a thousand bushels of earth can be washed out from a bank in a day. Earth which contains only one twenty-fifth part of a grain of gold, equal to one fifth of a cent in value to the bushel, may be profitably washed by this method ; and any earth or gravel wliich Avill pay the expense of washing in the old way, gives enormous profits by the now process. To wash successfully in this way requires a plentiful supply of water, at an elevation of fifty to ninety feet above the bed-rock, and a rapid slope or descent from the base of the bank of earth to be washed, so that the waste waters will run off through the sluices, bearing with it gravel, sand, and the suspended clay." The above description has been copied from u report on the gold mines of Georgia, by Mr. William P. Blake, who has carefully studied this method of mining in California, and by whose recommendation it has been intro- duced into the Southern States. lie tells us that in the case of a deposit in North Carolina, where ten men were required, for thirty-five days, to dig the earth with pick and shovel, and wash it in sluices, two men, with a single jet of water, would accomplish the same work in a week. The great economy of this method is manifest from the fact that many old deposits in the rivei'-beds, the gravel of which had been already washed by hand, have been again washed with profit by the hydraulic method. He tells us that in California the whole art of working the diluvial gold-deposits was revolu- tionized by this new method. The auriferous earth, lying on hills, and at some distance above the level of the water-courses, would, in the ordinary methods be excavated by hand, and brought to the water; but by the present system, the water is brought by aqueducts to the gold-deposits, and whole square miles, which were before inaccessible, have yielded up their precious metal. It sometimes happens, from the irregular distribution of the gold in the diluvium in California, that the upper portions of a deposit do not contain gold enough to be washed by the ordinary methods ; and would thus have to be removed, at a considerable expense, in order to reach the richer portions below. By the hydraulic method however, the cost of cut- ting away and excavating is so trifling, that there is scarcely any bank of earth which will not pay the expense of washing down, in order to reach the richer deposits of gold beneath. O0»i QUANTITY OF aui.U IN UUIfT. "li Tho aqueductd or canalH tor the ntining (ViHtriutH of Culifurnia are neldom conBtructed by the gold-workers tbornnelvcH, but by capitalifltB, who rent the water to tho miners*. Tho cost of o?io of those cuuuIh, carrying th« watOTH of a branch of tho Yuba lliver to Nevada Coiiuty, was oatimated at a million of dollarrt ; and another one, thirty miloH in length, running to the same diatriot, coat $500,000. The asaoBHcd value of those variouH canuls in 1857, was stated to bo over four nullions of dollars, of which value one half wari in the single county of Kldorado. The Bear River and Auburn ('a ml is sixty miles in length, three feet deep, and four wide at the top, and cost in all 91,000,000 ; notwithstanding which, tho water-rents wore so great that it is stated to liuvo paid a yearly dividend ot twenty per cent. ; while other similar canals paid from three to tive and six per cent., and even more, monthly. Tho price of the water was fixed at so much tho inch, fur each day of eight or ten hours. This price was at first about three dollars, but by competition it has now been greatly reduced. CAl'ITAL nEQi;iUED IN GOLD MININO. From tho foregoing stuteinents, it will be seen that the great riches which have of lute years been drawn from the gold mines of California, have not been obtained without the expendiMiro of largo amounts of money and engineerijig skill. This last is especially exhibited in the construction of these great canals, and tho application of the hydraulic method to the wash- ing of auriferous deposits which were unavailable by the ordinary modes of working, on account of their distance from water-courses, or by reason of the small quantity of gold which they contain. In order to judge of the applicability of this method of washing to our own auriferous deposits, a simple calculation based upon the experiments upon the Riviere du Loup will be of use. It has been shown that the wash- ing of the ground over an area of one acre, and with an average depth of two feet, equal to 87,120 cubic feet, gave in round numbers, about 5000 pennyweights of gold, or one and thirty-eight hundredths grains to the cubic foot ; which is equal to one and three-\' \\\p Qiir!ie<' 'Jroiii), b'lt it is not known wln'thcr they i.r'- penetrnteil l>y qiiaitz veiri!<. AURIFEROUy UHPEU SILUUIAN ROCKS. 227 definite to render the Drift, es wouUl cing on a lese olayB, tore exact mon of a ) consider- ide only in jat specific rock upon tance been able me to iold in the ich import- importance (tituting the •ked by the old bearing to the north been discov- limits of the IS been des- lere District, ring account of 250 men Ihcr the miners Ihc small space 1 it cannot but which the few ' the Province ; [a, and the day 1 was found in a L what I herc- uuaHZ veins, nrf Lriau Rocks covtT [vlu'thcr they if The positive existence of gold in quartz veins penetrating the Upper Sihirian Rocks over a wide extent of country, gives especial value to a large nrea in New Brunswick, north of the (iucbec Group, where altered Upper Silurian Rocks occur. " Quartz veins arc to bo found everywhere from the village of St. Francois to the boundary line. Gold haa been detected in ahuost every vein; there is one particularly in the upper part of the first concession, not very far from the Gilbert line, produced by assay, viz : 22 dollars of silver and 15 dollars of gold per ton. This was taken from the surface, — the width of the vein being six feet, — and stripped to the length of 40 ffeet. Another very promising vein running northeast, intercepted by numerous small veins running due east and west, exists opposite the church of St. Francois on the eastern side of the village. It is supposed to cross the river and continue on the western side of the River Chaudiere. " III the vicinity of the Famine, quartz has also been found. The mouth of the Du Loup has also brought out innumerable small veins running parallel to each other, in which gold has been found. On tho Mill Stream and at the Grand Coulee, both tributaries of Eiver Du Loup, quartz has been assayed, and found to contain gold. " About the Motgermette and the Oliva, fine quartz is also to be met with. Not very distant from those two rivers, quartz was found on the Du Loup, which having been as- sayed gives 8 dwts. to the ton ; this was also taken from the surface. Between the Port- age and Kempt streams, tributaries of the Du Loup, two large veins are observed, they also contain gold. A short distance from the Monument River, a beautiful vein of quartz is to be seen from which gold has been extracted, by merely breaking the surface of the (juartz with a hammer ; the eame results were obtained by Professor Hind, — I believe it was about the Metgermette — by merely crushing it with a stone. " Quartz veins are to be opened and worked next spring at the village of St. Francois ; the Devil's Rapids, where a crushing mill is to be erected. On the Oliva or Metgermette, there is another mill to be constructed. On the highlands of the Du Loup, and I believe on the Kempt stream, veins will be worked and that with profit. From the opinion I have heard expressed by several Professors of Geology, who have visited the mines, and particularly the quartz lodes during the season, I cannot but prognosticate great results to tho country by the opening up of such lodes, and by the proper development of the mines which lay buried in this extensive and rich region. There is not the least doubt as to the presence of gold, and that in large quantities." The quartz vein alluded to by the Inspector as having been found to con- tain gold by the writer of this Report, is situated on the Du Loup, near to the Metgermette, which river it probably crosses. A description of this vein, and of the mode in which the gold was obtained, together with a par- ticular account of the auriferous character of an area containing 6,600 acres on the Du Loup, and embracing part of the Metgermette, is contained in a Report by the writer, on the River du Loup Mining Company's property."' The statements embodied in the above extracts from Major de Bellefeuille's Report, appear to show that gold is generally distributed in the quartz veins of the Upper Silurian Rocks on the Du Loup. Rocks of this age occurring iu New Brunswick, north of the Quebec Group, (see Chapter VIL) suggest the possibility of similar auriferous areas being found in this Province. lit * Rnslon. l^C,\. Rp|Hirt on llie River ilii Lon|i Miiiintr rompnny's lorntion. by Henry V. Hind. 1 1' !.i 228 PURIFICATION OF PLUUBAaO. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS NOT IN THE DRIFT. PLUMBAGO OR GRAPHITE. The occurrence of Plumbago or Graphite in many localities in this Pro- vince, coupled with the valuable process invented by Mr. Brockendon for purifying and preparing this material, make it desirable that attention should be directed to known deposits in New Brunswick. Although graphite or plumbago is widely distributed in small quantities, the following localities are worthy of special notice : Portland, Hammond River, Four miles north of Saint Stephen, Dorchester, Mackerel Cove, Goose Creek. Plumbago is known under the names of Graphite, Black Lead, and Carburet of Iron. Black lead pencils were in use in 1565. At one time .£100,000 sterling was realized from the Borrowdale mine in Cumberland (England) in one year, the Cumberland plumbago selling at 45 shillings a pound. This source of supply is now nearly exhausted. Norway, Finland, Ceylon, the East Indies, Bohemia, and Canada, all furnish more or less of this material. The price of which has diminished on account of the discovery of a process by Mr. Brockendon by which impure varieties can be purified. Mr. Brockendon conceived the idea of solidifying the powder by pressure, without the inter- vention of any foreign adhesive substance, such as glue or gums. The presence of air between the particles of plumbago proved in the first instance a fatal objection, the apparatus employed in the compression break- ing at each attempt. By exhausting the air from the powder previously introduced into paper cylindere, under the receiver of an air pump, it was found thai when subsequently submitted, without exposure to the atmos- phere, to a heavy pressure, perfect adhesion of the particles took place, and a mass of plumbago or graphite was produced equal in beauty and solidity to the native minerals of Cumberland. Ordinary plumbago is too impure to be submitted to this process without preparation. It is essential for the success of the operation that the foreign substances should be eliminated. Mr. Brodie effects this by submitting the plumbago in coarse powder in an iron vessel to twice its weight of common sulphuric acid, and seven per cent, of chlorate of potash, and he heats the whole over a water bath until chloric oxide ceases to be evolved. By this means the compounds of iron, lime, and alumina present, are rendered for the most part soluble, and the subsequent addition of a little fluoride of sodium to the acid mixture^ will decompose any silicates which may remain and volatilize the silica present. The mass is now washed with abundance of water, dried and heated to red- ness. This last operation causes the grains of plumbago to exfoliate, and the mass swells up in a surprising manner, and is reduced to a state of very minute division. It is then levigated, and obtained in a state of great purity, ready to be compressed by the method of Brokendon.* ♦ Vide Ure'» Dictionary of Aria, Maniifnotures, and Minrs, Last Edition. Ezssaa DOLOMITES AND HYDEAULIC CEMENTS. 229 this Pro- mdon for on should raphite or localities liles north umbago is )t of Iron, erling was 1 one year, 8 source of last Indies, The price jess by Mr. Jrockendou it the inter- • i in the first ssion break- r previously ump. it was the atmos- k place, and and solidity cess without t the foreign Besides its use for the manufacture of pencils, this finely divided plumbago is advantageously employed for the glazing of gunpowder, and for the pre- paration of a paint. DOLOMITES. Dolomite is a mineral which in its purest state is composed of equivalent weights of carbonate of lime and carbonate of magnesia, these being in the proportions of 60 to 42, or in 100 parts of 54*35 of carbonate of lime, and 45'65 of carbonate of magnesia. This compound is distinguished from car- bonate of lime by its greater density (which is from 2-86 to 2-90), and by its somewhat superior hardness. It is also niuch less readily attacked by acids than carbonate of lime, and at ordinary temperatures does not perceptibly effervesce with nitric or muriatic acids, unless reduced to powder. When calcined it gives a mixture of lime and magnesia, which is said to yield a stronger mortar than ordinary lime, but which slakes slowly and with but little evolution of heat. A portion of the magnesia in dolomite is often replaced by protoxyd of iron, and more rarely by oxide of manganese. The dolomites containing carbonate of iron are generally yellowish or reddish on their weathered surfaces, from the change of a portion of the iron into hydrated peroxide, and those containing carbonate of manganese become brownish-black on the exterior from a similar cause. Crystallized dolomites occur in veins and cavities in various rocks, and have received the names of bitter-spar and pearl-spar, the latter in allusion to the pearly lustre of the faces of the rhombohedron, which are generally curved. Bitter Spar form the chief part of the vein stone of the Vernon Copper Mines.* Dolomites may be produced by the mutual decomposition of bicarbonate of lime and sulphate of magnesia, yielding gypsum and bicarbonate of magnesia, which are successively deposited by evaporation. Hence the constant association of magnesian rocks with stratified gypsums. When bi-carbonate of lime which ia abundant in sea water, is precipitated as a carbonate and mingled with carbonate of magnesia, they give rise to a double carbonate which constitutes dolomite. HYDRAULIC CEMENTS. The thin bands of limestone which occur in great profusion throughout the Upper Silurian Series as developed on the Saint John above Presqu'ile, and also many of the thin layers in the lower rocks near Woodstock, would yield a good hydraulic cement. The properties of this material are depend- ent upon an admixture of clay with the lime, and artificial compounds can be frequently prepared and used to a large extent. * For an excallent description of the origin, distribution, and characters of dolomite*, the reader in referred to an article liy Professor Sterry Hunt, in the Kepurt of me Geological Survey of Canada for the year l!j07, AUo. pare '217 of the Kepurt fur 185!:. where the oritiin of dolomites is disousseil. f 380 URINDSTOMUS. The Hydraulic cement employed in the construction of the Victoria Bridge i'onsists of, — Lime, Magnesia, Silica, Alumina and oxide of iron, Sulphate of Lime, 63.55 2.20 29.88 12.70 1.58 90.91 This cement was found to set in from ton to fifteen minutes after mixing, with disengagement of heat. Artificial mixtures are prepared by mingling carbonate of lime with clay and calcining the mixture; when natural admixtures of clay and lime occur, tbey are more advantageously employed tban those prepared by artificial means, probably on account of the intimate mixture of the materials of which they are composed. When a limestone contains ten or fifteen per cent, of clay, it becomes an hydraulic limestone; when the clay amounts to one third of the lime the mixture yields a mortar which hardens almost immediately under water. Dolomites and magnesian limestones generally yield with clay an equally good hydraulic cement. GRINDSTONES. ' ' The falling off in the manufacture of grindstonol'ih the Province is re- markable. The number produced in 1851 was 58,849, against 42,476 in 1861, being a decrease of 16,378. This decrease has taken place in the County of Westmorland, which produced 33,080 less in number in 1851 than in 1861. In Gloucester an increase of 6,898 is recorded in the Census Tiibies. PROBABLK INOIAN RELICS ON THE ATLANTIC COAST. On various parts of the Atlantic Coast, and more especially on the coast of Maine, heaps of shells, interstratified with charcoal, and commingled Avith bones of existing animals have been discovered and described from time to time. The interesting discussions which have taken place in Europe respecting the antiquity of man in connection with the remarkable discov- eries of his h'.ndy work in nearly all European countries, of an age far more remote than has generally been assigned to his existence on earth, invest with much interest whatever may tend to throw light upon this diilicult but fascinating subject. Kelics of Indians, evidently of very great antiquity have been fouud at Newcastle, Trenton, Damariscotta, Goose Island, and many other places in Maine, and with less confirmation, on various parts of the coast of New Brunswick, in Charlotte County. A few years since, Professor Chadborne of Bowdoin College, published, in the transactions of the Maine Historical Society, an account of a visit to the beds of oyster shells at Damariscotta. Ho considered them to afford yaag*'.:=tg'gWBMr"rtai5rn rUOBAntE INDIAN RELICa. 281 Bridge r8 )1 mixing, ft'ith clay no occur, artificial 1 of which comes an limo the ler watdr. m equally rincc IB re- , 42,476 in ice in the or in 1851 he CensuB n the coast jmmingled ribed from J in Europe ble discov- re far more irth, invest iilicult but [n found at jr places in ist of New published, lof a visit to Im to afford indubitable evidence that the bods had been made by men. He drew the inference from the position of the piles of shells, the deposit beneath them, the arrangement of the shells in piles, the frequent occurrence of charcoal mixed with the shells even to the bottom, from the fact that fires had evi- dently been built among them near the bottom, turning a portion of them to lime, which is mingled with the charcoal, and finally, from the mixture of other animal remains, as common clams {3fya arcnaria), thick shelled clams {Venus wercenaria), fragments of the bones of birds, the bones of beavers, with their teeth, and sturgeons plates. The shells occur in small piles 10 or 15 feet in diameter, and apparently two or three feet deep. The deposit under the shells difliers in no respect from the land in the immediate neighbourhood. The shells are entirely distinct from the soil and seem to have been thrown together in a heap. Fires appear to have been occasionally built upon the heaps, fragments of charcoal being numerous in layers. In " SeAvall's Ancient Dominions," a still more circumstantial account is given of similar deposits upon Sayers's Island. Here they are estimated to cover in the aggregate ten acres of soil, consisting of the debris of the bony skeleton of "man, beast, fish, and fowl," in every stage of decomposition from the dusty outline of crumbling earth crushed bones, to perfect skulls, joints, and teeth, in goof preservation. The remains of Mya edulis or the common clam constitute the great deposit on Sawyer's Island. Mr. C. H. Hitchcock states that two species of oyster occur in the New- castle beds, Ostrca borealis and 0. Vircfiniana. The latter shell, according to Mr. Hitchcock, has not been found living upon the coast of Maine, although it is thought to occur on Prince Edward's Island. The 0. borealis is very rare upon the Maine coast, and the shell found in the Newcastle beds is Venus Mercenaria or the quahog, a scarce shell now upon the coast. It is supposed that those species are now nearly extinct, where they were once very abundant, and served as a chief source of food for the India,n8. In Casco Bay numerous piles of the Indian shell remains are found on many of the Islands ; also about Mount Desert, they are common in small piles or heaps along the coast. At Trenton, one of the heaps is six feet thick.* Two years since Mr. Morse gave an account to the Portland Natural His- tory Society, of some excavations he had made at Goose Island, Oasco Bay, in deposits of shells of Mya arenaria probably made by the Indians. Beneath the whole deposit and tw o feet from the surface of the shells, he came upon stones which rested in the old ground surface, under which, he found species of land shells not now living on the island, or of rare occurrence ; among them were a few specimens of Helix muUidentata hitherto rarely found iu the interior of the State. * 1st Uoporl of the Geology of Maine. ij I It l'i:|- 282 AOE OF TtlU AKtiMONV VKtNS IK fRtNCC WILLIAM. NOtE ON Till ANTIMONY DIP08IT8 IN 1>RINCE WILLIAM PARISH. In a resume of the favourable circumstances connected with the distribu' tion of the ores of antimony in Prince William Parish, attention was drawn to " their occurrence on lines of fracture and dislocation, proving the veins to be 'true veins' of unknown vortical depth and horiizoutal extension," also, to "the purity of the grey antimony ore and its gradual passage into lamellar native antimony as the veins deepen." A recent excursion to the Mines of the Brunswick Antimony Company (March 1865), made for the purpose of ascertaining how far the progress of operations during the winter months had attested the correctness of the conclusions arrived at in November 1864, or might lead to modifications in the views then expressed, enables me to add some interesting facts in relation to the character of the fractures or dislocation in which the veins are seated, and to point out an important distinction in the kind of ore found in each vein. In November last Pit No. 1 had been sunk to the depth of 68 feet, and the so-called " floor vein " and " roof vein " were described as joining toge- ther and forming one she^t at that depth. The miners have now reached a depth of 94 feet on the incline, and have made four Drifts, three to the west — No. 1, 20 feet ; No. 2, 20 feet : No. 8, 40 feet ; and one to the east (16 feet). The deepening of the pit has revealed the following remarkable pecu» liarities : — The two veins. Instead of merging or blending into one vein at the depth of 68 feet, are seen to preserve a confluent course downwards at an angle of about 48 degrees. They do not blend together, there being a dis- tinct line of demarkation between them, and on blasting or splitting oiFthe "floor vein," it separates from the "roof vein" with a clean surface, having apparently a perfect cast of a former slickensided wall, which is re- produced on the lower surface of the " roof vein." Between the two veins there are occasionally thin stellar or radiating chrystaline forms of brilliant ore, probably native antimony. The confluent veins were seen at a depth of 04 feet, to be respectively 16 inches and 8 inches in thickness, but the lower or "floor vein " varies much. The "roof vein" is a decided conglomerate, holding, as stated in this Report, fragments of the country rock ; the " floor vein " appear to be quite homogenous, and contains only the ore with quartz. The ore in the roof, or conglomerate vein, consists now almost alto- gether of the sulphuret of antimony, with quartz and carbonate of lime. The ore in the floor, or homogeneous vein, contains the sulphuret mixed with lamellar native antimony and a little quartz. This observation will probably establish the following facts : — 1st. The intersecting dislocations described in the Report and shown on the plan are of different ages. . 2nd. The roof or conglomerate vein ia the newest. THE SALT BPRINOS OF SUSSEX AND UIMIAM. 283 strlbu-' drawn e ve'inft nsion, ge into sion to ade for ring the ed at in t of tbo tt out an feet, and ing toge- reaclicd a ree to the > the east able pectt- lin at the rards at an oing a dis- r splitting an surface, irhich is re- 5 two veins of brilUant ►ectively 16 Rries much. Ued in this I to he quite llmost alto- Ite of litne. luret mixed Id shown on 8rd. The distinction between the ores is a characteristic one and will be maintained. When the snow which now covers the surface meltSj^there will be no difficulty in ascertaining positively which is the older vein ; it will be found to be intersected or cut at the surface by the newer vein, and the glacial polishing of the rock will make this important enquiry easily and speedily clear to the miners. The geological reader will understand at once the reason why the roof vein is supposed to be the newer ; its conglomerate character, coupled with the cast of a former slickcnsided wall on the upper surface of the lower vein being the evidence upon which the supposition is for the present based. The practical importance of this difference in the veins becomes manifest when the nature of the ores they carry is taken into consideration. The old vein, according to past experience at the mines of the Company, carries a homogeneous mass of rich sulphuret mixed with native antimony. The newer vein, besides being of a conglomerate character, containing pebbles ot the country rock, carries the sulphuret only, or with very little native antimony, it is of great thickness, but when compared with the older vein the ore is itapure. The ore in the old vein appears to be largely distributed in "pockets." The Drifts show that it thins out and expands again in the course of a few yards. The origin of these veins of different ages is as follows : — The older vein occupies fissures formed by a fracture and downfall in the strata ; after these fissures were filled with ore and vein stone, a second disturbance pro- duced a second and larger fy*acture where seen, which in some places, follow- ing the line of greater weakness, occurs on the course of the old vein. Into this second fissure the fragments of the country rock fell from time to time during the process of filling, which probably occurred under different con- ditions to those which prevailed during the filling of the older or first fissure, hence the difference in the quality of the ore. The importance of this distinction in the veins becomes the more apparent when the area over which they have been traced is taken into consideration.^ It will probably bo most advantageous to concentrate labour on the old veins, and the observations here described will enable them to be easily found. NOTE ON TUE SALT SPRINUS OF SUSSEX AND U1>HAM. The manufacture of Salt is frequently a very valuable field for private enterprise, and in many countries a lucrative source of revenue to Govern- ment. In the State of New York, the celebrated Onondaga Salt Springs have reached an astonishing development within the last f^w years. The amount of salt inspected in 1861, on the Onondaga Salt Springs Reservation, in and adjacent to the City of Syracuse, N. Y., was 7,200,891 bushels, being equivalent to 1,440,000 barrels, of 280 lbs. each. The duties collected by 30 Sfl« III£ SALINC8 OF TIIE QULF. tho Stnte amounted to 072,003, although the duty is ouly one cent a bushel. The disbursements for tho support of the Salt Springs amounted to 045,000, and tho dividend paid to tho lessors of the salt vats reached 20 per cent, per annum. The salt trade of Syracuse is already enormous. This importAnt article constitutes a largo share of the return freight to the boats on tho Erie Canal, and the vessels engaged on the great lakes in the transportation of grain and other western productions. Tho quantity of salt shipped from the Reservation, not fort}' miles from Oswego, amounted in 1968 to four hundred and twenty millions of pounds, or equal to the load of four thou- sand canal boats, with cargoes from fifty to one hundred tons. This quan-i tity would ballast one thousand four hundred sailing vessels, with ono hundred and fifty tons eaph. Canada obtains much of her salt from impor- tations via the Saint Lawrence from Britain, but there is ample field and opportunity for manufacturing salt within her own boundaries. The shores of the Bay of Chalours and Gulf coast would probably afibrd many favour- able local'.tiea for the establishment of salines ; tho heat of our summers of New Brunswick, which may be compared to those of tho south of Prance, would produce a very rapid evaporation, while the severe frosts of tho winters might be turned to account for the concentration of the water by freezing, as is practised in Northern Russia. The value of the imported salt in this Province exceeded in 1862, tiventy- on" thousand dollars. The Salines on the Gulf coast will probably attract attention in a few years, but at present the natural Brine Springs in the Parishes oi Sussex and Upham, deserve more attention than they have yet received. It is an important faot that some of the salt bearing strata in the State of Michigan are of the same geological age as the limestones, shales and (jonglomerates belonging to the lower carboniferous in the valley of the Kennebeccasis and Petitcodiac. The " Napoleon Sandstone" of Michigan is. one source of the vast supply of salt which is now being manufactured in th^t State. The position of this rock in Michigan, according to Winchell, is as follows : 1. Carboniferous Limestone, 2. Michigan Salt Group, 3. Napoleon Group, (d.) Shaly micaceous sandstone, (c.) Napoleon sandstone, highly saliferous in many localities, (b.) Shaly, micaceous sandstone [a.) Clay and shale, more than 4. Marshall Group, Above the Michigan Salt Group (2), and the Napoleon Group (3), there are a series of strata called the " Parma Sandstone," which also furnish Vrine springs. These rocks lie just beneath the coal-measures. The occurrence in the Parishes of Sussex and Upham of natural Brine Springs, from which salt has, been manufactured, viewe 1 am ANAI.YAI8 OV bWVKMKm DUINIiH. ■ginaw City. Uait SuyiiiHW. Uay Ciiy. Syracuae, N.Y. Kanawha, V. 1.180 1.170 1.108 1.142 1.078 10.240 17.912 10.092 17.690 7.800 2«96 2.142 0.742 0.166 1.626 1.H04 1.622 0.482 0.119 0,874 0.f)n4 0.116 0.165 0.573 O.llfl 0.064 0.105 0.002 0.127 0.220 0.018 Specific Gravity Chloride of Sodium Chloride of Calcium Chloride of Magneitium Sulphate of Lime Sulphate of Soda Compounds of Iron Other constituenti Total aolid matter in ) ni i-a ooait 100 parts } 24.1-0 22 017 As pure saturated brine has a specific gravity of 1.205, and contains 25.7 per cent of saline matter, it appears that the Saginaw brines approximate remarkably near to saturation. The following Table exhibits further comparisons : — 21.140 18.640 9,200 LuL-olilie*. Weigh! of one iiolid matter Pure aalt in Gala. required for gal. ol brine. in one gal. one gal. 1 buabel aall. Saginaw City, lbs. 9.868 2.88 1.90 20 East Saginaw 9.775 2.15 1.75 82 Bay City 9.716 1.06 1.82 81 Syracuse Kanawha 9.541 1.76 1.68 83 9.464 0.94 0.76 75 An intelligent writer in Ifunt'$ Merchanf$' Mayaxine for September, to whom we are indebted for these interesting facts, states : — It is now but two years since the first salt was manufactured in Saginaw valley ; yet it is estimated that in this time the value of real estate has increased to the extent of three and a half millions of dollars in the Counties of Bay and Saginaw. At Carrolton, grounds suitable for salt lots, which, two years ago were bought at $20 an acre, are now held at $800 and $400 per acre. At Saginaw city, salt lands have risen from $30 to $200 and $300 an acre. Wood lands, from one to eight miles west and north of Saginaw city, which, as late as 1861, sold for $15 and $20 per acre, are now selling for $40 and $45 per acre. At Bay city, the increased valuation has been similar. And this is but the first impression of the creation of this new branch of industry in what is generally regarded as a Michigan wilderness.*' yut wlm, V. .078 .801) ..62tt ).874 •*! CHAPTER XII. TIIK AGRICULTURAL CAPABILITIES OP CERTAIN DISTRICTS. NOTKS ON THE CLIMATE. 9,200 per cent J near to required fo» ubel »tl- 29 32 «l RS 75 lom we are lUey ; yet it ,nt of three on, grounds now held at to $200 and Bginaw city, and $45 per )ut the first regarded as Importance of LimoHtono — Limcstoiio Rooks produce good Soils — Progress of SottlonieAt in the Laurentian Region of Canada Ih on tho Crystulline LimcHtonost — In Now Bruns- wick tho presence of a lino Hardwood Forest indicates tho proximity of Limestone — Area of first class Land in the ProTiace — Aids to Agriculture — Manures — Lime — Quantity manufactured in New Brunswick — In Maine — Gypsum — Some Localities whore Limestone is found in the Province — Some Localities where Gypsum is found in the Province — Trap debriB — Phosphate of Lime — Fish Manures — Its manufacture in France — In Newfoundland — Professor Hunt's descriptions — Manufacture at Gospe — Value of the Fish Manure manufactured at Gaspe — Importance of the manufacture of Fish Manure en the Gulf Coast. Noxes ON THE Climate of New Brunswick. — The character of the Winter Season — Comparative Table, showing the mean opening of Rivers, Canals, and Harbours, from St. John to the Straits of Mackinaw — Duration of Navigation on the St. Lawrence, compared with the St. John — Table showing the mean Winter temperature of St. John, Quebec, and Montreal — Table of Annual means of Temperature, &o., at St. John, by G. Murdock — Table of Monthly and Seasonal means of Temperature at St. John, by G. Murdock — Table of mean results at Toronto — Table of minimum and maximum temperatures at Fredericton, by the Rev. Dr. Brooke — Comparative Table, showing the difference between some points in tho Climates of St. John and Fredericton, by the late Dr. Robb — Table showing the mean annual temperature of St. John, Freder- icton, Quebec, Montreal, and Toronto. Conclusion. — The advantages of a systematic Geological Survey. latimately connected with the rock formations on which they rest, or which lie to the north of the area under review, are the soils which constitute the foundation of its agricultural capahilities. It has been shown in a previous Chapter that the drift which covers the Province, as a general rule, has been derived from the grinding down of the rocks it covers more or less deeply. Hence when we find the drift shallow, and yet the land supporting a vigorous forest, we may in this Province infer that LIMESTONE Hcs to the north or underneath. Hence it is that on the Shiktehawk and Beccaguimec Rivers, where the drift is shallow, the vegeta- tion is very luxuriant, in consequence of the limestone bands which accom- pany the red ferruginous and manganesian slates which form the most prominent rocks in the valleys of these rivers. The progress of settlement in the great wilderness far in the rear of the Saint Lawrence and Lake Ontario, is a singular and most suggestive illus- tration of tho value and importance of limestone rocks ; for the settleraenta ' i 14 238 AHliA OF FARMING LAND IN TIIK PROVINCE. invariably follow the limestone, guided by the forest growth which it supports. This, of course, occurs only where the drift clays are shallow, and the surface soil has originated close by. So in New Brunswick, the presence of a rich forest of hardwood through- out the vast area covered by the Lower and Upper Silurian rocks, will probably indicate the presence of limestone underneath or close at hand, and may yet prove an invaluable guide in the search for metalliferous de- posits associated with the limestones, throughout the great unpeopled wilderness east of the Saint Joho, add south aiid north of the Tobique. A&UA OF SUPERIOR LAND. The area of first rate upland soil within the limits of the Province was estimated by Professor Johnston to be aboni one million acres ; it is satis- factory to know that further experience suggests the idea that this estimate is too \6w, and that in the then almost inaccessible river valleys, respecting which Professor Johnston could obtain no information, sixteen years since, without undertaking a journey through an unbroken wilderness, there is an available area of upland soil of a quality which will increase his estimate by at least one half, and an area of intervale and valley land which may be reasonably assumed not less than 3,000,000 acres, instead of 1,050,000, as estimated by Professor Johnston. The same author estimates the second rate upland to have an area of about 6,900,000, and he considers the soil to be inferior to the preceding, but still *' very good in quality." The naked flats distinguished as bogs, heaths, barrens, cariboo plains, are regarded as occupying 5,000,000, and " not to be considered absolutely irreclaimable, but to be unfit for present culture 6r for settlement, until much larger progress has been made in the general improvement of the Province ;" although many will be induced to concur to a certain extent in this view, yet it must be borne in mind that the experience obtained in Lower Canada shows that by drainage and a year's tillage, many of the bogs, heaths and barrens can be made most productive pasture lands, but the circumstances of location must be favourable to the first preliminary step, drainage. UAirtllES. Among the aids to agricultnte which Ge6h>gy is able to point out, Arb manures. In this Province husbandry is still in a rather backward condition, yet attention is occasionally devoted td the application of those mineral fiubstdnces which assist hria yard manure in its operations, or supply ttiatefidls in which the soil is deficient, or act by their pfesence alone. LIMB. Lime is used in some Parishes^ but only to a small ettefit. Thefe can be no question that its {plication on many soils would be attended with im- mediate benefits. Where lime iA not available, the shell marl described on page 217, might bo advantageously used. ill. DISTRIBUTION OF LIMESTONE BOOKS. 239 ippovts. surface hrough- iks, will at hand, reus de- npeopled ique. vince waa it is satia- B estimate respecting ears since, there is an istimate by ioU may be ,060,000, as rea of about ng, but still iboo plains, absolutely until much Province ;" in this view, )wer Canada heaths and Ircumstances ^nage. loirit out, firfe |rd cotidition, lO^e mineral [p\y tiiatetials Thete c«a jded with itn- , described on SOME LOCALITIES WQBEB LIMESTONE ROCKS OQCUR IN THE PROVINCE. Saint John County. — Several belts of crystalline limestone at and above the Suspension Bridge over the Saint John, near the month of the river. Limestone, sometimes beautifully laminated, very free from silicious and other impurities. Some belts stretch far to the northeast by east passing' through Portland, forming part of the hill to the north of the Railway, and cropping out on the road to Hammond River. The graphite or plumbago in this range of limestone show that its metamorphism has not been accom- plished by any considerable elevation of temperature, otherwise the grephite would have been oxidized. (See page 52.) An analysis of this limestone is given en page 66. Age, Silurian. Quaoo.-^Carboniferous limestone. Martin's Head. — Carboniferous limestone. Albert County. — Four outcrops close to the gypsum which the limestone overlies, and in some localities underlies. Lower Carboniferous. Westmorland County. — On the Memramcook, above Dorchester; the continuation of Butternut Ridge ; near the gypsum ; north of Anagance. Lower Carboniferous. Queen's County. — South of Oknabog Lake, one mile. Strike of rock S. W. on the west side of the River Saint John. On the east side, E. N". E. to N. E, for several miles. Crystalline and fossiliferaus. Lower Carboni- ferous. In Wickham and Hampstead long narrow belts, northeast by east. Kind's CouNTY.'^HTear the gypsum on Salmon River, and on Hammond River in Upham. Li Norton, near the Railway Station, and seven milesi northwest of it. In various parts of the valley of the Kennebeccasis. At Butternut Ridge, in several narrow ridges. (See Analysis,) Lqwbr Car- boniferous. Restioouchb County.— Abundant on th^ Coast, fi*om Palhousie to Belle- dune Point. On the Restigouche, black limestones. Upper Silurian. ViciOBjA County. — Numerous narrow bands ii^ the Upper Silurian slater which occupy the greater portion of this County. On the Tobique, under- lying the gypsum. (See Analysis, page 66.) Lower Carboniferous. Charlotte County, Prye's Island. — Crystalline limestone of very superior quality continues to L'Etang, and thence northeast by east (See Analysis page 66.) Limekilns at L'Etang, also on Frye's Island. Silurian. Carlbton County. — Numerous narrow bands near and below Presqu'ile.. Broad belts on the Beccaguimic, and south of the Shiktehawk. Numerous narrow bands interstratified with slaty layers are seen on the Saint John River at Sippral's, Victoria Corner. On north fork of Bull's Creek, Rich- mond Parish. Lower Silurian. Limestone beds appear to prevail all through the Lower Carboniferous indent, drained by the Kennebeccasis. They are not unfrequently associated with the valuable mineral gypsum, which, however, is not so widely dis- ^ I in I to V 240 DISTRIBUTION 0? OYPStJM IN TUB PROVINCE. tributed as the limestone, and occurs only in the Lower Carboniferous Series in New Brunswick. In 1861 there were 85,599 casks of lime burnt in the Province ; in 1861, the number of casks was 42,965, showing an increase of 7,866. Sunbury has hitherto produced no lime. Albert, Kent, Queen's, and York, all of which burnt a small quantity of lime in 1851, according to the census of 1861 yielded none. The increase in Saint John County was more than the aggregate increase of the Province, being 7,690 casks, against 7,866. In the adjoining State of Maine 400,000 casks of lime were burned in one Township alone in the year 1836, and 700,000 casks were even then estimated as the total produce of all the kilns in the State. This quantity is now exceeded by the amount thrown into the market annually from one locality alone. No better limestone for the manufacture of lime exists any where than in Charlotte County, and in the neighbourhood of Saint John. In the Town of Rockland, Maine, about one million casks of lime are annually manufactured. One hundred sail of small vessels are employed in fetching wood for that purpose from the eastward, and it takes eighty sail of coasters to carry the lime to market. The lime of Rockland, before the war, was consumed all along the Atlantic Coast, from Calais to Texas.* SOME LOCALITIES WHERE OYPSOM IS FOUND IN THE VTS TNCB. Albert County. — In at least six localities in the Parish o . il iborough, forming the half of a circle, commencing a third of a mile ..toi of Edgett's and appearing a little to the south of the road to the Albert Mines in three patches. Again south of the Mines, and in magnificent mural cliffs on Grass' Mill Stream, Shepody River, and Harvey Parish, on the bank. "Westmorland. — Shepody Bay ; on North River ; near Anagance ; about two miles north of Salsbury Station. Saint John. — Near Martin's Head* King's. — In Upham Parish; two patches on Salmon River, just above Smith's Creek, and below it ; On Studholm's Mill Stream ; north of Butter- nut Ridge. Victoria. — Mouth of Wapskyhegan ; on the Tobiquc, cliffs of impure Gypsum 180 feet high, (p. 68.) ■ The increase in the quantity of tons of gypsum produced in 1861, when compared with amount brought into the market in 1851, is 6,585 tons; the relative quantities being — 1851, ... 1861, .w 5,465 tons. 12,050 « Increase, ... ... ... 6,585 " To this mtiBt be added 1,000 barrels ground gypsum and 10,000 barrels calcined gypsum in 1861. ♦Letter from Aided Ulmcr, Inopfector, torrof. C II. Hilchcock.— First Report on the Geology of Miiiie. * '^anad MODE or MAKIMa FISH MANURE IN FRANCE. 241 Series n 1861, anbury L, all of snsus of ban the ;66. In in one jtimated r is now ) locality ly where » lime are ployed in ighty sail )efore the xas.* IE. /borough, if Edgett's in three cliffs on ink. hce; about UBt above of Butter- of impure 1861, when 5 tons; the tons. «( ,000 barrels tlogyof M«ine' !S ■tb - The debris of Trap Rocks which are not of a veyy ferruginous character is* also found useful in localities whore it is easily accessible, such as near Bal- houste.) PHOSPHATE OF LIMB. Phosphate of Lime or Apatite has not been found in suflScient quar.tlty to render it commercially available. ' PiSH MANURES. Among the most promising adjuncts to farm-yard manure, which should of course always form the groundwork of what is now called good husbandry, Fish Manures appear likely to secure a prominent place. Professor Hunt has given special attention to the subject, and in an excel- lent lirticle on Pish Manures published in the Report of Progress for 1857,* he discusses the questions relating to the manufacture of Fish Manures on the Gulf Coast. " The use of fish as a manure has long been know^n ; on the shores of Scot- land, Cornwall, Brittany, some parts of the United States, and on our own sea-eoasts, the offal from fisheries, as well as certain bony fishes of little value for food, are applied to the soil with great benefit. The idea of con- verting these materials into a portable manure was however I believe first carried into effect in France by Mr. Demolon, who seven or eight years since erected establishments for this object on the coast of Brittany and in New- foundland. For the details of this manufacture I am indebted to the Chimie Ihdiistrielle of Payen. Concarneau, in the department of Finisterre, is a small town whose inhabitants are employed in fishing for sardines, and it is the refuse of this fishery which is employed in the manufacture of manure. The offal is placed in large coppers and heated by steam until thoroughly cooked, after which it is submitted to pressure, which extracts the water and' oil'. The pressed mass is then rasped, dried in a current of hot air, and ground to powder. 100 parts of the recent offal yield on an average 22 parts of the powder, besides from 2 to 2 J parts of oil. The manufactory of Concarneau employs six men and ten boys, and is able to work up daily eighteen or twenty tons of fish, and produce from. four to five tons of the powdered manure. " This manure contains, according to an average 6f several analyses^ 80.0 per cent, of organic matters, and 14.1 per cent, of phosphates of lime and magUesia, besides some common salt, a little carbonate of lime, small por- , tion^ of sulphate and carbonate of ammonia, and only 1.0 per cent, of water. The nitrogen of this manure, which is almost wholly in the form of organic matters, corresponds to 14.5 per cent, of ammonia, c^nd we mcy estimate the phospbric acid, which is here present in an insoluble form, at 7.0 per cent. If we calculate the value of this manure according to the rules ^bp^ j^|l4,^ dbWn, M^e shall have as follows for 100 pounds : — ' >( Mjijt Ammonia, — 14^ pounds, at 14 cents, ^2.03 .lii J.- Phosphoric Acid,— 7 pounds at 4J cents. O.Sli } $2.34 J i" * (Canadian (ifolciirieni t*iirvev. 31 H I It I 242 MANUFACTURE OF FI8II MANURES IN NEWFOUNDLAND AND GASPK. This is equal to $47 the ton of 2,000 pounds ; the manufactured product of Goncarceau, however, according to Payen, is sold in the nearest shipping ports at 20 francs the 100 kilogrammes, (equal to 220 pounds,) which, count- ing the franc at $0.20, is equivalent only to $1.81 the 100 pounds, or a little over $87 the ton. This however was in 1854, since which time the price of manures has prohahly increased. '' Mr. Demolon in company with his brother, has also, according to Fayen, erected a large estahlishment for the manufacture of this manure on the coast of Newfoundland, at Kerpon, near the eastern entrance of the Strait of Bellisle, in a harbour which is greatly resorted to by the vessels engaged in the cod-fishery. This manufactory, now in successful operation, is able to produce 8,000 or 10,000 tons of manure annually. Payen estimates the total yearly produce of the cod-fisheries to be equal to about 1,500,000 tone of fresh fish ; of this, one-half is refuse, and is thrown into the sea or left to decay on the shore, while if treated by the process of Demolon, it would yield more than 150,000 tons of manure nearly equal in value to the guano of the Peruvian Islands, which now furnish annually from 300,000 to 400,000 tons. If to the manure which might be obtained from the cod-fish of the Lower Provinces, we add that of many other great fisheries, we are surprised at the immense resources for agriculture now neglected, which may be drawn at a little expense from the sea, and even from the otherwise worth- less refuse of another industry. To this may be added vast quantities of other fish, which at other seasons and on some coasts are so abundant that they are even tak^n for the express purpose of spreading upon the adjacent lands, and wVich would greatly extend the resources of this new manu- facture. The oil, whose extraction is made an object of economic import* ance in the fabrication of manure from sardines in France, exists in but very small quantities in the cod, but in the herring it equals 10 per cent, of the recent fish, and in some other species rises to 3.0 and 4.0 per cent. " Mr. Duncan Bruce of Gaspe, has lately been endeavouring to introduce the manufacture of fish-manure into Canada ; but he has conceived the idea of combining the fish-ofial with a large amount of calcined shale, under the impression that the manure thus prepared will have the effect of driving away insects from the plants to which it is applied. He employs a black bituminous shale from Port Daniel, and distilling this at a red heat, passes the disengaged vapours into a vat containing tlie fish, which by a gentle and continued heat, have been reduced to a pulpy mass. The calcined shale is then ground to powder and mingled with the fish, and the whole dried. Experiments made with this manure appear to have given very satisfactory results, and it is said to have had the effect of driving away insects when applied to growing crops, a result which may be due to the small amount of bituminous matter in the products of the distillation of the shale, rather than to the admixture of the calcined residue. Coal-tar is known to be an efficient agent for the destruction of insects, and in a recent number of the Journal, Le Cosmos, it U stated that simply painting the wood-work of the far all ■< VALUE Of THE GA9PE MANURE. 248 duct of lipping , count- a little price of Payen, on the le Strait engaged t, is able lates the ,000 tODB or left to it would he guano ;o 400,000 sh of the surprised 1 may he ise worth- intities of idant that adjacent ew Qianu- ic import' n but very int. of the introduce sd the idea under the lof driving ]»ys a black [eat, passea Igeutle and led shale is lole dried. Latisfactory gects when amount of ^ale, rather m to be an kber of the ^ork of the inside of green-houses with coal-tar has the effect of expelling from them all noxious insects. Mr. Bru mal matter in 100 parts of the manure, yielding 3.76 parts or 18.8 per cent, of ammonia. This matter consists chiefly of muscular and gelatinous tissues, and Payen obtained from the dried mnscle of the codfish, 16.8 per cent, of .1 244 NEW SOURCE OF PROFIT FROM TUB FISHERIES. nitrpgen, equal tp 20.4 of ammonia. The 8.4 patts of phosphoric acid in tihe manure will oorrespond to 7.4 of bone-phosphate, and if to this we add fpr moisture, impurities, etc., 2.6 parts, &» 80.0 in all, we should hare for 100 poiindfl of the Ash when free from oil and dried, the following quantities of ammonia apd phosphoric acid :-r t>li Ammonia,-r-12^ pounds at 14 cents, ^^-"^^ jii Phosphoric acid,— 11^ pounds at 4} cents, 0.51 $2.20 Ammonia. 14.5 Phosphoric acid T.0 11.2 8.75 ' :..;tr|rj 12.5 11.8 ** The matter thns prepared would have a value of $45.20 the ton, agreeing closely with that which we have calculated for the manure manufactured from sardii^es in France, in which the quantity of ammonia is somewhat gfea,tf V, ^f?tB> o:- Albert Gallatin compares Fort Bnelling on tlte MississippiV in lat.44^ b&^y and Eastport (Maine), lat. 44° 44', with the following results : — ]|^eau annual teiiiperature, J*pf hoh» " Winter " Bummer, Mean temperature of the coldest month, " " of the hottest month. Coldest day in the year, Hottest day in the year, San^e between hottest and coldest day, »iiiiO!>"tit W "•W'-^-iHB CHARACTER OF THE' WINTER SttASOt. f . . . r . The River St Lawrence is generally frozen between, Quebec and Montreal every winter, and when there is no ice-bridge at Quebec, the communication between the two cities is open fbr steamers, generally 6n the 24th of April. * HhIp's IndiRlls of North West Amerk-a. <( (( rt Snelling. 45.83. Eastport. 42.95 15.95 22.95 72.75 62.10 13.68 20.68 75.47 64.55 — 26f —13 93 91 IW 104 t. 246 CLOSINO or CANALS, RIVBRS, AMD MAVIGATIOK. When there ia an ice-hridge opposite the great fortress, the river is closed until the 27th of the same month. During a period of twenty years, from 1838 to 1855, the St. Lawrence has been frozen across at or near Quebec nine times without retarding the opening of the navigation for more than three days. ..... ". ^L^ iSi^^'ffr FRBBZINO OF CANALS AND RIVERS. The followiiig Table shows how far the seasons, from the Bay of Fundy to Lake Superior, affect navigation by the opening and closing of the Rivers and Oanals* :>- {jJI! J ^veran period ctosecTiii day*. v Pp«na. Closet. 1, The Straits of Mackinaw, April 14, December 6, 129 2, Port of Hamilton, <« 1, " 28, 94 8, " Buffalo, II 14, « 14, 121 4, '♦ Oswego, Mareh 20, 6, ♦* Montreal, April 20, 11, 180 6, .}ii\ fi.H Quebec, ii 29, November 24, 156 7, " Bio, March 16, December 19, 87 ^, Erie Canal, April 28, 7, 142 9, Welland Canal, n 8» ■.„V.,.. 12. 117 to, Cornwall Canal, i< 26,, ;t;,,-"...;;<:8, 188 11, LaoMne, l( 28, " > 8, 141 13, St. Lawrence River between Lake Ontario, Montreal, and Lachine, II 26, " 7, 140 13, St. liawrence between Montreal and Quebec, 11 24, " 10, 135 14, The St. John at Frederioteo, il 19, November 26, 144 15, The Kennebec, Maine, II 6, The geographical course of the Saint John, running from north to south, causes it to freeze earlier, or become choked with ice sooner than the Saint Lawrence, at Montreal, which runs from west to east. ^ PERIODS OF NAVIGATION. The duration of the period when Navigation is closed, deduced from the foregoing Table, is as follows : — Days. Quebec, ... ... ... ... ... ... 156 Fredericton, ... ... ... ... ... ... 144 lirie Canal, ... ... ... ... ... ... 142 Cornwall Canal, 141 Saint Lawrence River, 140 The Navigation of the Saint Lawrence for sea going vessels is of course dependent upon the opening and closing of the River at Quebec ; hence the Saint John is really opien 12 days longer than the Saint Lawrence. * The firat 13 localities are deduced from an average of 10 years. The Saint John, (rom an ayerase of 7% years, and the Kennebec for 75 years — Vide Appendix to the Journals of the House of Astembly, Cansda, 1%58 STRATFORD AND FRBDERICTON. 247 closed B, from Quebec irc than • Fundy e Rivers •M period adindaya. 129 94 121 180 156 87 142 117 ,r 188 140 135 144 to south, the Saint ftom the )«y8. L66 L44 L42 L41 L40 [of course hence the Table showing the mean winter temperature of Toronto, Montreal, Quebec, and Saint John, for 1868-4, 1854-5, 1855-6 :— ' ' Mean Winter Temperature. 1853-4. Saint John, 18.72 Quebec, ... ... 11.08 Montreal, 18.22 1834-5. 1855-C. 21.46 19.88 18.87 12.76 12.15 18.96 Toronto, 23.8 21.06 19.6 From this Table it will be seen that the winter temperature of Saint John and Toronto are not unlike as regards intensity of cold.* They are both considerably warmer than either Mo. eal or Quebec; and if we select a station beyond the influence of the great lakes, yet within the limits of the peninsula of western Canada, we find the extremes of temperature exceed those of Saint John, and that the climate approaches that^of Fredericton. Stratford, at the junction of the Qrand Trunk Kailway, and Buffalo and Lake Huron Railway, is 1182 feet above the sea, and from its position in relation to the great lakes and its altitude, its climate may be compared with that of Fredericton, although it is two degrees and three quarters further south than the Capital of New Brunswick. He who is disposed to grumble at the intensity of the cold in New Bruns- wick and Canada, let him read a generous and truthful article on this subject in Chambers' Edinburgh Journal, (January 1868,) in which some of the charms of the North American winter are portrayed, and some of its draw- backs drawn with a Painter's skill ; yet the itiipression which remains is rather in favor c " the cheery side, and the only change one would wish for in our winters here, when comparing them with the same season of the year in many other parts of the temperate zone, is that they were just a little shorter. MBTEOROLOQT OF SAINT JOHN. The following Tables by Mr. G. Murdoch, of Saint John, contain much, valuable information respecting the climate on the coast of the Bay of Fundy. They embody the condensed results of a series of Tables published, in part, in the Agricultural Report for the last season, and when compared with an elaborate Table for Toronto on the succeeding page, a fair idea* of the difference between the climates of those distant Cities may bo gathered. * Smithtonian Report, 18G0. _ an average [or ABtembly, m ANNUAL MVANS ANU KXTRUMKS AT ST. JOnX. TABtS of Anoukl MeaoB luid Gxtremm of T«mponitur«, with the dat«p wh^n the latter eoourred ; also of PreoipiUtion, Cloading, Wind and Tbuodet Storms, for the jean 1861-2-8-4 ; from obaerrationa made at St. John, N. B., lat. 45° 16' 42" N., long. 66° a' 45" W., height above lea, 135 feet, by G. Murdoch.* 18G1 18(32 1868 1864 Mean- Temperature — Iligheal, .. .. vuo.oo 710.00 830.00 850.00, 790.80 Date, July Uth Aug. 7tb Mayaand Jun« 14lh Lowest, . . . . — aao.oo — lao.oo — 13P.0O —140.00 —15*23 I J D«»»* Pc4). 8tii Deo. 2tat Feb. 4th Dec. 9tth ) Yearly rpage, lOlo.OO S3O.00 960.00 9«°.0O 940.79 " Orealeit oscillation in one day, ;w°.0o 36«.00 340.00 .100.00 330.6O ' Late, March 2Ut Jan. 13th May 22nd June Uth Mevi dnily oacillation, .. •• 100.07 100.15 100.78 iio.ia 100.53 Mean temperamre— a. ni. ^^» 10 a. m. noon, 38o.!» 43 .65 45 .00 350.71 40 .82, 43 .04 360.40 41 .30 1 43 .00 370.33 12 .43 44 .38 300.93"!'" ■ ! iil!V! 44.11 -HuinO «»•■»• 40 .46 44 .84 4(6 .09 49 .80 40 .43 ■^■yj\; fl f- •«• 43 .63 41 .84 ' 42 .03 43 .00 42 .79 oil) 10 p. ID. 40 JZ3 38 .97 39 .34 39 .30 f 39 A-i -■urn',' fcJi - MeanofreaJingi, 42 .94 ' 40 .77. ; 41 .30 42 .00 41 .80''' ,' ..Kid Precipitation— Hain or Snow fell, 1 84dayi 88 days 82 days 80 days 82.29' •'"' .1 /ids oxoii'i ■' 80 nights 103'nights 89 nights 97 nights 93.75 Kam for yeaiV . . . . 35.905 in. 43.018 in. 42.930 in. 39.920 in. 40.443 in. S.now " .... 113.25 in. 83.75 in. 71.85 in. 80.00 in. 88.86 in. Rain and melted snow, •18.730 52.918 50.177 in. .OCOOS in. 60.59 in. Clouding— average of lbre»ob». Clev, .. .. 9«.3daya 97.4 day* 115.9 days 1 103.0'd«yis 1 ■ il04 dayti,. Wholly clouded, 1S3.7 " 192.9 " 194.7 " 190.0 " 167.9 '"•''- ni ,I/4ifrF(' Foggy, ,. .. 3S.0 " 36.9 " 43.3 " 2S.7' " ' 35.3' '•^' hi>^nqu^ Mmw est'd t-loudlng, ■ 6.0 '6.5' 15.9 " 1 6.1 'f' 1 Wind, 2 p. m. E, tp ». W. '^' ^^ . . ikldays 197. days 209 days 202 days 197 days. W.toN. E 1S5 " 108 " 156 " 104 " J68J25 ,«\,.v Tiiunder siorma, 5 " 7 " 4 .» 12 " 1 «-- 'These observations for temperature have not observations. been reduced, but they are the result ol' six daily M MONTHLY MEAKS AT SAINT JOHN. i349 Utier long. •tn. )».00 iS^'iS ,1: 33<».50 10O.53' 30° .92 4a .06 44 .11 4A Al 42 .79 39 .41 41 .80 1 82.1» 93.15 40.443 in. S9.80 in. 50.59 in. 104 day»i. 187.9 '■'•^''- • n 35.3 "^ 6.6 \. ' Ii9i days- lies J25«^-. 7 " • six d»ily CI •a -N IIH -M put RAVpJO -OJiJ JO .«aii.>ui •tmak \- z ■Xu!piio|o p»t«iiii|fa |o suanui RinaX f> r^e •sXnp ASaoj V a. He* .1" ■papno|d X||OI|M .s « a-" oAopjo 'lAsp jBa|a JO ON lO (iitaui (jsaX !• o H < M P. H < W w 'Avou« po)|aai pUB UIBJ ju (utaui taBoA !< 'fi«i|aui u) ||«) MOUS 10 «u«aui *xaaA\ |1«J IMBi JO «UBaUI BIBOA ^ ■||»J MOOS Bunaui uvaX' ^ ■||aj MOUB JO UIBJ sXsp 'Of^ iiiiBaiu sjBaX \ ■UBauiBjBaXt °S2^3S2J°"'^2«^'^S CI F^ r^ ri f-» 1^ (?) rib vj 1-5 w r- ?}2??' '-i-il ooooor-OTfoot-ift O ift O O p lO p p O lO o o r; T) t~ O O r; iS_ « to <2 O l- ■auimuu Xmiuoiujo flueaui «jBaA b ■BUllXBin Xmjuouijo «u«aiu tjBaX ^ t-troot-oowoocooi.'sac CDOilNr^-j.-; — t^QOODOOri -< rt eo 's' o Tf W N -< 111+ I j •lU'dg'uoou •W8 01 'W* 9 t 'X|!Bp -sqo 9 IsiTBaiu «JBaX \ O O O 00 01 1." CO O O « CJ w "">> Ti -* rJ 'N ci o ri r- j» ej B <»t-t~ooMu5-«t^iOar)-r "I .•^ IC CO CI WS O O IN iX> -< t» « "' . V ...a — a O M m ecoen eee r- (do (i (o i^SS^P S?2 .§ Ci Ql .<4 ^ ouscqe 6» 'H .-UI ... o »r S> 4S.0 72.3 7S.7 22.31 3S.68 58.97 4fl.96 32 e-S g 2 jT C1.3 5 ? •/. 72 ■< s a s c c k. >. M 0) a £• V > —t •o ^ I. >. o il a .e ^ a =3 o » C9 V t. « S! a .a '^ o o >. a a V •a o M a 2 o a ^ (O s 10 s: «) k o a B .e a !^ s. ^«> «> d liS 2 0> ii u a, 6 S n u V O ja v> S M o 3 H .o 5 -a s 3 a "S H b bo e c V V is .o o o a a V u .a J3 tn a 5S o •o 4) k > ee k) Cki % S x> o o v V a UI u 0) ja j:: >. H r' MKAN RKSIM.TH AT TORONTO. J J •5 « ■•■auipno|3 jo luiiouiy S SS8 d 6e P?5 ir;l 5S5 b e d I b bb s| a •^•^ bbb ebb o I bbb ddei on — iSfillW Sr»S H (x!r>b|r-; irf-rirf II s s 8 o ti a.ot: 5 M '•'5 o IC CO o"3 55 S5 ^ ii §13 cici % * »-4 t-« * k £ "* ' a s e V I ^S -.2 » « o ?i u M H m b hi ° 2 I .a Si! go s at 0) r3 s CJ *l hm 10 ?? -■ -"MO oci b a ?1 »-4 ssg ■-4 l-^ •sici -T 313 • — — « CI -1 St-® I- a o •^ ti ./) — o r- o •T . --^ C. »-< to O C: ci Si in tors ^ TT 9 b o « WOT) b — » »1> T W S5?2 bori b f ^ 'T cf c> c) -f -T irf o i-b b -< -! — t^ t I 3| x r- o 0> IN o 1 s J3 _ s S. to •■ i u ?! I « 1 S 'f. ' ^:-^ 4 51 », i, O 'A ex. i 8 V »5i *^ 8.50 «1 QO r> s it 2! 8 2 (X: i bl Sg Jl 88 si N Id «) C »5 RERULT8 AT FREDERlCtOK. 251 i ^1 4 s 9 "^ CI >" 2SJ. Ss lit :! s C9 ■* > >> If I <- MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM TEMPERATURES AT FRRDBRICTOIT. Tho Reverend Dr. Brooke, of Fredoricton, has kindly furniBhed me with a condoriBed summary of meteorological observationB taken by him daily at Fredoricton for a period of aoventeen years, or from 1847 to 1864 incluBivo. These tables contain tho monthly maximum and minimum temperatures, tho moan tcmperaturoa at 7 a. m. and 2 p. m. The days on which the highest and lowest temperatures occurred, and the numbar of rainy, snowy, and cloudy days in each month. The extreme length of these tables neces- (tarily forbids their being printed hero in full, but some intoreBting extracts from them follow. Tabic Hhowing tho lowest and highcHt temperatures recorded at Freder- icton between 1848 and 18G4 inclusive • — * Minimum Max. Temp. | J Minitniim Max. Temp. duriDK the year. T«in|ieratuic . the yoii •'. 1 1 Temperature. 1H48, February 28, —10 6ti 1867, January 24, —80 80 1849, 14, —26 lor 1858, February 28, —14 90 1850, 7, -Jo 4 ' -59, fanuary 12, — 30 88 1851, 9, —22 82 ^'^fiO, February 2, —22 88 1852, January 20, —14 92 lo61, 8, —27 90 1853, 28, —24 94 i862. 11, —16 80 1854, 10, 34 «? 1863, •' 4, —20 95 1855, February 7, —30 fi:> 1834, »* 19, —30 90 1856, January 2, -*-22 98 • On the 29th Dec. 1854, the unusally low temperature oi (0 below zero was recorded ; and on the 12th July 1 849, tho thermometer rose to 100 degrees. The minimum temperatures in the above tables are frequently exceeded In Canada, east of Kingston. At Montreal ''cold terms" are not unusual, and sometimes they well deserve the name which has been applied to them. Dr. Brooke's register shows that on the 29th December 1854, the ther- mometer at Fredoricton fell to 80 below zero, but at Montreal on the 22nd and 23rd December of the same year it fell to 86 below zero, and from 8 a. m. on the 22nd to 10 p. m. on the 23rd, it ranged from — 8.1 to — 86. Again on the 9tV 1'^th, and 11th January 1859, the thormometer did not rise above zero dui^; j, a period of 124 hours, 30 minutef, or more than five days. Mercury froze in the open air ; and the mean temperature of tho 9th was— 27°8 : che 10th— 29°0 ; and the 11th— 28°. At Fredoricton tho minimum ten^peraturo was 30 below zero, which occuj ed on the 12th Jan'y. At Quebec in the winter of 1853 and 4, the thermometer sank below tho freezing point 189 nights, or rather more than half the year. There were daring that wintef 2 days in November in which it fell below zero ; 7 in December ; 20 in January ; l7 in February ; and 4 in March, making a total of 50 days during the winter upon which the thermometer was registered below zero.f Although the Saint Lawrence broke up on the 24th April, the ice did not pass out of the Saint Charles until the 6th May. " These observations have not been reduced. t Transaciion.s o( the Literary and Historical Society of Quebec, January 1855, 252 PRBDERICTON AND SAINT JOMN. climates of Saint John and Fredericton* : — Poinu of Comparison. Mean Annual Temperature, Maximum for the year, Minimum, Maximum Monthly mean, Minimum " " Extreme range for the year, Mean Monthly range, ... ... Mean moisture, Extreme highest, " lowest, Saint John open for Navigation, Average duration of Summer, Average period of the growth of crops,! ••• Table showing the mean annual temperature at Saint John, Fredericton, Quebec, Montreal, and Toronto : — Saint John,t 41.80 between some points in the Coast. tnterior. 41°.39 42°.42 88.00 98.00 —17.00— —38.00 62.43 66.76 ,. 20.52 . 14.79 105.00 136.00 41.91 51.97 39 inches. 37 inches. ? 42 " • 32 " always. 218 da^ys. 204 " ... 110 " Frederictou,§ Qdebec,|| Montreal, Toronto, 42.42 88.6 41.56 44.12 CONCLUSION. THE ADVANTAGES OF A SYSTEMATIC GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. In 1855 a Select Committee of the Canadian House of Assembly reported on the Geological Survey of Canada. During the investigation, a large number of witnesses were examined, with a view not only to arrive at a knowledge of the benefits resulting to the public from the survey, but also to ascertain the degree of estimation in which the labours of Sir William Logan, (then Mr. Logan) were held in abroad, and the prospective advantages which might reasonably be anticipated from the prosecution of the work on a considerably enlarged scale. In their Report, the Committee state "the importance of an accurate Geological acquaintance with the country is so universally acknowledged, that it is unnecessary to do more than point out some portions of the evidence which show the immediate practical result ; but as an apparent misappre- hension exists in some quarters as to the objects of such a national under- taking, your Committee may be pardoned for making so^e additional observations. , , , Mil .1. I i I III I II .i.. V> '* '}ni 'W' ,-:! («>•// 'A'lMiiiVf im'iy i:ihHa:i On page xii of the Introductory Chapter, a brief notice is given of some of the results of a preliminary survey during the past year. It has been established that the great metalliferous belt of North America (the Quebec Group) occupies an area of upwards of four thousand square miles, or more than two and a half million acres. In the words of Sir William Logan,* " the rocks of this Group yield in Canada, ores of iron, chromium, lead, antimony, copper, nickel, silver and gold, with soapstone, potstone, hones, marbles, serpentines, cement stones, building stones, and roofing slates." The Chapters in this Report devoted to the Group (Chap. VIII. and IX.) as it occurs in New Brunswick, show that with the single exception of chromium, all of these mbtals and economic materials have been found within its limits in this Province, and some of them to a far greater extent than they have been recognized in Canada. (Antimony, the Woodstock Iron Ores, Manoanese). Hence it follows that a careful and systematic examination of this vast rock series promises very valuable results. , ■?;;-. The origin op Albbrtite has been described, (Chapter V.) and the proba^ bility of its being found in workable quantities over a horizontal distance of fifty miles in one direction, and from ten to fifteen miles in another direction, pointed out. ' • » ■ '> The distribution of the highly bituminous Albert Shales, and their value as a source of gas fuel for smelting and manufacturing purposes gen- erally, is also noticed at some length in Chapter V., and it is of considerable importance that the area they occupy, their thickness and the extent to which they are available for the purposes described should be accurately determined. * See Letter No. 11. page »v. Kl'KCIAI. SUBJECTS OK ENQLIUY IN NEW BRUNSWICK. 255 of eacli Logan 4 NITY OF slligible quired." iclature, showing [lercially )ecimen8 cable, of Museum, ntifically contains :)eration») lue of the I of some has been e Quebec i, or more Logan,* |um, lead, e, hones, g slates." and IX.) :eption of en found Iter extent OODSTOCK systematic the proba^ jistance of I direction, land their )08e8 gen- ii aiderablo It to which [termined. 1^ -V'»f ■ '*-, The probable existence of workable beds of Coal, besides the Grand Lake seam is shown in the Chapters on the Carboniferous Series, (Chap. III. and IV.) As fossil fuel, whether in the form of coal or rich Bituminous Shales, lies at the foundation of modern progress, the existence of workable deposits in New Brunswick is of the highest importance. Canada, although more than twelve times the area of New Brunswick, possesses no deposits of coal, and no bituminous shales which can approach the richness of the Albert Shales, and no workable seams of Albertite. The development of the Copper-bearing traps on the shores of the Bay of Fuudy is also a valuable subject of enquiry. These traps are noticed at length in Chapter VI. Among apparently minor claims for a complete scientific survey of the Province, are the distribution of its Limestones, the Hydraulic Cements, materials for the manufacture of Bricks and Pottery, Fire Clays, Plum- bago, Marbles, Serpentines, Roofing Slates, Whetstones, Hones, Grind- stones, Millstones, Gypsum, Sulphate op Baryta, Sandstone for Glass, Moulding Sand, all of which it will be seen by reference to the index, occur within the limits of the Province, and some of them in great abundance and of excellent quality. The Source of the Gold in the Drift Clays of the Province is an import- ant subject of enquiry, which has received additional interest from the recent confirmation of further discoveries of gold in quartz veins of Upper Silurian age in Canada, over wide areas on the River du Loup, and generally in the Valley of the Chaudiere and elsewhere. (Chapter XL) The large area of country occupied by the Quebec Group in New Brunswick, would lead to the inference that the chief source of the gold is to be sought for in the rocks of this Group ; but slice altered Upper Silurian Rocks also occupy a considerable portion of the northern Counties, it is not improbable that these may have contributed to the auriferous Drift. Lastly, in order to secure the introduction of Capital into the Province, and the establishment of manufacturing industry on a secure basis, it is absolutely essential that capitalists abroad should have some security for their investments. The experience of many years sufliciently establishes the fact that unless plans for the development of metalliferous deposits, or for the working of economic materials, bo based upon scientific research, showing " the reason why," it is only indulging in a fruitless expectation to suppose that foreign capitalists, or indeed any well-informed or reasonably cautious man, who has not an opportunity of judging for himself, will give them either countenance or support. 4\ If!' 1 III. 1'4< ■;. APPENDIX. I. — ^Origin of the Names of certain Rivers and Places in New Brunswick, together with Micmac and Miucete names for gome common things. II. — Names of Places and Rivers derived from the Abenaquis Language. III. — Enumeration of the Mammiferous Animals ascertained to exist in or on the Coasts of New Brunswick. IV.— Enumeration of the Birds of New Brunswick, with a notice of those which winter in the Province. !:,;'■' . .v. — ^.^^umsbation of the Fishes of New Brunswick. VI. — Fobsiliferoos Marine Clays of Maine and the St Lawrence compared, VII. — Table showing the Value of the Imports and Exports, being the Produce and Manufacture of the Colony, of Minerals, Ores, and Metals, manufactured and unmanufactured, during the years 1861, 1862, and 1868. VIII. — Mining Licencis — Rules and Regulations. APPENDIX. ■ [ - . . IUN9WT0K, OS. fie. n or on the thoge which 'to .rv 'reduce an3 lanufactured ,.1' > • ! M IVo. I. OBIQIN OF THE NAMES OF OEKTAlN RlVKRS AND PLACES IN NEW BRtTNSWlCK. (Hule's Vocabularies— Trniisuctioiis ot the Am. Ethnological Society— Uelations ofthe Je»uita.] The importance of understanding the origin of names assigned to a coun- try, district, river, or place, is fully illustrated in the brief history which has been given at the commencement of the First Chapter, of the consequences which followed misapprehensions concerning the word "Acadia." In a historical point of view, names of places are always, or at least very fre- quently, suggestive, hence their origin and meaning is interesting. So many of the Rivers and Mountains of this Province still retain their original Indian appellations, that it is almost a part of a liberal education to be fami- liar with their meaning, and yet there are few who give more than a passing thought to this subject. As means for obtaining a correct list of Indian names of places in New Brunswick are rapidly diminishing, the following is an attempt to arrange such as are known, with a view to their correction by competent autho- rities, and to fix indelibly the true meaning of Indian terms, before the only source from which we can obtain correct information passes away. 1. RiSTiQOUCHE'— Micmac, mentioned in the Relations of the Jesuits for 1642, and spelt "Restgouch." It signifies Broad River. 2. TiTTiQOUCHE — Fairy River, (Robert Cooney). Pokbmouchb ; Buc- ToucHE — Fire River ; Mistouchb. 3. NiPisiQUiT — Probably Milicete, (Etchemins). (The Micmac word for water is chabuguan, and for river chibuk). Mentioned in the Relations, and spelt " Nepigigouit." It means Rough Waters. 4. MiRAMiCHi"— Mentioned in Relations for 1646 & 1659 — Happy Retreat (?). 6. Miscou. — Mentioned in Relations for 1685, &c. Formerly called " Isle de Saint Louis." G. Chedabouctou, (near Miramichi) — Father de Lionne died here. Rela- tions, 1661 (Bouctou— FireV 3S 258 APPENDIX. 7. AsTicou— A Micmac Chief. Relations, 1611. 8. Kadbsqdit — A part of Acadia where La Saussayo had projected an establishment. Relations, 1611. 0. Menano— Grand Manan. Relations, 1611. 10. RiaiBOucTOu— River of Fire, Bay of. Relations, 1646. " River. Relations, 1659. 11. As early as 1611, it was remarked by the writer of the " Relation de la Nouvelle Franr ,"* that no trace remained of the origin of the words Norembegue, (the present State of Maine,) Acadia, (the country of the Souriquois or Micmacs,) and Canada. 12. Upsalquitch, (pronounced Ab-sat-quitch) — "The River that runs out small." Micmac. 13. Tabousintac — The place where two reside. (Cor.) 14. Maquadavic — River of Hills. 15. NAaoxQUO — Tobique River, (Mil icete). Absegaguit nagotquo-sis quispem — Little Tobique Lake. Quis-pam-sis — Little Lake. 16. Saint Croix, (Island). Relations, 1611. Residence of de Monts on the coast of Uorembegue. 17. River Saint Croix. Relations, 1611. Schoodic. 18. AuTMoiNS — ^Name of the Micmac Conjuror. Manitousin — Ojibway. 19. Etchemiks (canoe-men), originally Etbminquois — Milicete. The hunt- ing ground of the Etchemins extended from the River Saint John to the Kennebec in 1611. Relations, 1611. Amalbatbs or the Manbus tribe — npw Milicetes. Paris Documents, 1736. In Cana- dian Documents spelt Amalicite. 20. The Saint John— Called by L'Eacarbot " the River of the Great Bay," 1598 ; by Champlain, Saint John, 1604 ; by the Etchemins or ^"t ' Milicetes, " AwoUastook " or the "Big River"; by the Abena- quis, "Loshtook" or the "Long River" ; also Onygoudy. 21. " Cadie." — " A Map of North America, contained in the novus orbis of De Laet, published in 1683, distributes the country into the following divisions, commencing on the north : New France, Cadib, Norum- bega, (comprising the territory between the Saint Crpix and the Kennebec,) New England, New Netherland, Virginia, and Florida." •»r t h, ■~(^*^^^®*'^^^^ of the Maine Historical Society, Vol. 11.) The number of Micmaca or Souriquois was estimated at from 3,000 to 3,500 in 1611, by the Jesuit Missionaries. They spoke highly of the characters of the Souriquois and Etchemins — (Miomaoa and Milicetes.) The number of Indians in this Province, accordiqg to the last census, was 1212, (625 males and 587 females). • Relations, 1611 — page U. .' l>Ol;'fJOH' . .inoiJ APPliNDIX. 259 MICMAC AND MILICETE NAMES FOR SOME COMMON TIIINOS. Etchemins Etohemins Micmac. or Milicete. Micmac. or Milicete. Man tuhinem oskitftp Snow wafitouh warst Woman epit apet Earth keshwajowouyaw takomiqu Fathar nittch (my"* mataqua River chibitk sepe Mother kich nikos Stone kundau panapsqu Son unquece n'kos Tree neepeejeesh apas Daughter untouHe n'sous Meat wiyos Head unidgik neneagan ' Dog lemuch lumose Hair Beaver quanbeadt Ear hadoKgan chalkse ' Bear mowene Eye puftogfd n'siscol Bird tchipahit cipsis Nose uohiokun nitou Fish uemeteh n'mays Mouth neswono Great mechkilk nukamkiqun Tonguo willenonk nyllal Cold tekayo nedanbedatsi Teeth uabidid White tmbeg wapiyo Hand kpitcn petin Black m'katruey inuk saiwayo Fingers clooegan Red megoueg maiquaik Feet ukkiat n'sit I nil nel Blood moldan pocagun Thou kil House uigt/om WUDDOJi He negeum wurt Axe tomehagan Knife wagan mimhers. Shoes whanjouonksnan One nest nalget Sky niooshkoon tumogat Two talM nes Sun nakauget asptaiasait i Three chicht nibi Moon topunakoushet kisos Four neu naho Star malakokoouich psaisam Five nan nane Day naakok kisuok Six achigopt gamatchine Night pishkeeankh Seven atumoguenok alohegannak Fire bukteii akut Eight sgomolchit okemulchine Water chabugtan somaquone Nine pechkunadek asquenandake Rain ikfashak suklan Ten ptolu neqdetisk In 1855, " A Primer for young children, applicable to the Indian langnage aa spoken by the Mee-lee-ceet Tribe in New Brunswick," collected and arranged by Mr. John Stephens, was published in Fredericton, under the patronage of the Honorable Mrs. Manners-Sutton. The spelling of some of the words differs slightly from some of those in the vocabulary given above, others are identical, and others again, wholly diverse. < The Kev. S. T. Rand, Missionary to the Micmac Indians in Nova Scotia, has compiled a "First Reading Book," in Micmac, which was published in London in 1854, with phonetic abbreviations, and in the phonetic type of Fred. Pitman. The "Reader" contains 40 pages duodecimo. It is beauti- fully printed in large type on excellent paper. In 1853 the Gospel of Saint Math ew was also printed " fonetically in Mikmak." The words given by the Rev. Mr. Rand to represent certain objects, diflfer occasionally from those in the short vocabulary above. 1 ,' f ! 260 APPENDIX. IVo. II. NAMES OF PLACES AND RIVERS DERIVED PROM THE ABENAQUIS LANGUAOB. The language of the Abenaquis reBombles in many particulars that of the Milicete tribe, and the names of some places in New Brunswick, and in the eastern and northern part of Maine^ are derived from the language spoken by this tribe. The Abenaquis proper, occupied the country between the Penobscot and Piscataqua rivers. Subjoined are some of their words which have become incorporated as it were with the English of the present day, so far as relates to names of places.* Aroostook, — Smooth rivor. Enters the Saint John above the Tobique. Allaqash. — Bark camp. A hunting camp of the Indians on the lake. Abenaquis. — East land men. Gasco. — The Heron ; also place of victory. Cheputnaticook. — Saint Croix River, and Lakes. Kenduskeao. — The place of Eels. Ossekeag ; Passckeag. Kabassakeaq. — The place of Sturgeon. MoNAHAN. — Island. (Manan.) Meqamtic. Metawamkeaq. — A river with a smooth gravelly bottom. ; Maduotio. — Falls of the Saint John. Madusnbkeao. — Tributary to the Saint John at Woodstock. MiLLiNOKBT.— A lake with many Islands in it. (Milnaoec.) Moosbbec. — Straits of a River. NoRUMBEGUA. — Maine. Also Mavoshbn or Mavooshen, in Halkuyt's Voyages. NiCKETOW or Neccotoh. — Where two streams meet. The forks. Ouy-qoddy. — The Saint John. Pascodumquokeag — From Pascodum (pollock,) oquen (catch 'em many,) keag (land.) Passamaquoddt. — Pos (great,) asquam (water,) aquoddie (pollock.) Mr. C. E. Potter states in the Collections of the Maine Historical Society, that *' Aquoddie " has been Frenchified or corrupted into Acadia, Cadia or Gadie, and applied to the shore of the Bay of Fundy. It is an Indian word meaning a fish. See page 21 Chap. I. Mr. G. Folsom states that " the Bay of Passamaquoddy " is on the French maps named Pesmo-cadie. — (Col- lections of Maine Historical Society, Vol. II.) Quisquamago. — High carrying place. ScHOODic. — The place where water rushes. Kfknebkc— A snake. ^-^nhi Kennebeccasis. — A little snake. i Ml . * Collections of the Maine Historjcsl Society, Vol. IV. \ APPBKDIX. 261 aUAQE. that of tbe and in the ge spoken obscot and ve become r as relates Kbersage. — A high place ; the same ns Ktaadn or Katahdin. Naumkeau. — From Namaas (fish,) kik or keag (a house, land, or place.) A fishing place. Nbquamkike. — Nee (my,) asquam (water,) kike (place.) i*EN0B8C0T. — I'enapse (stone,) auke (place.) Penobsquis. Sabasticook. — Sebastis was an Indian corruption of the French, Jean Baptiste. The Indians formerly pronounced the words as they do at the present day Che-battia. Affixing the syllable cook, which signifies place, the word becomes Che-bat-tis-cook or really Jean-Baptiste's place, and hence Sabasticook. — (C. E. I'ottes.) Tobique. he lake. Ho. III. enumebatton of tue mammipehous animals known to exist in new brunswick. lalkuyt's 'era many,) ck.) al Society, a, Gadia or idiftn word that "the die.— (Col- M[ c.iii The following List is framed on the same plan aa the one published in the Transactions of the Portland Katural History Society. It has been carefully revised by Mr. J. P. Sills of Fredericton, whose forest and field acquaintance with the mammiferouB animals and birds of New Brunswick, as well as those of Great Britain, confers a special value on the information he has kindly communicated. The Portland Society's List is retained in its original form, as it is possible that some of the animals, not at present recognized, may yet be found to exist within the limits of the Province. The species not known to occur in New Brunswick are marked with a star, (♦) those found in the Province or in the waters of the coast, and not enumerated in the Portland Society's List, are printed in italics. One mark thus, f indicates that the animal changes its colour during winter ; two marks, thus, f t show that it sleeps during the winter season. Cheiroptera. ft Yespertilio CarolineoBis, Geof'., Common Brown Bat. v. subulatua, Gm., Little Brown Bat. * V. NoTcboracensis, Say., New York Bat. Insectivora. * Sorex Forsteri, Rich., Forster's Shrew. * S. Ricbardsoni, Bacbm., Richardson's Shrew. * 8. platyrhinus, Wagner, Eared Shrew. * S. Thompsoni, Baird, Thompson's Shrew. * Blarina talpoides, Gray, Mole Shrew. B. brevicauda, Gray, Short-tailed Shrew, ft Scalops aquaticus, Cur., Common Mole. Coadylura cri.stata, 111., Star-nosed Mule. '! 'I 262 APPBNUU. {; U •»l4j Carnivoba. Fells eoDOolor, Lino., Panther, (Catamount, Indian Dovll Lynx rufus, llaf., Wild Cat. L. Cunademtis, Raf., Loup-cervior. Canis occidentaUs, Rich, Gray Wolf. Vulpea fulvas, Rich., Red Fox. y. fulvuB, var. argentatus, Silver Fox, Black Fox. * V. Virginianus, Rich., Gray Pox. f Mastela Pennantii, Erxl, Fisher, Black Cat. f M. Americana, Tarton, Pine Marten, Sable. * Putorius Cicognalii, Bonap., Small Brown Weasel. f P. Richardsonii, Bonap., Little Ermine. P. Noveboracensie, DoKay, Ermine. f P. vison, Rich., Brown Mink. P. nigrescena, Aud. and Bach., Little Black Mink. Lutra CanaddDBia, Sab., Auarioan Otter. ft Mephitia mephitica, Baird, Skuuk. Prooyon lotor, Storr, Raccoon. Uraua Americanus, Pallaa, Black Bear. Phoca vitulina, Linn., Common Seal. Stemmitopus cristatua, Gm., Hooded Seal. Phoca Orandandica, Ilarp Seal, * Triohechua rosraaruB, Linn., Morse or Wah-us. RODINTIA. * Sciurus Caroliaensis, Gm., Gray Squirrel. S. Cafolinenaia, Gm., var. nigra, Black Squirrel. S. Uudsoulua, Pallaa, Rod Squirrel. Pteromya volucella, Cuv. ?, Flying Squirrel. * P. Hudsoniua, Fischer, Northern Flying Squirrel. Tamlas atriatua, Baird, Chipmunk, or Ground Squirrel. fj" Arctomys monaz, Gm. Woodchuck. Castor Canadenaia, Kuhl., Beaver. '*' Jaculus Hudaonius, Wagner, Jumping Mouse. Mua decumanua, Pallas, Brown Rat. (Introduced.) M. rattus, Linn., Black Rat. (Introduced.) M. muaculus, Linp., Common Mouse. (Introduced.) Hesperomys leucopus, Wagner, White-footed Mouse. * H. myoidea, Baird, Hamater Mouse. '*' Arvicola Gapperi, Vigors, Redbacked Mouse. A. riparia, Ord., Bank Mouse. Fiber zibethicus, Cuv., Muskrat. Erethizon dorsatus, F. Cuv;, Porcupine. Lepus, Americanus, Erxl., White Hare. * L. sylvaticus, Bach, Gray Rabbit. RUMINA'NTIA.' . r'h'T' , ■:';-« Alee Americanus, Jardine, Moose. Rangifer caribou, Aud. and Bach. Woodland Caribou. Cervus Virginianus, Boddaert, Virginian Deer. ^^<<'/C^^ 1 Tra by] hav in t are y nai mt''iiiux APPENDIX. CZTACEA. IJalwma myatioetus, Linn., Right Whale. I'hyHOtor luucrooephalug. Laoop., Sporm Whale^ Hrluya boreulii, White Whale, llorqualud roatratuB, Fabr., Beaked Rorqual. R. boroalis, Knox, Northern Rorqual. Globioephalua niolas, Lesson, Black Fish. Phooeona communis, Cuv., Porpoisa. P. orca, Fubr. Grampus. ft I ..'F> ^o. IT, ENUMERATION OF THE BIRDS KNOWN TO VISIT »BW BRUNSWICK. This enumeration is framed on the same plan aa the List published in the Transactions of the Portland Natural History Society. It has been revised by Mr. J. P. Sills of Fredericton. The birds not known to visit the Province have a star placed before them, thus, (*) those species which are not named in the Portland Society's List, but have been recognized in New Brunswick, are printed in italics. y Insessores. Faleo anatum, Bp., Duck Hawk. F. columbarius, Linn., Pigeon Hawk. F. Islandioiis, Sabine, Jer Falcon. F. sparverius, Linn., Sparrow Hawk. Astur atrioapillua, Wilson, Goshawk. Accipiter Gooperii, Bp., Sharp-shinned Hawk. Buteo borealis, Vieill., Red-tailed Hawk. *** Bi lineatus, Jardine, Red-shouldered Hawk. B. Pennsylvanicus, Bp., Broad-winged Hawk. * Archibuteo lagopus. Gray, Rough-legged Hawk. A. sanoti-johannis. Gray, Black Hawk. ' ,.rujM Circus Hudsonius, Vieill., Marsh Hawk. * Aquila Canadensis, Cassin, Golden Eagle. Haliaotus leucocephalus, Savigny, Bald Eagle. Pandion Carolinensis, Bp., Fish Hawk. North American Kite. [Probably a new species. J Strix pratinoola, Bp., Barn Owl. Bubo Virginianus, Bp., Great Horned Owl. Scops asio, Bp., Mottled Owl. Screech Owl. * Otus Wilsonianus, Lesson, Long- eared Owl. * Brachyotus Cassinii, Brewer, Short-eared Owl. i^all Barred Owh * Syrnium cinereum, Aud., Great Gray Owl. S. nebulosum, Gray, Barred Owl. Nyctale Richardson i, Bp., Sparrow Owl. S64 APPKlfDlX. ■I N. Aoadioa, Bp. Saw-wh-'* • Nyctea nivea, Gniy, Sno'.^y (u-^i Surnia ulula, Up., Hawk Ovi Coccygua Amoricanus, Up., YoMow-billod ^'ackoo. (>. erythrophthalnius, Up., Black-billod Cuekuo. Picui villonus, Lino., Hairy Woodpecker. 1*. piibaccnH, Fiinn., Duwny Woodpecker. IMcoides arotieun, (iray, Uluck-buukod Throo-toed Woodpecker. * P. hirsutua, Gray, Banded Throo-tocd Woodpecker. Sphyropicua variua, Baird, Yellow-bellied Woodpecker. Hylatoinu8 piloatus, Baird, Black Woodcock. Molanerpos erythrocephalua, Sw., Kcd-headed Woodpecker. Picii» Canaihmii, Canada ]Vui)ifprc/i:cr. P. rhiUipiii, Pktllipt' yrooifperker. P, Mnrtinrr, Maria'i Woodpecker. P. Qiteru/iU, Red-corkadid Woodpecker. P. Auditboni, Andnbon'* Woodpecker, P. ruber, Red-brraated Woodpecker, Colaptes auraratUH, Sw., Flicker. Trochiliis colubris, Linn., Ruby throated Humming bird. Chastura po'iBgia, Steph., Chimney Swallow, Antrostomv.s vociferus, Bp., Whip-poor-will. Chordeiles popetue, Baird, Night Hawk. Ceryle aleyon, Boie, Belted Kingfisher. Tyrannus Caroliuensis, Baird, King bird. * Myiarchus crinitus, Cab., Grcat-orcated Flyoatcheri Sayornis fuscns, Baird, Pewee. Oontopua borealis, Baird, Olive-aided Flycatcher. * C. virena. Cab. Wood Pewee. Empidonax minimua, Baird, Least Flycatcher. Turdua niuBtelinus, Gm., Wood Thrush. * T. Pallasi. Cab., Hermit Thrush. * T. fuaoeacena, Steph., Wilson's Thrush. * T. Swainsonii, Cab., Olive-baeked Thrush. T. migratorius, Linn,, Robin. Sialia sialia, Baird, Blue bird. Regulus calendula, Licht., Rubycrowned Wren. Common Wren. R. oatrapa, Licht., Golden-crested Wren. Anthua Ludovicianus, Licht, Tit Lark. Mniotilta varia, Yieill, Black and White Creeper. Geothlypis trichas, Cab., Maryland Yellow-throat. * Helmintherus vermivorus, Bp., Worm-eating Warbler. * Helminthopaga chryaoptent, Baird, Golden-winged Warbler. * H. ruficapilla, Baird, Nashville Warbler. *" Seiurus aurocapillus, Sw., Golden-crowned Thruah. * S. Noveboracencis, Nutt., Water Thruahi rsuri' )i!Mta .A Dendroica virena, Baird, Black-throated Green Warbler, * D. coronata, Gray, Yellow Rump Warbler. >i&.m A1>PBNDIX. 366 D. Blackbumiir, Baird, BUckburnian Warbler. * D. cutanea, Baird, Bay-broaat«d Warblor. D. pinua, Baird, Pin«-ore«piDg Warblor. * P. I'onniiylTanioa, Baird, CheatnuUaided WarbUrt P. HtriaU, Baird, Black Poll Warbler. D. aeativa, Baird, Yellow Warbler. T). maculona, Baird, Black and Yellow Warbler. D. tigrina, Baird, Cape May Warbl«r. X). palmarutn, Baird, Yellow Red Poll. Silvia prnttlia, Yrllnw-throated Wood Warbler. Silvia autummu, Autumnal Warbler. Silfia nigreicent, Jilaek-throated Gray Wood WarbUr, JIflinaia Sieaintonii, Suainaon'B Swamp WarlUtr. Myiodioctes pusillus, Bp., Green BUok-cap Flyo«tcher» M. Canadensis, Aud., Canada Flyoatcker. Setophaga ruticilla, Sw., Redstart. Pyranga rubra, Vieill, Scarlet Tanager. Hirundo honreorum, I^artnn, Barn Swallow. II. lunifronH, Say, Cliff Swallow. II. bioolor, Vieill, White-bellied Swallow. Cotyle riparia, Boie, Bank Swallow. Progne purpurea, Boie, Purple Murtiii. AnipeliH garrulus, Linn., Wax Wing. A. cedrorum, Baird, Cedar bird. Collyrio borealis, Baird, Oreat Northern Shrike. * Viroo olivaceus, Vieill, Red-eyed Fly-oatcher. * v. gilvus, Bp., Warbling Fly-catcher. * V. Noveboraconsis, Bp., White-eyed Vireo. Vireo Flavifrons, Yellow-throated Fly-catch«r. * Mimus Carolinensis, Gray, Cot bird. * IlarporhynchuB rufas, Cab., Brown Thrash. *** Cistothorus palustris. Cab., Long-billed Marsh Wren C. stellaris, Cab., Shortrbilled Mar«h Wren. Troglodytes Americanus, Aud., Wood Wren. T. hyemalis, Vieill., Winter Wren. * Certhia Americana, Bp., American Creeper. Ccrthia /amiliarii, Brown Creeper. Sitta Carolinensis, Gm., White-bellied Nuthatoh. S. Canadensis, Linn., Red-bellied Nuthatch. Parus atricapilluB, Linn., Chickadee ; Black-cap Titmouse. Parua Carolinentit, Carolina Titmou$e. P. Hudsonicus, Forst., Hudaonian Titmouse. *" Eremophila cornuta, Boie, Sky Lark. Pinicola Canadensis, Cab., Pine Grosbeak. Carpodacus purpureus. Gray, Purple Finch. Fringilla atricapilla. Black aitd Yellow crowned Finch. Ohrysomitris tristis, Bp., Yellow bird. 34 266 APPENDIX. C. pinus, Bp., Pine Finoh. Gunrirostra Americana, Wila., Red Crossbill. G. leucoptera, Wils., White- winged Crossbill. Aegiotkus linaria, Gab., Lesser Red Poll. Plectrophanes nivalis, Meyer, Snow Bunting. P. Lapponicus, Selby, Lapland Longspur. * Passerculus Savanna, Bp., Savannah Sparrow. Vireo Bartrami, Bartram's Gr€enlet. Icteria virida, Yellow-breasted Chat. * PooBcetcs Gramineus, Baird, Grass Finch. Coturniculus passerinus, Bp., Yellow-winged Sparrow. Zonotrichia lencophrys, Linn., White-crowned Sparrow. Z. albicoUis, Bp., White-throated Sparrow. Junco Hjemalis, Sclat., Snow Bird. Spizella monticola, Baird, Tree Sparrow. S. pusilla, Bp., Field Sparrow. S. socialis, Bp., Chipping Sparrow. Melospiza melodia, Baird, Song Sparrow. M. palustris, Baird, Swamp Sparrow. Passerella iliaca, Sw., Fox-colored Sparrow. Guiraca Ludovioiana, Sw., Rose-breasted Grosbeak. ' G. cserulea, Sw., Blue Grosbeak. ' ' * Cyanospiza cyanea, Baird, ladigo Bird. * Pipilo erythrophthalmus, Vieill., Ground Robin; Towhee. Donchonyx oryzivorus, Sw., Bobolink, Rice Bird. Molothrus pecoris, Sw., Cow Bird. Agelaius phooniceus, Vieill., Swamp Blackbird ; Red-winged Blackbirdi Sturnella magna, Sw., Meadow Lark. Icterus spurius, Bp., Orchard Oriole. I. Baltimore, Daudin, Baltimore Oriole. * Scolecophagus ferrugineus, Sw., Rusty Blackbird. Quiscalua versicolor, Vieill, Grow Blackbird. Corvus carnivorus, Bartram, American Raven. C. Americanus, Aud., Grow. Hf,' Gyanura oristata, Sw., Blue Jay. ""^ " s -Vi .';, v Perisoreus Canadensis, Bp., Canada Jay. Ectopistes migratoria, S'-., Wild Pigeon, {Pattenger). Zenaidura Garolinensis, Bp., Common Dove. Rasores. Tetrao Canadensis, Linn, Spruce Partridge. Bonasa umbellus, Steph., Ruffed Grouse, or Partridge, (^Pheatanf). * Lagopus albus, Aud., White Ptarmigan. Ortyx Virginianns, Bp., Quail. .;,;)ii>; Grallatobes. Ardea herodias, Linn., Great Blue Herou. * Ardetta exilis, Gray, Least Bittern. Botaurue lentiginoeus, Steph., Bittern. APPENDIX. 2(^7 * Butorides virescens, Bp., Green Heron. * Nyctiardea Gardeni, Baird, Night Heron. ..j,,;^ |} Ardea Orcidentalis, Great White Heron. -..••., Oharadrius Virginicus, Borck, Golden Plover. * Aegialitis vociferous, Cassin, Killdeer. * A. semipalmatua, Gab., Semipalmated Plover. ( A. meloduB, Cab., Piping Plover. * Squatarola Helvetica, Cuv., Black-bellied Plover. ,{ ■ ■ * Strepsilas interprea. 111., Turnstone. Philohela minor, Gray, American Woodcock. Gallinago Wilsonii, Bp. Wilson's Snipe. Macrorhampbus griseus, Leach, Red-breaste^ Snipe. Tringa canutus, Linn., Gray Back. ,..; T. maritima, Brunnich, Purple Sandpiper. T. sabarquata, Temm., Curlew Sandpiper. T. alpina, Casbin, Bed-backed Sandpiper. * T. maoulata, Vieill., Jack Snipe. T. Wilsonii, Nuttall, Least Sandpiper. Calidris arenaria, 111., Sanderling. Ereunetes petrificatus. 111., Semi-palmated Sandpiper. * Symphemiu semipalmata, Hartlaub., Willet. * Gambetta melanoleuca, Bp., Tell-tale; Stone Snipe. G-. flavipes, Bp., Yellow Legs. * Ryacophilus solitarius, Bp., Solitary Sandpiper. Tringoides macularius, Gray, Spotted Sandpiper. • sbwihl'J '! Tringu Pectoralis, Pectoral Sandpiper. * Fhilomaohus pugnaz. Gray, RuflF. •f Limosa Hudsonica, Sw., Hudson Godwit. Numenius longirostria, Wilson, Long-billed Curlew. N. Hudsonicus, Latham, Hudsonian Curlew. , * N. borealis, Latham, Esquimaux Curlew. ,;, ,,,,,,,. * Porzana Carolina, Vieill, Common Rail. * Fulica Americana, Gm., Coot • • 'admviffef Natatobes. pl-S-'i «6l/ Anser hypoboreus, Pallas, Snow Goose. t ; cir. ■ ;. Bernicla Canadensis, Boie, Canada Goose. B. brenta, Steph., Brant. * Anas boschafi, Linn., Mallard. A. obscura, Gm., Black Duck. Dafila acuta, Jenyns, Sprig-tail ; Pin-tail. Nettion Carolinensis, Baird, Green-winged Teal. Querquedula discors, Steph., B!uc-winged Teal. * Spatula clypeata, Boie, Shoveller. Chauloeasmus streperus. Gray, Gadwall. Mareca Americana, Steph, Baldpate ; American Widgeon. Aix sponsa, Boie, Summer Duck. * Fulix marila, Baird, Big Black-head, Scaup Durk. F. oollaris, Baird, Ring-neckod Duck. 1 m APPENDIX. Buoephala Americana, Baird, Oolden Eje. * B. albeola, Baird, Butter Ball. Histrioniooa torquatus, Bp., Harleqain Duck. * Harelda glacialis, Leac^,' South Soutberly. Melanetta velvetina, Baird, Velvet Duck. * Oidemia Americana, Sw&intr, Scoter. Somateria mollisima, Leach, Eider Duck. * Erismatura rubida, Bp., Ruddy Duck. Fuligula pertpiciUata, Surf Duck. MerguB AmericanuB, Cassin, Sheldrake. M. serrator, Linn., Red-breasted Merganser. Lophodytes cuoullatus, Reich., Hooded Merganser. Sula basaana, Briss., Common Gannet; Sokn Goose. Graculua Carbo, Gray, Common Cormorant. Thalassidroma Leachii, Temm., Leach's Petrel. T. pelagica, Bp., Mother Carey's Chicken. PuffinuB major, Fabor, Greater Sheerwater. P. anglorum, Temm., Mank's Sheerwater. I* Steroorariua pomarinus, Temm., Pcmarine Skua. S. parasiticus, Temm., Arctic Skua. Larus marinus, Linn., Great Black-backed Gull. L. argentatus, Brunn., Herring Gull. L. Delawarensis, Ord , Ring-billed Gull. Cfaroicocephalus atricilla, Linn., Laughing Gull. C. Philadelphia, Lawrence, Bonaparte's Gull. Rissa tridactyla, Bp., Kittiwake Gull. Sterna Wilsoni, Bp., Wilson's Tern. S. macroura, Naum., Arctic Tern. Colymbus torquatus, Brunn., Loon ; Northern Diver. C. septeBtrionalis, Linn., Red-throated Diver. Prodiceps griseigena. Gray, Red-necked Grebe. P. cornutus, Latham, Horned Grebe. Pod'lymbus podiceps, Lawrence, The Pie-billed Grebe j Carolina Grebe. Alca torda, Linn., Razor-billed Auk. Mormon artica, 111., Puffin. Uria grylle, Latham, Black Guillemot. U. ringvia, Briinn., Murre. Mergulus alle, Vieill., Sea Dovvi; Dove Kie. Pelicanus Americanug, White FAicat . Larui Sabini, Fork-tailed Qvil. . j,y»^;j Larus eburneus, Ivory OuU. :;,.••" LaruM leucopterus, White-winged SUvery Gull. Lestris Pomarine, Pomarine Jager. l^ocellaria glaciality Common Fulmar. Pujffinm cinerettt, Wafuiering Sheer water. , [, Tl seaa( 1. 2. 3. 4. seeu 5. rence 6. 20th 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. =.. t-.iH>0 .% A1»P«NDIX. 260 WINTER BIRDS. The following Bpecies may be found in the Province daring the winter season : — 1. All the Owls, with the exception of the Snowy Owl. 2. All the Woodpeckers; with the exception of the Golden and Gray. 3. Grosbeak, Nuthatch, and Titmouee) two species each. 4. Crossbill, two species ; Snow Bunting, two species; Snow Birds, only seen in winter. 5. Chipping Sparrow, remained all winter (1864-6) — a very rare occur- rence. 6. A Field Sparrow was also seen by Mr. Sills, at Lake Yoho,i on the 20th January, 1865. Very rare occurrence. 7. Moose Bird, or Whiskey Jack. 8. Crow. • 9. Blue Jay. 10. Spruce Partridge. 11. Birch Partridge. 12. Eing Necked Duck. 13. Bed Linnet, retaining its colour summer and winter. Twenty-eight species in all. ^ NORTH AMERICAN KITE. Description of a Kite not recognized in Audubon's '■^ Birds of America" killed in Cardigan, Tork County : — Length of body, 10 inches. X&l iy •■• ••• ••• I Legs (from body), 7 Extended wings, ... 34 Expanded foot, 3 JDQttiC^ ••• ••• ••• X. Head very small ; colour of body pale chestnut ; back and wings very dark brown; back of tail, brown-gray; tips of wings, do.; legs, bright yellow ; beak, blue and small ; weight, very light; floats rather than flies; lives on mice and small birds. m mo APPEDOIX. vfr;. : -no !'0 ■■ 1 2 3 4 6 G Ho. V. ENUMEBATION OF THE FISHES OF NEW BRUNSWICK. [ From the Reports of the late M. II. Perley, Esq. ] I. The Perch Family. The American yellow Perch, Perca Flave»cen$. The Striped Basse, Lahrax Lineatu$. The White Perch, Lahrax pallidm. The commoQ Poad Fiah, Pomotis vulgarit. II. The hard-cheeked Family , {Scidpin.) The oommoc Bullhead, Cottua Virgtnianun, The*Greenland Bullhead, " GraenlantHciu. The two-spined Stickleback, Ga$tero8teu$ biaa^alui. The Norway Haddock, Seboites Norvegicut. HI. The Mackerel Family. The Spring Mackerel Scomber vemalit. The Fall Mackerel, Scomber grex. The Tunny, or Albicore Thynnxu vulgari$. The Sword Fish, Xiphiaa gladiiu. IV. The Goby Family. The Wolf Fish, Anarrhicai lupiu. V. Fishes with wrists in their pectoral Jins. The American A ugler , Lophitu Americanus. VI. The Wrasse, or Bock Fish Family. The Sea PercV or Gunner, Ctenoktbrus ceruleui. The Tautog, or Black Fish, Tautoga Americana. Vn. The Carp Family. The comi>>Jn Sucker, Catostomu* com,munu. The yeiluw Shiner,... Leucigcua chrysoleucai. The Roach, or Red-fin, " comutm. The Roach Dace, *' ptilcheUm. The shining Dace, or Shiner, " argenteut. jvha'Sfl The Chub, k , " eephaltmilt,n<\ : tr/^ni The Brook Minnow, " atronattu. The striped Killifish, Fundulut fatciatut. VIII. The Sheat-fish Family. The common Cat-fiah, Pim^.lodu$ catus. IX. 2'Ae Salmon Family. The Brook Trout, Sabno fontinalxs. The Great Gray Trout, " ferox. The Salmon Trout, (White Sea Trout,) .. . " trutta. '' The Salmon, " solar. Thi. Smelt, 0»merug viridescens. The Capelin, , Mallotu$ vxllomu. The White Fish, (Gizzard Fisli.) Voregonni albus. APPENDIX. X. The Herring Family. 1 The common American Herring, Clupea elongata, 2 The IJritt, " minima. 3 The Shad, Ahsa tapidisaima. 4 The Alewive, or Gaspereaux, " tyrannus. 6 T le Mossbonker,.....' .U'..r.i'... " menhaden. 6 The Shad Herring, " mattowaca. XT. The Cod Family. 1 The Bank Cod, Morrhua vulgarit. 2 The American Cod, ,,/ •' Americaniu. 8 TheTomcod, ..'...'.t '''^♦*. ' pruinoBa. 4 The Haddock, or Hake....... ....\. " mglefinu*. 5 The Hake, ..'..;.';';..'<...... .......P%cis Americamu. 6 The Silver Hake, Mtrludus alhidut. 7 Thd Pollack, Merlangua carbonariu$. 8 The Torsk, or Cusk, Brovmiua vvlgari$. The Fresh Water Cusk Lota maculosa. XII. The Flat-fish Family. 1 The Halibut Hippoglotsug vulgaris. 2 The common Flounder, Platessa plana. 8 The Sand Flounder " pustila. 4 The Fleuk, «' limanda. Xin. The Lump-fish Family. 1 The Lump-fish, Lumput vulgarU. XIV. The Eel Family. 1 The common Eel, Anguilla vtUyaris, 2 The Sea Eel , " oceanica. 3 The American Sand-launce, Ammodytes Amerieanus. XV. The Sturgeon Family. 1 The Sharp-nosed Sturgeon, Accipenser oxyrinehut. XVI. The Shark Family. 1 The Thresher Shark, Carcharia^ vulpes. 2 The Banking Shark, Selachus maximut. 3 The Dog Fiah, Spinax acanthiat. XVII. The Ray Family. 1 The Skate Raia Imvia. 2 The Hedge-Hog Ray, " erinacem. XVIII. The Lamprey Family. • 1 The Lamprey, Petromyzon Amerieanus. Id ftll eighteen families, comprising forty genera, and sii:ty-two species of Fiih. 271 .A •-■ Sfiini ftftj?: 2T2 APPENDIX. IVo. TI. FOSSILIFKROUS MARINI! CCAYB OF MAINK AND THE SAINT LAWRENCE COMPARED. [ From Notes on the Geology of Maine, by O. H. HHcheoHi, Esq.— Proeeetliiigs of the Portland Natural History Society. ] The occurrence of fossiliforoas Mariue Clays on the coaat of New Bruns- wick is noticed in the Chapter on Surface Geology, page 201. The follow- ing table drawn up by Mr. 0. II. Hitchcock, from materials supplied by Mr. Fuller, and the published list of Dr. Dawson, will be valuable to the Qnolo- gist in this Province. The a^e of the clays is that part of the Post Pliocene period which belongs to the Terrace epoch. The occurrence of coarse drift over stratified clays containing fossils at Portland, Brunswick, Bangor, &c., appears to show that a temporary local extension or increase of existing glaciers took place towai'ds the close of the glacial period, or perhaps a change in the location of an ice-stream, owing to the filling up of a iiord with debris, as now occurs in Greenland. — (See Mr. Taylor's paper quoted, page 184.) MAINE SPECIES. Veeteurata. Vcrte>»ra3 of Whales, two species. Specimens of fish in concretions, possi- !/)y the same as one of the St. Law- rence species. Scales of large fiah, such as the Rays. Teeth of shark, Carcharias. Articxjlata. Cancer irroratus. Say. Ilyas coarctata, Leach. Bernhardus streblonyz, Dans. fCytheridea 3Iulleri. Bairdia ? Nereis. fSpirorbis spirillum, Lam. Balanus balanoides, Linn. fB. crenatus. MOLLUSCA. Terebrai.:h'na septenlrionalis, Couth, (Dawson.; Ostrca borcalis. Lam., (Mighde.) fPecten IslandicuH, Ch. P. similis ? Laskey. Nucula antiqua, Migh. f Yoldia pygmsca ? Muenst. f Lcda Portlandica, Hitch. Yoldia limatula, Say. Leda tcnuisulcata, Couth,, (Nucula Jaoksoni ") •%,. ST. LAWRENCE SPECIES V^rtebrata. A. Delphinus, (Cetacean). Mallotus tIIIosus. Cyclopterns lumpus. Remains of a Seal. Articulata. f Balanus crenatus. B. Hamsri, Ascanius. 6. porcatus, Dacosta. fCytheridea MuUari. Spirorbis sinistrona. fS. spirillum. Serpula vermicularis. MoLLUSCA. liynchonella peittac<^a, Gm. fPecten Islandicus, Ch. Leda minuta, Moll. fL. PortJandica, Hitch. f Yoldia pygmoea, Muenst. Crenella glandula, Tott. fModiolaria nigra, Linn. f*Mytilus edulis, Linn. tSerripcs Groenlandicus, Ch, Cardium lilaudicum, Linn. APPENDIX. 278 MAINE 8PEGIES. MOLLUSCA. (M. discon of '''f Modiolaria nigra, Gray Dawaon'a papers.) t*MytiluB edulis, Linn. ^V^vw . ^ '-< Gardium pinnulatuni, Con. fSerripes Qroenlandious, Gh. Cryptodon Qouldii, Phil, f Astarto gemisulcata. Moll, (A. Elliptica, of Dawson's papers.) f A. lact«a, Br. and Sow, (A. atctica, of Dawson's papers.) f A. striata, Leaeh, (A. compressa, Mont.) Mactra polynyma, Stm. Macoma aubulosa, Spengl. •f*M. fusoa. Say. ""Solen ensis, Linn. ^ t*Mya arenaria, Linn. iV^ C"'*'^ *f*M. truncata, Linn. Gyrtodaria siliqua, Spengl. ^^Sazicava distorta, Say. S. arctica, Linn. Thracia Gonradi, Gouth. T. truncata, Migh. Lyonsia arenosa. Pandora trilineata, Say. Pholas crispata, Linn. Bulla occulta, Migh. Gemoria noachina, Linn. Margarita cinerea, Gouth. Aporrhais ocoidcntalis. Beck. Natica pusilla, Say., (N. Grcenlandica.) fN. clau.sa, Sow. Bela pleurotomaria, Couth. ^♦Buccinum undatum, Linn. i f B. ciliatum, Fabr. B. Donovani, Gray. ) fFusus toruatus, Gould. *F. decemcostatus. Say. Trophon clathratus, Linn, f Trichotropia borealis, Br. and Sow. fLepralia hyalina, Linn. L. (^undetermined.) L. variolosa. L. Bellii, Dawson. Tubulipova, (undetermined.) Membranipora, (undetermined.) ST. LAWRENGE SPEGIES. MOLLUSCA. f Astarte somisuloata, Moll. f A. lactea, Br. and Sow. f A. striata, Leaoh. A. Lawrentiana, Lyell. Tellina calcarea, of Dawson's papers. f "'Macoma fusoa. Say. f *Mya arenaria, Linn. f*M. Truncata, Linn, f ^Saxioava distorta, Say. Diaphana debilis, Gould. Gylichna orysa, Tott. Amioula Emersonii, Gouth. Lepeta caeca, Mull. Margarita hclioina, G. Fabr. *Ris8oa minuta, Tott. *Lacuna neritoidea, Gould. '"Littorina palliata. Say. Scalaria Grcenlandica, Perry. Turritella erosa Gouth. Menpfitho albula, Moll. Velutina zonata ? Gould. Amauropsis helicoides, Johnst. Lunatia Grcenlandica, Mull. ♦Natica heros. Say. fN. clausa. Sow. Bela turricula, Mont. B. harpularia, Gouth. f "'Buccinum undatum, Linn. ■(■B. ciliatum, O. Fabr. fFusus tornatus, Gould. F. borealis. Trophon scalariformis, Gould. fTrichctropis borealis, Br. and Sow. T. arctica. Admotc viridula, 0. Fabr. Limnsea umbrosa, Say. L. stagnalis. Cyclas. Phnorbis. Hippothoa catenularia, Fleming. H. divaricata, Lameur. Tubulipora flabellaris, Fabricius. ILepralia hyalina, Linn. L. pertusa, Johnston. L. quadricornuta, Dawson. ^w 274 APPENDIX. MAINE SPECIES. Radiata. fEohinuB granuktos, Say. Undetermined starfiih'. Nonionina goapha, Flohtel and Moll. fN. orsMula, Waoke. f Biloeulina ringens, D'Orb. Polystoaiella Btriatopunotata, Fiohtel and Moll. ST. LAWRENCE SPECIES. Radiata. f BohiniM grannlatuB, Say. Ophioooma (undetermined.) Anterocaatheon pokris, Moll. Tothaoa Logani. Polystomella ambilicatula, Walker, f Nonionina onuMula, Walker. Polymorphina laotea- Miliolina seminulum, Linn. EntoBolenia globosa. E. coBtata, Williamson. E. aqnamosa. fBiloeulina ringens, D'Orb. No PtANTS. PLANTS. Populus balsamifera, Linn. Potentilla Norvegica, Linn. Thuja oocidentalia, Linn. AlglB. " The specimens among tbe mollusca marked with an asterisk are littoral species, or those which live on the shore between high and low water mark : the rest are deep water species. Seventy species are enumerated in the lint above as belonging to Maine, and eighty-three as found in the St. Lawrence valley. Twenty-five speeids, marked with daggers, are common to both depositis. " It is a curious fact, that in the collections of the Canadian Geolo^<;al Sili^ey, the group of shells obtained by Bell and Richardson in dredging on the nbrth ooaat of Gaspe, in about 60 fathoms, is almost precisely that of the shells grouped in thiBse clays about Portland." U (iBlrtlifcfii f.*.nii: • it 'i* (T • ..- /liko-iiio' • ' .- :/-i:ii'( . ■j.:u.- ' .'yJiiT "i 65 APPENDIX. 276 ftlker. 1 speoies, or deep water Maine, and larked with Suihrey, the 8t of Gaspe, clays about iii'-| ' . ■ 1 Table showing the value- of tb« Im|>opts and Exports, being the Produce and Manufacture of the Colony, of Minerals, Ores, and Metals, manu- factured and unmanufactured, during the years 1861, 1862, and 1868. Mj , i 1 Bricks, Building, 2 Copper and Patent Metal, 8 Coalii, 4 Cement 5 Charcoal, 6 Earthenware, 7 Fire Bricks and Tiles,... 8 Fire Clay, ,. 9 Gypsum, 10 Xi'on Anchors, Chain Cables, &o., 11 Bolts, Bars, PlatQs, Sheets &o. and Railroad Iton, 12 Nails and Spikes, 1 8 Wrought & Cast Iron , &c. 14 Iron Castings, &o., 15 Iron, old and Scrap, 16 Iron, Pig 17 Iron Blooms, 18 IronOr*, , 19 Lime 20 Lead 21 Marble Manufactures, ... 22 Marble, unwrought, 23 Salt, 24 Slate 25 Stones, Burr, Grindstones and Building Stones, 26 Steel, Bar and Sheet, ... 27 Zinc, 28 Limestone 29 Manganese, 80 Oil, Coal and Mineral,... 31 Oil, Crude, (Coal,) 32 Tin, 83 Copper Ore, 84 Antimony 1««1. Imports. Exports. 81,186 89,678 96,097 1,417 268 29,891 2,697 24 96 69,687 254,618 21,008 10,359 9,882 86,'508 *826 49 3,939 1,517 3,765 20,404 1,246 3,247 11,509 1,948 9260,818 1,868 14 18,899 3,100 4,861 9,580 • • • 48 10,056, 1,'486 88^487 887 373 1,260 3,981 4,074 Imports. Exports. •1,468 67,495 98,081 1,068 29,298 2,707 « • • 247 79,508 208,299 16,276 16,028 7,467 27,091 "826 72 6,938 862 6,278 21,679 10,697 4,845 10,236 83,774 f746 118,274 12,282 • •• 1,285 19,880 7,046 8,440 7,Q62 260 • • • « • • 80,646 399 5,239 2,140 19«3. Ixporti. Exports. «1,204 144,251 11Q,890 1,462 49 89,4Z9 5,016 664 390 116,U1 316,679 89,647 11,418 10,485 54,182 7,824 122 6,792 2,348 2,670 14,610 1,627 904 13,226 4,516 31,080 28,851 8184 169,'616 71 • • • 20 18,681 4,987 4,725 10,768 21,920 • • • 500 9,845 "720 40,893 1,610 3,124 9,671 30 •fl« '*» \J a 9. W i . .noiBfiJib IHq ^flillfifo pffO ««f ojll rliiv/) iO oil! ii'>c(tj hnp. ,n'nfii;}Jo iKq ©niisijxia ac nhh :ii.-) 8T6 APiJS:iDIX. !Vo. Till. MINING LICENCE. Nbw Brunswick To-wit: By Hia Excellency The Honouro'iU Arthur Hamilton Gordon, C. M. O. Lieut- enant Governor and Command tr in- Chief of the Province of New Brunswick, ^e. ^c. jfc. To all to whom those presents shall come : Whereas in this Province, has applied for Licence to dig and raise Coal and other Minerals from the Land hereinafter mentioned, having represented that the owner thereof Now know ye, that iu pursuance of authority contained in the Act 18th Victoria, Chapter 76, entitled "An Act Relating to Mines and Minerals," Licence is hereby granted to the said Heirs, Executors, Administrators and Assigns, for the period of years fVom the date of these Presents, to dig and raise Coal and other Minerals from that tract of Land situated Subject always to the Rules and Regulations hereunto annexed, and the payment of the Rent or Royalty at the times, and in the manner therein mentioned, provided nevertheless thai; the Licence herein granted, shall only continue during the existence of the legal title or interest to dig Coal and other Minerals therefrom of the said or Heirs, Executors, Administrators and assigns, Surveyor General. Given under my hand and jeal at Fredericton, the day of in the year of our Lord one thousand eighi. hundred and By Uis Excellency's Command. I :■:(; ^ Of. GRANTED LANDS. IRZ^J. , ., «iwi^Ax.i^ i^xxi^^o. .n:'f";:8, ''■* RULES AND SBQULATIONS. •'1st. Every Mining Licence to be exempted from payment of Royalty for three years from its date. 2nd. The Rent of Royalty upon Coal to be one shilling per chaldron, (with the exception of that to be raised from lands formerly under lease to Berton, Maynard, and Scyphers, where the rate is to be two shillings per chaldron). Upon Shale sixpence per chaldron, and upon all Metallic Ores except Gold and Silver 2J per cent, upon the value thereof when raised or dug. APPENDIX. 2T7 8rd. On payment of a t'eo of five ilollars, Licence to bo granted to the owner of the soil, or his aasignee, for Coul or Shale for a period not exceed- ing twenty-five yeara, and for other minerals for a period not exceeding fifty years. 4th. The Rent or Royalty to be paid quanerly on the first day of Febru- ary, May, Aagust and November in each year after the third, to the Receiver General, or an agent for that purpose to be appointed by the Lieutenant Governor. The statements on which such payments are to be made to be on oath. CROWN LANDS. MINIMa RBGULATI0N8. \ I' i.' 1st. That the '-i^ht of Mining within a tract of one square mile, for the term of twen' < years, be put up at a fixed rent of one shilling per chaldron on Cou. and five per cent, on the value of all other minerals raised, to be paid quarterly, on the first day of January, April, July, and October, in each year, to the Receiver General, or an agent for that purpose to be appointed by the Government. 2nd. That the upset preference price paid on each lot be five pounds. Srd. That the preference money be paid and the ground selected within one hour after the time of sale, after which other lots will be offered, if required, in like manner. 4th. That if the lessee shall not actually raise Coal or other mineral to the value of one hundred pounds from his ground, within any ou<) year after the first, during the continuance of his lease, the same shall become forfeited. 5th. That the lease contains a clause of renewal, or that the Government may resume and take the improvements at a valuation to be made by arbi- trators mutually chosen by the Surveyor General for the time being, and by the lessee or his assigns. i ■^%. '^%^, IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-S) 1.0 I.I 1.25 l^|28 12.5 |50 ■^~ !■■ 1.4 1^ ■^ Hiotographic Sciences Corporation 23 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 (716) 872-4503 > ;rrrui i: SUPPLEMENTARY LIST OF AUTHORS REFERRED TO. M. H-^ Pkrut— ^lUporta oa the Sea and Bivei FiBherios of ]^ew Brmiswiok. • SjO RoPBAieK I. ]yiiri^0Hi8ONT->Iliuiaia and the Unl Mountains. AddrpsBei before ,. ,.; the Geographioal Sooiety, 4»3. &o. &o. Sir William Hebsohkl — " On Volcanoes." Mr. C. W. Siemens — On Regenerative Gas Furnaces. Sir Michael Fabadat — On Gas Fomaces. Mr. T. W. Tatlob— Fiords of South Greenland. P^ BlNK — On lee Phenpipaaa 19 Gi^^laod. (iOuia AoAasiz—Ioe Period, in AnwrietWi ijuvrffi James LAMONT-^Seaaons with the SeaJiorsea. Captain MAURr — Ooean Currants. Use's Dictionary of Arts, Mamifiu^tures, and Mines — Last Edition. Scientific American. Hale's Indians of North West America. ]RU ERRATA. Pkge 2, line 9, for deteryatton read deacriptions. 24, " 6, for 580 (Chamoook) read 687. 32, '< 27, for 2000 read 6000. 78, four lines ftom bottom, insert * reference on opposite page. 96, sixteen lines from bottom, insert * reference to foot note. ' 102, seven lines from bottom, for Simm» read Lunn. 103, line 23, for Simm» read Lunn. 104, " 15, after the word differs, insert in no particulars. 129, " 9, for Dugaln read Dugald. 203, second line from bottom, for 880 read 850. ._^; 204, line 27, for 2nd read 3rd. 247, erase reference, (^Smithsonian Report, 1860), and ♦ line 10 • {'<■> ■\i -r .tuay.i .lA.iHKBs Oi. GENERAL INDfeX, mRj>., ■rnr-ttti' ~— •♦H, rni rt. 4«4 1 '" -T-f^'-^raA^S? ••• ■ <<« AflENAQUlfl, names of places in the langnage of tie. See Appendix. Acadie, interest and importance of the word, .<. <... .<. ' ancient limits of, . •«» , •••>! •«• .<• <<• «< ■ p ' " ongm of the word, ... ... .... ... ... .. Administrator of the Government, instructions from, ... Agriculture, suitability of the valley of the Tobique fbr, ... .. Agricultnral capabilities of certain districts, ... ... ..< .. Agassiz, on the thiekness of the ice cap, , .< Albert Shales, occurrence of, ... ... ... ... ..< .. ■ geological position of^ ■ ago of, ... •..!i- -.*•.♦.« localities where they ocdur, on the east anticlinal, oil produced from, .., suitability of, for gas fuel, can make steam, Albert Mine, discovery of, — -- description of, Albertite, character, origin, and distributicm of, ■ " seams of, ... ... ... —' — ■ name suggested by Dr. ]ftobb, . .«. ^ K ' ' ' legal proceedings respeotingy ,',.:i*. a»*. ^-.-^' — relation to adjacent rocks undiefined, ... ... mode in which it occurs In the Albert Mine,' i)r. Robb's views, ... ... Professor Taylor's views, ... • ' — • Dr. ^kson's vieWs, Professor Bailey's views, origin of, is an inspissated Petroleum, ' • -^^ two periods of injection, universal distribution of, originates from underlying Devonian rocks, ... ... OvW xoriuvci* ••• ••• •»• «•• ••• ••* ••• localities where it has been discovered, ... views of U. S. Commissioner of Agriculture respecting, ... occurs in SMdatone, Limestone, Shales, and Motamovpbio Slate, conclusions respecting, ^u ... • quantity raised at the Albert Mine, < ^'—^^^ aHftiySvS OI« ••• •** ••* ■•■ ••• •«• «•• Antimony, deposits in Prince William Parish, altitude of the Mines above the sea, ... — — by whom developed,... nat f.'f ciawiiino'jniij i&mt^ !'J 4%» 20 «•• 2^, 21 ««• ao <• t 4 Zl <• • 26 • • • 287 « • • m • « • itii, 6? «• • 6Y ^5 44* 90 • «• 90 ««• 104 i94 105 • <« tta *4* 91 • •■ 92 • */ . '"'"«|i • • * IJK) • • • M • •« 91 r*!,r. ... ^2 • •4 "ff8 • • • 94 • •• 94 • • • 05 • ■» 96 »•• 97 lAii 98 m& .1fTt: character of the veins, ... •■"■•^ vIlO X I mI I ••• ••• ••■ ••« •■4 ••« ••• ••• ~— probable extent and richness of the ore, production and uses of Antimony, ... .,'. ... importation of, into Great Britain, ... .,. favourable circumstances connected with this development of the Antimony deposits in Prince William Parish, most important alloys of, additional note on, .,,. \}.,^'' veins of two ages in Prince William I'aris^, Area of good land in the Province, Artesian Wells, Argentiferous Lead ores, .( r-t' i»i':(lrqi/.i Uvi .•i.ilif|.j oiM r ••* ••• ••• ••• ■•• ■•• • •• ••■ ••• ••• ••* n*** erroneous impressions respecting, ...' ! «'«. Ji'i. Argillites, on the Tobique, Asphaltic Shales. See Albert Shales. Atmosphere, influence on metallic veins, Authors, list of, referred to, ... ..\ Supplementary list. See Appendix. Axes, several parallel, Axes, anticlinal and synclinal, in Albert County, Axes, anticlinal, numerous on the S. W. Miramioht, Axis, great granite, importance of, — geographical and geological cdnsequences of, „«- work it has apparently accomplished, ..< — Grand Lake anticlinal, ... ... ' ... — anticlinal in Albert County, ,!"'V-,J) h"- .f< ."111 fvriv.viili ,siiij|fi ivi I'w.JCJf(1.-(f)J> ••• ... ..4 173 178 174 174 175 176 177 177 177 283 283 245 212 116 117 181 171 xvii 87 49 41,47 47 48 78 93 Buley, Professor, his Notes on the Geology and Botany of N. B., and B«port ■■''■ on the Mines and Minerals of N. B.) ... ... ... his views respecting Albertite, >m,:««b*, <. '■''—— copper ores at, ... ... ... ... ... i OfJiiiili-fj^iu.ks'io. ►xr — — section of rocks at, ... ... ... ... ... Baryta, sulphate of, its uses, ... ... •.. ... .<« Beaver in Gulquao Lake, •. .ni ii.n- ... ... Beaches, marine, ... ... .... ... ... .4. ... ... ..< Billings E., his co-operation with respect to the Fossils of New Bnuiswick, ... Bitumens, recent discoveries of, Professor Hunt on, Bitter spar, ••• ... ... ... ... **• «*• ... •*. Birds, list of, in New Brunswick. See Appendix. :; n o .. jjj ,,_. Blue Mountain, view from the summit of. Bog iron ore, in drift, IX 96 67 57 58 141 151 201 X 101 101 124 24 214 GENERAL INDEX. rxat • • 178 i* 178 • • 174 .. 174 • • 175 • • 176 »• 177 10 • • 177 • • 177 283 • 4 233 l.no . 245 212 • « 116 • • 117 k« 181 ,, 171 •• zvii • .lit/- >• .--.f^^ • ■ 87 1 • 43 i 41,47 47 • 48 « 78 1 98 t . iz • 96 , 67 57 58 141 151 201 z 101 101 124 24 214 Bog Manganese, ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... BoNAVENTUBE FoBMATlON, at Bathurst, on Long Greek ; on the Kennebeooasis, •^— .- life during, ... ... —— . absence of coal in, ... ... ... ... Boulders, diatribution of in the Province, ^— how transported, ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ^^**^*" now loruieci, ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... the country of, ... ... ... ... ... ... ... great magnitude of, on the Labrador Peninsula, Brunswick Antimony Company, their antimony deposits in Prince William, ... description of their works, Brooke, Rev. Dr., meteorological tables of, Caledonia Shales. See Albert Shales. Cabbonifeboui Sebies, Loweb, its distribution in New Brunswick, — -T- . . general absence of Coal in, — r— . of Bussia; Ireland, ' . . . — r- comparative table of, — — r- section of, from Douglas Hills, — . — . distribution of, in the valleys of the Kennebeccasis and Petitoodiao, Carboniferous Period, life during, . CllXUftu6 Olf ••■ «•• ••• ••• ••• ••• Carboniferous Basin, character of the, ... remarkably level areas in, Cabbomifebous Sebies, the, ... • in North-eastern America, distribution of, in New Brunswick, the Tobique Outlier, of the Bay of Fundy, on the Restigouche escarpment at the Western termination of the Central area, ... ... ... ... ... the Central Triangular area, division of the rooks of the, review of, in the Province, Chalcurs, Bay of, (Sea of Fish,) character of, Chignecto, called ako Chinictou by the Jesuits in 1612, also Bale des Qenes, Climate, notes on, of New Brunswick, of winter season, ... ... ... ... ... ... ^^^"~ at St. tionn, ... ... ... *.. ... ... ... •.. at Fredericton, ... ... ... ... ... ... ... Clay for bricks and pottery, Clays, list of fossils in. See Appendix. FAGS 214 67,69 69 60 60 188 184 184 186 186 ziii 172, 176 261 67 61 61 6T 78 79, 80 82 83 27 27 64 64 56 65 66 65 55 68 71 81 33 38 246 246 248 251 217 Coast Line, the, 33 36 283 UEMKRAL INDEX. GoMt Line, oliang* of, in Nova Scotia, Tantamar Manb, sinking of, at Shedioo, ,.. elevations and depressions of, Goal Fields, eastern, of Amerioa, area and distribution, New Brunswiclc, Nova Scotia, Newfoundland, Cape Breton, ... Gofcl, general absence of, in the Bonaventure formation, — general absence of, in Lower Carboniferous rocks of America, — on tbe Bay of Chaleurs, ... ... ... ... ... ... ... — productive measures in the Province, 4. ... ... — thb Grand Lake, quantity of, — the Biohibucto seam^ — where it will probably be found, Coal Measures, section of, in Gloucester County, productive in New Brunswick, ... the direction in which they must be sought for, probable range of produetive review of the, ,.^udf>3.^ Conglomerates, plastic, i supposed origin of, on the Bay of Fundy, Conglomerate, in the Tobique valley, ... suitable for furnaces, Woodstock, analysis of, red, jaspery, coarse, porphyritio, magnesian, red and green, metamorphosed, on the coast of the Bay of Fundy, Copper, sulphuret of, at Bathurst, .... ... origin of the, at Bathurst, .•., > at the Vernon Mines, ... ... - ... ... ... ... ... bearing traps, ... ... ... ... ... ... ... source of, at the Vernon Mines, lodes at the Vernon Mines, on the shores of the Bay of FtMdy, quantity exported from Canada, near the Grand Falls of the NifHsiguit, four miles above the Pabineaa Falls on the Campbell River, on the Tattagouche, on Bull's Creek and Bedell's Cove, near Woodstock, in Prince William Parish, Cumberland Basin and Bay Verte, project of a canal between. 87 87 38 38 202 56 56 60,72 61 72 76 76 79 81 73 76 77 78 81 52 52 118,121 64 63 68 119, 121 57 61 115 119 120 122 126 144 147 148 150 149 171 171 178 37 I)awson, Dr., his Papers on the Flora of the Carboniferous epoch, and the Devonian epoch, ix on the flora of the Coal measures in Gloucester, 73 QEKERAL IKPEX. ^88 PAOB Dawson, Dr., on the flora of the CarboniferouB series in New ^runfswick, ... 74 — — on the Devonian flora, 113 his section in Albtrt County, 86 views respecting the striation 9f St. I^awrence vallej 192 Pbvonian Sebies, on the Bestigoueho, wro* Qf> 111,112 on tlie Bay of Fun(}y, ,,, 112 on the south-east side of the Bay of Funijly 113 — - area of the Devonian Basin, 118 flora of the series, 114 their mineral wealth in Now Brunswick, 114 Districts vifltted in 1864, ... z JJOiomites, ••» ... ... ••. ... ... ... .» ... ... sZv Dolomite, as a vein stone, '.. 124 X^nlVa ••• ••• t«* ••• ••■ ••» ••■ •■• ••• •!■ J.Qt) — glacial, in bed of St. John, 206 — forced arrangement of, 205 — islands which have escaped denudation, 208 — depth of, near Fredericton, 207 — economic materials in, .:'. ..V*' ^i.i ' ' 218 Elevation of the continent, Escarpments, formation of, t.u^ n»,sti description of Great American, ..'. ■ origin of, ... ..■. ••• ... v.. "t ai,^o imii. 193 194 195 195 F^ls, at the mouth of the St. John, ... ,,. ... ... f,^-- ... 209 Faults, at the Vernon Mines, , .,;u^^^„ ■<.^.-i^,^^i^.f^.,\:..:f,^ ... 126 -" — in Albert County,... ... ... ... ... ... ..^, ,.. 87 ■ ■ in the Albert Mine, 92 Ferrell, Mr. W., on the motion of fluids and solids at the earth's si^rfaoe, ... 211 Firestones in Albert County, ... ... ... 89 ' in valley of Tobique, 65 Fleming, Mr. Sandford, his levels between Two Brooks and the Bestigouche,... 26 his description of a Petroleum well, ., 100 Flora of the Carboniferous series in New Brunswick, ... 75 —— of the Devonian series " " 114 Fishes of New Brunswick. See Appendix. Fish manure, its value, importance and manufacture, ... ... 241 Folds in the strata, great, .•ft.irjAft^af -«~.48 enumeration of, ... ... 48 Fredericton, terraces at, ... 204 alluvial strata at, ... 206 temperatures of, •««.?;•?».•• 251 Frye's Island, its beauty and interest, ... ... ... 141 baryta, (sulphate of ) on, 141 Fundy, Bay of, formerly called " Baie des Francais;" also " Mer de I'Acadie," 3$ 284 (1ENGRAL INDEX. PAGE Fundy, Bay of, tides in, ... ... 80 origin of, a shallow valley of denudation, 87 height aboye Bay Verte, 87 structure of part of the coast of, 117,123,126 height of cliffs of, near the mouth of Goose Greek, 117 Silurian Bocks on, 185 Furnaces, Gas, ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 105 Siemen's Regenerative, 105,106 G Gagetown, terraces opposite, Gas Fuel, fbr furnaces, Gas Furnaces, Faraday on, general use of, in Europe, M. Ghenot's process, "^~*~ toG OWCulBIii ••• ••■ ■■• cat ••• ••• •«• Geology, advantages of Systematic, Gesner, Dr. Abraham, Wbi Beports, his description of the New Brunswick " coal field," ... \jt l&ClvI D| ••■ ••• ••• ••• ••• ••• ••• ••• ••• of Greenland, ... ... ... ... — — action of, in the Labrador Peninsula, Sir Boderick Murchison on Glacial Action, striae of, in New Brunswick, (Table of,) — — direction of the motion of, probable thickness of, tracks of, in Prince William Parish, ^~^"^ ^VlTcISSIZ Ou* •■• ••■ ••• ••• ••• ••• •■« «ff condition under which they are formed, ■..'. • the Spitzbergen, ... ... ... ... ... ... ... "■■"^^■^ ZUIlcB vl« ••• ••• •■• ••• ••• ••• u • » ••« westward flow of, ... ... '.*'. ■ ... ... ... ... Glacial Ice, action of, ... ... ... ..'. ... ... ... ... direction of the flow of, in New Brunswick, Glacial Bivers, ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... *^^^^^^ uiia^v , ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... '- thickness of covering in New Brunswick, ^^""■•"■~ 1&K6B| ••• ••• ■•• ••• ••• ••• ••• ••• ««« strisD, where found, ... ... ... ... ... ... ^aa^m^-^m lV wf Ik • ••• ••• ••• » * * ••• ••• ••• ~^^^^* I&K6 ficTTaOCS* ••• ••• ••• ••• «•• ••• Gold, occurs in the drift, in black plumbaginous slate, Mr. Galvert's process of extracting, from rocks, its distribution in Gsnada, in the ancient glacial drift, area over which it is spread, ... /mV" . ••• the hydraulic method of washing, ... . . f r* • 208 105 106 105 167 168 252 iz 69 184 184, 187 185 187 191 191 192 190 '"■ 192 195 199 196 ^11 189 190 188, 197 197 192 188 200 197 203 xiv 178 215 219 219 220 220 GENERAL INDEX. 286 80 87 37 17, 128, 126 117 185 105 .. 105,106 208 105 106 105 167 168 252 ix 69 184 184, 187 185 187 191 191 192 190 192 195 199 196 ^11 189 190 188, 197 197 192 188 200 197 203 xiv 178 215 219 219 220 220 Gold, value of tho hydraulic process, —— capital required in gold mining, ... washings in Russia, >(W«*!< " ' ' in New Brunswick, ... ... ... ' ... ... ... ... —— on the Upper Upsalqnitoh, —— on the Nipisiguit, ... ... ... ... ... ... ... on Campbell's River and Long Lake, ... • ... '. on Long Lake dividing ridge, , i -^— on the Serpentine, ... ... on Blue Mountain Brook, on the Little South West Miramichi, "".i.'' '"".;; l'" near Springfield; Golden Mountain ; and on tKe Dutch Valley Road, ... conclusions with reference to, in the Drift of New Brunswick, - its occurrence in Canada, Goose Creek, ..^v "-^".Vi-'" ■ V.v "'■ m' -i^'iiU'-'M terraces at the motfth of, ... ... ... Grand Falls of the St. John, description of, -^— " geological features of, ^-^ — country above the, — — ■ '— — origin of, ... ... ... ... ... Grand Lake, flora of the coal measures, quantity of coal raised at, Granite, modification of views respecting, general course of, in New Brunswick, ag6 of, Devonian, near the Bay of Chaleurs, fioOr of the carboniferous ocean, ', distribution of, on the Nipisiguit at Gulquao Lake, on the South West Miramichi, occurs in the form of numerous D01bS« • • • • • • • on the St. John River, on the boundary line, ... axis, importance of ... belt, the southern, its course, . with involved masses of schist, with involved pebbles of slate, with involved patches df slate or schist on the Shoogomoc, ^^■•"^ onciu oij ••• ••• ••• ••• ••• ••• ••• *•• Mr. C. H. Hitchcock's views, Professor Hunt's views, blends with the gneiss on the Magaguadavic, in New Brunswick partook of the general movement of the Burciius ••• ••• ••• ••• ■•■ ••• ••• ••• in Nova Scotia, (foot note,) Grindstones, sandstone suitable for, in the valley of the Tebique, manufacture of, in the Province, Grits, suitable for millstones, valley of the Tobique, ..• ... PAGE 220 222 223 228 228 224 224 224 224 226 826 226 228 117 201 81 182 188 207 76 76 ziu 41 42 4S 48 44 44 ^^0 r. I'f f ••», 46 46 46 47 49 46 46 50 50 50 50 51 63 230 62 280 UBNBRAL IMDKX. Graphite, its presence militates against intense igneous action, Greenland, glacial phenomenon in, Gypsum, in the Tobique valley, where found in the Province, grand mural cliffs of, in Albert County, Gulf Stream, cause of its eastward flow, capricious character of the, , Gulquao Lake, , rAOK 63 187, 191 G3 240 87 211 lOS 151 Hibbard, Mr., his Antimony deposits in Prince William, Highlands of New Brunswick, their importance, geographical distribution of, elevation of, Hitchcock, Mr. C. H., his views respecting the former condition and origin of granite, ,. on plastic conglomerates reports Gold on the St. Croix, Honestones at Cap Bon Ami, on the Tobique, "Horsebacks," Hunt, Professor Sterry, his co-operation with respect to the Rocks of N. B., ... his views respecting Indigenous Rocks, , . on Bitumens, ... ... ... ... ... on Petroleum, • — — on origin of metals in Quebec group Hydraulic limestones, ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ■ cements, ... ... ... ... ... ... ... xtit 20 22 23 50 52 178 128 181 210 X 60,51 98, 101 99 145 182 229 Igneous action, comparative rarity of, Indians of the Bay of Chignecto, (1612,) Indian names of Rivers, &o., in New Brunswick. See Appendix. relics on the coast, ... ... ... ... ... ... Iron Mines on the St. John, mentioned by the Jesuits, Iron Ores of Woodstock, distribution of, their nature and origin, their composition, ..^j^ itn'f? ••• "• ••• •" character of the iron, I its specific gravity .,.. ,■ distribution of the ores, .„■... their importance -f^roft .im; i-i their association with limestone, &c., the process of smeltmg them, I,. comparative view of, '»>>».?' ••• ^^•i M. Chenot's gos-fnel process, the Swedish gas-fuel process, ■ the old process, ... ••• ... ... ••• . .•• 52 88 230 28 xiii 161 161 162 163 164 165 165 166 166 167 168 168 ^^4 fcl' *- -«— ^W j ^r <■< UENEaAL INI>K.\. 287 FAOK 52 187, 191 03 240 87 211 108 151 XIII 20 22 28 60 52 178 128 131 210 X 60,51 98, 101 99 145 182 229 52 38 230 28 xiii 161 161 162 163 164 165 165 166 166 167 168 168 Iron Ores, suporiority of the Woodttock orot, ... at Springfield, Iron, bog, origin of, distribution of, in Caoadk, where manufKotared, Iron, blue phoshato of, ... K Kennebeccasis, (Little Snake River,) valley of,... Kaolin for Pottery, * •• • ■• • • • • I • Labrador Peninsula, description of the Boulders of the, ■ glaciated region about Cariboo Lake, Lake Basins, origin of, ... Letite, Copper Mines of, ... - section of Rocks near mine, - mineral character of the strata, - fractures and dislocations at, - the Wheal Louisiana. - the Main and Subordinate Lodes, Life during the Carboiiifcrous Period the Glacial Period, ... Lead ores, where the most productive Deposits occur, ... — r— argentiferous, remarks on, on Frye's Island, Lime, quantity manufactured in New Brunswick, — '« " Maine, Limestones, Tobique, — — analysis of, ... tufaceous, on the Tobique, of the Province, analysis of, north of Norton Station, at Butternut Ridge, L'Etang, great purity of, ... • • • • • • • •• • •• • • « • • • • • • •• • • • • « • • ••• ••• ■ ^I4v* fossiliferous on Frye's Island, importance of, for agricultural purposes, ... localities where found in the Province, Logan, Sir W. E., his co-operation with respect to the Rocks and Fossils of New Brunswick, letter to the Author, his opinion as to the occurrence of the Quebec group in New Brunswick his enumeration of the metals and minerals the group contains, ... ... ... ... ... ... ... on the Upper St. John discovers the relations of the " Quebec group," opinions expressed in 1855 respecting his works, Long Lake, rAOK 169 108 218 2U 214 218 79 217 185 186 199 186 187 188 188 139 189, 140 82 200 116 116 141 240 240 63,64 66 64 66 81 81 142 141 287 238 X XV XV XV 133 144 252 152 28b axmuuL UDJU. Msps, necessity for oorroot, ..• ... ... ... ... ... ... Marsh, tho Tantamar, ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... Mathew, Mr. 0. F., his Paper on the Geology of St. John County on the Devonian Rocks near St. John, Magaguadavio, general description of the, Marls, diffcruiit coloured, in Tobique Valley, in Albert County and Tobiquo Valley, —^ rod, (Paint Rock,) on tho Petitoodiac, in Albert County, Momramoook, section of rocks on the, Metamorphic Rocks, heat not essential to produce, Manganese, black oxide, forms the cementing material of gravel in tho Tobique Valley on tho Nipisiguit, at Jacksontown, associated with iron ores, on the Tattagouche, on the South West Miramiohi applications of, ... ... ... ... ... ... ... new use of tho black oxide, for extracting gold from auriferous rOGKB* ••• ••• ••• ••• ••• ■•• ••• distribution of, in the Province, Michigan Salt Works, MiCMAO names for some common things. See Appendix. MiLICETE " " " " " " Mammiferous Animals in New Brunswick. See Appendix. Maine, State of, plastic Conglomerates in, I granite belt in, ... ... ... ... ... ... Devonian Rooks in, Quebec group in, ' gold in rocks of, Metals, origin of, in Quebec group, ... MilpagOB Lake, ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... Minerals, table of exports and imports of certain. See Appendix. Miromichi Lake, altitude of, ... ... ... .;. ... ... River, northwest branch of South West, altitude of, ... ... Miscou Island, seat of a Jesuit Mission in 1645, formerly called Isle de St. Louis, walrus formerly numerous on Mountain Ranges, subordinate, Mountain, Blue, ascent of. Mountains of New Brunswick, elevation of prominent peaks of, Moulding Sand, ... ... ... ... ... Murdoch, Mr., meteorological tables of, ... ••• - 20 88 ix 112 164,166 64 67 88 88, 8!) 80 52 66 148 148 149 170 215 215 214 285 62 49 112 146 178 145 150 25 26,23 34 84 84 27 24 22 23,24 217 247, 248 aiVIRAL IHDIX. 289 I'AIIK • 20 , 88 • iz • 112 • 164,155 • 64 • 67 »• 88 ■ • 88, 81) • • 80 .. 52 10 • • 66 • • 148 t* 148 ,, 149 • • 170 .. 215 118 •• ■ 216 •• • 214 285 52 49 112 146 178 145 150 25 26,28 84 84 34 27 24 22 28,24 217 247, 248 I' AUK Nune, poUUoal iiii|>orUn(iA of K, ... ... , 20 — origin of s6ihe IndUn namte. Sefl Appondii. Ntokel, traoai of, id Prinmbarrasaing, in iome of the St4t«H, 40 . , o Oihru, in the Talley of the Tobique 66 on Prye's Island, ,v, ... 141 Oil, distilled firom the Albert ShalM, ... '"«vr >' ... 104 iVom Bitumenoua Shales in C«liaia, :tr|[ivvlli(V/,Ofii 106 qvantity yielded by th« Albert 8hMlM,> VA'' ".l;'i''; ... ." W 'V.. 106 Ontario, the Valley of, 196 Oil Shale in Nova Sootia, 104 Oromooto Lake, its position and altitude, .f- '''^.U '' 05 Parallel geographioal and geologioal feaMm, ... n<.V<)'ii ... 40 ' Petroleum, origin and forau of, ..< 99 its oonyersion into Albertite, 08,101 showa abaenoe of MetamorphiA sotion in Albert and Westinor- JAuUf •• ••■ ••■ ••• «•• ••• ••• ••• Mm£ •^~— flowing wella of, 00 oocurs in fissures, 100 springs in Albert and Westmorland Counties^ 108 wells " " " '« 108 from Devonian Rocks in Albert County i. 115 may be found by sinking in certain Pariihes, 286 Plumbago, mode of purifying it, ... 228 Plumbaginous Slates i««.'fo Hrt«»i.noin»i*-n'l n 117 Provinoial Secretary, letter to the Author, .t. ..• » xvi QuEBKO Group, breadth of, in New 3runswiok, ' general distribution of, in New Brunswick, ... the metalliferous formation of America, its disti tion in Amerioa, i;t. origin ot the metftis in, f extends through Maine to the Atlantic, breadth of, in New Brunswick, as developed on the Nipis^it, . as developed on Campbell River, . as. developed on Milpagos, Qulquae, Long, and Little South West Bliramiohi Lakes, on the Magaguadavic, ... • on the New Brunswick and Canada Railroad, 37 I^'.ntxw ■"fr ••• ••• 144 • • • at* 144 fWL*fc'>ilx«ft!f; 145 • • • •'• • 146 • • • • •• 146 ... 147 • •• •« • 149 ad Little ■ ... ... 161 ... ... 153 ... ... 154 in » 290 OBNBRAL INDBX. ,i QuEBEO Group, charaoterietic strata belonging to, metallifarous deposits of, the Woodstock iron ores, — — manganese in, ... ... — copper ores in, — : antimony ores in, ... , ... . ^^'^ ulCKOlj •■• ••• ••• f9*\ — lead ores in, — zinc ores, ... ... ... — gold, ... ... ... "■"^ dIa V er, ... ... ... ... :.i' i>». • • a > I • vi* t .: I ;<|lin it, viJi;')t[ .:, t •• ••• ■ r.'i M•;K.J.^Vbi,; .* ( "< 1 • • • FAOB 156 1.60 161 170 170 172 176 178 178 178 178 section of the, as it occurs in Canada ; the Orleans Section and the Phillipsburg Section, ... ... .....1,79,181 Qaebec, meteorology of, compared with St. John and Frederioton, : .;,: :, ,..,„,SI^6, 251 ix: Belations of the Jesuits — quoted, " Restgouch " Indians, mentioned by the Jesuits, converted 1042, Bestigouche, historical associations of, Mr. Richardson's descripticn of, Richibuctou, (River of Fire,) Coal seam of, country north of, ■.. Rink, Dr., on Greenland glaciers, l^ivers, action of on their banks,' .;j«: Silver, in a jasper boulder, 1.;- ' .iV ... ' ... ' ... Stephens, Mr., his energy in developing the mineral vreaith of the Province]... SoRPAOB Geology, ... ... ...■ ..."'^ =^?i^^-=i'^F'-' '«n^'i '-^m.. Section (topographical) from Miramichi Lake to the Restigouche, from Pickard's Mills to the Grand Falls, ... l..'"^ fi'om Goose Creek to Sussex Valo, '" —••^7 at Frederioton, J. J^^^'it: "' ^i>' '■''^. ""«ii^K>i> ^m"- 204 •..■;.ini. 128 137 179 178 170 182 26 -^6 / • ■ • Silurian Uppkr and Middle Series. (See Upper Silurian.) Sissons Ridge — ^fine hardwood land, Shell Marl, distribution and origin of, ... Shiktehawk, altitude of, source of, St. John River, formerly " La Riviere de la'Qrand Bale," when discovered, errors concerning the date, , Tidal Falls of, described by the Jesuits, Indian names of, ... ... .-..^..ff ^— sources of, ... ... ... ... ... ... ... . Grand Falls of, erroneous altitudes of, character of the River below the Grand Falls, soundings in, ... ... ... ... ... ... >.. ""'"^^~ oars ox, ... ... ... ... ... ... ... «•. its source reached in 1652, terraces on the, .^t,;^, ... ... ... Grand Falls of the, ... ,^,,„ ,„„ ,^»,. jailv< ./i.^y^ 'V'H.i Tidal Falls at the mouth of, soundings near the mouth of, periods of frcezinjj; and opening, 127 25 217 l'?.r St. John City, meteorology of, ... Terraces , three kinds of, marine, on the Bay of Fundy, at the mouth of Gooso Creek, Glacial Lake, River, :■:..♦. Yii^iiif /i i«sis Ijiioo iligffo .f..i,. ..-,.,, 'I i^..:..i ... ... '... ... 28,29 81 8t 82 29 204. 207 209 209 246 247 200 201 201 203 208 292 OKMIi^AI' IKDSX. Terraces, at the mouth of the Nerepiii, opposite Gagetown, ... at Frederioton, ■;ioK»«»3 •'t « • • I ^s* . • • • • • • •.* • ««t '•fjii. •"• •*' •*• on the Poor Ho^ie Boad (Fre<|?ni(W-«aiio();> vr ••• '"- rooks, compared with those of Albert Cou^ty> Trap, Epidotic, on the Bay of Fui{idy, .,. ... .,.., ... , ..• "r bright green, ... ... ... ... _.j,„,,| h,^,.,.,w .f;f»>fli,.f — s^f,; intrusive, and copper-bearing, ... ... ,y- "\ ■ i::,)i>md'hi*i)ii* I at Cape Bon Ami, ... PAOI 208 208 204 204 205 206 207 208 209 86 86 87 260 24 26 26 ^2 p.. ,.f(i . ■ , (•.•,-. ...,,,...... Ui-j. : n:- ; uu;-r^?i';o., ; ::uJJ 66 67 117 11,8 119 Upper Silurian Serib«, . f. ... ... ,,V boundaries of, in the northern part of the Pro- vinnA. ... ... ... '■ '■'■•!'.'' .. t ••» . i<> f'jtj'iU',-' *•• ... ... 1 1; section in, ... on the Upsalquitoh, ^"••••""/;'.^ "" "" ' " '^ fossils in, at Cape Bon Ami, ... on the Tobique, ... ... r... ."-'i-'i^' beautiful Argillites in, ...•. .;.■ ''^'-"^ on the St. John, ... __;''*•>"'>? Sir W. B. Logan's description, tlpsalquitch, (" the River that runs out small,") v.," altitude ef Grand Falls, ... ... -^'^"f.;'^'* *«.;f ''' H!i'' characUr of the banks, ... .v;''^'^=' ivi' ■"'^';'.r''/'iVi '-''. drift on, ""^'J.'t"^W"^3ni>'^"... ^ , ,, . . "'— geological features of, "^ ■ chain coral near Ramsay's Portqge, Upaalquitch Lake, height above the sea, height of mountains near » ... Upthrow, extensive, west of the St. John fU't^fwlj 'to tlHum 'A') j^f • t.*.c; .j'dijJ Isiji-Ii) • • • • • • • • • • • • 127 127 128 180 120 181 - - Ml - 182 138 129 129 180 180 181 129 129 202 GENERAL IMDBX. 298 Vernon Copper Mines, - general arrangement and character of the rocks at, ... — — the rocks on the coast, ... ... ... ... ... Intrusive traps at, copper bearing traps on the coast, — — newer traps at, ... ... ... ... ... special character of the Sedimentary Rooks, — — the copper lodes, ... ... ... ... ... the Peacock vein, ' the vein stone, ... ... ... ... ... ... — — course of the levels, ... ... ... ... ... the Green vein and Spur vein, origin of the Green vein, Veins, Metalliferous, origin of, —— argentiferous lead, influence of the atmosphere on, ,. V OIQ DtOD6| ••• ••• ••• ••• ••• ••• •■• W BU I tta ••• ••■ «•• ••• ••■ ••• •■ Wilkinson, his Map of the Province, Whale, the White, numerous in the Bay of Ghalenrs in 1864, Woodstock, Conglomerate at, ... iron ores. See Iron Ores. — — Iron Works, oapaoi^ of, fMM 116, 117 117 118 119 120 121 121 122 128 124 124 125 126 115 116 171 124 214 • ■ • 23 • ■ • 34 ... 67 z Zinc ores in Prince William Parish, • « • • • • • • t ■ 168 178